Department Program Goal Performance Measure Description Technical Description FY07 Actual FY08 Actual FY09 Actual FY07 Target FY08 Target FY09 Target Value Type Performance Pattern ACADEMY OF SCIENCES ACADEMY OF SCIENCES "Ensure a safe and sustainable institution for the public visitors, the living collections and the aquarium staff" Percentage of staff who commute sustainably to the Academy Percentage of staff and vistors who commute sustainably to the Academy Collection Method: Human Resources conducts annual surveys.  Timing:  HR Prespectives and AD information are available annually.  Visitor information is currently not tracked.  0.62 0.68 0.46 0 0.6 % Above target is positive ACADEMY OF SCIENCES ACADEMY OF SCIENCES "Ensure a safe and sustainable institution for the public visitors, the living collections and the aquarium staff" Recycling rate of Academy waste Measure of the recycling rate for Academy waste.  This is estimated by the recycling company and can be accessed on a monthly basis.  Academy waste varies from week to week because of public attendance fluctuates based on purchases.   Collection Method: Recycling company measures the amount of garbage collected and sorts recycling and organics. Timing:  The recycling company provides information as needed. 0.76 0.76 0.35 0 0.77 % Above target is positive ACADEMY OF SCIENCES ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Ensure that visitors receive an excellent guest experience Number of exhibit days Number of days exhibits are open. Collection Method: THe Academy is open every day except Thanksgiving and Christmas. Timing: Available daily. 365 190 275 365 190 275 Above target is positive ACADEMY OF SCIENCES ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Ensure that visitors receive an excellent guest experience Percentage of randomly surveyed visitors rating the quality of the Aquarium as good or better Percentage of randomly selected visitors who rate the quality of the Aquarium as Good or Excellent in a survey. Collection Method: Survey conducted by outside firms during the summer months and other off months in the winter.  FY actuals average the results of the two surveys. Timing:  This data is available semi-annually. 0.9 0.78 % Above target is positive ACADEMY OF SCIENCES ACADEMY OF SCIENCES "Provide meaningful paid intern opportunities for San Francisco teenagers to learn about basic science concepts, and explore potential science and education careers through a youth development program within a paid work environment" Number of Careers in Science Program interns Number of Careers in Science Program interns (San Francisco highschool and college students) "Collection Method: Data is collected through an electronic time management system, then imported into ADP payroll.  Information is housed on our network, paper records kept in Payroll office. Timing:  Data is collected bi-weekly and paper records are available bi-weekly, payroll (electronic) records are available monthly." 42 37 74 35 74 Above target is positive ACADEMY OF SCIENCES ACADEMY OF SCIENCES "Provide meaningful paid intern opportunities for San Francisco teenagers to learn about basic science concepts, and explore potential science and education careers through a youth development program within a paid work environment" Number of hours worked by Careers in Science interns Number of hours worked by the interns in the Careers in Science Program "Collection Method: Collected through E-Time, ADP Payroll.  Records are located in Payroll office on printed registers as well as housed on an ADP and HR Prespectives server on our network. Timing:  Data is available on a bi-weekly basis." 10800 7997 12875 15000 16000 Above target is positive ACADEMY OF SCIENCES ACADEMY OF SCIENCES "Provide meaningful paid intern opportunities for San Francisco teenagers to learn about basic science concepts, and explore potential science and education careers through a youth development program within a paid work environment" Number of visitors and program participants interacting with Careers in Science interns Number of visitors and program participants that interact with our Careers in Science interns "Collection Method: Data is collected by counting in the Touch Tank exhibit, by estimating for outreach programs, and by supervisor estimates compared to daily attendance for daily hours spent on the public floor.   Timing:  Data is available monthly." 53000 27922 246434 24000 250000 Above target is positive ACADEMY OF SCIENCES ACADEMY OF SCIENCES "Reach and engage a broad range of local, national, and international visitors." Number of educator facilitated visits to the Tide Pool The Touch Tank is a hands-on experience in the Aquarium where visitors may handle living tide pool creatures and learn about them from educators. Collection Method: Volunteers keep a count of the number of visitors using a manual counter and then recording the count on to a daily tally sheet by hour.   Timing:  Manual tally sheets are available daily.   72730 26238 344761 99000 35000 150000 Above target is positive ACADEMY OF SCIENCES ACADEMY OF SCIENCES "Reach and engage a broad range of local, national, and international visitors." Number of senior visitors Number of paid visitors to the Academy 65 and older Collection Method: Collected by scanning tickets and memberhip cards at point of entry. The scans updates data to Galaxy. Timing:  Galaxy reports are available daily.   6064 2443 103428 7000 3000 53000 Above target is positive ACADEMY OF SCIENCES ACADEMY OF SCIENCES "Reach and engage a broad range of local, national, and international visitors." Number of visitors (adults & children) Number of visitors to Aquarium and Academy. Collection Method: Data collected by scanning tickets upon entry. The scans update data in Galaxy.   Timing:  Attendance reports are available daily.   283636 114182 1723804 268000 135000 1250000 Above target is positive ACADEMY OF SCIENCES ACADEMY OF SCIENCES "Reach and engage a broad range of local, national, and international visitors." Number of visitors attending on Free Day Number of visitors attending on the first (free) Wednesday of every month. Collection Method: Data is collected by scanning barcodes at point of entry. The scans update data in Galaxy. Timing:  Reports available every third Wednesday in Galaxy.  29957 13073 122880 29000 12000 131000 Above target is positive ACADEMY OF SCIENCES ACADEMY OF SCIENCES "Reach and engage a broad range of local, national, and international visitors." Number of volunteer hours Total number of volunteer hours on an annual basis Collection Method: Collected on daily sign in/out sheets.  Information is entered in to an access database monthly and housed on our network in the Volunteer Services department. Timing:  Sign in/out sheets are available daily.  Access database is updated and available monthly.  Currently we are producing a report annualy. 35772 15701 83000 50000 140000 Above target is positive ACADEMY OF SCIENCES ACADEMY OF SCIENCES "Reach and engage a broad range of local, national, and international visitors." Percentage of visitors from outside the Bay Area Percentage of visitors from outside the Bay Area Collection Method: This will be tracked through Admissions personnel in the Galaxy system using zip codes as the basis for determining where visitors are coming from.   Timing:  Galaxy reports are available daily.  Reports determining percentage could be generated on a monthly basis. 0 0.37 0.4 % Above target is positive ACADEMY OF SCIENCES ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Reach school-aged and pre-school children in San Francisco and provide educational resourses to San Franciso schools and teachers. Number of San Francisco school children admitted free with their school classes Number of San Francisco schoolchildren admitted free with their school classes Collection Method: Data collected by scanning barcodes at point of entry. Scans are transferred to Galaxy. Timing:  Information is available daily in Galaxy.   7978 6590 42829 0 1500 42500 Above target is positive ACADEMY OF SCIENCES ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Reach school-aged and pre-school children in San Francisco and provide educational resourses to San Franciso schools and teachers. Number of school-aged children participating in an Academy educational program How many students participate in Academy educational programs. "Collection Method: Reservations for the programs are taken by phone and entered into the Galaxy system. Timing:  Data is available daily.  Currently, an annual report is run.  " 1747 715 10066 2200 8000 8600 Above target is positive ACADEMY OF SCIENCES ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Reach school-aged and pre-school children in San Francisco and provide educational resourses to San Franciso schools and teachers. Number of school-aged children reached Number of school aged children who visit the aquarium and academy. Collection Method: Collected in Galaxy system by admissions personnel as tickets or membership cards are scanned upon entry.   Timing:  Available on a daily basis.   91580 36602 226014 96000 48000 250000 Above target is positive ACADEMY OF SCIENCES ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Reach school-aged and pre-school children in San Francisco and provide educational resourses to San Franciso schools and teachers. Number of science educators reached through the Teacher Services Program "Number of science educators reached through the Teacher Services Program with resources, training, and hands-on and electronic materials to enhance their classroom teaching." "Collection Method: Attendance statistics for each workshop, presentation and program are kept for each occurrence on a sign in sheet, retained in our Teacher Services department.  It is transferred to an excel file monthly, housed on our network under Education/ Teacher Services. Timing:  Data is recorded by occurrence, and is available monthly and a full report is generated annually" 1081 730 2211 900 1460 Above target is positive ACADEMY OF SCIENCES ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Reach school-aged and pre-school children in San Francisco and provide educational resourses to San Franciso schools and teachers. Number of visitors to the Early Childhood Education Center "Number of visitors to the Early Childhood Education Center (children kindergarten-aged and younger) who become ready to learn about the natural world through creative play in a dedicated playspace with science and nature-themed learning materials and Educator Resource Materials lending kits for teachers, parents, and caregivers." Collection Method: Data is calculated based on attendance. Timing:  Data is available daily.   28476 18020 123750 97500 97500 Above target is positive ACADEMY OF SCIENCES ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Reach school-aged and pre-school children in San Francisco and provide educational resourses to San Franciso schools and teachers. Percentage of San Francisco school children attending the Academy or an Academy sponsored program Percentage of San Francisco schoolchildren attending the Academy or an Academy sponsored program "Collection Method: Records are accumulated by our Central Reservations department in the Galaxy system by zip code of schools.  This is compared to San Francisco Unified School District information to calculate percentage. Timing:  Academy data is availabe on a monthly basis, but total San Francisco schoolchildren numbers is available annually on the SFUSD website." 0.42 0.08 0.45 0 0.4 % Above target is positive ACADEMY OF SCIENCES ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Reach school-aged and pre-school children in San Francisco and provide educational resourses to San Franciso schools and teachers. Percentage of SF schools attending the Academy or an Academy sponsored program Percentage of SF schools attending the Academy or an Academy sponsored program. Collection method: The admissions system tracks school groups through reservations made by the schools. Timing: Data can be accessed daily. 84 0 Above target is positive ACADEMY OF SCIENCES DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom performance appraisals were scheduled "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal is to be conducted.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review shold be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months. Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." "Collection Method: Data is collected by supervisors on an annual appraisal form which is available on our intranet in HR, on our network or can be printed out and filled out manually.  Paper or electronic copies are kept by our Chief Engineer in the Aquarium department.  Performance appraisal for the Chief Engineer is retained by Aquarium director. Timing:  Annually" 7 14 13 6 14 14 Above target is positive ACADEMY OF SCIENCES DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom scheduled performance appraisals were completed "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of applicable employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal was conducted amd completed during the fiscal year.  ""Completed"" means an appraisal form has been filled out and is in the employee's personnel file.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months.   Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." Collection Method: Aquarium Director and Chief Engineer fill out performance evaluation form either manually or on-line.  Forms are available on our intranet in both Word and Excel formats and can be printed and filled out or filled out on-line. Timing:  Annually 7 12 10 6 14 14 Above target is positive ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES 311 CUSTOMER SERVICE CENTER CSR Productivity Percentage of Customer Service Representatives that answer 21 calls per hour "The percentage of Customer Service Representatives that answer 21 calls per hour, which is equivalent to 3700 calls per month.  This metric was changed in July 2009 to from calls per month to calls per hour in order to take into account planned and unplanned absences." Calculation: Total number of calls answered divided by the total number of hours staffed by on line Customer Service Reps.  Source: Avaya's Call Management System (CMS) and Blue Pumpkin will be utilized to determine the number of calls answered and the number of staffed hours respectively.  Frequency: Monthly 0.986 0.9 % Above target is positive ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES 311 CUSTOMER SERVICE CENTER CSR Productivity "Percentage of Customer Service Representatives that answer 3,700 calls monthly" "The percentage of 311 Customer Service Representatives that answer 3,700 calls on a monthly basis.  This metric was developed in July 2008 as a performance measure for 311." Calculation: Total number of calls answered divided by the total number of full-time employees.  Source: Avaya's Call Management System (CMS) and Blue Pumpkin will be utilized to determine the number of calls answered and the number of CSR's respectively. Frequency: Monthly 0.56 0.9 % Above target is positive ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES 311 CUSTOMER SERVICE CENTER Customer Satisfaction Percentage of survey respondents who rank overall satisfaction with 311 as a 7 or higher "Average customer satisfaction on a 10 point scale.  This metric will be based on the final question of the survey, ""Overall, how would you rate your satisfaction with 311?""  We want a rating of 7 or better to qualify for providing excellent customer service.  This metric was developed in July 2008 as a performance measure for 311." "Calculation: Total number of surveys that rated the final question as a 7 or better, divided by the total number of surveys submitted.  Source: The survey will be available online and allow for open comment from the public.  Frequency: Monthly" 0.707 0.75 % Above target is positive ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES 311 CUSTOMER SERVICE CENTER One Call Resolution  Percentage of calls handled without a transfer Provide requested information or handle intake of service requests to callers without phone transfer to other city agencies.  This metric was developed in July 2008 as a performance measure for 311. Calculation: Total number of calls not transferred out of the 311 center divided by the total number of calls answered.  Source: Avaya's Call Management System (CMS) will be utilized to determine the number of calls answered and calls transferred.  Frequency: Monthly 0.98748 0.95 % Above target is positive ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES 311 CUSTOMER SERVICE CENTER Quality Assurance Quality assurance percentage score "The quality assurance rating for 311 is determined by conducting observations of randomly selected calls into the call center by a quality manager and supervisors. The monitorings will cover all 8 key critical main elements: 1.) greeting, 2.) listening, 3.) speaking, 4.) call handling, 5.) assessment and issue solving, 6.) CRM procedural requirements, 7.) resource/application requirements, and 8.) closing. This metric was developed in July 2008 as a performance measure for 311." Calculation: The number of quality assurance points earned by a CSR on a call divided by the total number of points possible. Source: The NICE recording application will be utilized to score a minimum of 5 calls per month per CSR. Frequency: Monthly 0.97 0.96537 0.9 % Above target is positive ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES 311 CUSTOMER SERVICE CENTER Service Level Percentage Percentage of calls answered in 60 seconds The percentage of calls answered within 60 seconds versus the total number of calls received on a monthly basis.  This metric of answering 50% of calls in 60 seconds was developed in July 2008 as a performance measure for 311.   Calculation: The number of calls answered within 60 seconds divided the total number of calls received during the measurement interval. Data Source: Avaya?s Call Management System (CMS) and will be utilized to determine the number of calls answered within 60 seconds and the total number of calls received. Frequency: Monthly 0.551 0.71604 0.5 % Above target is positive ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES ANIMAL WELFARE Decrease number of animals euthanized Percentage of live animal releases "As the home of the ""No Kill"" movement in our field, we came up with a formula that accurately measures the life saving successes of animal shelters.  We call this ""Live Release Rate"" and simply stated it is the ratio of live animals impounded compared to live animals released.  We separate dogs/cats/others, because many jurisdictions do not care for, shelter or handle animals other than dogs and cats.  It is calculated by taking the total number of animals (cats and dogs) impounded alive (exclusive of owners requesting euthanasia for their sick or injured animal) and then comparing what is adopted, redeemed back to their owners, or released back to nature, to the number we euthanize.  This measure or a variation of it has become the national standard for animal welfare organizations to monitor and compare life saving efforts.  The national average for municipal animal control agencies is approximately 45%." "Collection Method: The data is collected by ""Chameleon,"" which is our in-house animal management program that tracks all intakes and disposition of animals. The documentation is located at our animal shelter facility at 1200 15th Street. Timing:  Routinely available." 0.72 0.78 0.72 0.7 0.76 0.76 % Above target is positive ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES ANIMAL WELFARE Decrease or maintain average field emergency response time "Field service emergency response time, in minutes" "Average field response time for emergencies involving sick, injured, dangerous and/or animals in distress throughout the City (time measured from when the call first comes in to the time our Animal Control Officer reaches the scene).  This is an important measure in order for us to meet our primary responsibility to protect the public. It is linked to historic measures and is directly related to staffing resources available to our Department.  This particular measure has been captured for many years and has improved from over 30 minutes to nearly 25." "Collection Method: The data is collected by ""Chameleon,"" which is our in-house animal management program that tracks all intakes and disposition of animals and activity calls.  We wrote an in-house program to capture calls we consider an emergency and the accompanying response time. The documentation is located at our animal shelter facility at 1200 15th Street. Timing:  Routinely available." 17.55 17 21 25 25 23 Below target is positive ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES COUNTY CLERK SERVICES Streamline delivery of County Clerk services Percentage of customers assisted within ten minutes from the time they are ready to be served Percentage of customers assisted within 10 minutes from the time they are ready to be served (time from when forms are completed). "Collection Method: Q-Matic tracking system in County Clerk's Office.  Q-Matic is an automated customer queuing system installed February 22, 2001. Timing:  Routinely available." 0.942 0.852 0.86 0.9 0.85 0.85 % Above target is positive ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom performance appraisals were scheduled "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal is to be conducted.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review shold be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months. Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." Collection method:  Manager and employee develop a plan for the new fiscal year.  Performance Plan is scheduled for appraisal/review end of fiscal year.  Source: Performance Plan is filed with manager and Human Resources department.  Timing of Performance Appraisal is annual. 263 472 446 360 270 270 Above target is positive ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom scheduled performance appraisals were completed "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of applicable employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal was conducted amd completed during the fiscal year.  ""Completed"" means an appraisal form has been filled out and is in the employee's personnel file.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review shold be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months.   Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." "Collection method:  Manager and employee meet to discuss Performance Appraisal.  Manager submits Performance Appraisal to Human Resources department for input into database and file.  Source: Performance Plan is filed with manager and Human Resources department.  Timing of Performance Appraisal is annual, after fiscal year closing. " 179 439 446 180 190 190 Above target is positive ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES DISABILITY ACCESS Complete ADA Transition Plan projects Percentage completion of ADA Transition Plan "The Americans with Disabilities Act Transition PLan for facilities is a legally required assessment of architectural barriers in city-owned and/or occupied buildings.  The Transition Plan must provide a description of the barriers and a plan (with a timeline) for removing those barriers.  The City has a 7-year funding plan (and a 10 year construction timeline) for the barrier removals, with modifications and adjustments made to the plan each year.  In 2008, we are currently almost half-way through the plan, though with budget limitations, the plan may need to be extended a year or more. Percentage completion as represented by actual project expenditures in comparison to projected remaining expenditures. (Note: MOD has to coordinate with multiple other departments to do the work, so there are many factors out of MOD's control.)" Collection Method: Project expenditures recorded in FAMIS and entered into system maintained by Disability Access staff. Timing:  Routinely available. 0.2 0.25 0.285 0.2 0.3 % Above target is positive ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES DISABILITY ACCESS Conduct required plan and site reviews in a timely manner Percentage of requests for plan reviews fulfilled within twenty business days "Percentage of requests for review of construction plan documents fulfilled within 20 business days. The 20 business days turn around was selected because there is only one staff position here.  We have no control over how many projects come in or when.  This was an ambitious goal that he has been able to meet. Given the realities of his workload, and the range of plans he receives (everything from a small renovation to projects taking up several city blocks worth hundreds of millions of dollars), a 20 business day turn around and an 85% target is the only one that is realistic. For comparison, DBI has a similar standard, but only for small and medium sized projects.  For very large projects, they negotiate a realistic turn around time with the individual project manager.  (Note this is a significant improvement from '03 in which we had a backlog of many projects waiting 8 months)." Collection Method: Manual internal tracking system on Excel.  Currently reviewing other tracking systems. Timing:  Routinely available. 0.867 0.856 0.8 0.9 0.85 0.85 % Above target is positive ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES DISABILITY ACCESS Conduct required plan and site reviews in a timely manner Percentage of requests for site reviews fulfilled within ten business days "Percentage of requests for review of actual construction sites fulfilled within 10 business days.  Site reviews are both less complex and time sensitive; hence, the shorter time frame than plan reviews. Site reviews are more time sensitive because they are part of the construction process.  When an inspection is needed, construction must stop until the inspection occurs.  If there is a delay in construction, there are signficant amounts of money lost to have crews and machinery waiting for the green light. One single position (person) review all plan and site reviews.  Until additional staff is available, we would not be comfortable to increase the performance measures." Collection Method: Manual internal tracking system on Excel.  Currently reviewing other tracking systems. Timing:  Routinely available. 0.96 0.9 0.98 0.9 0.9 0.9 % Above target is positive ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES FLEET MANAGEMENT Central Shops customer satisfaction Percentage of survey respondents who rate satisfaction with Central Shops as above average or greater. "Average customer satisfaction rating on a 5-point scale.  Survey to be developed and administered by City Administrator central office, covering all of the internal services functions of the department.  This survey will be conducted annually." Collection Method: Online survey instrument to be developed. Timing:  Survey to be conducted annually in the 2nd quarter.  Data available within 30 days. Above target is positive ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES FLEET MANAGEMENT Control citywide vehicle costs by reducing the number of vehicles assigned to departments Number of vehicles assigned to departments "Reduction in general purpose vehicles (light duty autos, pickup trucks and vans used for general passenger transportation, not operations, excluding emergency response vehicles) assigned to departments.  This measures the number of assigned vehicles." Collection Method: Central Shops vehicle inventory. Timing:  Routinely available. 1069 991 929 1060 1043 1035 On target is positive ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES FLEET MANAGEMENT Transition the general purpose fleet to clean fuel technologies Percentage of the general purpose fleet that is clean fuel "Percentage of general purpose vehicles that are classified as clean fuel technology.  General purpose vehicles are light duty cars, vans, and pickups, not used for emergency response." Collection Method: Central Shops vehicle inventory in automated system called MAPCON. Timing:  Routinely available. 0.35 0.35 0.43 0.38 0.38 % Above target is positive ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES GRANTS FOR THE ARTS Leverage GFTA funding to provide needed support to arts organizations. Percentage of grantees whose grant amounts do not match GFTA funding parameters "Grants for the Arts (GFTA) has established criteria for levels of funding provided to arts organizations.  This measure looks at grant amounts that either exceed or fall short of funding goals by at least 10%.  Grants for the Arts, established in 1961, is an internationally admired model of municipal funding and support of the arts and culture in San Francisco. Providing a stable, dependable base of support to the broadest spectrum of the City's arts community, GFTA fulfills its mission of  ""promoting the City by supporting the arts"" through the funding of nonprofit arts and cultural organizations which help to make San Francisco as a premier destination for regional, national and international visitors.  " Collection Method: Reports submitted by grantees and entered into a database by GFTA staff. Timing:  Report is submitted annually with GFTA Index of Recommendations after receipt and input of data collected by staff during the 6 month application review process. 0.235 0.33 0.34 0.25 0.25 % Below target is positive ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES GRANTS FOR THE ARTS Promote San Francisco as a tourist destination by supporting the arts and cultural community Number of attendees at programs and events supported by GFTA funding "Attendance at all programs and events supported by Grants for the Arts (GFTA) funding, including tourist promotion activities.  Grants for the Arts, established in 1961, is an internationally admired model of municipal funding and support of the arts and culture in San Francisco. Providing a stable, dependable base of support to the broadest spectrum of the City's arts community, GFTA fulfills its mission of  ""promoting the City by supporting the arts"" through the funding of nonprofit arts and cultural organizations which help to make San Francisco as a premier destination for regional, national and international visitors. " Collection Method: Reports submitted by grantees and entered into a database by GFTA staff. Timing:  Data is submitted annually in grant applications and entered during the 6 month application review process. Reports can be generated in mid July. . 12150000 12000000 11000000 12100000 12250000 12250000 Above target is positive ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES LABOR STANDARDS ENFORCEMENT Implement and enforce Prevailing Wage requirements Back wages and penalties assessed for violation of prevailing wage requirements Dollar value of back wages and penalties assessed during the fiscal year resulting from violations of prevailing wage requirements. Collection Method: Database in OLSE office. Timing:  Routinely available. 478396 504078 817489 400000 400000 400000 $ Below target is positive ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES LABOR STANDARDS ENFORCEMENT Implement and enforce San Francisco labor laws Number of education/outreach presentations made regarding the San Francisco Labor Laws Count of presentations made during the fiscal year regarding San Francisco labor laws. Collection Method: Simple list maintained by OLSE staff. Timing:  Routinely available. 59 66 35 35 Above target is positive ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES LABOR STANDARDS ENFORCEMENT Implement and enforce San Francisco labor laws Number of MWO claims filed Number of Minimum Wage Ordinance claims filed in the time period. Collection Method: Database in OLSE office. Timing:  Routinely available. 74 64 62 68 68 Below target is positive ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES LABOR STANDARDS ENFORCEMENT Implement and enforce San Francisco labor laws Number of MWO claims resolved Number of Minimum Wage Ordinance claims resolved (not remaining open) during the time period.. Collection Method: Database in OLSE office. Timing:  Routinely available. 31 28 45 68 34 50 Above target is positive ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES MEDICAL EXAMINER Complete cases and investigations in a timely manner Percent of positive toxicology exams completed within 60 days of submission Our current goal (95% of positive toxicology testing completed in 60 days) is a standard set by the National Association of Medical Examiners.  The Office of the Medical Examiner is accredited by the National Association of Medical Examiners.  Positive exams = drugs or alcohol found to be present.  Cases can be Medical Examiner cases (deaths) or tests of live persons (e.g. DUI).  This parameter has the greatest effect on the turnaround time for death certificates. Collection Method: Data tabulated from paper toxicology reports. Timing:  Routinely available. 0.81 0.86 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.95 % Above target is positive ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES MEDICAL EXAMINER Complete cases and investigations in a timely manner Percentage of all notifications of families completed within 24 hours "Notification of a family of a death requires a sequence of events to occur.  These include investigation, identification and notification of families completed within 24 hours. The Investigative Section is made up of the Medical Examiner's Investigators and Administrator.  Their responsibility is to go to the scenes, investigate deaths, and deal with grieving families." "Collection Method: The percentage is derived from the arithmetric summations of investigations, identifications and notifications of families completed within 24 hours by reviewing computer records at the Medical Examiner's Office.  Kept in an Access database. Timing:  Routinely available." 0.93 0.94 0.94 0.85 0.85 0.9 % Above target is positive ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES MEDICAL EXAMINER Medical Examiner customer satisfaction Percentage of survey respondents who rate satisfaction with Medical Examiner as above average or greater. Percentage of survey respondents who rate satisfaction as above average or greater. Collection Method: Online survey instrument to be developed. Timing:  Survey to be conducted annually in the 2nd quarter. Above target is positive ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES PROCUREMENT SERVICES Achieve cost savings and make the purchasing process more efficient Average number of days to convert requisitions not requiring formal bidding into purchase orders "Number of working days elapsed, from the day a requistion first reaches a Purchasing level approval box in the purchasing system, to the day the requisition is posted as a purchase order, for transactions not requiring Invitation to Bid process.  The measure is an average of 90% of all transactions, excluding the slowest 10% because those transactions include rejected documents that would skew the average." Collection Method: Extracts run by Controller's staff from ADPICS. Timing:  Available upon request to Controller's staff. 2.4 3 4.2 2.5 2.5 2.5 Below target is positive ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES PROCUREMENT SERVICES Achieve cost savings and make the purchasing process more efficient Percentage of all purchases made through term contracts (excluding professional services) Spending is assumed to be the amount of ADPICS standard vouchers and direct vouchers with post dates within each fiscal year. Collection Method: Divided the total term contract spending (see 01-01) into the total spending amount. Excludes professional services. Timing:  Available upon request to Controller's Office for data extracts. 0.282 0.282 0.327 0.25 0.27 0.28 % Above target is positive ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES PROCUREMENT SERVICES Procurement Services customer satisfaction Percentage of survey respondents who rate satisfaction with Procurement services as above average or greater. "Average customer satisfaction rating on a 5-point scale.  Survey to be developed and administered by City Administrator central office, covering all of the internal services functions of the department.  This survey will be conducted annually." Collection Method: Online survey instrument to be developed. Timing:  Survey to be conducted annually in the 2nd quarter.  Available within 30 days. Above target is positive ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES REAL ESTATE SERVICES Keep rental rates for City tenants below market rates Average occupancy rate in City-owned buildings managed by Real Estate "Occupancy:  A department or third party is paying for the space. That might mean a space is under construction or is unoccupied, but it is under a department's or third party's control and they are making rental or work order payments (or capitalized interest payments are being received) for the space." Collection Method: Manual records maintained by Real Estate. Timing:  Routinely available. 0.95 1 1 0.99 0.99 % Below target is positive ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES REAL ESTATE SERVICES Keep rental rates for City tenants below market rates Average per sq ft cost of City-operated buildings compared to market rates "Costs of six City-owned buildings managed by the department, including 25 Van Ness, 30 Van Ness, One South Van Ness, 555 7th Street, 1660 Mission, and 1650 Mission, compared to Civic Center and South of Market area rents. ""Cost"" of city owned space is the per square foot rate charged to city dept, calculated as the combined total cost (debt service plus O&M) for all six bldgs, divided by the total sq. ft. of space.  " Collection Method: Costs are directly from budget.  Area rents are from CB Richard Ellis company. Timing: Quarterly 0.69 0.68 0.72 0.64 0.61 % Below target is positive ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES REAL ESTATE SERVICES Keep rental rates for City tenants below market rates Average per sq ft cost of office space lease portfolio compared to market rates "Rental costs paid to lessors for City offices compared to market rates.  We beat the market on owned space, and on space we lease, which is what this metric measures.  By averaging the cost per sq. ft. of office space leased in Civic Center, and dividing by the market rate, we get this metric. The lower the percent, the better we are doing for compared to market. " Collection Method: Lease records maintained by Real Estate staff. Timing:  Routinely available 0.65 0.65 0.91 0.65 0.65 % Below target is positive ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES REAL ESTATE SERVICES Real Estate services customer satisfaction Percentage of survey respondents who rate satisfaction with Real Estate services as above average or greater "Average customer satisfaction rating on a 5-point scale.  Survey to be developed and administered by City Administrator central office, covering all of the internal services functions of the department.  This survey will be conducted annually." Collection Method: Survey of tenants to evaluate property management performance and  survey of city department clients of real estate services to evaluate transaction performace.  Timing:  Survey to be conducted annually in the 2nd quarter.  Data available within 30 days. 0 0.93 1 0.75 % Above target is positive ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES RISK MANAGEMENT / GENERAL Complete insurance placements on time and within budget Percentage of placed insurance on time and within budget Tracks the percentage of placed insurance on time and within budget. This metric is a fundamental measure in any Risk Management organization and is a key indicator of performance over a given time period. It is a simple ratio based on the number of insurance policies requested divided into the number of policies that were actually placed. Calculation: This metric will be measured by comparing the number of insurance policies renewed or placed on time (ie prior to expiration or on the schedule requested by the customer department) against prior year data and expected versus actual cost and terms (i.e. policy provisions). Source: Risk Management data. Frequency: Annually 1 1 % Above target is positive ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES RISK MANAGEMENT / GENERAL Ensure broker compliance with City contract requirements Percentage of executed contracts with all brokers performing work "Tracks the percentage of executed contracts with all brokers performing work. Note this new metric will not begin to be tracked until FY10 and as it matures, a more detailed description and technical description will be provided." Percentage of executed contracts with all brokers performing work. Source: Risk Management Data. Frequency: once every 3 years 1 % Above target is positive ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES RISK MANAGEMENT / GENERAL Risk Management customer satisfaction Percentage of survey respondents who rate satisfaction with Risk Management services as above average or greater. "Average customer satisfaction rating on a 5-point scale.  Survey to be developed and administered by City Administrator central office, covering all of the internal services functions of the department.  This survey will be conducted annually." Collection Method: Online survey instrument to be developed. Timing:  Survey to be conducted annually in the 3rd quarter.  Data available within 30 days. 0.075 0.8 % Above target is positive ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES TOURISM EVENTS Promote San Francisco as a convention destination by providing high quality services Percentage of client post-convention survey ratings in the above average or higher category. Average of client survey responses.  Clients are surveyed after each convention. Collection Method: The convention operator (SMG) conducts the survey via an online form. Timing:  Routinely available. 0.89 0.86 0.85 0.9 0.89 0.89 % Above target is positive ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES VEHICLE & EQUIPMENT MAIN & FUELING Maintain a reasonable average maintenance cost per vehicle Average annual maintenance cost per general purpose vehicle "For general purpose vehicles that are part of the vehicle leasing program, the average annual maintenance cost for all types of repairs performed." "Collection Method: Central Shops automated vehicle maintenance system called MAPCON.  Data entered by shop supervisors.  Billing charges calculated by system. Timing:  Routinely available, but special reports must be run out of MAPCON, a cumbersome process." 1054 1330 1510 1150 1100 $ Below target is positive ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES VEHICLE & EQUIPMENT MAIN & FUELING Maintain a reasonable average maintenance cost per vehicle Average annual maintenance cost per Police vehicle "For Police black and white (not undercover) vehicles, the average annual maintenance cost for all types of repairs performed." "Collection Method: Central Shops automated vehicle maintenance system called MAPCON.  Data entered by shop supervisors.  Billing charges calculated by system. Timing:  Routinely available, but special reports must be run out of MAPCON, a cumbersome process." 3776 4609 4810 4500 4500 $ Below target is positive ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES VEHICLE & EQUIPMENT MAIN & FUELING Maintain availability of City vehicles for department use Percentage of repairs of general purpose vehicles performed in less than 3 days "For general purpose vehicles that are part of the vehicle leasing program, the elapsed time from creation of a maintainance job order to posting as completed." "Collection Method: Central Shops automated vehicle maintenance system called MAPCON.  Data entered by shop supervisors. Timing:  Routinely available, but special reports must be run out of MAPCON, a cumbersome process." 0.61 0.6 0.73 0.63 0.66 % Above target is positive ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES VEHICLE & EQUIPMENT MAIN & FUELING Maintain availability of City vehicles for department use Percentage of repairs of Police vehicles performed in less than 3 days "For Police black and white (not undercover) vehicles, the elapsed time from creation of a maintainance job order to posting as completed." "Collection Method: Central Shops automated vehicle maintenance system called MAPCON.  Data entered by shop supervisors. Timing:  Routinely available, but special reports must be run out of MAPCON, a cumbersome process." 0.69 0.48 0.62 0.55 0.58 % Above target is positive ADULT PROBATION ADMINISTRATION - ADULT PROBATION "Increase collection of fines, fees and restitutions" "Amount of fines, fees and restitutions" "Measure to be discontinued as of January 1, 2008.  Department transferred the collection of revenues in November 2007 to the Court Collections Unit pursuant to a change in state law.   This transfer will improve collection of revenues.  The measure includes all revenues and restitution collected, including fines and fees collected." Actual funds collected according to accounting records. 920000 374260 255653 1000000 500000 $ Above target is positive ADULT PROBATION ADMINISTRATION - ADULT PROBATION Maximize staff effectiveness Percentage of available employees receiving performance appraisals "This measure represents the percentage of employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal is to be conducted.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months in June." All performance appraisals will be completed in June. 1 0.928 1 1 1 1 % Above target is positive ADULT PROBATION ADMINISTRATION - ADULT PROBATION Maximize staff effectiveness Percentage of eligible APD peace officer employees completing a minimum of 40 hours of mandated training "The State of California Corrections Standards Authority requires that all Deputy Probation Officers complete a minimum of 40 hours of annual training as prescribed in Title 15 of the California Code of Regulations, Sections 130 et sequitur. The requirement is waived for employees on long term leaves of absence." The Training Officer collects and retains this data in a computerized training database.  This training database is updated on a monthly basis as proof of completed hours that are received from the Corrections Standards Authority approved training providers. 1 1 1 1 1 1 % Above target is positive ADULT PROBATION ADMINISTRATION - ADULT PROBATION Maximize staff effectiveness Percentage of newly appointed peace officer managers who have completed mandatory training "The State of California Corrections Standards Authority requires that all peace officer managers complete a minimum of 80 hours of training during the first 12 months of job assignment as prescribed in Title 15 of the California Code of Regulations, Sections 130-132.  The Department has Division Director, Supervising Probation Officer, and Training Officer positions that are subject to this requirement during an employee's first year in the classification." The Training Officer collects and retains this data in a computerized training database.  This training database is updated on a monthly basis as proof of completed hours that are received from the Corrections Standards Authority approved training providers. 1 1 1 1 1 1 % Above target is positive ADULT PROBATION COMMUNITY SERVICES Provide protection to the community through supervision and provision of appropriate services to adult probationers Maximum established caseload size per probation officer in the domestic violence unit "Maximum caseload size per probation officer in the Domestic Violence unit. The Department has a case management system for managing the caseload size of each officer. A lower caseload size improves public safety by allowing the officers to be more pro-active in their supervision services. The Department has implemented strategies that have resulted in fewer referrals, thereby improving public safety." "Data is maintained in the Department's case management system and is verified with actual monthly statistical checks by the supervising probation officer.  The caseload size depends upon the number of cases, the number of staff vacancies within the unit, and reassignment of officers from other caseloads when vacancies occur.  The average caseload size is a point in time calculation measured at the end of each reporting period." 83 51 60 100 85 85 Below target is positive ADULT PROBATION COMMUNITY SERVICES Provide protection to the community through supervision and provision of appropriate services to adult probationers Number of batterer treatment programs certified or renewed by Department "Number of certifications issued and renewed as defined in Penal Code 1203.097 and 1203.098.   All programs are required to be recertified annually.  The certifications provide for quality batterer treatment programs in our community, which helps to improve outcomes for the probationers and safety in our community.  The goal of a batter treatment program is to stop domestic violence.  As described per Penal Code 1203.097, Probation Departments issue certifications to batterer treatment programs consisting of lectures, classes, group discussions and counseling, taking into consideration the following components: A) strategies to hold the defendant accountable for the violence in a relationship; B) a requirement that the defendant participate in ongoing same-gender group sessions; C) supervision and evaluation of the defendant's progress in the program." The treatment programs are certified annually during the second half of the fiscal year.  Certification process records and data are maintained by the unit supervisor. 23 8 8 23 8 8 Above target is positive ADULT PROBATION COMMUNITY SERVICES Provide protection to the community through supervision and provision of appropriate services to adult probationers Number of cases successfully terminated "Number of cases successfully terminated. Successful cases are defined as cases terminated due to normal expiration, earned discharge, and not sentenced to state prison or terminated unsuccessfully." The statistics are maintained by the Division Directors and reported on a monthly basis by the probation officers. 1599 1088 997 1599 1200 1100 Above target is positive ADULT PROBATION COMMUNITY SERVICES Provide protection to the community through supervision and provision of appropriate services to adult probationers Number of cases under limited supervision "The Department has a case management system for managing the caseload size of each officer. When a case is assigned to limited supervision, minimal direct supervision services are being provided. Probationers are required to submit required fines and fees. If there are any issues or concerns generated from this caseload, probationers or the public are encouraged to contact the officer assigned to monitor the Limited Services Caseload. Therefore, a higher number of cases under limited supervision will indicate that these cases have minimal direct supervision." The caseload size is a point in time measurement at the end of each reporting period.  Data is maintained in the Department's case management system.  Positive results are on or below target.  1805 1091 1563 1700 1300 1300 Below target is positive ADULT PROBATION COMMUNITY SERVICES Provide protection to the community through supervision and provision of appropriate services to adult probationers Number of community meetings attended by probation staff Meetings attended by probation staff in neighborhoods and at community based organizations. Attendance at these meetings allows the community to discuss issues affecting public safety.  These meetings also provide insight for the department to focus resources on specific community issues. Staff report community meeting attendance to their supervisors monthly. 104 125 138 48 100 100 Above target is positive ADULT PROBATION COMMUNITY SERVICES Provide protection to the community through supervision and provision of appropriate services to adult probationers Number of jurisdictional transfers initiated "Many San Francisco Probationers reside in another county.  Pursuant to Section 1203.9 of the Penal Code, the Department's policy is to refer these cases to the County of Residence for jurisdictional transfer." "The Community Services Division Director maintains monthly data on jurisdictional transfers. Once it is determined that a probationer resides in another county, officers initiate the process to transfer the probation matter to the receiving county per the statue." 166 249 133 165 340 500 Above target is positive ADULT PROBATION COMMUNITY SERVICES Provide protection to the community through supervision and provision of appropriate services to adult probationers Number of probationers age 18-25 referred to supportive services The number of probationers age 18-25 referred to appropriate treatment services. Studies have shown that offenders with appropriate treatment services reoffend less.  Officers conduct assessments using the CAIS needs and risk assessment to determine supervision and supportive service needs.  Referrals for supportive services are initiated as appropriate. Referrals are reported by officers to the supervisors who maintain the statistics. 30 424 240 100 180 180 Above target is positive ADULT PROBATION COMMUNITY SERVICES Provide protection to the community through supervision and provision of appropriate services to adult probationers Number of probationers referred to treatment services  Number of probationers referred to treatment services.  Studies have shown that recidivism rates decrease when offenders participate in appropriate treatment services. Officers provide monthly data to their supervisors. 80 1735 2216 80 1425 1500 Above target is positive ADULT PROBATION COMMUNITY SERVICES Provide protection to the community through supervision and provision of appropriate services to adult probationers Number of site visits made to batterer treatment programs "Number of probation officer visits to batterer treatment programs.  Per Penal Code 1203.097 C, the Probation Department has the authority to approve the issuance, denial, suspension, or revocation of approval and to cease new enrollments or referrals to batterer treatment programs.  The Department reviews information relative to a program's performance, failure to adhere to standards, or both.  These visits enable the Department to monitor outcome of programs for probationers, which leads to improved community safety." Actual number of monitoring visits made by probation officers. Information is maintained continuously by the supervisor of the unit and is retrieved every six months for performance measure reporting. 23 42 94 12 60 60 Above target is positive ADULT PROBATION COMMUNITY SERVICES Provide protection to the community through supervision and provision of appropriate services to adult probationers Number of visits to the Department "Number of probationers and victims who physically come to Adult Probation for services.  These services include meeting with probation officers for intake, monthly reporting, interviews for court reports, etc.  In rare instances, victims come to the Department to present documentation of financial loss and to discuss the probationer and the case with the probation officer." Records and Reception staff log on a daily basis the number of probationers and victims that come to the Department.  Statistics are kept on a monthly basis of this activity and reported to the Division Director. 12042 14669 16443 6265 12600 13400 Above target is positive ADULT PROBATION COMMUNITY SERVICES Provide protection to the community through supervision and provision of appropriate services to adult probationers Percentage of new domestic violence probationers attending domestic violence orientation Percentage of domestic violence probationers attending orientation.  Each domestic violence probationer referred to the Department is required to attend an orientation.  The Department mandates that all new domestic violence probationers attend orientation to understand the duties and responsibilities outlined in the court order.  The Department also provides information and makes referrals to required batterer treatment programs.  The Department initiates corrective action for those who fail to attend the scheduled orientation. Actual data is maintained continuously by the domestic violence supervisor who conducts the domestic violence orientation unit and is retrieved every six months for performance measure reporting. 0.8 0.7426 0.92 0.8 1 1 % Above target is positive ADULT PROBATION COMMUNITY SERVICES Provide protection to the community through supervision and provision of appropriate services to adult probationers Percentage of new probationers receiving intake  "Percentage of new probationers receiving intake.  Probationers referred to the Department should be given an intake in addition to an orientation.  The intake is a one on one process between the probation officer and the probationer.  The purpose is to assess the probationer's needs, level of supervision, establish a case supervision plan, refer the probationer to supportive services as appropriate, and explain the terms and conditions of probation. (NOTE:  This measure was changed as of January 1, 2008 from number attending intake to percentage attending intake to provide a more meaningful measurement.)" Monthly statistics are provided by the supervisors and maintained by the division directors. 0.6575 0.6015 1 1 % Above target is positive ADULT PROBATION DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of available employees for whom performance appraisals were scheduled "This is the number of employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal is to be conducted.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months. Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion.  (Reports are not prepared for staff unavailable due to long-term leave.)" Data is maintained by DHR liaison.  Actual number of appraisals scheduled. 99 83 91 101 101 101 Above target is positive ADULT PROBATION DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of available employees for whom scheduled performance appraisals were completed "This is the number of employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal was conducted and completed during the fiscal year.  ""Completed"" means an appraisal form has been filled out and is in the employee's personnel file.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months.   Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion.  (Reports are not prepared for staff available due to long-term leave.)" Data is maintained by DHR liaison.  Actual number of appraisals completed. 99 77 90 99 101 101 Above target is positive ADULT PROBATION PRE-SENTENCING INVESTIGATION Provide timely reports to guide the courts with rendering appropriate sentencing decisions Number of CAIS risk/needs assessments and reassessments conducted "Note: This is a new measure for Fiscal Year 2009-10, therefore there is no target or reporting for Fiscal Year 2008-09. Evidence based practices for community supervision emphasize the need for a validated risk/needs assessment to inform supervision plans for probationers and identify underlying service needs. The Department uses the Correctional Assessment and Intervention System (CAIS) risk/needs assessment, which was created by the National Council on Crime and Delinquency and has been nationally validated." "The performance measure tracks the number of CAIS assessments conducted, as well as the number of follow-up reassessments conducted. The number of reports will be obtained monthly from the secure website that manages the Department's CAIS assessment data." Above target is positive ADULT PROBATION PRE-SENTENCING INVESTIGATION Provide timely reports to guide the courts with rendering appropriate sentencing decisions Percentage of identifiable victims for whom notification was attempted prior to the sentencing of the defendant "On every case where there is an identifiable victim, the assigned probation officer is required to send a letter to the victim requesting victim information.  The requested information includes, amount of loss to the victim, whether or not the victim has insurance to cover the loss, if the victim contacted the insurance company, and if the insurance company paid the loss.  Additionally, the victim is requested to give their thoughts about the incident and the defendant.  Victims are also informed of their rights to address the Court at the time of sentencing, where they can get services, and their right to file a civil claim in the matter.  (Measure does not address cases with no identifiable victim, or those where a contact address or phone number cannot be obtained for an identified victim.)" "Probation officers keep a log of all cases where there is an identifiable victim and the number of victims they attempted to contact.  This information is forwarded to their supervisor on a monthly basis.  The supervisor submits this information to the division director, who compiles the information for the division's monthly statistical report.  The statistical report reflects the number of identifiable victims and the number of contacts attempted." 1 0.997 1 1 1 1 % Above target is positive ADULT PROBATION PRE-SENTENCING INVESTIGATION Provide timely reports to guide the courts with rendering appropriate sentencing decisions Percentage of reports submitted to the Court prior to sentencing as defined in the Penal Code "The California Penal Code mandates the circumstances under which the Adult Probation Department must submit a presentence report to the Superior Court.  This report guides the Court in its sentencing decisions. The Penal Code stipulates that the presentence report be submitted to the Court and affected parties five days prior to the sentencing hearing. Due to the shortage of staffing resources, the Department and the San Francisco Superior Court have an agreement that presentence reports may be submitted two days prior to the sentencing hearing." Supervising Probation Officers keep a log of all reports completed in time to meet the five day delivery.  On a monthly basis they submit that information to the Division Director who prepares the statistical report for the Department. 0 0 0 0 0 0 % Above target is positive ADULT PROBATION PRE-SENTENCING INVESTIGATION Provide timely reports to guide the courts with rendering appropriate sentencing decisions Percentage of reports submitted to the Court two days prior to sentencing as per agreement with the Courts "The California Penal Code mandates the circumstances under which the Adult Probation Department must submit a presentence report to the Superior Court.  This report guides the Court in its sentencing decisions.  The Penal Code stipulates that the presentence report be submitted to the Court and affected parties five days prior to the sentencing hearing.  Due to the shortage of staffing resources, the Adult Probation Department and the San Francisco Superior Court have an agreement that presentence reports may be submitted two days prior to the sentencing hearing." Supervising Probation Officers submit the completed presentence reports to the Court on a daily basis.  As part of the daily responsibilities they keep a log of all reports submitted and when they are submitted.  On a monthly basis they submit that information to the Division Director who prepares the statistical report for the Department. 0.99 0.993 0.99 1 1 1 % Above target is positive AIRPORT COMMISSION "ADMINISTRATION, BUSINESS" Contribute to the strength of the local economy "Amount of annual service payment to the City's General Fund, in millions" "The Airline-Airport Lease and Use Agreement provides for a payment to the City's General Fund for indirect services that the City provides to the Airport.  During the 30-year term of the agreement, the payment is calculated as 15% of Concession Revenues as defined in the Agreement, or $6 million during FY 1981-82 through FY 1984-85, and $5 million annually thereafter, whichever is greater.  The Airlines-Airport Lease and Use Agreement defines Concession Revenues as: 1) The fees and rentals collected by the Commission acting on behalf of the City for the right to provide and operate restaurants, bars, car rental services, news stands, gift shops, specialty shops, advertising displays, insurance, public telephone and other similar or dissimilar merchandising concessions and consumer services in the Terminal Area;  2) The fees and rentals collected by the Commission acting on behalf of the City for the right to provide and operate courtesy vehicles, ground transportation services, hotels," "Collection Method: The ASP calculation is based on the cumulative totals from all concession sub-objects from FAMIS and multiplying by 15%. The Airport?s Accounting Department keeps records of all supporting totals from the concession sub-objects used to calculate the Year-End Payment that is transmitted to the city. Timing:  Can be calculated monthly, approximately 7 weeks after the end of each month. Payment made annually." 23.3 25.98 26.8 22.2 23.7 26.4 $ Above target is positive AIRPORT COMMISSION "ADMINISTRATION, BUSINESS" Contribute to the strength of the local economy Percent change in domestic air passenger volume "Percentage increase/decrease of enplaned passengers on domestic flights over prior period.  Enplanements is defined as passengeres boarding a flight at SFO and does not include any passenger already on the flight (""in-transit"")." Collection Method: Passenger enplanement data is reported monthly by air carriers and input into the Airport's Property Management and Billing System (PMBS).  Airport passenger forecasts are prepared by Financial Planning & Analysis and Jacobs Consultancy.  Timing: Data from PMBS is available approximately 20 days after the end of the reporting month. 0.022 0.1 0.014 0.014 0.059 0.058 % Above target is positive AIRPORT COMMISSION "ADMINISTRATION, BUSINESS" Contribute to the strength of the local economy Percent change in international air passenger volume Percentage increase/decrease of enplaned passengers on international flights over prior period. Collection Method: Passenger enplanement data is reported monthly by air carriers and input into the Airport's Property Management and Billing System (PMBS).  Airport passenger forecasts are prepared by Financial Planning & Analysis and Jacobs Consultancy.  Timing: Data from PMBS is available approximately 20 days after the end of the reporting month. 0.048 0.05 -0.076 0.049 0.041 0.054 % Above target is positive AIRPORT COMMISSION "ADMINISTRATION, BUSINESS" Control airline cost per enplaned passenger Airline cost per enplaned passenger "Control costs to airlines by controlling airline landing fees and terminal rental per passenger.  The revenues budgeted for airline landing fees and terminal rentals represent the ""airline requirement"" based on the net of Airport expenditures and non-airline revenues.  Rates for landing fees and airline terminal rentals are formulated from the budgeted airline revenue and forecasts for aircraft landed weight and leased terminal space.  The target CPE is a measure of the change in airline revenues in relation to changes in enplaned passengers rather than a measure of rate changes." "Collection Method: Quarterly calculation based on actual airline terminal rental revenue and airline landing fees paid/recorded in FAMIS and passenger enplanements data reported by airlines and entered to the Air Traffic Monitoring System (ATMS).  The airline terminal rental and landing fee revenues as collected in FAMIS are summed and divided by enplaned passenger data from ATMS reports to calculate the CPE. Timing: This can be calculated monthly, approximately 7 weeks after the end of each month.  Final figure available after year-end books close, usually in September." 15.06 13.5 13.74 14.87 13.6 13.2 $ Below target is positive AIRPORT COMMISSION "ADMINISTRATION, BUSINESS" Control airline cost per enplaned passenger Airline cost per enplaned passenger (in constant 2003 dollars) This Metric remains in the system for historical reporting purposes only.  It was replaced with a new measure (in constant 2008 dollars) beginning in FY 2008/09.  There will be no updates to this measure beyond FY 2007/08. Reduce costs to airlines by controlling airline landing fees and terminal rental per passenger. The revenues budgeted for Airline landing fees and terminal rentals represent the ?Airline Requirement? based on the net of Airport expenditures and non-airline revenues.   Rates for landing fees and airline terminal rentals are formulated from the budgeted airline revenue and forecasts for aircraft landed weight and leased terminal space. The target CPE is a measure of the change in airline revenues in relation to changes in enplaned passengers rather than a measure of rate changes. "This Metric remains in the system for historical reporting purposes only.  It was replaced with a new measure (in constant 2008 dollars) beginning in FY 2008/09.  This metric will not be updated with data beyond FY 2007/08. Collection Method: Quarterly calculation based on actual airline terminal rental revenue and airline landing fees paid recorded in FAMIS and passenger enplanements data reported by airlines and entered to the Air Traffic Monitoring System (ATMS).The Airline terminal rental and landing fee revenues as collected in FAMIS are summed and divided by enplaned passenger data from ATMS reports to calculate the CPE. Timing:  Can be calculated monthly, approximately 7 weeks after the end of each month. Final figure available after year-end books close, usually in September." 13.68 11.77 13.51 12.01 $ Below target is positive AIRPORT COMMISSION "ADMINISTRATION, BUSINESS" Control airline cost per enplaned passenger Airline cost per enplaned passenger (in constant 2008 dollars) "Control costs to airlines by controlling airline landing fees and terminal rental per passenger.  The revenues budgeted for Airline landing fees and terminal rentals represent the ""Airline Requirement"" based on the net of Airport expenditures and non-airline revenues.  Rates for landing fees and airline terminal rentals are formulated from the budgeted airline revenue and forecasts for aircraft landed weight and leased terminal space.  The target CPE is a measure of the change in airline revenues in relation to changes in enplaned passengers rather than a measure of rate changes. The base for constant dollars was set to 2008 in the Airport's Strategic Plan in order to factor out inflation and, as such, is part of goal setting." "Collection Method: Quarterly calculation based on actual airline terminal rental revenue and airline landing fees paid recorded in FAMIS and passenger enplanements data reported by airlines and entered to the Air Traffic Monitoring System (ATMS).The Airline terminal rental and landing fee revenues as collected in FAMIS are summed and divided by enplaned passenger data from ATMS reports to calculate the CPE. Timing: Can be calculated monthly, approximately 7 weeks after the end of each month. Final figure available after year-end books close, usually in September." 13.72 12.87 $ Below target is positive AIRPORT COMMISSION "ADMINISTRATION, BUSINESS" Control airline cost per enplaned passenger Domestic low-cost carrier share of total domestic enplanements Domestic enplanements on currently operating Low-Cost Carriers (LCCs) as a percentage of total domestic enplanements. "Collection Method: Passenger enplanement data is reported monthly by air carriers and input into the Airport's Property Management and Billing System (PMBS).  For domestic enplanements, carriers are categorized into LCCs and other carriers.  Timing: Data from PMBS is available approximately 20 days after the end of the reporting month." 0.128 0.18 0.215 0 0.18 0.21 % Above target is positive AIRPORT COMMISSION "ADMINISTRATION, BUSINESS" Increase concession revenues Total concession revenue per enplaned passenger "Concession revenues from food & beverage operations, retail shops including Duty Free, advertising, rental cars, groundside operations, taxi and public parking per enplaned passenger." "Collection Method: Monthly concession reports are generated by the Accounting Office for all concessionable revenue sources except Parking.  Parking statistics are report by AMPCO, the Airport's contractor for parking management. Enplaned passenger data is contained in SFO air traffic reports, issued approximately 35 days after the close of the month. Timing:  Monthly, approximately 6 weeks after the end of each month." 8.93 9.28 9.64 8.54 8.78 8.73 $ Above target is positive AIRPORT COMMISSION DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom performance appraisals were scheduled "This is the number of employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal is to be conducted.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months. Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." "Collection Method: Supervisors provide information on employee performance using a performance appraisal form. Employees review the form and meet with supervisors to discuss and provide input. When the appraisal form is signed by the employee and supervisor, it is filed with SFO Personnel Department. Timing:  Annually" 1154 1180 1219 1248 1317 1382 Above target is positive AIRPORT COMMISSION DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom scheduled performance appraisals were completed "This is the number of applicable employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal was conducted amd completed during the fiscal year.  ""Completed"" means an appraisal form has been filled out and is in the employee's personnel file.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months.   Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." "Collection Method: Performance appraisals are conducted each fiscal year for all employees and must be filed with SFO Personnel Department by the end of September. Timing:  Annually, approximately by mid-October." 1154 1180 1028 1248 1317 1382 Above target is positive AIRPORT COMMISSION "FACILITIES MAINTENANCE,CONSTRUCTION" Enhance community relations and environmental commitments All Title 21 requirements met (1 equals yes) "Prior to Fiscal Year 2008/09, the Noise Insulation Program was managed directly by neighboring cities and County of San Mateo.  SFO partially funded the program.  SFO performance was measured based on level of responsiveness and accuracy processing requests for funding by the cities to cover cost of easements and insulation of homes and incompatible non-residential structures such as churches, schools, nursing homes, or payments of $5,000 to post 1989 property owners in the most recent 65dB Community Noise Equivalent Level (CNEL).   Since Fiscal Year 2008/09 the program is managed by SFO.  Performance is measured in terms of Airport's ability to maintain compliance with State of California Noise Standard for Airports (Tilte 21). In this metric 1=Yes (All Title 21 requirements met) and 0=No (All Title 21 requirements not met)." "Collection Method: Prior to FY 2008/09 noise easements and payment requests were sent by the Cities, County of San Mateo, or School Districts.  A copy of each easement is on file with the Airport. Starting in FY 2008/09 data collection involves review of County records and updated CNEL to identify new properties that may be eligible for FAA-funded insulation improvements.   Timing:  Annually, approximately 4 weeks after the end of the fiscal year." 1 1 1 1 1 1 On target is positive AIRPORT COMMISSION SAFETY & SECURITY Provide accessible and convenient facilities and superior customer service Average immigration and customs wait times as a percent of the average of five comparable airports "SFO's average immigration and customs wait times, as a percent of the average of five comparable airports." "Collection Method: Data compiled by the federal CBP.  Monthly Airport Wait Times are published on the Customs and Border Patrol website - www.cbp.gov. Timing:  Generally two weeks after the fact, though this is not entirely reliable." 0.96 0.855 0.87 1.04 0.93 0.93 % Below target is positive AIRPORT COMMISSION SAFETY & SECURITY Provide accessible and convenient facilities and superior customer service Overall rating of the airport (measured by passenger survey where 5 is outstanding and 1 is unacceptable) "Overall rating of the airport, measured by annual passenger survey where 5 is outstanding and 1 is unacceptable." Collection Method: Survey contractor's staff interviewed departing passengers in gate areas and furnished data to Airport staff who conducted analysis.  Completed questionnaire and data became property of the Airport. Timing:  Annually.  Survey usually taken in the spring with results available in the summer. 4 3.9 4 4 4 4 Above target is positive AIRPORT COMMISSION SAFETY & SECURITY Provide for and enhance a safe and secure airport environment Number of Airport-controlled runway incursions "Runway incursions are one measure of a safe airport.  The FAA defines a runway incursion as:  Any occurrence at an airport involving an aircraft, vehicle, person, or object on the ground that creates a collision hazard or results in loss of separation with an aircraft taking off, or intending to take off, landing, or intending to land." "Collection Method: Data collection (Runway Incursion Incident Report) is through the Airfield Inspection Reporting System (AIRS).  The location of the documentation is in the Airfield Operations office. Timing:  Monthly, approximately 1 week after the end of each month." 0 0 0 0 0 0 Below target is positive ARTS COMMISSION ART COMMISSION-ADMINISTRATION Ensure the quality of the built environment by providing design review of all City Building Projects. Number of public building projects reviewed by the Civic Design Review Committee The number of projects that the Civic Design Review  Committee reviewed each fiscal year. Design review is required by the Charter and all buildings on public land are subject to review. "Collection Method: Count number of projects reviewed documented in meeting minutes, Arts Commission offices, 25 Van Ness, suite 240. Regular Civic Design Review meeting is held once a month. All City building projects requiring Civic Design review have to apply in advance to the Arts Commission Civic Design Review Committee, and the numbers are counted on the review request received in the monthly meeting. Timing:  At the monthly Committee meeting." 13 53 22 20 60 20 Above target is positive ARTS COMMISSION CIVIC COLLECTION Maintain the City's Civic Art Collection Number of major restorations of artwork in the Civic Art Collection "Artworks are restored because of seriousness of condition and/or funding availability.  Most pieces are selected due to age and some for curatorial value.  All artworks are expertly restored by highly trained fine art conservators. Treatment goals are outlined and mutually agreed upon in a treatment proposal at the beginning of the project.  These are used to establish critical milestones and site inspections.  Work is initiated when a proposed treatment is agreed upon with conservator.  Work is closely monitored through the entire project by the Civic Art Collection Registrar.  Works are continually monitored after treatment and transferred from restoration status.  Treatments are designed to give longevity to monuments' condition, appearance and stability." "Collection Method: On site examination by SFAC staff at contractual milestones, photographic documentation, final written report maintained at Arts Commission offices, 25 Van Ness, suite 70. Timing:  Annually. At the end of fiscal year." 6 7 6 4 4 4 Above target is positive ARTS COMMISSION CIVIC COLLECTION Maintain the City's Civic Art Collection "Number of minor cleaning, repair and conservation projects completed" "Number of city-owned artworks in need of repair or graffiti abatement that have work completed in the fiscal year. Artworks are monitored before, during and after completion of treatment by SFAC staff.  Project is successful if stabilized and returned to appropriate and historical visual appearance." "Collection Method: On site examination and photographic documentation with final written report by conservator. Arts Commission offices, 25 Van Ness, suite 70 Timing:  Annually." 22 17 27 8 13 15 Above target is positive ARTS COMMISSION COMMUNITY ARTS & EDUCATION Improve grants and cultural centers tracking Improve internal tracking of all grants and grant compliance requirements and offer community meetings to encourage a broader range of community groups access to potential arts funding. "CAE staff will provide annual timelines distributed at the start of each FY for cultural centers, to help assure grant reporting deadlines. Track the number of workshops offered that provide access and information to our grants program." Collection Method: CAE staff will create and document compliance check list at the start of each fiscal year. Data will be collected at the end of the fiscal year and will track the number of community / application workshops held annually Timing:  Track monthly. 11 5 10 10 5 10 Above target is positive ARTS COMMISSION COMMUNITY ARTS & EDUCATION Increase and improve arts education activities in San Francisco public schools. Increase and improve arts education activities in San Francisco public schools by strengthening the arts education community's partnership with SFUSD by managing an information and technical assistance clearinghouse for more than 150 local arts organiztns Minimum of two e-alerts each week to arts providers and/or district personnel. Weekly e-alerts to SFUSD Arts Coordinators. Distributes 500 citywide arts education directories annually. Collection Method: Arts Education staff will track the measurement standards and build on standards annually. Timing:  Track weekly. 300 543 500 150 376 500 Above target is positive ARTS COMMISSION COMMUNITY ARTS & EDUCATION Transform San Francisco youth and their communities through creative writing classes Number of youth participating in WritersCorps "Total number of (unduplicated) youth participating in WritersCorps, which focuses on low-income, immigrant or incarcerated youth ages 6 to 21. This measure was added in March 2003, and the number of sites was deleted as a measure." "Collection Method: WritersCorps site intake reports, maintained at SFAC, 25 Van Ness, Suite 60. Program manager:  Janet Heller, 252-2546 http://www.writerscorps-sf.org Timing:  Monthly." 572 600 325 500 500 500 Above target is positive ARTS COMMISSION CULTURAL EQUITY "Facilitate access to assistance for potential grant applicants, especially first time applicants" Number of community application workshops Number of workshops offered that provide access and information of our grants programs. Goal is to familiarize a broader constituency with grant opportunities and gain input on Commission policies and procedures. "Collection Method: Records of dates that workshops are offered Arts Commission offices, 25 Van Ness Ave., Suite 200.  Informal accounting maintained by individual staff members. Timing:  Monthly." 22 43 17 20 20 18 Above target is positive ARTS COMMISSION CULTURAL EQUITY Facilitate arts activities in neighborhoods by professional artists working in partnership with other artists and arts and non-arts entities. Number of grants Number of grants awarded to facilitate arts projects taking place in neighborhoods. Collection Method: Grant award letters issued. Timing:  Once a year. 0 31 16 0 15 15 Above target is positive ARTS COMMISSION CULTURAL EQUITY Provide financial support to cultural organizations to ensure all cultures of City are represented Number of grants awarded by the Commission "The number of grants awarded and several categories: artist organizations (operations and programs),  creative space (facilities), individual artists grants in several disciplines, and cultural equity initiatives." "Collection Method: Records are maintained of grants awarded each year in FileMaker Pro data base. Arts Commission offices, 25 Van Ness Ave., Suite 60. Timing:  Monthly." 127 149 133 100 150 100 Above target is positive ARTS COMMISSION CULTURAL EQUITY Provide financial support to cultural organizations to ensure all cultures of City are represented "Total amount of grants, in millions" "The total dollar amount of grants awarded each year in four separate categories: organizational projects grants, creative space, individual artists and equity initiatives." "Collection Method: Records are maintained of grants awarded each year in FileMaker Pro data base. Arts Commission offices, 25 Van Ness Ave., suite 60 Timing:  Monthly." 1.89 2.62 2.044 1.37 1.9 1 $ Above target is positive ARTS COMMISSION DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom performance appraisals were scheduled "This is the number of employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal is to be conducted.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review shold be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months. Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." Collection Method: Performance plans will be located in files at SFAC office. Timing:  Semi-annually. 24 24 29 24 24 29 Above target is positive ARTS COMMISSION DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom scheduled performance appraisals were completed "Percentage of staff with completed performance evaluations (formerly EEJ Goal 03 Measure 01, moved to new HRD format).       New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of applicable employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal was conducted amd completed during the fiscal year.  ""Completed"" means an appraisal form has been filled out and is in the employee's personnel file.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review shold be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months.   Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." Collection Method: Performance plans will be located in files at SFAC office. Timing:  Semi-annually. 0 24 29 24 24 24 Above target is positive ARTS COMMISSION GALLERY Establish and nurture new relationships between SFAC and other arts and community organizations Number of organizations SFAC worked with during year "Number of organizations that enter into a contractual relationship with the SFAC Gallery and complete collaborative projects at one of our regular exhibition spaces or at an approved site-specific location.  Includes  arts, artist's collectives, community organizations, and other arts-related and non-arts-related nonprofits." "Collection Method: Count of participating organizations. Program Director:  Meg Shiffler, 415-252-2568. Contracts kept at the SFAC Gallery at 401 Van Ness Ave. Timing:  Annually. At the end of fiscal year in June 30." 10 22 20 8 12 18 Above target is positive ARTS COMMISSION PUBLIC ART "Implement significant public art projects for the enjoyment of SF's residents and visitors, which are accessible to the blind and sight-impaired" Number of public art projects completed on time and on budget "2% of the construction cost of new capital improvement projects is set aside for the acquisition of public art in accordance with Section 3.19 of the Administrative Code . Current projects include: Central Subway, San Francisco Int'l Airport, Library Bond, Recreation & Park Bond, San Francisco General Hospital and Laguna Honda, among others. The goal of the program is to commission high quality works of art that represent San Francisco's rich and diverse cultural heritage and contribute to the quality of the built environment. The number of art projects implemented is directly linked to the City's Capital improvement program." "Collection Method: A Commission resolution documents final approval and acceptance into the City's Civic Art Collection. Documents and records are housed at the Arts Commission offices at 25 Van Ness Avenue, Suite 240, San Francisco, CA 94102. Timing:  Annually." 16 19 20 12 12 14 Above target is positive ARTS COMMISSION PUBLIC ART Provide information and access to programs through outreach Number of presentations made "Number of presentations made to provide information about the public arts program to the public, city departments and colleagues in the field.  Includes presentations made at art schools and universities to recruit talent and radio and television interviews." "Collection Method: Track the number of presentations made and the number of attendees present. Files maintained at Arts Commission office at 25 van Ness, Suite 240. Timing:  Monthly." 13 25 28 8 12 13 Above target is positive ARTS COMMISSION STREET ARTISTS Assist artists in supporting themselves through selling their work Number of first-time artists screened "The number of artists who showed up at their scheduled screening and were approved for licensing; the number does not reflect the actual number of first-time artists who eventually paid for licenses.  Some ""new"" licensees can waive screening because they have been approved for the same type of work in the past and subsequently let their license lapse." "Collection Method: Record of minutes of screenings conducted by Advisory Committee of Street Artists and Craftsmen Examiners, verifying that artists actually make the work they plan to sell. Arts Commission offices, 25 Van Ness, suite 240 Howard Lazar, Street Artist Program manager, 252-2583 Timing:  12 times a year. Reporting end of each month." 168 129 205 168 140 140 Above target is positive ARTS COMMISSION STREET ARTISTS Assist artists in supporting themselves through selling their work Number of first-time licenses issued "The number of new artists whose wares were screened and approved and who paid for licenses for the first time; this measure does not include renewals. However, a new license may be issued to someone who has been licensed in the past but let it expire.  Licenses may be annual or quarterly; these are not tracked separately." "Collection Method: Program ledger book recording issuances of first-time licenses; receipts for payment in artist files.  Licenses are numbered consecutively.  For instance, license #5736 is the last issued on 6/30/01, and license #5925 is the first issued on 8/1/02; therefore 189 licenses were issued from 7/1/01 through 6/30/02. Arts Commission, 25 Van Ness, suite 240 Howard Lazar, Street Artist Program manager, 252-2583 Timing:  Every 6 months. Reporting December 31st and June 30th." 138 161 208 214 150 150 Above target is positive ARTS COMMISSION STREET ARTISTS Assist artists in supporting themselves through selling their work Number of licensed street artists (annual average) "The number of street artist license holders who, through the year, renew their licenses quarterly or annually. Goals of the street artist licensing program are allow street artists to make their living; guarantee that street sellers made their crafts and ensure peaceful coexistence w/other merchants. 25%-33% of street artists are immigrants, and many may not speak English." "Collection Method: Program ledger books record issuances of new licenses and their quarterly and/or annual renewals as well as attrition from the program.  Current number of license holders = previous number of license holders plus new licensees minus drop-outs in period.  Number is updated monthly; monthly numbers are averaged for annual total. Arts Commission offices, 25 Van Ness, suite 240 Howard Lazar, Street Artist Program manager, 252-2583 Timing:  12 times per year. Reporting middle of each month." 193.5 198 426.5 192 195 400 Above target is positive ASIAN ART MUSEUM ASIAN ART MUSEUM Increase museum membership Number of museum members Number of AAM members as of the last day of the period.  Membership numbers are dependent on an ongoing calendar of strong exhibitions to both sustain a membership base and acquire new members. Collection Method: Membership database in AAM Membership Dept. Timing:  Monthly. Membership data calculation process concludes 1 week after closing of each month. 16482 15191 16763 20063 17250 15500 Above target is positive ASIAN ART MUSEUM ASIAN ART MUSEUM Increase number of museum visitors Number of museum visitors "Number of museum visitors less school groups, events, business visitors, rental events, caf?tore free." "Collection Method: At the admission desk of AAM, all visitors (both paid and non-paid) are ticketed.  The visitor data is collected from the computerized ticketing system. Timing:  Daily/Weekly/ Monthly" 206599 210068 337894 236250 236085 210000 Above target is positive ASIAN ART MUSEUM ASIAN ART MUSEUM Provide quality programs on Asian art and culture Number of education program participants "Number of attendees at school programs, (i.e. school tours), resource center, educator's workshop and community speaker's program." Collection Method: Registration data and physical counts maintained by AAM Education Department. Participation is higher during the school year. Timing:  Quarterly - one month after close of quarter 17348 19908 23402 6200 17650 19000 Above target is positive ASIAN ART MUSEUM ASIAN ART MUSEUM Provide quality programs on Asian art and culture Number of public program participants "Number of attendees at programs offered to the public including: family programs, adult programs (performance, lectures, classes, tea ceremony), Asia Alive, public tours." Collection Method: Head Count taken by public program staff & registration data maintained by AAM Public Program Dept. Timing:  Quarterly - one month after close of quarter 48473 55129 108791 62000 48350 50000 Above target is positive ASIAN ART MUSEUM DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom performance appraisals were scheduled "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal is to be conducted.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review shold be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months. Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." Collection Method: [Department to describe data method and location] Timing:  Annually 57 35 50 57 55 53 Above target is positive ASIAN ART MUSEUM DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom scheduled performance appraisals were completed "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of applicable employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal was conducted amd completed during the fiscal year.  ""Completed"" means an appraisal form has been filled out and is in the employee's personnel file.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review shold be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months.   Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." Collection Method: [Department to describe data method and location] Timing:  Anually 28 35 47 57 55 53 Above target is positive ASSESSOR / RECORDER NON PROGRAM All City employees have a current performance appraisal Number of employees for whom performance appraisals were scheduled "Measure was requested by Mayor.  This is the number of employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal is to be conducted.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review shold be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months. Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." "Collection Method: Performance measures are completed yearly, with a mid year review.  Managers are responsible for conducting performance apprasals for their respective divisions. Timing:  Mid year and yearly" 98 104 128 98 89 89 Above target is positive ASSESSOR / RECORDER NON PROGRAM All City employees have a current performance appraisal Number of employees for whom scheduled performance appraisals were completed "Measure was requested by Mayor.  This is the number of employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal is to be conducted.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review shold be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months. Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." "Collection Method: Performance measures are completed yearly, with a mid year review.  Managers are responsible for conducting performance apprasals for their respective divisions. Timing:  Mid year and yearly" 98 16 37 98 89 89 Above target is positive ASSESSOR / RECORDER NON PROGRAM Provide outstanding customer service Percentage of customers with a satisfactory experience "Overall percentage of customers who rate their experience as good or excellent.  Almost all staff interact with customers based on their specific issues (real property assessments, business personal property assessments, records, maps, exemptions, change in ownership). A printed survey brochure is available to all customers at the front counters of  both offices to rate the customer experience. Using the ratings of excellent, good, fair and poor, a satisfactory customer experience is based on an overall rating of good or excellent." "Collection Method: A printed survey brochure is available to all customers at the front counters of  both offices to rate the customer experience. Using the ratings of excellent, good, fair and poor, a satisfactory customer experience is based on an overall rating of good or excellent.  The data is kept in a a spreadsheet. Timing:  The data is available once information is taken from the completed brochures and stored in a spreadsheet." 0 % Above target is positive ASSESSOR / RECORDER REAL PROPERTY Assess all taxable property within the City and County of San Francisco Value of supplemental and escape assessments (in billions) The total value of supplemental and escape assessments (in billions). A supplemental assessment reflects the difference between the prior assessed value and the new assessment. This assessment can be for current year or prior years.  An escape assessment is the increased amount in real property assessment  over the regular assessed valuation for the current or prior fiscal year(s)  due to a delayed reappraisal of the property and/or an erroneously applied homeowner's exemption valuation reduction.  Collection Method: Report periodically on enrolled supplemental and escape assessed values. Timing:  Updates are done on a daily basis. Reports are generated on an as-needed frequency. 14.8 15.542 18.4 14 13 14.85 $ Above target is positive ASSESSOR / RECORDER REAL PROPERTY Assess all taxable property within the City and County of San Francisco Value of working assessment roll (in billions) "The total value of the working assessed roll in billions, excluding the Board's Roll.  Article XIII of California constitution requires the Assessor to assess all taxable properties in San Francisco for the coming fiscal year and submit the Assessment Roll to the Controller by July 2. The Assessment Roll includes the taxable real property and business personal property. Business Personal Property is composed of business equipment, furniture, fixtures and tenants improvements.  Real property consists of land, building and possessory interest.  Possessory interest is private development on public property." Collection Method: Report periodically on the growth of the working assessment roll. Timing:  Updates are done on a daily basis. Reports are generated on an as-needed frequency. 122.7 141.274 145.248 121.5 126 143.17 $ Above target is positive ASSESSOR / RECORDER REAL PROPERTY Effectively defend and resolve assessment appeals Number of appeals resolved in a year "This includes contested assessment  appeals  requesting reduction in taxes  in taxes either withdrawn, stipulated, and decided by the Assessment Appeals Board for fiscal year 2006-2007.This includes residential and commercial properties." Collection Method: All data received and located with AAB (Assessment Appeals Board) and Assessor's  computer system Timing:  Data is readily available in our computer system and the Assessment Appeal Board.  Reports are preparied monthly 1522 1365 2526 1000 1200 1420 Above target is positive ASSESSOR / RECORDER REAL PROPERTY Effectively defend and resolve assessment appeals Total value defended (in billions) Assessed value defended by the Assessor (in billions). This is the difference between the applicant's opinion of value and the final value. The applicant's opinion of vallue prevails unless the assessor proves a different value. Collection Method: The data is collected by the AAB and reported monthly to the Assessor-Recorder. Timing:  Reports are prepared monthly. 8.4 7.74 2.431 2.5 3 6.44 $ On target is positive ASSESSOR / RECORDER REAL PROPERTY Effectively defend and resolve assessment appeals Total value of appeals outstanding (in billions) Total value of appeals outstanding (in billions). This is the total assessed value at risk of all properties requesting a reduction in assessment not yet resolved. This includes appeals from prior years and current year. This represents that total taxable assessed value at risk. Collection Method: Information is readily available from the AAB. Timing:  Reports are prepared monthly by the AAB. 38 22.15 9.22 26 38.1 36.98 $ Below target is positive ASSESSOR / RECORDER REAL PROPERTY Effectively defend and resolve assessment appeals Total value of appeals resolved (in billions) Total assessed value of properties appealed for reduction and resolved during current fiscal year (in billions). Collection Method: All data received and located with AAB (Assessment Appeals Board) and Assessor's  computer system Timing:  Data is readily available in our computer system and the Assessment Appeal Board.  Reports are preparied monthly 26 22.39 2.65 12 12 25.89 $ Above target is positive ASSESSOR / RECORDER RECORDER Collect all fees for recording of documents Number of documents recorded "Total number of documents recorded. The Recorder records documents, maintains an index and issues copies of all recorded documents.  The Recorder records only those documents permitted by State law, including the payment of proper fees.  They include deed, deed of trust, reconveyance, request for notice, notice of default, tax liens, Board of Equalization liens, and other ad hoc documents.  Fees are mandated by the SF Administrative code.  " "Collection Method: Documents are recorded on a daily basis, and reports are run on the Department's Recorder system. Timing: Reports are generated on a daily basis." 308979 298039 182771 177000 212400 270000 Above target is positive ASSESSOR / RECORDER RECORDER Collect all fees for recording of documents Recording fees "Total fees collected for documents recorded. The Recorder is responsible for recording documents related to real property, maintains an index and issues copies of all recorded documents.  The Recorder records only those documents permitted by State law, including the payment of proper fees.  They include deed, deed of trust, reconveyance, request for notice, notice of default,  tax liens, Board of Equalization liens, and other ad hoc documents.  Fees are mandated by the SF Admin code." "Collection Method: Performance measures are completed yearly, with a mid year review.  Managers are responsible for conducting performance apprasals for their respective divisions. Timing:  Mid year and yearly." 2915000 2870732 2300000 2560000 2048000 2500000 $ Above target is positive ASSESSOR / RECORDER RECORDER Collect documentary transfer tax Value of transfer tax from non-recorded and audited documents "Total transfer tax collected from non-recorded and audited documents. Under the law, transfer tax is due and payable on ""any writing"" transfers irrespective of whether the transfer instrument is submitted for recording.  Recordation is merely a convenient mechanism for the collection of the tax.   Some changes in ownership do not require the documents to be recorded (such as transfer of partnership or other equity interests, which interests themselves are personal property, not real property; corporate mergers, etc.), but payment of the applicable transfer tax is required. Therefore, Documentary Transfer Tax is imposed on all non-recorded real property transactions which constitute realty sold involving consideration or value in excess of $100.  These transactions include Statement of Change in Control and Owernship of Legal Entities (LEOP) received from the State Board of Equalization." "Collection Method: For non-recorded documents, a fee structure is used to calculate the value (per Part III, Article 12C San Francisco Municipal Code). Timing:  Transfer tax calculations are done on a daily basis. Reports are generated on an as-needed frequency." 0 0 500000 $ Above target is positive ASSESSOR / RECORDER RECORDER Collect documentary transfer tax Value of transfer tax from recorded documents "Total transfer tax collected from recorded documents. Documentary Transfer Tax is imposed on all recorded real property transactions which constitute ""realty sold"" involving consideration or value in excess of $100 (i.e., grant deeds, easements, developmental transfer rights).  These represent Documentary Transfer Tax paid at the time of recording.  Transfer tax exclusions are codified under local ordinance and may be granted if written substantiation is provided.  The total value of transfer tax collected fluctuates based on market conditions." "Collection Method: Transfer tax is collected at the time of document recording, and collections are delivered to and reconciled by TTX for posting in FAMIS. Timing: Transfer tax calculations are done on a daily basis. Reports are generated on a weekly basis." 144000000 86219184 48932000 104000000 123520000 94310000 $ Above target is positive BOARD OF APPEALS APPEALS PROCESSING Provide a fair and efficient administrative appeals process to the public Percentage of cases decided within 75 days of filing "Current and prior years data reflect percentage of cases decided within 75 days of filing.  Construction projects and business activities are delayed while the Board processes and decides appeals.  The sooner appeals are heard by the Board, the less the delay caused by the process." "Collection Method: Log and department files. Timing:  Our data is available on a weekly basis, as appeals are decided by the Board." 0.52 0.33 0.71 0.85 0.85 0.6 % Above target is positive BOARD OF APPEALS APPEALS PROCESSING Provide a fair and efficient administrative appeals process to the public Percentage of written decisions released within 15 days of final action "Current and prior years data reflect percentage of written decisions released within 15 days of final action.  The scheduling of hearings is at the beginning of the process and the distribution of the Board's Notice of Decision and Order is at the end.  The goal is to always send out decisions as soon as possible following the board's final action on an appeal so that the public, project sponsors and businesses are only minimally delayed." "Collection Method: Log and department files. Timing:  Our data is available on a weekley basis, as Board decisions become final, and then notices of decision are released." 1 0.97 0.95 0.97 0.97 0.97 % Above target is positive BOARD OF APPEALS DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom performance appraisals were scheduled "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal is to be conducted.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months. Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." "Collection Method: New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal is to be conducted.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months. Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion. Timing:  This data is available on a yearly basis." 4 5 7 4 5 Above target is positive BOARD OF APPEALS DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom scheduled performance appraisals were completed "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of applicable employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal was conducted and completed during the fiscal year.  ""Completed"" means an appraisal form has been filled out and is in the employee's personnel file.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months.   Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." Collection Method: Performance appraisals are kept on employee personnel files. Timing:  This data is available on a yearly basis. 1 0 7 4 5 Above target is positive BOARD OF SUPERVISORS BOARD - LEGISLATIVE ANALYSIS "Provide response and support to the Board, Committees, Commissions and Task Force, other department/agencies and general public on legislative or policy related matters." Percentage of legislative or policy related assignments from the Board/Committees completed in a timely manner. "Percentage of Board/Committee assignments completed in a timely manner.  Response rate begins on the date when the analyst starts the assignment, not the assignment date.  Completion date is the date the final draft is delivered to requestor, rather than the requestor's sign-off date." Collection Method: Office of Legislative Analyst reporting mechanism which tracks data assigned to completion date.  A new reporting mechanism will more correctly reflect start date rather than date assigned.  Excel spreadsheet provides the data. Timing:  All data is maintained and assessible based on required timeframes set forth by Legislative assignment(s). 0.97 0.8 1 0.9 0.8 1 % Above target is positive BOARD OF SUPERVISORS BOARD - LEGISLATIVE ANALYSIS "Provide response and support to the Board, Committees, Commissions and Task Force, other department/agencies and general public on legislative or policy related matters." Percentage of reports on Board or Committee hearing items posted on web site at least 72 hours prior to hearing. Agenda packet materials are made available to Board members prior to the actual committee meeting.  The goal is to provide the reports at the same time the committee agendas are distributed.  Provide the public and other departments with access to Office of Legislative Analyst (OLA) reports at the same time they are made available to the Board. Collection Method: Board of Supervisors/Legislative Analyst Office. Timing:  Reports on Board or Committee hearing items are posted on web site at least 72 hours prior to hearing. 1 1 1 1 1 1 % Above target is positive BOARD OF SUPERVISORS BOARD - LEGISLATIVE ANALYSIS "Provide response and support to the Board, Committees, Commissions and Task Force, other department/agencies and general public on legislative or policy related matters." "Percentage of written, electronic public records and telephone requests to Legislative Analysts answered within the established timeframes." Public information requests are responded/provided within 24 hours. Collection Method:  Legislative Analyst database. Timing:  All data is maintained and assessible based on required timeframes set forth by Legislative assignment(s). 1 1 0.89 1 1 0.8 % Above target is positive BOARD OF SUPERVISORS CHILDREN'S BASELINE "Provide response and  support to the Board, Committees, Commissions and Task Force, other departments/agencies and general public on legislative or policy related matters." "Percent of written, electronic public records and telephone requests to the Youth Commission answered within the established time lines." Request for public information will be processed within 5 days. Collection Method: Database is located in Youth Commission office. Timing:  All data is maintained and assessible based on the date in which requests are received. 1 1 1 1 1 1 % Above target is positive BOARD OF SUPERVISORS CHILDREN'S BASELINE "Provide response and  support to the Board, Committees, Commissions and Task Force, other departments/agencies and general public on legislative or policy related matters." Percentage of Youth Commission applications received are processed in a timely manner. Applications received for the Youth Commission  processed by September 30. Collection Method: Database is located in the Youth Commission Office. Timing:  Data is maintained on a continuous basis and updated upon reciept of Youth Commission applications. 1 1 1 1 1 1 % Above target is positive BOARD OF SUPERVISORS CHILDREN'S BASELINE "Provide response and  support to the Board, Committees, Commissions and Task Force, other departments/agencies and general public on legislative or policy related matters." Percentage of Youth Commission legislative or policy related documents posted on the web site within the established time frame for public access. Agendas and approved minutes for the Youth Commission are posted 72 hours prior to meeting. Collection Method: Database located in Youth Commission office. Timing:  All data is maintained and assessible  on the web site at 72 hours prior to the hearing. 1 1 1 1 1 1 % Above target is positive BOARD OF SUPERVISORS CLERK OF THE BOARD "Provide response and support to the Board of Supervisors, Committee, Commissions, Task Force, other departments/agencies and general public on legislative or policy related matters." Customer service surveys  Percentage of customer service surveys that rate rate service as good or outstanding Percentage of customer service surveys that rate rate service as good or outstanding 11.04 10.19 9.6 9.6 Above target is positive BOARD OF SUPERVISORS CLERK OF THE BOARD "Provide response and support to the Board of Supervisors, Committee, Commissions, Task Force, other departments/agencies and general public on legislative or policy related matters." Percentage of appeals and complaints processed and scheduled in accordance with established timeframes. "Board planning appeals are processed and scheduled as per Admin Code, and hearing held within 30 to 45 days of the appeal filing with the Office of the Clerk of the Board. Assessment Appeals Board (AAB) will schedule single-family, residential assessment appeal applications that have requested a hearing through the Hearing Officer Program prior to the 2nd property tax installment due date of April 10th.  Sunshine Ordinance Task Force (SOTF) appeals and complaint hearings are completed within 45 days." "Collection Method: Database is maintained with the Office of the Clerk of the Board/Legislative Division/AAB/SOTF. Timing:  Board planning appeals are processed and scheduled as per Admin Code, and hearing held within 30 to 45 days of the appeal filing with the Office of the Clerk of the Board. Assessment Appeals Board (AAB) will schedule single-family, residential assessment appeal applications that have requested a hearing through the Hearing Officer Program prior to the 2nd property tax installment due date of April 10th.  Sunshine Ordinance Task Force (SOTF) appeals and complaint hearings are completed within 45 days." 0.99 1 1 0.98 1 1 % Above target is positive BOARD OF SUPERVISORS CLERK OF THE BOARD "Provide response and support to the Board of Supervisors, Committee, Commissions, Task Force, other departments/agencies and general public on legislative or policy related matters." "Percentage of Board, Committee, Commission and Task Force legislative or policy related documents posted on the web site within the mandated timeframes for public access." "Agendas, packets, legislation introduced, minutes, ordinances, and resolutions posted within 48-72 hours;  votes are posted within 24-48 (Clerk of the Board) hours.   Assessment Appeals Board (AAB) minutes are posted every Wednesday." "Collection Method: Database located at the Board of Supervisors/Clerk of the Board's Records and Information Management Division and AAB Office. Timing:  Agendas, packets, legislation introduced, minutes, ordinances, and resolutions posted within 48-72 hours;  votes are posted within 24-48 (Clerk of the Board) hours.   Assessment Appeals Board (AAB) minutes are posted every Wednesday." 1 1 1 1 1 1 % Above target is positive BOARD OF SUPERVISORS CLERK OF THE BOARD "Provide response and support to the Board of Supervisors, Committee, Commissions, Task Force, other departments/agencies and general public on legislative or policy related matters." "Percentage of Board, Committee, Commission and Task Force legislative or policy related requests, which are processed and responded to within established time frames." "Legislative requests include (1) processing Clerk to Act every Thursday (2) all new legislation is processed for inclusion in the following Tuesday Board agenda provided it is received by noon on Wednesday (3) Assessment Appeals Board (AAB) reports are processed within 5 days,and (4) Sunshine Ordinance Task Force (SOTF) complaints heard within 45 days and orders of determination and Task Force member requests processed within 5 days." "Collection Method: Database is located at the Clerk of the Board/AAB/SOTF. Timing:  Legislative requests include (1) processing Clerk to Act every Thursday (2) all new legislation is processed for inclusion in the following Tuesday Board agenda provided it is received by noon on Wednesday (3) Assessment Appeals Board (AAB) reports are processed within 5 days,and (4) Sunshine Ordinance Task Force (SOTF) complaints heard within 45 days and orders of determination and Task Force member requests processed within 5 days." 0.98 1 1 0.94 1 1 % Above target is positive BOARD OF SUPERVISORS CLERK OF THE BOARD "Provide response and support to the Board of Supervisors, Committee, Commissions, Task Force, other departments/agencies and general public on legislative or policy related matters." Percentage of public notification processed in accordance with required timeframes.  This includes sending out meeting agendas to subscriber list and processing legal advertising and public notices. "Meeting agendas and public notices are advertised, posted, and distributed 72 hours prior to the meeting.  This includes Clerk of the Board (COB), Assessment Appeals Board (AAB), and Sunshine Ordinance Task Force (SOTF)." "Collection Method: Database is located at the Clerk of the Board/AAB/SOTF. Timing:  Meeting agendas and public notices are advertised, posted, and distributed 72 hours prior to the meeting." 1 1 1 1 1 1 % Above target is positive BOARD OF SUPERVISORS CLERK OF THE BOARD "Provide response and support to the Board of Supervisors, Committee, Commissions, Task Force, other departments/agencies and general public on legislative or policy related matters." "Percentage of written, electronic public records and telephone requests answered within established time frame." General public information requests are responded/provided within 24 hours.   Information requests under the Sunshine Ordinance are responded to within 10 days.The requests are for public records. Self-imposed response time by department pursuant to mission to provide information as quickly as possible. Assessment Appeals Board (AAB) requests are processed within 5 days.  Sunshine Ordinance Task Force (SOTF) public records requests and questions of the Sunshine Ordinance answered within 5 days. Collection Method: Database is located at the Clerk of the Board/Special Services and Records and Information Management Systems Divisions. Timing:  General public information requests are responded/provided within 24 hours.   Information requests under the Sunshine Ordinance are responded to within 10 days. Assessment Appeals Board (AAB) requests are processed within 5 days.  Sunshine Ordinance Task Force (SOTF) public records requests and questions of the Sunshine Ordinance answered within 5 days. 1 0.98 1 0.95 0.9 0.9 % Above target is positive BOARD OF SUPERVISORS DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom performance appraisals were scheduled "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal is to be conducted.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months. Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." "Collection Method: New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal is to be conducted.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months. Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion. Timing:  Department Personel Officer and Personel Analyst regularly review and update timelines for Clerk of the Board employee performance appraisals" 30 33 33 30 33 33 Above target is positive BOARD OF SUPERVISORS DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom scheduled performance appraisals were completed "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of applicable employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal was conducted amd completed during the fiscal year.  ""Completed"" means an appraisal form has been filled out and is in the employee's personnel file.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months.   Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." Collection Method: Personnel files Timing:  All performance appraisals are maintained in personel files and are updated based on such appraisals are necessary and/or required. 27 33 30 27 33 33 Above target is positive BUILDING INSPECTION DBI - ADMINISTRATION SERVICES Improve Production of 3R Reports and Reproduction of Records Percentage of Records  Requests Processed Within Seven Business Days "Customers request copies of building permit history including plans, permit applications, job cards, certificates of final completion, electrical and plumbing permits.  Customers may request to view or to obtain printed copies of these records.  Copies of these documents are available to the general public with the exception of copies of plans which are available only to the property owner or others with the owner's written authorization." "Collection Method: Requests for records are entered daily on a weekly report. These requests are entered and processed in the order they are received.   Records staff enter completion date, number and type of records produced on the weekly report.  The weekly statistics are then compiled into monthly, quarterly, and annual reports. Timing: Statistics are available two weeks after the end of the month (i.e., statistics for September will be available on October 15th.)   " 0.995 0.98 0.99 0.85 0.85 0.85 % Above target is positive BUILDING INSPECTION DBI - ADMINISTRATION SERVICES Improve Production of 3R Reports and Reproduction of Records Percentage of Records Requests Processed Within Five Business Days "Customers request copies of building permit history including plans, permit applications, job cards, certificates of final completion, electrical and plumbing permits.  Customers may request to view or to obtain printed copies of these records.  Copies of these documents are available to the general public with the exception of copies of plans which are available only to the property owner or others with the owner's written authorization.  Copies of records are also provided to City agencies as requested." "Collection Method: Requests for records are entered daily on a weekly report. These requests are entered and processed in the order they are received.   Records staff enter completion date, number and type of records produced on the weekly report.  The weekly statistics are then compiled into monthly, quarterly, and annual reports. Timing: Statistics are available two weeks after the end of the month (i.e., statistics for September will be available on October 15th.)   " 0.99 0.97 0.99 0.75 0.75 0.75 % Above target is positive BUILDING INSPECTION DBI - ADMINISTRATION SERVICES Improve Production of 3R Reports and Reproduction of Records Percentage of Reports of Residential Building Records (3R reports) Produced Within Five Business days "Reports of Residential Building Records (3R Reports) are required prior to the sale or exchange of any residential building containing one or more dwelling units but not including hotels containing 30 or more guest rooms, or motels.  3R reports are not issued for commercial buildings.  The 3R Report establishes the present occupancy of the building based on permit history." "Collection Method: Requests for 3R Reports are entered daily on an excel based weekly report  by a staff member assigned to create new record requests.  These requests are entered and processed in the order they are received.   3R research and production staff enter completion date on the weekly report.  The weekly statistics are then compiled into monthly, quarterly, and annual reports. Timing: Statistics are available two weeks after the end of the month (i.e., statistics for September will be available on October 15th.)   " 0.91 0.92 1 0.75 0.75 0.75 % Above target is positive BUILDING INSPECTION DBI - ADMINISTRATION SERVICES Improve Production of 3R Reports and Reproduction of Records Percentage of Reports of Residential Building Records (3R reports) Produced Within Seven Business Days "Reports of Residential Building Records (3R Reports) are required prior to the sale or exchange of any residential building containing one or more dwelling units but not including hotels containing 30 or more guest rooms, or motels. 3R reports are not issued for commercial buildings. The 3R Report establishes the present occupancy of the building based on permit history." "Collection Method: Requests for 3R Reports are entered daily on a weekly report by a staff member assigned to create new record request.  These requests are entered and processed in the order they are received.   3R research and production staff enter completion date on the weekly report.  The weekly statistics are then compiled into monthly, quarterly, and annual reports. Timing: Statistics are available two weeks after the end of the month (i.e., statistics for September will be available on October 15th.)   " 0.97 0.99 1 0.85 0.85 0.85 % Above target is positive BUILDING INSPECTION DBI - INSPECTION SERVICES Improve Code Enforcement Percentage of Life Hazards or Lack of Heat Complaints Responded to Within One Business Day "This measure addresses response time for complaints received from the public regarding life hazards or lack of heat.  Complaints are received in person, by phone, email, through the internet, and mail.  Response consists of contacting person making complaint and visiting the building. Measure changed in FY 02-03 to reflect 24-hour turnaround instead of 48 hours, but the data reflecting the 24-hour target was reported for the first time in FY 07.   Definition of life hazard includes abandoned buildings, which may not need an inspection." "Collection Method: Staff in Housing Inspection Services utilize the Complaint Tracking System to maintain a record of complaints received and responded to.  Response data is compiled into monthly, quarterly and annual reports. Timing: Statistics are available two weeks after the end of the month (i.e., statistics for September will be available on October 15th.)   " 0.86 0.9 0.97 1 1 1 % Above target is positive BUILDING INSPECTION DBI - INSPECTION SERVICES Improve Code Enforcement Percentage of Non-Hazard Complaints Responded to Within Two Business Days "This measure addresses response time for complaints received from the public regarding housing and building conditions.  Complaints are received in person, on the phone, through the internet, email, and by mail. Response consists of contacting person making the complaint and visiting the building that is subject of complaint.  The conditions included in this measure do not include life hazard complaints.  Factors included in reporting inspection time may include customer's response to DBI request to access property and schedule an inspection." "Collection Method: Staff in Building, Electrical, Housing, and Plumbing Inspection Divisions utilize the Complaint Tracking System to maintain a record of complaints received and responded to.  Response data is compiled into monthly, quarterly and annual reports. Timing: Statistics are available two weeks after the end of the month (i.e., statistics for September will be available on October 15th.)   " 0.85 0.85 0.81 0.9 0.9 0.9 % On target is positive BUILDING INSPECTION DBI - INSPECTION SERVICES Improve Construction Inspection Response Time Percentage of Customer-Requested Inspections Completed Within Two Business Days of Requested Date Customers request inspection of construction to meet permit requirements.  Customers contact inspection divisions via phone to set up appointments. Inspections are completed when inspectors visit sites to conduct inspection. "Collection Method:  Daily logs are entered into Oracle database; this information is compiled into monthly, quarterly and annual reports. Timing: Statistics are available two weeks after the end of the month (i.e., statistics for September will be available on October 15th.)   " 0.98 0.99 0.98 1 0.9 0.9 % Above target is positive BUILDING INSPECTION DBI - PERMIT SERVICES Percentage of Submitted Permit Applications Routed within One Business Day Timeliness of Distributing Submitted Drawings To distribute 90% of submitted drawings to the next review station within one business day. "Collection Method: Data is entered into the Permit Tracking System and reports can be generated based on the entries.   Timing: Statistics are available two weeks after the end of the month (i.e., statistics for September will be available on October 15th.)  " 0.9 0.9 % Above target is positive BUILDING INSPECTION DBI - PLAN REVIEW SERVICES Improve Plan Review Turnaround Time Percentage of Permit Applications for Multi-Family Residential and/or Mixed-Use Buildings Reviewed Within 42 Calendar Days "To complete and issue to the applicant the initial comprehensive plan review comments/corrections for multi-family residential and mixed-use buildings within 42 calendar days from arrival date to review discipline, for at least 90% of projects.  Scope of work includes: 1. New construction of multi-family residential and/or mixed-use buildings. 2. Horizontal and/or vertical addition to existing multi-family residential and/or mixed-use buildings. 3. Conversion of existing building to multi-family residential and/or mixed-use. Timing: Statistics are available six weeks after the end of the month (i.e., statistics for September will be available on November 15th.)  Statistics for this reporting period are for July - November only.  " "Collection Method: The turnaround time is measured using data from the Permit Tracking System (PTS).  The PTS ?Arrive? date is entered by Permit Services staff upon delivery of the project submittal package to the Plan Review Services Workload Manager(s).  The project category is based on the ?Use? code entered into PTS at project submittal.  The PTS ?In Hold? date is entered by the Plans Examiner through the PTS ?Daily Activity Logs? after completion of a comprehensive plan review, quality assurance review by a supervisor, issuance of plan review comments/corrections to the applicant, and routing of the project submittal package to the Permit Processing Center (PPC) for customer pickup.  The turnaround time is measured as the number of days between the ?In Hold? date and the ?Arrive? date.   " 0.91 0.9 % On target is positive BUILDING INSPECTION DBI - PLAN REVIEW SERVICES Improve Plan Review Turnaround Time Percentage of Permit Applications for Office and/or Commercial Buildings Reviewed Within 42 Calendar Days "To complete and issue to the applicant the initial comprehensive plan review comments/corrections for office and/or commercial buildings within 42 calendar days from arrival date to review discipline, for at least 90% of projects.  Scope of work includes: 1. New low-rise (less than 75 feet) office or commercial buildings. 2. Complex commercial and office tenant improvements with or without structural calculations. Timing: Statistics are available six weeks after the end of the month (i.e., statistics for September will be available on November 15th.)  Statistics for this reporting period are for July -  November only.  " "Collection Method: The turnaround time is measured using data from the Permit Tracking System (PTS).  The PTS ?Arrive? date is entered by Permit Services staff upon delivery of the project submittal package to the Plan Review Services Workload Manager(s).  The project category is based on the ?Use? code entered into PTS at project submittal.  The PTS ?In Hold? date is entered by the Plans Examiner through the PTS ?Daily Activity Logs? after completion of a comprehensive plan review, quality assurance review by a supervisor, issuance of plan review comments/corrections to the applicant, and routing of the project submittal package to the Permit Processing Center (PPC) for customer pickup.  The turnaround time is measured as the number of days between the ?In Hold? date and the ?Arrive? date.   " 0.97 0.9 % Above target is positive BUILDING INSPECTION DBI - PLAN REVIEW SERVICES Improve Plan Review Turnaround Time Percentage of Permit Applications for One and Two Family Dwellings Reviewed Within 28 Calendar Days "To complete and issue to the applicant the initial comprehensive plan review comments/corrections for one and two family dwellings within 28 calendar days from arrival date to review discipline, for at least 90% of projects.  Scope of work includes: 1. New construction of one and two family dwellings. 2. Horizontal and/or vertical addition to existing one and two family dwellings. " "Collection Method: The turnaround time is measured using data from the Permit Tracking System (PTS).  The PTS ?Arrive? date is entered by Permit Services staff upon delivery of the project submittal package to the Plan Review Services Workload Manager(s).  The project category is based on the ?Use? code entered into PTS at project submittal.  The PTS ?In Hold? date is entered by the Plans Examiner through the PTS ?Daily Activity Logs? after completion of a comprehensive plan review, quality assurance review by a supervisor, issuance of plan review comments/corrections to the applicant, and routing of the project submittal package to the Permit Processing Center (PPC) for customer pickup.  The turnaround time is measured as the number of days between the ?In Hold? date and the ?Arrive? date.   Timing: Statistics are available four weeks after the end of the month (i.e., statistics for September will be available on October 31st.)    " 0.87 0.9 % Above target is positive BUILDING INSPECTION DBI - PLAN REVIEW SERVICES Improve Plan Review Turnaround Time Percentage of Permit Applications for Other Buildings Reviewed Within 42 Calendar Days "To complete and issue to the applicant the initial comprehensive plan review comments/corrections for other buildings within 42 calendar days from arrival date to review discipline, for at least 90% of projects.  Scope of work includes: 1. Parking structures. 2. Assembly occupancies (churches, schools, restaurants with multiple dining rooms, etc.). 3. Excavation and shoring. 4. Indoor swimming pool. Timing: Statistics are available six weeks after the end of the month (i.e., statistics for September will be available on November 15th.)  Statistics for this reporting period are for July - November only.   " "Collection Method: The turnaround time is measured using data from the Permit Tracking System (PTS).  The PTS ?Arrive? date is entered by Permit Services staff upon delivery of the project submittal package to the Plan Review Services Workload Manager(s).  The project category is based on the ?Use? code entered into PTS at project submittal.  The PTS ?In Hold? date is entered by the Plans Examiner through the PTS ?Daily Activity Logs? after completion of a comprehensive plan review, quality assurance review by a supervisor, issuance of plan review comments/corrections to the applicant, and routing of the project submittal package to the Permit Processing Center (PPC) for customer pickup.  The turnaround time is measured as the number of days between the ?In Hold? date and the ?Arrive? date.   " 0.88 0.9 % On target is positive BUILDING INSPECTION DBI - PLAN REVIEW SERVICES Improve Plan Review Turnaround Time Percentage of Pre-Application Meetings Conducted Within 14 Calendar Days To conduct Pre-Application Meetings within 14 calendar days of receipt of the applicant?s request letter for at least 90% of requests. "Collection Method:  Pre-Application Meeting requests are in writing and are received through the mail or hand-delivery.  Pre-Application Meetings are scheduled by the Plan Review Services clerical staff based on availability of the applicant and the assigned Plans Examiner.  A log of Pre-Application Meetings is maintained indicating the received date, the requested date, and the meeting date.   Timing: Statistics are available two weeks after the end of the month (i.e., statistics for September will be available on October 15th.)  " 0.9 0.9 % Above target is positive BUILDING INSPECTION DBI - PLAN REVIEW SERVICES Improve Plan Review Turnaround Time Percentage of Site Permit Applications Reviewed Within 14 Calendar Days "To complete and issue to the applicant the initial comprehensive plan review comments/corrections for site permit applications within 14 calendar days from arrival date to review discipline, for at least 90% of projects.  Scope of work does not include one and two family dwellings that include addenda and projects that require peer review." "Collection Method: The turnaround time is measured using data from the Permit Tracking System (PTS).  The PTS ?Arrive? date is entered by Permit Services staff upon delivery of the project submittal package to the Plan Review Services Workload Manager(s).  The project category is based on the ?Use? code entered into PTS at project submittal.  The PTS ?In Hold? date is entered by the Plans Examiner through the PTS ?Daily Activity Logs? after completion of a comprehensive plan review, quality assurance review by a supervisor, issuance of plan review comments/corrections to the applicant, and routing of the project submittal package to the Permit Processing Center (PPC) for customer pickup.  The turnaround time is measured as the number of days between the ?In Hold? date and the ?Arrive? date.   Timing: Statistics are available two weeks after the end of the month (i.e., statistics for September will be available on October 15th.)    " 0.76 0.9 % On target is positive BUILDING INSPECTION DBI - PLAN REVIEW SERVICES Improve the Quality and Completeness of Plan Reviews Percentage of Submitted Projects Audited for Quality Assurance by Supervisors "To improve quality and consistency of plan reviews, Supervisors will audit at least 90% of the submitted projects prior to issuance of initial plan review comments/corrections by the Plans Examiner. The audits are intended to ensure complete, comprehensive and consistent plan reviews, and to identify areas where additional staff training may be required." "Collection Method: The date of the quality assurance audit is entered into PTS by the Supervisor upon completion of the audit. Timing: Statistics are available two weeks after the end of the month (i.e., statistics for September will be available on October 31st.)  " 0.29 0.9 % On target is positive BUILDING INSPECTION DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees Have a Current Performance Appraisal # of employees for whom performance appraisals were scheduled "New measure requested by the Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal is to be conducted.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months. Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." "Collection Method: New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal is to be conducted.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months. Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion. Timing:  Statistics are available on a yearly basis, January 31 of each year for the previous calendar year.  For example, Performance Appraisals for January - December 2008 are due January 31, 2009." 289 282 246 275 282 282 On target is positive BUILDING INSPECTION DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees Have a Current Performance Appraisal # of employees for whom scheduled performance appraisals were completed "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of applicable employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal was conducted and completed during the fiscal year.  ""Completed"" means an appraisal form has been filled out and is in the employee's personnel file.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months.   Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." "Collection Method: DBI has implemented a new policy and system to ensure compliance with DHR's requirement for annual appraisals and probationary periods.   Timing:  Statistics are available on a yearly basis, January 31 of each year for the previous calendar year.  For example, Performance Appraisals for January - December 2008 are due January 31, 2009." 72 220 183 289 282 282 Above target is positive CHILD SUPPORT SERVICES CHILD SUPPORT SERVICES PROGRAM Establish child support orders San Francisco orders established as a percentage of cases needing an order The universe for this measure is total cases in the IV-D caseload.  Cases with support orders established measures the cases with child support orders established as a percentage of the total caseload.  This is also a federal performance measure reported by FFY.  A support order is a formal financial obligation fixed by a judge pursuant to state law requiring a parent to support his/her child. "The California Department of Child Support Services began conversion of counties from the CASES system to the new California Child Support Automation System (CCSAS) in May of 2007. San Francisco converted to the CCSAS system on October 1, 2008 and will be the last CASES County to convert followed by Los Angeles County in November, 2008.  For FY2009, data used to report departmental performance was based on an existing automated relationship with the CASES system.  Performance data extracted from the CASES system will cease effective September 30, 2008. For FY2010 the required federal and state performance standards remain in place via SDCSS 157 and SDCSS 1257 reports, however, having begun conversion, the State has discovered calculation errors within the new system that challenge data accuracy.  The state has begun corrective action to remedy data accuracy concerns.  The impact to performance reporting for all 58 counties within California is unknown at this time." 0.888 0.89 0.8552 0.89 0.89 0.91 % Above target is positive CHILD SUPPORT SERVICES CHILD SUPPORT SERVICES PROGRAM Establish paternity for children born out of wedlock in the county Percentage of IV-D cases in San Francisco with paternity established for children in caseload born out of wedlock "Children in the IV-D caseload provide the universe for this measure.  Under the federal rules for this measure, the state has elected to have the counties report by percentage of children in the IV-D caseload for whom paternity is established at the end of the FFY to the total children in caseload requiring paternity establishment at the end of the prior FFY.  Note that this methodology comparing performance in one year to a base in another year can result in performance exceeding 100%, and several counties do so." "The California Department of Child Support Services began conversion of counties from the CASES system to the new California Child Support Automation System (CCSAS) in May of 2007. San Francisco converted to the CCSAS system on October 1, 2008 and will be the last CASES County to convert followed by Los Angeles County in November, 2008.  For FY2009, data used to report departmental performance was based on an existing automated relationship with the CASES system.  Performance data extracted from the CASES system will cease effective September 30, 2008. For FY2010 the required federal and state performance standards remain in place via SDCSS 157 and SDCSS 1257 reports, however, having begun conversion, the State has discovered calculation errors within the new system that challenge data accuracy.  The state has begun corrective action to remedy data accuracy concerns.  The impact to performance reporting for all 58 counties within California is unknown at this time." 1.01 1.0238 0.9253 0.95 0.95 1 % Above target is positive CHILD SUPPORT SERVICES CHILD SUPPORT SERVICES PROGRAM Increase economic self-sufficiency of single parent families "Amount of child support collected by SF DCSS annually, in millions" "Universe for this measure is dollars collected by the department.  This measures gross child support collection deposits in millions of dollars for current support, arrearages and reimbursement of foster care payments for STATE fiscal year." "The California Department of Child Support Services began conversion of counties from the CASES system to the new California Child Support Automation System (CCSAS) in May of 2007. San Francisco converted to the CCSAS system on October 1, 2008 and will be the last CASES County to convert followed by Los Angeles County in November, 2008.  For FY2009, data used to report departmental performance was based on an existing automated relationship with the CASES system.  Performance data extracted from the CASES system will cease effective September 30, 2008. For FY2010 the required federal and state performance standards remain in place via SDCSS 157 and SDCSS 1257 reports, however, having begun conversion, the State has discovered calculation errors within the new system that challenge data accuracy.  The state has begun corrective action to remedy data accuracy concerns.  The impact to performance reporting for all 58 counties within California is unknown at this time." 34.1 32.43 31.1 34.5 34.5 32 $ Above target is positive CHILD SUPPORT SERVICES CHILD SUPPORT SERVICES PROGRAM Increase economic self-sufficiency of single parent families San Francisco cases with collections on arrears during the fiscal year as a percentage of all cases with arrears owed "Universe for this measure is Title IV-D cases with child support arrearages.  This measures cases with collections on child support arrears during the Federal Fiscal Year compared to the total number cases in which child support arrears were owed during the year, expressed as a percentage.  This is a federal performance measure reported by Federal Fiscal Year." "The California Department of Child Support Services began conversion of counties from the CASES system to the new California Child Support Automation System (CCSAS) in May of 2007. San Francisco converted to the CCSAS system on October 1, 2008 and will be the last CASES County to convert followed by Los Angeles County in November, 2008.  For FY2009, data used to report departmental performance was based on an existing automated relationship with the CASES system.  Performance data extracted from the CASES system will cease effective September 30, 2008. For FY2010 the required federal and state performance standards remain in place via SDCSS 157 and SDCSS 1257 reports, however, having begun conversion, the State has discovered calculation errors within the new system that challenge data accuracy.  The state has begun corrective action to remedy data accuracy concerns.  The impact to performance reporting for all 58 counties within California is unknown at this time." 0.574 0.591 0.627 0.58 0.6 0.644 % Below target is positive CHILD SUPPORT SERVICES CHILD SUPPORT SERVICES PROGRAM Increase economic self-sufficiency of single parent families San Francisco current collections as a percentage of current support owed "Universe for this measure is Title IV-D cases with current child support orders.  This measures current child support collections compared to the total amount owed, expressed as a percentage.  This is a federal performance measure reported by Federal Fiscal Year." "The California Department of Child Support Services began conversion of counties from the CASES system to the new California Child Support Automation System (CCSAS) in May of 2007. San Francisco converted to the CCSAS system on October 1, 2008 and will be the last CASES County to convert followed by Los Angeles County in November, 2008.  For FY2009, data used to report departmental performance was based on an existing automated relationship with the CASES system.  Performance data extracted from the CASES system will cease effective September 30, 2008. For FY2010 the required federal and state performance standards remain in place via SDCSS 157 and SDCSS 1257 reports, however, having begun conversion, the State has discovered calculation errors within the new system that challenge data accuracy.  The state has begun corrective action to remedy data accuracy concerns.  The impact to performance reporting for all 58 counties within California is unknown at this time." 0.621 0.6415 0.664 0.61 0.6212 0.62 % Above target is positive CHILD SUPPORT SERVICES CHILD SUPPORT SERVICES PROGRAM Increase economic self-sufficiency of single parent families Statewide cases with collections on arrears during fiscal year as a percentage of cases with arrears owed "Universe for this measure is Title IV-D cases with child support arrearages.  This measures cases with collections on child support arrears during the Federal Fiscal Year compared to the total number cases in which child support arrears were owed during the year, expressed as a percentage.  This is a federal performance measure reported by Federal Fiscal Year." "San Francisco converted to the CCSAS system on October 1, 2008 and will be the last CASES County to convert followed by Los Angeles County in November, 2008.  For FY2009, data used to report departmental performance was based on an existing automated relationship with the CASES system.  Performance data extracted from the CASES system will cease effective September 30, 2008. December 2008 numbers are scheduled for release by the end of February 2009. The Department will update Performance Measures and resubmit to the Mayor/Controller with performance analysis, as agreed with both Mayor and Controller. For FY2010 the required federal and state performance standards remain in place, however, having begun conversion, the State has discovered calculation errors within the new system that challenge data accuracy.  The state has begun corrective action to remedy data accuracy concerns.  The impact to performance reporting for all 58 counties within California is unknown at this time." 0.553 0.572 0.564 0.62 0.56 0.6 % Below target is positive CHILD SUPPORT SERVICES CHILD SUPPORT SERVICES PROGRAM Increase economic self-sufficiency of single parent families Statewide current collections as a percentage of current support owed "Universe for this measure is Title IV-D cases with current child support orders.  This measures current child support collections compared to the total amount owed, expressed as a percentage.  This is a federal performance measure reported by Federal Fiscal Year." "The California Department of Child Support Services began conversion of counties from the CASES system to the new California Child Support Automation System (CCSAS) in May of 2007. San Francisco converted to the CCSAS system on October 1, 2008 and will be the last CASES County to convert followed by Los Angeles County in November, 2008.  For FY2009, data used to report departmental performance was based on an existing automated relationship with the CASES system.  Performance data extracted from the CASES system will cease effective September 30, 2008. For FY2010 the required federal and state performance standards remain in place via SDCSS 157 and SDCSS 1257 reports, however, having begun conversion, the State has discovered calculation errors within the new system that challenge data accuracy.  The state has begun corrective action to remedy data accuracy concerns.  The impact to performance reporting for all 58 counties within California is unknown at this time." 0.516 0.526 0.531 0.55 0.55 0.56 % Above target is positive CHILD SUPPORT SERVICES CHILD SUPPORT SERVICES PROGRAM Provide effective services to clients Number of unemancipated children in CSE counties caseloads The universe is participants in the IV-D caseload.  This measures the number of unemancipated children in the CSE Statewide counties caseloads.  This measure is reported by STATE fiscal year. "The California Department of Child Support Services began conversion of counties from the CASES system to the new California Child Support Automation System (CCSAS) in May of 2007. San Francisco converted to the CCSAS system on October 1, 2008 and will be the last CASES County to convert followed by Los Angeles County in November, 2008.  For FY2009, data used to report departmental performance was based on an existing automated relationship with the CASES system.  Performance data extracted from the CASES system will cease effective September 30, 2008. For FY2010 the required federal and state performance standards remain in place via SDCSS 157 and SDCSS 1257 reports, however, having begun conversion, the State has discovered calculation errors within the new system that challenge data accuracy.  The state has begun corrective action to remedy data accuracy concerns.  The impact to performance reporting for all 58 counties within California is unknown at this time." 697080 237542 1878635 1250000 697080 1900000 On target is positive CHILD SUPPORT SERVICES CHILD SUPPORT SERVICES PROGRAM Provide effective services to clients Number of unemancipated children in San Francisco caseload The universe is participants in the IV-D caseload.  This measures the number of unemancipated children (only) in the San Francisco Department of Child Support Services caseload.  This measure is reported by federal fiscal year. "The California Department of Child Support Services began conversion of counties from the CASES system to the new California Child Support Automation System (CCSAS) in May of 2007. San Francisco converted to the CCSAS system on October 1, 2008 and will be the last CASES County to convert followed by Los Angeles County in November, 2008.  For FY2009, data used to report departmental performance was based on an existing automated relationship with the CASES system.  Performance data extracted from the CASES system will cease effective September 30, 2008. For FY2010 the required federal and state performance standards remain in place via SDCSS 157 and SDCSS 1257 reports, however, having begun conversion, the State has discovered calculation errors within the new system that challenge data accuracy.  The state has begun corrective action to remedy data accuracy concerns.  The impact to performance reporting for all 58 counties within California is unknown at this time." 19662 17443 17621 22000 18500 18500 On target is positive CHILD SUPPORT SERVICES DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom performance appraisals were scheduled "The population is the number of employees in a Department for whom a performance appraisal is to be conducted.  Applicable employees for this measure are defined as those who are sitting in a filled FTE.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review shold be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months. Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." "This data is collected and prepared by the Department Human Resources division on a regular basis.  It is part of Department policy and procedure for all employees to be scheduled for performance review on a routine basis that includes quarterly, mid-year and annual." 126 124 117 126 125 117 Above target is positive CHILD SUPPORT SERVICES DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom scheduled performance appraisals were completed "This is the number of applicable employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal was conducted amd completed during the fiscal year.  ""Completed"" means an appraisal form has been filled out and is in the employee's personnel file.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months.   Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." "This data is collected and prepared by the Department Human Resources division on a regular basis. It is part of Department policy and procedure for all employees to be scheduled for performance review on a routine basis that includes quarterly, mid-year and annual." 124 124 117 125 125 120 Above target is positive CHILDREN AND FAMILIES COMMISSION CHILDREN AND FAMILIES FUND Ensure that San Francisco's children have adequate health care Number of children age 0-5 who are insured through Healthy Kids Number of children age 0-5 who are insured through the County's Healthy Kids program. Collection Method: Number of actual children enrolled by SF Health Plan. Timing:  Annual 574 535 496 780 505 500 Above target is positive CHILDREN AND FAMILIES COMMISSION CHILDREN AND FAMILIES FUND Ensure that San Francisco's children have adequate health care "Number of children receiving vision, hearing, and/or dental screenings" "Unduplicated count of children who receive one or multiple of the following screenings through the Child Care Health Project in family resource centers (FRCs), child care centers, and/or shelters." Monitoring data from the child care health project is provided quarterly; unduplicated counts of children served is provided on an annual basis. Above target is positive CHILDREN AND FAMILIES COMMISSION CHILDREN AND FAMILIES FUND "Ensure that San Francisco's children with special health care needs are identified early, and linked to appropriate services" Number of children with an identified developmental concern receiving support from the HRIIC Roundtable in order to connect to needed services Unduplicated count of children served by the High-Risk Infant Interagency Council (HRIIC) Roundtable. HRIIC enters and reports data on children served on a quarterly basis through a web-based contract management system. Above target is positive CHILDREN AND FAMILIES COMMISSION CHILDREN AND FAMILIES FUND "Ensure that San Francisco's children with special health care needs are identified early, and linked to appropriate services" Number of resource centers receiving early childhood mental health consultation Unduplicated count of resource centers (including family resource centers; early childhood education centers not PFA-funded; residential treatment centers; and permanent supportive housing centers) within agencies that are served by the Early Childhood Mental Health Consultation Initiative. "Early Childhood Mental Health Project reports data on agencies served at mid-year (January), and at the close of the fiscal year (July)." Above target is positive CHILDREN AND FAMILIES COMMISSION CHILDREN AND FAMILIES FUND Improve parents'/caregivers' ability to support their children's readiness for school Number of children participating in school readiness activities and services Unduplicated count of children participating in parent/child interactive group activities at joint-funded family resource centers; and unduplicated count of children participating in KIT Camp at the start of each fiscal year. "Joint-funded family resource centers and KIT Camp Coordinator from SFUSD, enter and report data on participating children on a quarterly basis through a web-based contract management system." Above target is positive CHILDREN AND FAMILIES COMMISSION CHILDREN AND FAMILIES FUND Improve parents'/caregivers' ability to support their children's readiness for school "Number of family resource centers receiving joint funding from HSA, DCYF, and First 5 San Francisco" "Unduplicated count of family resource centers that are receiving joint funding from the county Human Services Agency (HSA); the city Department of Children, Youth, and their Families; and First 5 San Francisco." Count will be made on an annual basis at the start of each fiscal year. Above target is positive CHILDREN AND FAMILIES COMMISSION CHILDREN AND FAMILIES FUND Improve parents'/caregivers' ability to support their children's readiness for school Number of parents participating in a parent education workshop or class series Unduplicated count of parents participating in an evidence-based parent education workshop lasting for two weeks or more at a joint-funded family resource center. Joint-funded family resource centers enter and report data on participating parents on a quarterly basis through a web-based contract management system. Above target is positive CHILDREN AND FAMILIES COMMISSION CHILDREN AND FAMILIES FUND Provide high quality child care for San Francisco's children Number of early childhood workers who participate in quality and culturally appropriate training and/or earn college credit in unit-bearing courses or classes. Number of early childhood workers who participate in quality and culturally appropriate training and/or earn college credit in unit-bearing courses or classes. Collection Method: Project reports and enrollment information. Timing:  Annual 1132 1123 1159 1000 1000 1000 Above target is positive CHILDREN AND FAMILIES COMMISSION CHILDREN AND FAMILIES FUND Provide high quality child care for San Francisco's children Percent of licensed childcare centers that have a current quality assessment This is the percent of licensed childcare centers receiving an external Harms-Clifford Environmental Rating Scale Score.  The Harms-Clifford is a research based instrument that assesses the overall childcare environment across a number of scales based upon the youth served. Collection Method: Monthly reports for the time period are reviewed and the number of newly assessed providers is tallied.  San Francisco State University Partners in Quality Child Care completes the assessment and summary reports. Timing:  Data is gathered and reported quarterly. 0.54 0.59 0.57 0.55 0.55 0.55 % Above target is positive CHILDREN AND FAMILIES COMMISSION DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All city employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom performance appraisals were scheduled "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal is to be conducted.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review shold be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months. Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." Collection Method: Employee performance reviews completed and on file with DHR. Timing:  Annual 8 14 14 11 13 14 Above target is positive CHILDREN AND FAMILIES COMMISSION DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All city employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom scheduled performance appraisals were completed "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of applicable employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal was conducted amd completed during the fiscal year.  ""Completed"" means an appraisal form has been filled out and is in the employee's personnel file.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review shold be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months.   Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." Collection Method: Employee performance reviews completed and on file with DHR. Timing:  Annual 8 14 14 11 13 14 Above target is positive CHILDREN AND FAMILIES COMMISSION PUBLIC EDUCATION FUND - PROP H Improve quality of preschool services Number of children screened for special needs "This measure defines the number of children in PFA sites that will be screened using the Ages and Stages Questionnaire (ASQ), the Early Screening Instrument (ESI), or some other developmental tool.  These tools are used for early identification of special/developmental needs." Collection Method: ASQ and/or ESI Screenings. Timing:  Annual 650 1434 1790 1000 1500 1760 Above target is positive CHILDREN AND FAMILIES COMMISSION PUBLIC EDUCATION FUND - PROP H Improve quality of preschool services Number of new classrooms assessed through the Gateway to Quality Project for Preschool for All "This measure specifies the number of new preschool classrooms assessed through the Gateway to Quality Project, led by S.F. State University. This project provides comprehensive assessments of preschool classrooms using the Early Childhood Environmental Rating Scale (ECERS) and the Family Child Care Rating Scale (FCCRS)." Collection Method: Environmental Childcare Rating Scale Quality Improvement Plan Reports Timing:  Monthly 30 51 29 25 30 30 Above target is positive CHILDREN AND FAMILIES COMMISSION PUBLIC EDUCATION FUND - PROP H Improve quality of preschool services Number of teachers conducting developmental assessments regularly "This measure specifies the frequency of the Desired Results Developmental Profile (Revised) tool, which is used twice a year to assess each child in a PFA site." Collection Method: Children files with DRDP (Desired Results Developmental Profile [Revised] Tool) and Quarterly Monitoring Reports Timing:  Semi-annual. 90 136 177 50 120 163 Above target is positive CHILDREN AND FAMILIES COMMISSION PUBLIC EDUCATION FUND - PROP H Increase access to high quality preschool Number of four-year olds enrolled in Preschool For All (PFA) program Number of four-year olds enrolled in Preschool for All and who thus have access to high quality preschool. "Collection Method: Provider Funding Agreements, Monthly Enrollment Updates from Preschool Providers, Monitoring Reports Timing:  Semi-annual" 1003 1792 2387 963 1800 2400 Above target is positive CHILDREN AND FAMILIES COMMISSION PUBLIC EDUCATION FUND - PROP H Increase preschool workforce development opportunities Number of PFA classroom teachers who hold a Bachelor's degree or higher Individuals eligible to receive awards through the BA Bonus initiative are classroom teachers at PFA sites who hold a minimum Bachelor's degree. The number of BA bonus recipients who work in PFA classrooms are reported by the initiative's fiscal agent at mid-year (January) and year-end (July). Above target is positive CHILDREN AND FAMILIES COMMISSION PUBLIC EDUCATION FUND - PROP H Increase preschool workforce development opportunities Number of Preschool For All (PFA) staff participating in PFA professional development activities "This measures specifies the number of preschool staff involved in professional development activities, which includes teacher in-service trainings on arts, literacy and science; learning circles; and family involvement and inclusion trainings." "Collection Method: Workshop enrollment forms and education unit verification, sign-in sheets. Timing:  Semi-annual." 189 287 539 150 200 300 Above target is positive CHILDREN AND FAMILIES COMMISSION PUBLIC EDUCATION FUND - PROP H Provide preschool sites with enhancements to improve children's readiness for school Number of classrooms participating in arts initiative "This measure specifies the PFA Arts Initiative that will enhance existing arts programming at preschool sites, and includes: professional development for preschool teachers, and services to children that increase their exposure to the arts." Collection Method: Site Director Reports; site activity sheets. Timing:  Annual 54 101 136 40 100 130 Above target is positive CHILDREN AND FAMILIES COMMISSION PUBLIC EDUCATION FUND - PROP H Provide preschool sites with enhancements to improve children's readiness for school Number of classrooms participating in science initiative "This measure specifies the number of PFA classrooms receiving supplemental science activities. The science activities includes school site visits, lesson planning, science kits, resource guides, and staff training." Collection Method: Site Director Reports; site activity  sheets. Timing:  Annual 63 122 164 40 100 150 Above target is positive CHILDREN AND FAMILIES COMMISSION PUBLIC EDUCATION FUND - PROP H Provide preschool sites with enhancements to improve children's readiness for school Number of classrooms participating in the Early Childhood Education Mental Health Initiative (ECEMHI) "Unduplicated count of classrooms funded by PFA that receive ECEMHI services, including staff and family consultation; child observation, screening, and assessment; therapeutic play or socialization groups; referrals to community agencies that provide additional services; and staff trainings." "Data is obtained through quarterly reports submitted to First 5 San Francisco by Community Behavioral Health Services, Department of Public Health, which monitors these services." Above target is positive CHILDREN AND FAMILIES COMMISSION PUBLIC EDUCATION FUND - PROP H Provide preschool sites with enhancements to improve children's readiness for school Number of PFA classrooms participating in early literacy curriculum enhancements "PFA classrooms that maintain a partnership MOU to implement the Raising A Reader initiative, including preparation of materials and classroom; orientation of parents/caregivers; and rotation of materials that support early literacy development. " Data on participating classrooms is reported on a quarterly basis through a web-based contract management system.  Above target is positive CHILDREN YOUTH & THEIR FAMILIES CHILDREN'S BASELINE Increase the quality and accessibility of child care Number of centers and family child care providers that receive a quality assessment This measure indicates the number of child care centers classrooms and family child care providers that receive a quality assessment through the SF Quality Improvement System that was started in the 2004-2005 fiscal year.  This initiative is operated through a contract with San Francisco State University. "Collection Method: Data is collected and maintained by the contractor for the SF Quality Improvement System, San Francisco State University.  This data is reported to the department on a quarterly basis. Timing:  Data is reported to the department on a quarterly basis." 209 246 251 220 220 240 Above target is positive CHILDREN YOUTH & THEIR FAMILIES CHILDREN'S BASELINE Increase the quality and accessibility of child care "Number of child care slots created, enhanced, or preserved through the Child Care Facilities Fund" "The term ""enhanced"" is used  for existing child care spaces which have been improved by virtue of the CCFF  investment.  For example, if a long term provider is able to buy new equipment, upgrade classroom space, or re-do a whole backyard or playground, we consider the childcare space enhanced. In contrast, we indicate that a space is preserved if it was at risk of closure due to a health and safety issue or eviction." "Collection Method: Data is collected and maintained by the contractor that administers the Child Care Facilities Fund, the Low Income Investment Fund. Timing:  Data is available on a quarterly basis from the Low Income Investment Fund, but currently reported to the department once per year." 5680 4351 5829 1500 4544 4500 Above target is positive CHILDREN YOUTH & THEIR FAMILIES CHILDREN'S BASELINE Increase the quality and accessibility of child care Percentage of licensed child care centers that have a current quality assessment This is the percent of licensed child care centers receiving an external Harms-Clifford Environmental Rating Scale Score. The Harms-Clifford is a research based instrument that assesses the overall child care environment across a number os scales based upon the children served Collection Method: Monthly reports for the time period are reviewed and the number of newly assessed providers is tallied. San Francisco State University Partners in Quality Child Care completes the assessment and summary reports. Timing:  Data is gathered and reported quarterly. 0.54 0.56 0.57 0.54 0.55 0.56 % Above target is positive CHILDREN YOUTH & THEIR FAMILIES CHILDREN'S BASELINE Support the health of children and youth Average number of meals delivered in July to eligible chidren and youth through the Summer Food Program Average number of meals delivered to children and youth through the Summer Food Program in July. "The average number of meals delivered is the total number of meals delivered divided by the number of days for which the meals were delivered. The number of meals delivered to children and youth is tracked through meal delivery receipts and meal service record. Records of summer food claims are kept at DCYF. Timing: This data is available annually, in September." 0 4977 5164 5500 5200 Above target is positive CHILDREN YOUTH & THEIR FAMILIES CHILDREN'S BASELINE Support the health of children and youth Number of high school students served at school Wellness Centers "As opposed to the prior measure that looks at the number of students enrolled at high schools that have wellness centers, this measure focuses on the number of students who use wellness centers." Collection Method: Wellness centers report the number of students served on the department's Contract Management System. Timing:  Data is reported on a monthly basis through the department's Contract Management System. 3729 6072 6609 4100 4500 6085 Above target is positive CHILDREN YOUTH & THEIR FAMILIES CHILDREN'S FUND PROGRAMS Improve accountability and the quality of services for DCYF grantees "Percentage of Children's Fund grant recipients who fulfill their work plan objectives & meet minimum fiscal, organizational and program standards" "DCYF grantees are monitored for compliance with their workplan objectives, which include the number of children, youth and families to be served and the types of services to be provided. Programs are also monitored for compliance with department minimum fiscal, organizational and program standards. A grantee must be in compliance will all measures of accountability to be included in the number of grant recipients that fullfill their work plan objectives & meet minimum standards." "Collection Method: Community-based organizations report progress toward meeting work plan objectives on the department's Contract Management System (CMS), a secure, web-based system. Compliance with minimum standards is conducted through site-visits by program officers. Timing:  Compliance is monitored on an ongoing basis throughout the funding period. Reporting on this measure will be in July after the close of each fiscal year." 0.84 0.7 0.63 0.9 0.9 % Above target is positive CHILDREN YOUTH & THEIR FAMILIES CHILDREN'S FUND PROGRAMS Improve accountability and the quality of services for DCYF grantees Percentage of funded programs that participate in one or more trainings focused on program or organizational development DCYF hosts an array of optional trainings focused on improving organizational and program quality. DCYF will use the percentage of all funded programs taking advantage of these trainings as an indicator of the quality and usefulness of the trainings. Collection Method: Sign-in sheets are used to track program participaton in trainings. The numerator is the number of programs that participate in one or more training and the denominator is the number of funded programs. Timing: Percentage calculated on an annual basis beginning in December 2007. 0.75 0.59 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 % Above target is positive CHILDREN YOUTH & THEIR FAMILIES CHILDREN'S FUND PROGRAMS Improve accountability and the quality of services for DCYF grantees Percentage of grantee organizations that rate the quality of service and support they receive from DCYF as very good to excellent. "Of grantee organizations surveyed annually, the percent that report that the services and supports provided by DCYF were very good to excellent. Based on a five point likert scale with 4 and 5 representing very good to excellent." "Collection Method: DCYF will develop and administer a grantee satisfaction survey. Timing:  The survey will be conducted annually, in the first half of the fiscal year." 0.89 0.84 0.84 0.85 0.85 0.9 % Above target is positive CHILDREN YOUTH & THEIR FAMILIES CHILDREN'S FUND PROGRAMS Improve accountability and the quality of services for DCYF grantees Percentage of programs with signed contracts that receive a site visit by DCYF staff within the first six months of the grant period "This measure shows what proportion of DCYF grantees were visited by a program officer for a fiscal or program site visit and review. Program officers perform at least 1 program and 2 fiscal site visits. Visits ensure that programs are in compliance with their contract, are billing properly, and give program officers a chance to provide technical assistance as needed." Collection Method: The percentage is determined by department records of grant monitoring. DCYF program monitoring records are located at the department. Timing:  Data is available in January of each year after the 6-month review period has ended. 1 0.98 0.98 0.95 0.95 0.95 % Above target is positive CHILDREN YOUTH & THEIR FAMILIES CHILDREN'S FUND PROGRAMS Improve the availability and quality of DCYF-funded programs/services "Number of children, youth, and their families participating in programs/services funded by the Children's Fund" "Original:  A count of all children who have submitted an enrollment form for a DCYF program through a grantee, agency, or subcontractor.  Note that new enrollment forms may be submitted if a program runs more than once per year; or if a child is entering multiple programs.  The six major service areas are early care and education, afterschool, workforce development, wellness, violence prevention, and parent support.   Revised:  This measure reflects the total number of children and youth who receive ongoing services and for whom we collect client-level data.The measure only reflects children and youth who participate in programs funded fully or in-part by the Children's Fund. If a child or youth is enrolled in more than one DCYF-funded program, he/she is counted more than once. Approximately 20% of children and youth in this measure are participating in more than one program." "Collection Method: Data is collected and calculated through the Contracts Management System, a secured web-based system maintained by the department. Timing:  Data is available on an ongoing basis as part of the Contract Management System." 46200 53699 48618 40000 50000 50000 Above target is positive CHILDREN YOUTH & THEIR FAMILIES CHILDREN'S FUND PROGRAMS Improve the availability and quality of DCYF-funded programs/services Percentage of program participants that rate the quality of services received from their program as vey good to excellent Percentage of program participants surveyed that rate their program quality a 4 or 5 on likert scale of 1 to 5 with 4 and 5 representing very good and excellent. "Collection Method: A consumer satisfaction survey of children, youth and families participating in DCYF-funded programs. Timing:  DCYF is working to align surveying times with program cycles. We plan to implement a new survey timeline in the new funding cycle which begins July 2007. Aggregate results in the new funding cycle will be available at the end of each fiscal year." Above target is positive CHILDREN YOUTH & THEIR FAMILIES CHILDREN'S FUND PROGRAMS Improve the outcomes of children and youth that have been identified as at-risk for poor social and educational outcomes. Number of youth 10-24 years old receiving care management services through the violence response funding Count of children and youth that have at least 1 hour/week of care management at time of reporting. Care management begins after an assessment and plan of care is completed. Collection Method: Data on the hours of care management services are tracked through the Contract Management System. Timing:  DCYF will analyze the numbers participants receiving care management on a quarterly basis.  262 373 250 250 Above target is positive CHILDREN YOUTH & THEIR FAMILIES CHILDREN'S FUND PROGRAMS Improve the outcomes of children and youth that have been identified as at-risk for poor social and educational outcomes. "Percentage of truant youth receiving school-based wellness, truancy intervention, and other case management services that improve their school attendance" The number of youth that meet the SFUSD definition for truancy that improve their school attendance after intervention. The amount of intervention time that must past before improvement is expected is to be determined. Collection Method: Data on intervention services is tracked thrugh the Contract Management System. Timing:  Intervention data is available on an ongoing basis. Attendance results will be assessed at the end of each school year. 0.81 0.65 0.5 0.5 % Above target is positive CHILDREN YOUTH & THEIR FAMILIES CHILDREN'S FUND PROGRAMS Improve the outcomes of children and youth that have been identified as at-risk for poor social and educational outcomes. Percentage of youth on juvenile probation that did not recidivate while participating in the New Directions Youth Employment program The number of New Directions Employment Program (NDEP) participants that do not recidivate while participating in the program divided by the total number of NDEP participants. A participant is counted as recidivating if s/he is retained at juvenile hall for at least one night. Collection Method: The data on participation in NDEP is collected in the Contract Management System (CMS). The particpation data is sent to the program manager at Youth Guideance Center Improvement Committee (YGCIC) to add recidivism status. Note: identifying information is protected through confidentiality agreements. Timing:  Data is sent from the youth employment program to YGCIC on a weekly basis. The result for the measure is assessed at the end of the program cycle. 0.97 0.98 0.98 0.8 0.98 % Above target is positive CHILDREN YOUTH & THEIR FAMILIES CHILDREN'S FUND PROGRAMS Increase the availability and quality of afterschool programs Number of children and youth attending afterschool programs for five or more hours per week The total number of children and youth ages 6 to 13 that participate in DCYF-funded out-of-school time 3-5 day and teen programs for five or more hours per week. Collection Method: Data is provided by funded agencies through DCYF's Contract Management System. Timing:  Data is collected monthly and analyzed quarterly. Data is available 8 weeks following the end of any quarter. The number is calculated by taking the number of hours of attendance per youth and dividing it by the number of weeks in the quarter (39 weeks for the school year) and then summing the number of youth with 5 hours/week. 7069 7709 7000 7400 Above target is positive CHILDREN YOUTH & THEIR FAMILIES CHILDREN'S FUND PROGRAMS Increase the availability and quality of afterschool programs Percentage of afterschool time program participants who report that there is an adult at the funded program who really cares about them Percentage of program participants surveyed that agree somewhat or strongly that there is an adult in their program that really cares about them. "Collection Method: Consumer satisfaction survey administered to program participants in out-of-school time programs. Timing:  DCYF plans to implement a new satisfaction survey for program participants in out-of-school time programs to complete at the end of each school year, beginning in May 2008." 0.76 0.64 0.85 0.85 % Above target is positive CHILDREN YOUTH & THEIR FAMILIES CHILDREN'S FUND PROGRAMS Increase the availability and quality of afterschool programs Percentage of unmet demand for afterschool programs for 6-13 year olds met by AFA Initiative. This measure is the percentage of unmet demand of afterschool care needed for San Francisco children and youth 6 to 13 (as reported by parents) that has been met through the Afterschool For All initiative led by DCYF.  "Need: Baseline for unmet demand is 11,995 slots in 2005. Need is cacluated by using the City Survey to determine the percentage of parents with children 6 to 13 that report needing afterschool care. This percentage is applied to the total number of 6 to 13 year olds reported in the 2000 census to estimate the number of 6 to 13 year olds in need of afterschool care. Supply: Supply is the sum of afterschool slots available for this age group through license child care centers, family child care homes, private schools, SFUSD, Rec and Park, faith-based organizations, and DCYF funded programs." 0.29 0.375 0.42 0.29 0.37 0.38 % Above target is positive CHILDREN YOUTH & THEIR FAMILIES CHILDREN'S FUND PROGRAMS Prepare San Francisco youth 14 to 17 years old for a productive future by helping them to develop the basic skills and competencies needed to succeed in the work place. "Number of 14 to 17 year olds placed in a job (subsidized or unsubsidized), internship, or on-the-job training program" "This measure is a count of 14 to 17 year olds that are place and retained in a job, internship or on-the-job training program. Retained is defined as completing the duration of the job or internship assignment or the program cycle." Collection Method: Data for this measure is reported by grantees through the Contract Management System on an ongoing basis. Timing:  Data is available on an ongoing basis and will be analyzed on a quarterly basis. 3136 3338 3117 2336 3200 3200 Above target is positive CHILDREN YOUTH & THEIR FAMILIES CHILDREN'S FUND PROGRAMS Provide information and cultural opportunities for San Francisco families. "The number of children, youth and caregivers participating in Family Connect sponsored events" "The number of children, youth and caregivers that particpate in DCYF's Family Connect events, currently defined as Family Festival (October), Family Appreciation Day (January), and Summer Resource Fair (March)." "Collection Method: These counts are tracked through various means, including giveaways or wrist bands. Timing:  Counts are availabe immediately following events." 51000 46500 50742 39000 52000 54000 Above target is positive CHILDREN YOUTH & THEIR FAMILIES CHILDREN'S FUND PROGRAMS Support youth's contributions to the vitality of San Francisco Percentage of youth particpating in youth-led projects that report developing skills that they believe they can use in their future careers. "This measure focuses on youth-led projects funded through the 3% set aside of the children's fund for youth initiative projects. Youth-led projects are conceived and led by youth. These projects include youth organizing, youth philanthropy and youth entrepreunial projects." "Collection method: data for this measure is collected through a survey of youth that have participated in a youth-led project. 2008 will be the first year that this survey is administered. As this area of funding develops, DCYF will identify outcomes measures. Timing: The survey will be conducted on an annual basis, at the end of each fiscal year. " 0.86 0.75 0.8 % Above target is positive CHILDREN YOUTH & THEIR FAMILIES DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All city employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom performance appraisals were scheduled "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal is to be conducted.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months. Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." "Collection Method: New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal is to be conducted.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months. Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion. Timing:  The data is available on an ongoing basis as appraisals are conducted." 29 29 35 29 37 35 Above target is positive CHILDREN YOUTH & THEIR FAMILIES DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All city employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom scheduled performance appraisals were completed "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  ""Completed"" means an appraisal form has been filled out and is in the employee's personnel file.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months.   Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." This is the number of applicable employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal was conducted and completed during the fiscal year. This data is tracked on an ongoing basis. 7 21 13 29 39 35 Above target is positive CITY ATTORNEY CLAIMS Limit the financial liability of the City and County of San Francisco through the efficient management of personal injury and property damage claims Average number of days from claim filing to final disposition "Average number of days from claim filing to final disposition, including claims against all City departments except the Port of San Francisco, San Francisco International Airport, and San Francisco Unified School District." "Collection Method: Data collected from CityLaw claims management module.  Reflects the difference, in days, between the claim filing and closure dates for each claim closed during the specified date range. Timing:  Data available internally  upon completion of reporting period." 67 60 68 68 69 62 Below target is positive CITY ATTORNEY CLAIMS Limit the financial liability of the City and County of San Francisco through the efficient management of personal injury and property damage claims Average settlement amount per claim "Average settlement amount per claim, including claims against all City departments except the Port of San Francisco, San Francisco International Airport, and San Francisco Unified School District." "Collection Method: Data collected from CityLaw claims management module.  Reflects dollar value of all claims closed during the specified date range with disposition code  ""Paid."" Timing:  Data available internally immediately upon completion or reporting period." 3735 3742 3738 3185 3389 3500 $ Below target is positive CITY ATTORNEY CLAIMS Limit the financial liability of the City and County of San Francisco through the efficient management of personal injury and property damage claims Number of claims closed "Number of claims closed, including claims against all City departments except the Port of San Francisco, San Francisco International Airport, and San Francisco Unified School District." Collection Method: Data collected from CityLaw claims management module for each claim closed during the specified date range. Timing:  DData available internally  upon completion of reporting period. 3451 3449 1851 3800 3200 3200 Above target is positive CITY ATTORNEY CLAIMS Limit the financial liability of the City and County of San Francisco through the efficient management of personal injury and property damage claims Number of claims opened "Number of claims opened, including claims against all City departments except the Port of San Francisco, San Francisco International Airport, and San Francisco Unified School District." Collection Method: Data collected from CityLaw claims management module for each claim opened during the specified date range. Timing:  Data available internally  upon completion of reporting period. 3266 3593 1756 3800 3172 3200 On target is positive CITY ATTORNEY CLAIMS Limit the financial liability of the City and County of San Francisco through the efficient management of personal injury and property damage claims Percent of claims denied "Percent of claims denied, including claims against all City departments except the Port of San Francisco, San Francisco International Airport, and San Francisco Unified School District." "Collection Method: Data collected from CityLaw claims management module.  Reflects percentage of all claims closed during the specified date range with disposition code other than ""Paid."" Timing:  Data available internally immediately upon completion or reporting period." 0.51 0.5 0.53 0.53 0.51 0.52 % On target is positive CITY ATTORNEY CLAIMS Limit the financial liability of the City and County of San Francisco through the efficient management of personal injury and property damage claims Percent of claims settled "Percent of claims settled, including claims against all City departments except the Port of San Francisco, San Francisco International Airport, and San Francisco Unified School District." "Collection Method: Data collected from CityLaw claims management module.  Reflects percentage of all claims closed during the specified date range with disposition code  ""Paid."" Timing:  Data available internally immediately upon completion or reporting period." 0.49 0.5 0.47 0.47 0.49 0.48 % On target is positive CITY ATTORNEY DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom performance appraisals were scheduled "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal is to be conducted.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months. Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." 320 320 Above target is positive CITY ATTORNEY DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom scheduled performance appraisals were completed "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of applicable employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal was conducted and completed during the fiscal year.  ""Completed"" means an appraisal form has been filled out and is in the employee's personnel file.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months.   Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." 297 320 Above target is positive CITY ATTORNEY LEGAL SERVICE "Draft legislation, at the request of the Board of Supervisors, which expresses the desired policies of the City and County of San Francisco and is legally valid" Average cost per piece of legislation drafted "Average cost per piece of legislation drafted.  Cost consists of the current billing rate of the City Attorney's Office which includes attorney and support staff salaries and benefits, and the prorated cost of facilities, equipment, materials and supplies." Collection Method: Data collected from automated attorney time billing records for all legislation types during the specified date range. Timing:  Data available internally immediately upon completion or reporting period. 3748 4468 4316 3410 3788 3788 $ Below target is positive CITY ATTORNEY LEGAL SERVICE "Draft legislation, at the request of the Board of Supervisors, which expresses the desired policies of the City and County of San Francisco and is legally valid" Number of Board-generated work assignments "Number of Board-generated work assignments.  Work assignments include legislation (ordinances, resolutions,  and other additions, amendments and corrections to the City Charter and codes), and advice and counsel (both general advice and counsel billed to  a department's general advice number in the CityLaw time billing system, and specific advice and counsel billed to a specific advice number for a department)" Collection Method:  Data collected from automated attorney time billing records for all work assignment types received during the specified date range. Timing:  Data available internally immediately upon completion or reporting period. 224 271 271 330 241 236 On target is positive CITY ATTORNEY LEGAL SERVICE "Draft legislation, at the request of the Board of Supervisors, which expresses the desired policies of the City and County of San Francisco and is legally valid" Number of pieces of legislation drafted "Number of pieces of legislation drafted, including ordinances, resolutions,  and other additions, amendments and corrections to the City Charter and codes." Collection Method: Data collected from automated attorney time billing records for all legislation related work assignments for which time was billed during the specified date range. Timing:  Data available internally immediately upon completion or reporting period. 293 329 192 329 350 318 On target is positive CITY ATTORNEY LEGAL SERVICE "Provide advice and counsel to the Mayor, Board of Supervisors, and City departments and commissions, on legal issues of importance to the administration of local government" Number of hours required to respond to requests for advice and counsel. "Number of hours required to respond to requests for advice and counsel.  Advice and Counsel includes both general advice and counsel billed to  a department's general advice number in the CityLaw time billing system, and specific advice and counsel billed to a specific advice number for a department." "Collection Method: Data collected from automated attorney time billing records for requests for general and specific advice and counsel received during the specified date range.  Performance measures associated with the provision of advice and counsel have been modified to obviate data coding problems, and provide a more accurate measure of work output. Timing:  Data available internally immediately upon completion or reporting period." 102013 98692 47409 110000 104000 100000 On target is positive CITY ATTORNEY LEGAL SERVICE "Provide advice and counsel to the Mayor, Board of Supervisors, and City departments and commissions, on legal issues of importance to the administration of local government" "Total cost of responses to requests for advice and counsel, in millions." "Total cost of responses to requests for advice and counsel, in millions.  Advice and Counsel includes both general advice and counsel billed to  a department's general advice number in the CityLaw time billing system, and specific advice and counsel billed to a specific advice number for a department." "Collection Method: Data collected from automated attorney time billing records for requests for general and specific advice and counsel received during the specified date range.  Performance measures associated with the provision of advice and counsel have been modified to obviate data coding problems, and provide a more accurate measure of work output. Timing:  Data available internally immediately upon completion or reporting period." 21.5 20.9 9.8 10.3 20.6 20.6 $ On target is positive CITY ATTORNEY LEGAL SERVICE Provide legal services to client departments which meet client expectations for quality Percent of client departments who believe that communications with the Office are open and beneficial Open and Beneficial Communications = active listening by attorneys; sufficient information regarding progress and developments; work product that is timely and meets mutual expectations; projection of confidence when making presentations on legal matters; adequate explanations of case strategies; professional service from support staff; and feedback on means to avoid risk or problems revealed during litigation. "Collection Method: Data collected using evaluation questionnaire developed by the Office of the City Attorney.  Reflects percentage of clients who rated the survey question(s) associated with the measure 4 or above on a scale of 1 to 5. Timing:  Client service evaluation conducted annually.  FY 2006-07 evaluation will be conducted in July, 2007." 0.8624 0.85 0.9 0.9 % Above target is positive CITY ATTORNEY LEGAL SERVICE Provide legal services to client departments which meet client expectations for quality Percent of client departments who believe that the fees charged by the Office reflect the value of the work performed Fees vs Value = Fairness of fees in relation to work performed; Timeliness of bills; and clarity of Monthly Billing Reports. "Collection Method: Data collected using evaluation questionnaire developed by the Office of the City Attorney.  Reflects percentage of clients who rated the survey question(s) associated with the measure 4 or above on a scale of 1 to 5. Timing:  Client service evaluation conducted annually.  FY 2006-07 evaluation will be conducted in July, 2007." 0.5366 0.58 0.8 0.8 % Above target is positive CITY ATTORNEY LEGAL SERVICE Provide legal services to client departments which meet client expectations for quality "Percent of client departments who believe the department is responsive to their needs, and timely in addressing their legal issues" Responsiveness and Timeliness = Prompt return of telephone calls and emails; fast turn-around when requested; and anticipation of clients' needs. "Collection Method: Data collected using evaluation questionnaire developed by the Office of the City Attorney.  Reflects percentage of clients who rated the survey question(s) associated with the measure 4 or above on a scale of 1 to 5. Timing:  Client service evaluation conducted annually.  FY 2006-07 evaluation will be conducted in July, 2007." 0.828 0.88 0.9 % Above target is positive CITY ATTORNEY LEGAL SERVICE Provide legal services to client departments which meet client expectations for quality Percent of client departments who believe the Office provides quality legal advice "Quality Legal Advice = Thoroughness in approach to work, creativity in advice and proposed solutions; analysis of advantages and disadvantages of options; understanding of immediate problem at hand; and proactive legal representation including education." "Collection Method: Data collected using evaluation questionnaire developed by the Office of the City Attorney.  Reflects percentage of clients who rated the survey question(s) associated with the measure 4 or above on a scale of 1 to 5. Timing:  Client service evaluation conducted annually.  FY 2006-07 evaluation will be conducted in July, 2007." 0.89 0.79 0.9 0.9 % Above target is positive CITY ATTORNEY LEGAL SERVICE Provide legal services to client departments which meet client expectations for quality Percent of client departments who consider the overall service of the Office to be of high quality Overall Quality of Service = Assistance in achieving clients' objectives; assistance to clients in achieving core responsibilities; and quality of services proved. "Collection Method: Data collected using evaluation questionnaire developed by the Office of the City Attorney.  Reflects percentage of clients who rated the survey question(s) associated with the measure 4 or above on a scale of 1 to 5. Timing:  Client service evaluation conducted annually.  FY 2006-07 evaluation will be conducted in July, 2007." 0.8461 0.88 0.9 0.9 0.9 % Above target is positive CITY ATTORNEY LEGAL SERVICE-PAYING DEPTS "Represent the City and County of San Francisco in civil litigation of critical importance to the welfare of the citizens of San Francisco, and the administration of local government" Average cost per tort litigation case "Cost - The current billing rate of the City Attorney's Office which includes attorney and support staff salaries and benefits, and the prorated cost of facilities, equipment, materials and supplies." Collection Method: Data collected from automated attorney time billing records for each civil litigation case closed during the specified date range. Timing:  Data available internally  upon completion of reporting period. 33352 29010 49843 33874 35133 32027 $ Below target is positive CITY ATTORNEY LEGAL SERVICE-PAYING DEPTS "Represent the City and County of San Francisco in civil litigation of critical importance to the welfare of the citizens of San Francisco, and the administration of local government" Number of tort litigation cases closed "Tort Litigation - Litigation associated with claims of wrongful acts, property damage or personal injury, or in circumstances involving strict liability." Collection Method: Data collected from automated attorney time billing records for each civil litigation case closed during the specified date range. Timing:  Data available internally  upon completion of reporting period. 678 387 233 541 458 515 Above target is positive CITY ATTORNEY LEGAL SERVICE-PAYING DEPTS "Represent the City and County of San Francisco in civil litigation of critical importance to the welfare of the citizens of San Francisco, and the administration of local government" Number of tort litigation cases opened "Tort Litigation - Litigation associated with claims of wrongful acts, property damage or personal injury, or in circumstances involving strict liability." Collection Method: Data collected from automated attorney time billing records for each civil litigation case with an open date matching the specified date range. Timing:  Data available internally  upon completion of reporting period. 537 464 284 537 542 476 On target is positive CITY ATTORNEY LEGAL SERVICE-PAYING DEPTS "Represent the City and County of San Francisco in civil litigation of critical importance to the welfare of the citizens of San Francisco, and the administration of local government" "Value of judgments/settlements against the City, in millions" "Value - In those cases in which the City is plaintiff, the amount of the City's claim + the amount of attorney fees awarded to the defendant's counsel (if applicable).  In those instances in which the City is defendant, the amount awarded to the plaintiff including attorney fees.  Please note the measure reflects only those judgments/settlements processed through the City Attorney's Office." Collection Method: Data collected from automated attorney time billing records for each civil litigation case closed during the specified date range. Timing:  Data available internally  upon completion of reporting period. 15.6 17.6 10.21 7 14.6 14.4 $ Below target is positive CITY PLANNING CURRENT PLANNING Continue the citywide historic resource survey. Degree to which project milestones for the Citywide Historic Resources survey program are timely met Major Milestones in FY09: 1) Assemble a SF Context Statement Advisory panel & revise extant work plan by Dec 08. 2)Complete an outline for CW context Statement; Complete draft chapters & present to advisory panel by Jun 09. 3)Complete-Contract Better Neighborhoods: Balboa Park survey to Landmarks Board by Jun 08. 4)Complete Contract M&O survey to Landmarks Board by Oct 08. 5)Complete Contract Japantown survey and Traditional Cultural Property Evaluation report to Landmarks Board by Dec 08. 6)Complete Contract EN Neighborhoods: Showplace Square survey to Landmarks Board by Jun 09. 7)Complete Contract EN Neighborhoods: SOM survey to Landmarks Board by Jun 09. 8)Complete Contract EN Neighborhoods: Mission survey to Landmarks Board by Jun 09. 9)Revise CW Survey Work Plan 2008-2012 to reflect an update 5yr survey plan in collaboration w/ Planning dept. management; Landmarks Board; Planning Comm.; and Hist.Pre. Fund Comm. by Jun 09.  "Collection Method: Documentation is housed at the Planning Department offices at 1650 Mission Street, 5th Floor. Performance is measured on a 1-5 scale with 5 as excellent and 1 as poor. Performance will be deemed to be excellent (score of 5) if the work specified is completed within four weeks of the target date.  Four week increments will be applied to each score, with a score of 1 meaning that milestones were not met within 20 weeks of the due dates. Timing:  Data is continuously available through internal review of project status compared to project milestones," 5 3 4 4 4 4 Above target is positive CITY PLANNING CURRENT PLANNING Perform timely and comprehensive review of project applications. "Average time between application filing and planner assignment for environmental evaluations, in days" "Average number of days between the date environmental evaluation (negative declarations and EIRs(Environmental Impact Report), excluding Categorical Exemption) applications were filed to the date cases were assigned to a planner." "Collection Method: Data is stored in the Department's case intake database, housed at 1650 Mission Street. Timing:  Data updates are available on a monthly basis." 107 46.81 57.46 90 70 70 Below target is positive CITY PLANNING CURRENT PLANNING Perform timely and comprehensive review of project applications. Percentage of all building permits in which assignment is made within 14 days "When a permit application is received, it is assigned to a planner for review.  However, applications are not immediately assigned due to volume of work.  The Department has established 14 days as the target for assigning permit applications from when they are received." "Collection Method: Data stored in the Department of Building Inspection's permit tracking database, housed at 1650 Mission Street. Timing:  Data updates are available on a monthly basis." 0.85 0.83 0.86 0.9 0.9 0.9 % Above target is positive CITY PLANNING CURRENT PLANNING Perform timely and comprehensive review of project applications. "Percentage of all building permits involving new construction and major alterations review, approved or disapproved within 60 days." "When a member of the public wants to conduct major physical improvements to existing construction or to develop property, the proposal comes to the Planning Department for review to ensure the project conforms with existing land use requirements as specified in the Planning Code." "Collection Method: Data is stored in the Department of Building Inspection's permit tracking database, housed at 1650 Mission Street Timing:  Data updates are available on a monthly basis." 0.61 0.54 0.56 0.9 0.65 0.65 % Above target is positive CITY PLANNING CURRENT PLANNING Perform timely and comprehensive review of project applications. Percentage of all environmental review applications completed within 180 days "The Department reviews a variety of environmental applications, from those requiring a simple categorical exemption to those requiring a full environmental impact report.  This measure considers environmental evaluation applications, which result in completed Negative Declarations, or the determination that an EIR (Environmental Impact Report)  is required." "Collection Method: Data is stored in the Department's case intake database, housed at 1650 Mission Street. Timing:  Data updates are available on a monthly basis." 0.11 0.43 0.15 0.5 0.5 0.5 % Above target is positive CITY PLANNING CURRENT PLANNING Perform timely and comprehensive review of project applications. Percentage of all miscellaneous permits referred by other agencies responded to within 30 days "Miscellaneous permits include permit referrals and licenses from other City departments and State agencies, which are routed to the Planning Department for recommendation and approval prior to the issuance of a permit license." "Collection Method: Data is stored in the Department's case intake database, housed at 1650 Mission Street. Timing:  Data updates are available on a monthly basis." 0.76 0.77 0.78 0.8 0.8 0.8 % Above target is positive CITY PLANNING CURRENT PLANNING Perform timely and comprehensive review of project applications. Percentage of all variance applications decided within 120 days "A variance allowing a project to vary from the strict quantitative standards of the Planning Codes may be granted after a public hearing before the Zoning Administrator.  Variances are typically requested for projects that do not meet the Planning Code standards for rear yards, front setbacks, parking requirements, and open space requirements.The 4 month target is based on a reasonable time to complete the lowest priorities applications." "Collection Method: Data stored in Department's case intake database, housed at 1650 Mission Street. Timing:  Data updates are available on a monthly basis." 0.44 0.5 0.45 0.4 0.5 0.5 % Above target is positive CITY PLANNING CURRENT PLANNING Perform timely and comprehensive review of project applications. Percentage of categorical exemptions reviewed within 45 days "The Department reviews requests to exempt projects from CEQA (California Environmental Quality Act)  review.  This measure is the percent of those requests (without a historic resources evaluation report requirement) reviewed within 45 days, measured from the date of filing to the issuance of the Categorical Exemption." "Collection Method: Data is stored in the Department's case intake database, housed at 1650 Mission Street. Timing:  Data updates are available on a monthly basis." 0.3 0.42 0.46 0.7 0.5 0.5 % Above target is positive CITY PLANNING CURRENT PLANNING Perform timely and comprehensive review of project applications. Percentage of categorical exemptions with historic resources evaluation report reviewed within 90 days "The Department reviews requests to exempt projects from CEQA (California Environmental Quality Act)  review.  This measure is the percent of those requests (with a historic resources evaluation report requirement) reviewed within 90 days, measured from the date of filing to the issuance of the Categorical Exemption." "Collection Method: Data is stored in the Department's case intake database, housed at 1650 Mission Street. Timing:  Data updates are available on a monthly basis." 0.12 0.37 0.11 0.7 0.5 0.6 % Above target is positive CITY PLANNING CURRENT PLANNING Perform timely and comprehensive review of project applications. Percentage of conditional use applications requiring Commission action brought to hearing within 90 days Conditional use may be issued to individuals who propose a use for a property that requires authorization by the Planning Commission in specific situations and under certain conditions.  Conditional Use authorizations may be granted after a public hearing  before the Planning Commission. "Collection Method: Data stored in Department case intake database, housed at 1650 Mission Street. Timing:  Data updates are available on a monthly basis." 0.29 0.14 0.22 0.5 0.4 0.4 % Above target is positive CITY PLANNING CURRENT PLANNING Perform timely and comprehensive review of project applications. Percentage of mandatory and staff initiated Discretionary Review applications brought to hearing within 90 days "The Planning Commission sets policies that mandate the Commission's review of building permit applications, including those which otherwise meet the minimum requirements and standards of the Planning Code, such as the demolition of dwelling units.  Additionally, staff can initiate discretionary review if such review is necessary to ensure that the interests of the City and its neighborhoods are protected.  The measure is the percent of mandatory and staff initiated discretionary review completed in 90 days.  This is measured from the filing date to the final Commission action date." "Collection Method: Data is stored in the Department's case intake database, housed at 1650 Mission Street. Timing:  Data updates are available on a monthly basis." 0.3 0.5 0.34 0.75 0.5 0.5 % Above target is positive CITY PLANNING CURRENT PLANNING Perform timely and comprehensive review of project applications. Percentage of public initiated Discretionary Review applications brought to hearing within 90 days "The Planning Commission may use its discretionary powers to review any building permit application, including those which otherwise meet the minimum requirements and standards of the Planning Code.  The measure is the percent of public initiated discretionary review requests completed in 90 days.  This is measured from the filing date to the withdrawn date or the final Commission action date." "Collection Method: Data is stored in the Department's case intake database, housed at 1650 Mission Street. Timing:  Data updates are available on a monthly basis." 0.7 0.45 0.74 0.75 0.75 0.7 % Above target is positive CITY PLANNING CURRENT PLANNING Progress of Better Neighborhoods and Eastern Neighborhoods area planning efforts Degree to which Balboa Park Environmental Impact Report project milestones are met within four weeks of deadline (increasing scale of 1-5) "The Balboa Park EIR(Environmental Impact Report)  is scoped as a project with specified milestones.  Significant milestones in FY2006 are as follows: 1) Enter into contract with EIR consultant by July, 2005; 2) Publish Draft EIR by March, 2006; 3) Certify Final EIR by end of FY2006.  Project milestones for FY2008: 1) Final EIR submitted to the Planning Commission by August 2007. Project milestones for FY2009: 1) Certify Final EIR by end of October 2008.  Since the Final Environmental Impact Report was certified, this measure will be deleted in FY2010." "Collection Method: Documentation is housed at the Planning Department offices at 1650 Mission.  Data is collected from the project management tracking system used by the planners involved in this project.  Performance is measured on a 1-5 scale with 5 as excellent and 1 as poor.  Performance will be deemed to be excellent (score of 5) if the work specified to be completed at each milestone is completed no more than four weeks beyond the initially identified milestone date.  Four week increments will be applied to each score, with a score of 1 meaning that a milestone was not met within 20 weeks of its due date. Timing:  Data is continuously available through internal review of project status compared to project milestones." 3 1 4 4 4 4 Above target is positive CITY PLANNING CURRENT PLANNING Progress of Better Neighborhoods and Eastern Neighborhoods area planning efforts Degree to which Eastern Neighborhoods Environmental Impact Report project milestones are met within two weeks of deadline (increasing scale of 1-5) "The Eastern Neighborhoods EIR ( Environmental Impact Report)  is scoped as a project with specified milestones.  Significant milestones in FY2006 are as follows: 1) Publish Draft EIR by December, 2005; 2) Certify Final EIR by end of fiscal year 2006.  The Eastern Neighborhoods EIR encompasses Central Waterfront, Mission, Showplace Square/Lower Potrero, and East SoMa.  FY2008 milestones: 1) certification of Final EIR in November 2007.  Since the final Environmental Impact Report was certified and all Better Neighborhoods Environmental Impact Reports have been completed, this measure will be deleted in FY2010." "Collection Method: Documentation is housed at the Planning Department offices at 1650 Mission.  Data is collected from the project management tracking system used by the planners involved in this project.  Performance is measured on a 1-5 scale with 5 as excellent and 1 as poor.  Performance will be deemed to be excellent (score of 5) if the work specified to be completed at each milestone is completed no more than four weeks beyond the initially identified milestone date. Four week increments will be applied to each score, with a score of 1 meaning that a milestone was not met within 20 weeks of its due date. Timing:  Data is continuously available through internal review of project status compared to project milestones." 3 1 4 4 4 4 Above target is positive CITY PLANNING CURRENT PLANNING Strengthen the Code Enforcement program through the utilization of better mechanisms to compel compliance Amend relevant Codes to provide citation authority to Code Enforcement planners "Degree to which Department successfully meets project milestones to amend relevant Codes to provide citation authority to Code Enforcement planners.  Department unable to obtain citation authority per City Attorney.  However, Department pursued legislation for alternate enforcement remedy of administrative penalties. 1) Legislation approved in June 2008, 2) Forms and percedures for administrative penalty program completed in September 2008, and 3) Program enacted in October 2008. This measure will be deleted in FY09 since the legislation passed in June 08." "Collection Method: Documentation is housed at the Planning Department Office at 1650 Mission Street, 5th Floor.  Performance is measured on a 1-5 scale with 5 as excellent and 1 as poor.  Performance will be deemed excellent (score of 5) if the milestones are met within 4 weeks of the target date. Four week increments will be applied to each score, with a score of 1 meaning that milestones are not met within 20 weeks of the due date. Timing:  Data is continuously available through internal review of project status compared to project milestones." 1 1 5 3 4 4 Above target is positive CITY PLANNING CURRENT PLANNING Strengthen the Code Enforcement program through the utilization of better mechanisms to compel compliance Complaints in active investigation as a percent of total complaints "Code enforcement complaints are allegations that property conditions are in violation of the Planning Code or of conditions of approval.  This measure compares complaints in active investigation status (assigned to a planner), compared to the number of total open complaints. The measure excludes cases generated by DBI notices of violation, that have not been identified as priority Planning Department enforcement issues by the Planning Commission, since DBI is primarily responsible for these cases." Collection Method: Internally maintained and updated database housed at 1650 Mission Street. Timing:  Data updates are available on a monthly basis. 0.259 0.75 0.75 % Below target is positive CITY PLANNING CURRENT PLANNING Strengthen the Code Enforcement program through the utilization of better mechanisms to compel compliance Degree to which project milestones for the sign survey program are timely met "Major milestones in FY0809 are as follows:(1)update inventory and collect annual fees during October 2008, (2)report program progress and financials to the Planning Commission and Board of Supervisors, pursuant to Code Section 604.2(h), during November 2008, (3)process a total of approximately 950 signs by July 2009 such that the city-wide sign inventory is on-track for certification in July 2010. Major Milestones in FY2010 are as follows: (1) update inventory and collect annual fees during October 2009, (2) report program progress and financials to the Planning Commission and Board of Supervisors, pursuant to Code Section 604.2(h) during November 2009, (3) process a total of approximately 1350 signs by July 2010 such that the city-wide sign inventory is generally on-track for certification in December 2010." "Collection Method: Documentation is housed at the Planning Department Office at 1650 Mission Street, 4th Floor.  Performance is measured on a 1-5 scale with 5 as excellent and 1 as poor. Performance will be deemed excellent (score of 5) if the milestones are met within 2 weeks of the target date.  Two week increments will be applied to each score, with a score of 1 meaning that milestones were not met within 10 weeks of the due date. Timing:  Data is continuously available through internal review of project status compared to project milestones." 5 5 4 4 4 4 Above target is positive CITY PLANNING CURRENT PLANNING Strengthen the Code Enforcement program through the utilization of better mechanisms to compel compliance Total number of processed complaints compared to staff resources "Total number of complaints processed per FTE.  Enforcement cases are processed by issuing notices of violation that require remedy, referring cases to the City Attorney and closing complaint cases that are not valid.  This item measures the total of processed cases divided by the number of FTE assigned to the Code Enforcement Team.  Cases include Planning and DBI initiated cases compared to planning staff in the Code Enforcement program." Collection Method: Internally maintained and updated database housed at 1650 Mission Street. Timing:  Data updates are available on a monthly basis. 65.6 130.5 100 100 Below target is positive CITY PLANNING DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom performance appraisals were scheduled "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal is to be conducted.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months. Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." Collection Method: Completed performance appraisal forms kept on file in employee personnel files.  Separate database maintained to track names and dates of performance appraisals. Timing:  Data is available on a continuous basis. 130 150 135 130 150 145 Above target is positive CITY PLANNING DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom scheduled performance appraisals were completed "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of applicable employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal was conducted amd completed during the fiscal year.  ""Completed"" means an appraisal form has been filled out and is in the employee's personnel file.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months.   Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." Collection Method: Completed performance appraisal forms kept on file in employee personnel files.  Separate database maintained to track names and dates of performance appraisals. Timing:  Data is available on a continuous basis. 130 144 121 130 150 145 Above target is positive CITY PLANNING DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER Deliver the Department's annual work program. Adhere to the Citywide planning annual work program. The Department prepares an annual work program which allocates FTE to work activities.  The measure captures actual FTE allocated to work activities compared to planned FTE allocated to work activities. "Collection Method: Data is collected from the Department's time accounting system, which shows staff hours spent by work activity.  These hours are aggregated semi-annually and reviewed against the work program as adopted through the Department's annual budget process.  Full-time equivalent allocations planned in the work program are compared to hours actually worked.  Planned versus actual hours are measured for variance.  The percentage target amount captures the variance, aggregated by Department function. Timing:  Data is available in December and June." 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 % Above target is positive CITY PLANNING DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER Deliver the Department's annual work program. Adhere to the Major Environmental Analysis annual work program. The Department prepares an annual work program which allocates FTE to work activities.  The measure captures actual FTE allocated to work activities compared to planned FTE allocated to work activities. MEA(Major Environmental Analysis) prepares environmental analysis is conformance with State law. "Collection Method: Data is collected from the Department's time accounting system, which shows staff hours spent by work activity.  These hours are aggregated semi-annually and reviewed against the work program as adopted through the Department's annual budget process.  Full-time equivalent allocations planned in the work program are compared to hours actually worked.  Planned versus actual hours are measured for variance.  The percentage target amount captures the variance, aggregated by Department function. Timing:  Data is available in December and June." 0.7 0.75 0.75 0.75 % Above target is positive CITY PLANNING DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER Deliver the Department's annual work program. Adhere to the Neighborhood Planning annual work program. The Department prepares an annual work program which allocates FTE to work activities.  The measure captures actual FTE allocated to work activities compared to planned FTE allocated to work activities.  Neighborhood Planning reviews project applications for compliance with the code and standard. "Collection Method: Data is collected from the Department's time accounting system, which shows staff hours spent by work activity.  These hours are aggregated semi-annually and reviewed against the work program as adopted through the Department's annual budget process.  Full-time equivalent allocations planned in the work program are compared to hours actually worked.  Planned versus actual hours are measured for variance.  The percentage target amount captures the variance, aggregated by Department function. Timing:  Data is available in December and June." 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 % Above target is positive CITY PLANNING DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER Strengthen the Information Technology function. Degree to which project milestones for the integrated permit tracking system project are timely met. "The integrated permit tracking system project is a multi-year project.  Mayor milestones for FY2008 include 1) secure funding for the project by July 1, 2007; 2) initate business practice reengineering consultant work by August 1, 2007;  3) issue software RFP by February 2008; and 4) initiate system implementation by May 2008.  Mayor milestones for FY2009 include 1) secure funding for the project by July 1, 2008; 2) issue software RFP by November 2008; and 3) initiate system implementation by May 2009.  Major milestones for FY2010 include: 1) execute project contract by December 31, 2009; 2) begin implementation by January 15, 2010; and 3) secure FY2011 funding by June 30, 2010." "Collection Method: Documentation is housed at the Planning Department offices at 1650 Mission Street, 4th Floor. Performance is measured on a 1-5 scale with 5 as excellent and 1 as poor. Performance will be deemed to be excellent (score of 5) if the work specified is completed within four weeks of the target date.  Four week increments will be applied to each score, with a score of 1 meaning that milestones were not met within 20 weeks of the due dates. Timing:  Data is continuously available through internal staff review of project progress." 1 2 4 3 Above target is positive CITY PLANNING DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER Strengthen the Information Technology function. Degree to which year-one priorities identified in the Department's IT strategic plan are implemented. "The measure focuses on progress made towards implementing the Department's IT strategic plan, with emphasis on completing year-one priorities.  With the change in the economy, not all resources required for strategic plan implementation are readily available, this measure will be deleted in FY2010." "Collection Method: Data is available at 1650 Mission Street.  Staff will review the strategic plan against progress made at year end.  Progress will be measured by number of priorities on which progress is made during the fiscal year, with 5 representing 100%, 4 representing 80%, etc. Timing:  Data is continuously available through internal staff review of progress made." 3 0 3 3 Above target is positive CITY PLANNING LONG RANGE PLANNING Continue the General Plan element updates Degree to which General Plan updates and other Project milestones are met within four weeks of deadline (increasing scale of 1-5) "This is a new measure in FY2007.  Planned updates for FY2007 include an update to the Community Safety Element, initial steps towards an update of the Recreation and Open Space Element, and continued efforts to maintain and increase public accessibility to the General Plan.  The targets for FY2008 are as follows:  Community Safety Element update adopted by the Board of Supervisors by August 2007;  Recreation and Open Space Element - initiate update, establish Rec and Open Space Task Force with Mayor's Office." "Collection Method: Documentation is housed at the Planning Department offices at 1650 Mission Street, 4th Floor.  Data is collected from the project management tracking system used by the planners involved in this project.  Performance is measured on a 1-5 scale with 5 as excellent and 1 as poor.  Performance will be deemed to be excellent (score of 5) if the work specified to be completed at each milestone is completed no more than four weeks beyond the initially identified milestone date. Timing:  Maintained within Citywide Planning Group's records" 3 3 4 3 3 4 Above target is positive CITY PLANNING LONG RANGE PLANNING Continue the General Plan element updates Degree to which Housing Element Update project milestones are met within four weeks of deadline (increasing scale of 1-5) This was a new measure in FY2007.  The Housing Element update to the General Plan is scoped as a project with specified milestones.  Significant milestones in FY2008 are as follows: 1) HCD(Housing Community Development)/ABAG(Association of Bay Area Government) Needs Determination received July 2008; 2) Data analysis and community outreach begin August 2008 3) Publish Draft Data Needs and Analysis April 2009.  FY2009  milestones include 1) Draft Policies and Implementation Programs December 2008; 2) Adoption hearings Spring 2009. "Collection Method: Documentation is housed at the Planning Department offices at 1650 Mission Street, 4th Floor.  Data is collected from the project management tracking system used by the planners involved in this project.  Performance is measured on a 1-5 scale with 5 as excellent and 1 as poor.  Performance will be deemed to be excellent (score of 5) if the work specified to be completed at each milestone is completed no more than two weeks beyond the initially identified milestone date.  Two week increments will be applied to each score, with a score of 1 meaning that a milestone was not met within 10 weeks of its due date. Timing:  Maintained within Citywide Planning Group's records" 5 3 4 4 4 3 Above target is positive CITY PLANNING LONG RANGE PLANNING "Progress of Better Neighborhoods, Eastern Neighborhoods and other planning efforts" Degree to which Balboa Park Neighborhood Plan project milestones are met within four weeks of deadline (increasing scale of 1-5) "Major milestones in FY2008 are as follows: 1) Plan adoption package prepared and distributed in September 2007, two weeks prior to EIR Certification hearing at Planning Commission; and 2) Plan adoption hearing at the Planning Commission expected in October 2007, simultaneous with EIR certification hearing. *Please note that the overall schedule of the Balboa Park Neighborhood Plan is inextricably linked to its related EIR. Therefore project work and important milestones may change relative to the schedule of the EIR." "Collection Method: Documentation is housed at the Planning Department offices at 1650 Mission Street, 4th Floor.  Data is collected from the project management tracking system used by the planners involved in this project.  Performance is measured on a 1-5 scale with 5 as excellent and 1 as poor.  Performance will be deemed to be excellent (score of 5) if the work specified to be completed at each milestone is completed no more than four weeks beyond the initially identified milestone date.  Two week increments will be applied to each score, with a score of 1 meaning that a milestone was not met within 20 weeks of its due date. Timing:  Data is continuously available through internal review of project status compared to project milestones." 2 3 4 2 3 3 Above target is positive CITY PLANNING LONG RANGE PLANNING "Progress of Better Neighborhoods, Eastern Neighborhoods and other planning efforts" Degree to which Better Streets Program Project milestones are met within four weeks of deadline (increasing scale of 1-5) "This measure including the creation of a Streetscape MasterPlan, an Urban Forest Plan, the Mission Public Realm Plan, related street implementation documents and ongoing street demonstration projects such as street designs for Leland Avenue in Visitacion Valley and San Jose Avenue in Mission Terrace. FY2008 milestones: 1) preliminary analysis for the Mission Public Realm Plan completed by July 2007; 2) draft Mission Public Realm plan completed by April 2008; 3) Streetscape Master Plan prepared for adoption by April 2008; 4) Urban Forest Plan prepared for adoption by June 2008.  Note: these dates assume that an EIR(Environmental Impact Report)  is not required for the Streetscape Master Pl. FY09 milestones include: 1) Complete draft Urban Forest Plan by September 2008; 2) Complete background analysis for Mission Public Realm Plan by August 2008.  Project terminated due to budget constraints." "Collection Method: Documentation is housed at the Planning Department offices at 1650 Mission Street, 4th Floor.  Data is collected from the project management tracking system used by the planners involved in this project.  Performance is measured on a 1-5 scale with 5 as excellent and 1 as poor.  Performance will be deemed to be excellent (score of 5) if the work specified to be completed at each milestone is completed no more than four weeks beyond the initially identified milestone date. Timing:  Data is continuously available through internal review of project status compared to project milestones." 1 2 1 4 4 3 Above target is positive CITY PLANNING LONG RANGE PLANNING "Progress of Better Neighborhoods, Eastern Neighborhoods and other planning efforts" "Degree to which Eastern Neighborhoods Plans, including the Mission, Showplace Square/Lower Potrero, East SoMa and Central Waterfront Neighborhood Plan, Project milestones are met within four weeks of deadline (increasing scale of 1-5)" "Major milestones in FY2007 are as follows: 1) Complete community planning process by May 2007, 2) completion and distribution of Draft EIR (Environmental Impact Report) by April 2007, and 3) complete draft plan and policy controls by July 2007. Major milestones to follow in FY2008 include completion and distribution of plan adoption package by October 2007; certification of Final EIR and approval by the Planning Commission of Zoning and Area Plans by November 2007; and plan adoption at the Board of Supervisors in January 2008. *Please note that the overall schedule of the Eastern Neighborhood Plans are inextricably linked to its related EIR. Therefore project work and important milestones may change relative to the schedule of the EIR.  Since this measure has been completed and adopted, this measure will be deleted in FY2010." "Collection Method: Documentation is housed at the Planning Department offices at 1650 Mission Street, 4th Floor.  Data is collected from the project management tracking system used by the planners involved in this project.  Performance is measured on a 1-5 scale with 5 as excellent and 1 as poor.  Performance will be deemed to be excellent (score of 5) if the work specified to be completed at each milestone is completed no more than four weeks beyond the initially identified milestone date.  Two week increments will be applied to each score, with a score of 1 meaning that a milestone was not met within 20 weeks of its due date. Timing:  Data is continuously available through internal review of project status compared to project milestones." 2 4 4 4 3 3 Above target is positive CITY PLANNING LONG RANGE PLANNING "Progress of Better Neighborhoods, Eastern Neighborhoods and other planning efforts" Degree to which Market & Octavia Neighborhood Plan project milestones are met within four weeks of deadline (increasing scale of 1-5) "Major milestones in FY2007 are as follows: 1) Plan adoption package prepared and distributed in October 2006; and 2) Plan adoption hearing at the Planning Commission expected in December 2006, simultaneous with EIR(Environmental Impact Report)  certification hearing. *Please note that the overall schedule of the Market & Octavia Neighborhood Plan is inextricably linked to its related EIR. Therefore project work and important milestones may change relative to the schedule of the EIR.  Since this measure has been completed, this measure will be deleted in FY2010." "Collection Method: Documentation is housed at the Planning Department offices at 1650 Mission Street, 4th Floor.  Data is collected from the project management tracking system used by the planners involved in this project.  Performance is measured on a 1-5 scale with 5 as excellent and 1 as poor.  Performance will be deemed to be excellent (score of 5) if the work specified to be completed at each milestone is completed no more than four weeks beyond the initially identified milestone date.  Four week increments will be applied to each score, with a score of 1 meaning that a milestone was not met within 20 weeks of its due date. Timing:  Data is continuously available through internal review of project status compared to project milestones." 2 5 5 4 4 4 Above target is positive CITY PLANNING LONG RANGE PLANNING "Progress of Better Neighborhoods, Eastern Neighborhoods and other planning efforts" Degree to which project milestones are met across Japantown planning efforts within four weeks of deadline (increasing scale of 1-5) "This is a new measure in FY2008.  Major milestones in FY2008 are as follows: 1) Development of Recommendations by December or January 2008, 2) refinement of draft plan, andl public hearings (includes Landmarks Board, Planning Commission, Board of Supervisors) by April 2008, 3) final plan revisions in May 2008, 4) plan endorsement, and proceed with EIR(Environmental Impact Report) by June 2008." "Collection Method: Documentation is housed at the Planning Department offices at 1650 Mission Street, 4th Floor.  Data is collected from the project management tracking system used by the planners involved in this project.  Performance is measured on a 1-5 scale with 5 as excellent and 1 as poor.  Performance will be deemed to be excellent (score of 5) if the work specified to be completed at each milestone is completed no more than four weeks beyond the initially identified milestone date. Timing:  Data is continuously available through internal review of project status compared to project milestones." 2 4 4 4 Above target is positive CITY PLANNING LONG RANGE PLANNING "Progress of Better Neighborhoods, Eastern Neighborhoods and other planning efforts" Degree to which Transbay District Center Plan are met within four weeks of deadline (increasing scale of 1-5) "This is a new measure in FY2007.  This measure will include several studies on design potential around the new Transbay Transit Center, including a technical analysis of heights and development potential on and adjacent to the proposed Transit Center.  Major milestones in FY2007: 1) Project startup beginning in January 2007; and 2) Background Report complete in April/May 2007.  FY2008 milestones include: 1) Technical Analysis Draft submitted by August/September 2007; and 2) Draft plan completed by December 2007.  FY2009 milestones include: Market and growth allocations will be completed, historic resource inventories completed, 2030 growth allocations and transportation modelling completed, 3-D modelling completed, draft plan avaliable for public review, and environmental analysis will underway. FY2010 milestones include: 1) Issue Draft Plan by October 1, 2009; 2) Complete environmental technical studies by March 1, 2010; and 3) Issue Draft EIR by June 1, 2010." "Collection Method: Documentation is housed at the Planning Department offices at 1650 Mission Street, 4th Floor.  Data is collected from the project management tracking system used by the planners involved in this project.  Performance is measured on a 1-5 scale with 5 as excellent and 1 as poor.  Performance will be deemed to be excellent (score of 5) if the work specified to be completed at each milestone is completed no more than four weeks beyond the initially identified milestone date. Timing:  Data is continuously available through internal review of project status compared to project milestones." 4 3 3 4 4 3 Above target is positive CIVIL SERVICE COMMISSION CIVIL SERVICE COMMISSION Support Commission in resolving civil service issues Percentage of appeals and requests for hearings processed within seven days "A City employee may request an appeal or a hearing before the Civil Service Commission on an action or decision of the Human Resources Director, the Director of Transportation for Service Critical classes in the MTA or the CSC Executive Officer.  These may be decisions on examination matters, employee compensation (very limited), personal services contracts, and other matters such as discrimination complaints and restrictions on future employment placed by departments." Collection Method: Appeal Response Time Table:  Date Department Received  Appeal (in CSC Register of Appeals and Other Communications) compared to Date Transmitted (Date on Letter Transmitting Appeal) to DHR/departments.  Data located with Appeals Coordinator. Timing:  Current practice is data is summarized at 6 and 12 month periods; but data on appeals is available at any time. 1 0.99 0.98 0.85 0.9 0.95 % Above target is positive CIVIL SERVICE COMMISSION CIVIL SERVICE COMMISSION Support Commission in resolving civil service issues Percentage of appeals resolved and forwarded to the Commission in the fiscal year "Percentage of appeals that have been investigated, staff reports completed, placed on calendar for Commission hearing and those that have been resolved. Resolved appeals include those determined untimely, not appealable, administratively resolved, as well as calendared for hearing for Commission decision. The Department makes sure that all administrative procedures have been afforded the appellant and appellants have exhausted grievance and/or other remedies before hearings are scheduled or heard by the Commission." Collection Method: Number of appeals received and resolved during the period divided by the total number received during the period. Overall percentage report: Appeals received in month and cumulative compared with appeals resolved/calendared for hearing in month and cumulative; Active appeals from previous fiscal year is carried over to current fiscal year; Documentation located with Appeals Coordinator. Timing:  Current practice is data is summarized at 6 and 12 month periods; but data on status of appeals is available at any time. 0.5724 0.63 0.53 0.6 0.6 0.6 % Above target is positive CIVIL SERVICE COMMISSION CIVIL SERVICE COMMISSION Support Commission in resolving civil service issues The number of merit system audits conducted and completed in the fiscal year. "Review of a department?s application of a specific merit system Rule, policy and/or procedure." "The Civil Service Commission Audit Program is a tool utilized by the Commission to train departments on merit system policies and procedures.  Audits of personnel and human resources records are conducted to determine compliance with the Charter, Civil Service Commission Rules, policies, and procedures; i.e. Employee Personnel Guidelines, Probationary Period, Certification of Eligibles, etc. Data collection method :  Departmental personnel is notified of the audit, keeps records of its review and summarizes its findings.  Departments are notified during the audit and after the audit of recommendations. Data frequency and reporting date :  Data is maintained during and after performance of the audit and reporting occurs at 6 and 12 month periods." 5 5 5 5 Above target is positive CIVIL SERVICE COMMISSION CIVIL SERVICE COMMISSION Support Commission in resolving civil service issues The percentage of completed responses to Inspection Service requests within 60 days "These are requests to review and respond to issues raised on the operation of the merit system.  Commission staff investigates and inquires whether departments applied relevant merit system Rules, policies and procedures in human resources/personnel transactions. " "Data collection method: Inspection Service requests are logged-in when received, assigned to staff and determined completed when response is sent to the requestor.   Data frequency and reporting date: Data is gathered as received, deadlines are monitored and reporting occurs at 6 and 12 month periods." 0.79 0.7 0.7 0.7 % Above target is positive CIVIL SERVICE COMMISSION DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom performance appraisals were scheduled "Measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal is to be conducted.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months. Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." Performance appraisals are conducted on a calendar year basis. 6 5 6 6 5 6 Above target is positive CIVIL SERVICE COMMISSION DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom scheduled performance appraisals were completed "Measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of applicable employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal was conducted amd completed during the fiscal year.  ""Completed"" means an appraisal form has been filled out and is in the employee's personnel file.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months.   Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." Collection based on data and quarterly progress reports.   5 5 6 6 6 6 Above target is positive CONTROLLER ACCOUNTING OPERATIONS AND SYSTEMS Ensure that the City follows appropriate accounting procedures Number of audit findings with questioned costs in annual Single Audit of federal grants "Revised Measure:  Starting this year, only findings with questioned costs will be reported.  Previous years' data has been revised.  This measure accounts for findings with questioned costs reported by external auditors in the Single Audit consisting of compliance and internal control audit as well as financial audit of federal grants awarded to the City.  Single audits are completed well after year-end, so actual number of findings is not known for prior year until February or March of 2010." "Collection Method: AOSD grants unit. Timing:  FY 2006-2007 Audit will be completed by 2/28/08, findings will be available then. Preliminary potential issues are estimated to be 8." 1 1 5 10 8 8 Below target is positive CONTROLLER ACCOUNTING OPERATIONS AND SYSTEMS Ensure that the City follows appropriate accounting procedures Number of findings of material weakness in annual City audit Material weaknesses in the City's financial practices as determined by the City's external auditors. "Collection Method: Management letter from external auditors.  Letters are kept by CAFR team in  Controller's Systems and Reporting offices. Timing:  The data is available annually, after the annual audit is complete." 0 0 0 0 0 0 Below target is positive CONTROLLER ACCOUNTING OPERATIONS AND SYSTEMS Ensure that the City follows appropriate accounting procedures Percentage of departmental financial transactions with errors found during post-audit "Number of exceptions found on post-audit divided by number of transactions.  A transaction could have more than one exception, but this adjusts the data for changes in size of audit from year to year. Nongrant funds/transactions." Collection Method: Division of previous two measures.   CON PM:  EXPLAIN CALCULATION METHOD MORE  (e.g. one or more exceptions per transaction always = 1 exception?  How is the result adjusted to consider the change in the size of the audit year to year?).  Source:  Frances Lee (554-7513)  0.16 0.16 0.19 0.17 0.17 0.16 % Below target is positive CONTROLLER ACCOUNTING OPERATIONS AND SYSTEMS Manage the Citywide family of financial professionals Percentage of 16 major departments that have been trained this year on cost recovery policies and procedures and related topics. "New measure developed in FY07 by Controller's Office as a result of ongoing evaluation and discussion relating to goal setting and tracking for the Office.  As part of the city-wide effort, the Office is proactive in planning and preparing for emergencies.  Activities include establishing emergency policies and procedures, both city-wide and internal, as well as in testing and activating various components." "Collection Method: Controller's Adminisatration Division Timing:  Timing of trainings can vary from year-to-year.  Accordingly, reporting on this measure will occur at the end of each fiscal year." 1 0 1 0.75 1 1 % Above target is positive CONTROLLER ACCOUNTING OPERATIONS AND SYSTEMS "Provide accurate, timely financial reporting" City receives certificate of achievement for excellence in financial reporting from Government Finance Officers Association (1 equals yes) "Certificate of Achievement for Excellence in Financial Reporting, awarded by the Government Finance Officers Association of the United States and Canada.  Reflects an easily readable and efficiently organized Comprehensive Annual Financial Report (CAFR). ""1"" equals yes, ""0"" equals no." "Collection Method: Awarded in the following summer, usually July or August, for the fiscal year ending June 30. Controller's Office.  An award letter is received from GFOA. " 1 1 1 1 1 1 On target is positive CONTROLLER ACCOUNTING OPERATIONS AND SYSTEMS "Provide accurate, timely financial reporting" Number of days from previous fiscal year end to complete the City's comprehensive financial report The number of days to complete the Comprehensive Annual Financial Report (CAFR) is the date when the auditors complete their fieldwork subtracted from June 30th. Collection Method: Date used by the external auditors on their opinion letters for the City annual audit. Timing:  Data is not yet availlable. 173 174 215 150 150 150 Below target is positive CONTROLLER ACCOUNTING OPERATIONS AND SYSTEMS "Provide effective systems for Citywide payroll, budgeting, accounting and purchasing functions" Percentage of scheduled time that systems are available for departmental use "REVISED TO INCLUDE ALL SYSTEMS IN FULL PRODUCTION, NOT JUST FAMIS The system should be available every day from 7 AM to 6 PM daily except for scheduled maintenance.  There should be no more than 3 hours of unscheduled down time per month." Collection Method: We track system availabiity on a spreadsheet by tracking the date and time of system problems and send notices to users by email.  Data is kept in: N:Finance\\AOSD Systems Performance Measures\\Unscheduled Systems Downtime.. Timing:  Data is updated whenever a system is unavailable. 0.66 0.75 0.33 0.95 0.95 0.92 % Above target is positive CONTROLLER CITY SERVICES AUDITOR "Audit departments, contractors, and concessions timely to minimize risk to the City" Count of code required audits completed "Measure definition: The measure will be a simple count of audits that have a positive net savings or revenue outcome to the city. AN increasing count over time can help us measure various factors; 1) Success in efficiently auditing more of the city's contracts and agreements; 2) Good audit work in identifying funds that are due to the city, and/or 3) Effective risk analysis in identifying those auditees that are not performing and/or not remitting funds due to the city." "Collection Method and frequency: Audits will be counted as they are completed. We will also be tracking the total number of audits performed, of course, so a percentage calculation can also be done. The count will capture all audits done during that period (six months, fiscal year total, etc.)" 58 22 27 30 30 Above target is positive CONTROLLER CITY SERVICES AUDITOR "Audit departments, contractors, and concessions timely to minimize risk to the City" Number of issued audits with identified savings or revenue enhancements "Measure definition: The measure will be a simple count of audits that have a positive net savings or revenue outcome to the city. AN increasing count over time can help us measure various factors; 1) Success in efficiently auditing more of the city's contracts and agreements; 2) Good audit work in identifying funds that are due to the city, and/or 3) Effective risk analysis in identifying those auditees that are not performing and/or not remitting funds due to the city." "Collection Method and frequency: Audits will be counted as they are completed. We will also be tracking the total number of audits performed, of course, so a percentage calculation can also be done. The count will capture all audits done during that period (six months, fiscal year total, etc.)" 14 Above target is positive CONTROLLER CITY SERVICES AUDITOR Conduct audits and projects efficiently Percentage of audits and projects completed within time budgeted "Each audit and project estimates a total number of hours required to perform the work and issue a report. This measure will take the estimated number of hours established at the close of the audit survey or project design phase, over the actual number of hours. ""Completed within time budgeted"" will mean within 10% of the estimated hours (may change as we gain experience with this measure)." Collection Method: Audit survey and project plan documents for budget estimates.  CSA time tracking database for actual hours. Timing:  Running availability--will be updated as audits and projects complete and are issued. 0.6 0.5 0.55 0.8 0.6 0.75 % Above target is positive CONTROLLER CITY SERVICES AUDITOR Provide effective consulting and technical assistance to City departments to improve their operations Percentage of client and auditee ratings that are good or excellent "Measure definition: A new audit evaluation sheet will be created which asks auditees about the quality of analysis and professionalism of the audit staff - whether the audit was conducted well, communication was appropriate, etc. regardless of agreement or disagreement on the findings. Ratings from these surveys will be combined with the existing project evaluations used in city performance projects for an aggregate rating. This new form was not created. However; it is being developed and will be used for projects starting in October 2009. " "Collection Method and frequency: Evaluations will be done as part of the closeout process for each project and audit. Rating calculation will capture all evaluations done during that period (six months, fiscal year total, etc.)" 0.95 0.91 0.95 0.9 0.95 0.95 % Above target is positive CONTROLLER DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom performance appraisals were scheduled "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal is to be conducted.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review shold be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months. Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." "Collection Method: CON HR Office files. Timing:  Employees scheduled for performance appraisals varies throughout the fiscal year as employees enter or leave the department or promote within.  Accordingly, data will be collected at the end of each fiscal year." 153 143 150 153 170 170 Above target is positive CONTROLLER DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom scheduled performance appraisals were completed "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of applicable employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal was conducted amd completed during the fiscal year.  ""Completed"" means an appraisal form has been filled out and is in the employee's personnel file.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months.   Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." "Collection Method: CON HR Office files. Timing:  Employees scheduled for performance appraisals varies throughout the fiscal year as employees enter or leave the department or promote within.  Accordingly, data will only be collected at the end of each fiscal year." 153 143 150 153 170 170 Above target is positive CONTROLLER DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER Recognize and reward employee contributions and ensure employee satisfaction "Percentage of employees who agree with the statement:  Overall, I'm satisfied with the Controller's Office as a place to work and grow." New measure developed in FY07 by Controller's Office as a result of ongoing evaluation and discussion relating to goal setting and tracking for the Office. The Office has set goals for training.  A component of this measure is to identify areas in the workplace enviornment that can be improved and barriers to growth so that corrective actions can be taken. Collection Method: CON Annual Climate Survey. Timing:  After issuance of Annual Climate Survey. 0.83 0.92 0.91 0.9 0.9 0.9 % Above target is positive CONTROLLER ECONOMIC ANALYSIS Provide timely economic and operational analyses to inform legislation and management decisions Percentage of OEA economic impact reports completed by the hearing date "This measure represents the ratio of the total economic costs of legislation, estimated in OEA reports, to the annual budget of the office." Technical Description: OEA reports generally use the REMI model to estimate the net economic impact of legislation on the City's Gross City Product. Tracking the total potentail costs to GCP from legislation over the year encourages the OEA to focus on items with the greatest economic impact. Comparing it to the City's annual investment in the OEA provides a type of return-on-investment measure. 0.91 1 % Above target is positive CONTROLLER ECONOMIC ANALYSIS Provide timely economic and operational analyses to inform legislation and management decisions Total economic impact of reviewed legislation This measure represents the total impact of all reviewed legislation in a given year on economic output within San Francisco. OEA reports use the REMI model to develop quantitative estimates of the impact of legislation on economic indicators such as aggregate output. Tracking the total impact of reviewed legislation over the year focuses the OEA on otems with the greatest economic impact. Data collection for this measure will be based on the REMI model. The averga e annual impact on spending over a 20-year horizon is the specific indicator to be used. Timing: Data is available on the data of release of the report. 17400000000 500000000 $ Above target is positive CONTROLLER "MANAGEMENT, BUDGET AND ANALYSIS" "Provide accurate, timely information to support fiscal planning" Percentage by which actual revenues vary from budget estimates "This is the difference between budgeted and actual General Fund revenues plus transfers in.  The budget figures are the Revised Budget as stated in the annual Six-Month Budget Status Report.  The actual revenues are as stated in the CAFR.  The target is a maximum percentage; i.e., the objective is to project revenues as close to actual as possible." "Collection Method: Difference between total General Fund revenues and transfers in per the CAFR and 6-Month Report projection, electronic copy of caluclation saved located in: N:\\Budget\\Policies_Procedures\\Performance Measures - PM #1 and 2. A hard copy of documentation is kept in Controller's Office, Room 308 of City Hall. Timing:  Data is from the CAFR which is typicically available in late November or early December of each year for the preceding fiscal year.  Budgetary comparisons are updated when the CAFR is completed and published." 0.0486 -0.0005 0.04 0.04 0.04 % Below target is positive CONTROLLER "MANAGEMENT, BUDGET AND ANALYSIS" "Provide accurate, timely information to support fiscal planning" Percentage by which actual revenues vary from mid-year estimates "This is the difference between projected and actual General Fund revenues plus transfers in.  The projections are from the annual Six-Month Budget Status Report.  The actual revenues are as stated in the CAFR.  The target is a maximum percentage; i.e., the objective is to project revenues as close to actual as possible." Collection Method: Difference between CAFR actuals and the 6-Month Report projection. An electronic copy of the spreadsheet is located in: N:\\Budget\\Policies_Procedures\\Performance Measures - PM #1 and 2.  A hard copy is located in City Hall Room 308. Timing:  Late November/early December each year.  Budgetary comparisons are updated when the CAFR is completed and published. 0.0317 -0.0083 0.02 0.02 0.02 % Below target is positive CONTROLLER PAYROLL & PERSONNEL SERVICES "Provide accurate, timely financial transactions" Percentage of payroll transactions not requiring correction "Corrections to payroll transactions include cancellations, reissues, and recovery of overpayments (PPSD).  Approximately 31,000 employees receive pay deposits/checks each pay period.  Retroactive payments such as those generated by a labor decision may result in additional paychecks." "Collection Method: Problems/corrections are counted manually and entered in an excel spreadsheet entitled ""Payroll Summary Report:  Problems vs. Checks Issued.""  Maintained at PPSD office, 875 Stevenson Street, 2nd Floor. Timing:  Every pay period." 0.992 0.99 0.995 0.99 0.99 0.99 % Above target is positive CONTROLLER PUBLIC FINANCE Reduce the City's debt service costs through bond refinancings Number of bond refinancings Number of refunding bond programs implemented Collection Method: Data provided by Office of Public Finance staff Timing:  Upon request to Finance staff 4 2 2 2 On target is positive CONTROLLER PUBLIC FINANCE Reduce the City's debt service costs through bond refinancings Present value savings from bond refinancings Long term savings from bond refinancing expressed in present value. Collection Method: Data provided by Office of Public Finance staff. Timing:  Upon request to Finance staff. 10100000 8000000 10000000 5000000 $ Above target is positive CONTROLLER PUBLIC FINANCE Reduce the City's debt service costs through bond refinancings Ratings of the City's General Obligation Bonds - Average of Three Rating Agencies (1 equals top half of investment ratings) " This is a measure of the quality and safety of a bond, based on the issuer's financial condition. More specifically, an evaluation from a rating service indicates the likelihood that a debt issuer will be able to meet scheduled interest and principal repayments. Typically, AAA+ or Aaa1 is highest (best), and D is lowest (worst).  Target is to be in the top half of investment grade ratings.  1 = Target Met; 0 = Less than Top Half of Investment Grade.  In Nov 2006, was proposed to move this measure to a Citywide measure, housed in the Controller's." "Collection Method: Ratings are from Fitch, S&P and Moody's.   The Office of Public Finance also monitors the city's G.O. bond ratings and collects the documentation explaining those ratings (Nadia Sesay, 554-5956). Timing:  Rating agencies renew the City's GO bond rating at least as often as the City sells GO bonds." 1 1 1 1 1 1 On target is positive DISTRICT ATTORNEY DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom performance appraisals were scheduled "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal is to be conducted.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review shold be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months. Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." "Collection Method: New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal is to be conducted.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months. Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion. Timing:  Data is available on an ongoing basis from managers of divisions responsible for the performance reviews." 138 86 103 258 150 150 Above target is positive DISTRICT ATTORNEY DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom scheduled performance appraisals were completed "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of applicable employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal was conducted amd completed during the fiscal year.  ""Completed"" means an appraisal form has been filled out and is in the employee's personnel file.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months.   Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." Collection Method: Performance appraisals will be tracked by the Department's Personnel Officer. Timing:  Data is available on an ongoing basis from managers of divisions responsible for the performance reviews. 138 72 103 258 150 150 Above target is positive DISTRICT ATTORNEY FAMILY VIOLENCE PROGRAM Assist victims to recover in the aftermath of crime Number of victims provided with crisis intervention services In-person or telephone contact with a client who has been negatively affected or is in crisis as a result of a crime. Collection Method: Database maintained by program staff in Victim Witness office. Victim Witness uses case management system to create this report. Timing:  Data is available from the database on an ongoing basis.  A report is created from the database for this report. 2963 3217 3118 2400 2400 2900 Above target is positive DISTRICT ATTORNEY FAMILY VIOLENCE PROGRAM Assist victims to recover in the aftermath of crime Number of victims receiving an orientation to the criminal justice system "In-person or telephone information on the location, procedures and functioning of the local criminal justice system." Collection Method: Database maintained by program staff in Victim Witness office. Database maintained by program staff in Victim Witness office. Victim Witness uses case management system to create this report. Timing:  Data is available from the database on an ongoing basis.  A report is created from the database for this report. 3837 3086 3269 2800 3200 2800 Above target is positive DISTRICT ATTORNEY FELONY PROSECUTION Effectively prosecute homicide cases Average number of cases handled per attorney in the homicide unit Based on the actual number of cases handled by each attorney in the unit during the reporting period. "Collection Method: Maintained by the Homicide Unit managing attorney through a hand count.. In the future, this measure will be tracked by the case management system. Timing:  Homicide Team Leader compiles data on a monthly basis." 11 9 10 8 9 8 Below target is positive DISTRICT ATTORNEY FELONY PROSECUTION Effectively prosecute homicide cases Number of homicide arrests Number of homicide arrests presented to the DA's office for charging in homicides reported during the fiscal year by the San Francisco Police Department "Collection Method: Tracked by Managing Attorney of Homicide Unit. In the future, data will be maintained by CMS. Timing:  Information is recorded bimonthly and is available on an ongoing basis.  We ask for it for the time period requested by this report." 22 25 41 36 36 Above target is positive DISTRICT ATTORNEY FELONY PROSECUTION Effectively prosecute homicide cases Number of homicide cases filed The number of homicides charged of the number of homicide arrests in homicides reported during the fiscal year.  Reflects number of provable cases presented. All provable cases are charged. "Collection Method: Tracked by Managing Attorney of Homicide unit.  In future, data will be maintained by CMS. Timing:  Information is recorded bimonthly and is available on an ongoing basis.  We ask for it for the time period requested by this report." 19 21 40 23 23 Above target is positive DISTRICT ATTORNEY FELONY PROSECUTION Effectively prosecute homicide cases Number of homicides reported Number of homicides reported to the San Francisco Police Department. Collection Method: Tracked by the Police Department Homicide Detail. Timing:  Information is available weekly and on an ongoing basis.  We ask for it for the time period requested by this report. 93 99 70 70 70 Below target is positive DISTRICT ATTORNEY FELONY PROSECUTION Hold felony offenders accountable for their crimes Average number of adult felony cases handled per felony trial attorney This measure reflects during the time period the average number of active cases assigned to felony trial attorneys for prosecution to measure workload during the period. "Collection Method: Owens Information Systems [OIS] creates reports from data in the Court Management System [CMS].  CMS is a database created through daily input by law enforcement agencies and the courts. Court Management System [CMS] Average determined by total cases charged divided by number of  felony attorneys in our office Timing:  Data is available through requests to OIS.  Data is input daily by individuals in the Sheriff, Police, Adult Probation, District Attorney and the Courts." 123 114 118 115 115 132 On target is positive DISTRICT ATTORNEY FELONY PROSECUTION Hold felony offenders accountable for their crimes Number of adult felony arrests charged or handled by probation revocation "Number of adult felony arrests charged or handled by Motion to Revoke Probation or Parole Revocation. Felony arrests reviewed can be discharged, charged as felonies, charged as misdemeanors, sent to probation, parole or another agency. This measure tracks the number charged as felonies or handled by probation or parole revocation." "Collection Method: Owens Information Systems [OIS] creates reports from data in the Court Management System [CMS].  CMS is a database created through daily input by law enforcement agencies and the courts. We asked for cases booked as felony charge.CMS-Cases Accepted [Combines cases charged for crime, or case was sent to Probation or Parole.  Statistic combines disposition codes for these events]. Timing:  Data is available through requests to OIS.  Data is input daily by individuals in the Sheriff, Police, Adult Probation, District Attorney and the Courts." 8827 8864 8928 8400 8885 8800 Above target is positive DISTRICT ATTORNEY FELONY PROSECUTION Hold felony offenders accountable for their crimes Number of adult felony arrests reviewed Police Department and other law enforcement agencies present felony arrests to the office to be reviewed for charging. This measures the number of arrests booked as a felony charge that were reviewed by our office. "Collection Method: Owens Information Systems [OIS] creates reports from data in the Court Management System [CMS].  CMS is a database created through daily input by law enforcement agencies and the courts. We asked for cases booked as felony charge. Timing:  Data is available through requests to OIS.  Data is input daily by individuals in the Sheriff, Police, Adult Probation, District Attorney and the Courts." 15117 15903 16441 16000 15332 15500 Above target is positive DISTRICT ATTORNEY FELONY PROSECUTION Maintain and increase specialized skills of investigators and prosecutors through training programs Number of enhanced trainings provided for attorneys and investigators The number of training sessions offered by the District Attorney's Office. "Collection Method: Librarian tracks and maintains a database of all MCLE (Mandatory Librarian tracks number of trainings held by the office. DAI Training Officer tracks all trainings for investigators. Both statistics compiled by hand count, entered into a database. Timing:  Information is provided to Librarian on a monthly basis." 79 98 96 50 50 60 Above target is positive ELECTIONS DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom performance appraisals were scheduled "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal is to be conducted.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review shold be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months. Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." "Collection Method: The Department's Director, as well as each manager responsible for conducting evaluations for their employees, will maintain all documentation of performance appraisals in paper form.  Paper documentation will be found in the Director's and manager's confidential files. Timing:  semi-annually" 17 0 2 17 18 33 Above target is positive ELECTIONS DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom scheduled performance appraisals were completed "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of applicable employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal was conducted and completed during the fiscal year.  ""Completed"" means an appraisal form has been filled out and is in the employee's personnel file.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months.   Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." "Collection Method: This is the number of employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal is to be conducted.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months.  Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion.  Timing: Performance evaluations are done on an annual fiscal year basis.  The performance evaluations are conducted in accordance with the guidelines of DHR's performance plan and appraisal report." 15 0 2 17 18 33 Above target is positive ELECTIONS ELECTIONS Develop a program to analyze and improve the customer service that the Department provides. Average rating for the level of customer service provided at the Department's workshops. "The Department will develop a survey that allows customers to provide useful feedback about level and services provided through specific educational workshops.  Before each election, the Department holds workshops attended by potential candidates and/or ballot measure committees, such as, Signature-In-Lieu workshops, Nominations workshops, and Ballot Argument workshops. The Department will develop a survey that will be provided to each workshop attendee directly after the workshop has ended.  Customer service topics will include knowledge, organization, professionalism, accuracy, efficiency, and helpfulness.  The rating for each question  will range from a low score of 1 - or a deficiency in services to a high score of 5 - or an excellent level of services provided.  The Department will also track the number of customers attending the workshops to ascertain the actual number of customers who attended as well as the number of surveys completed." Collection Method: Department staff will collect completed surveys from customers and collect and enter the data into spreadsheets.  Spreadsheets will be located on the Department's server. Timing:  Data will be available semi-annually.  The dates the data will become available will be December 15th and June 15th of each year. Above target is positive ELECTIONS ELECTIONS Develop a program to analyze and improve the customer service that the Department provides. Average rating for the level of customer service provided. "The Department will  develop an online survey that allows customers to provide feedback about level and adequacy of customer service provided at the Dept or via the Dept's e-mail, SFVote.  Front counter customers may include voters, candidates/campaigns, poll workers, media, etc. Survey will be available on the Department's website and can also be provided to each customer directly after they have received services at the front counter.  Customer service may include wait time, efficiency, accuracy of information provided, knowledge and professionalism of staff, organization of lobby, and overall level of need met. The rating for each question  will range from a low score of 1 - or a deficiency in services to a high score of 5 - or an excellent level of services provided.  The Department will also continue to track the number of customers visting the office each day to ascertain the actual number of customers who were provided services as well as the number of surveys completed." Collection Method: Department staff will collect completed surveys from customers and collect and enter the data into spreadsheets.  Spreadsheets will be located on the Department's server. Timing:  Data will be available semi-annually.  15 Above target is positive ELECTIONS ELECTIONS Encourage San Franciscans to participate in civic functions Annual average number of registered voters "Number of San Francisco residents age 18 and older, who are registered to vote." Collection Method: Based on Data Information Management Systems (DIMS) - Voter Roll Software Timing:  Post election reports and semi-annual data extraction. Historical Voter Turnout 404774 427591 465428 439552 412000 424929 Above target is positive ELECTIONS ELECTIONS Encourage San Franciscans to participate in civic functions Annual average number of turnout voters Average number of registered voters that cast a vote in an election. This includes votes cast in the polling place and absentee. Collection Method: Statistics from the department's website from previous elections. Timing:  Post election reports and semi-annual data extraction. 253719 152864 130644 240476 241012 201800 Above target is positive ELECTIONS ELECTIONS Encourage San Franciscans to participate in civic functions Annual average number of vote-by-mail voters The average number of voters who vote by vote-by-mail ballot. Collection Method: Based on Data Information Management Systems (DIMS) - Voter Roll Software. Timing:  Post election reports and semi-annual data extraction. 108348 89594 83724 90343 89000 83892 Above target is positive ELECTIONS ELECTIONS Encourage San Franciscans to participate in civic functions Average percentage of turnout for elections "Average percentage of voters that voted in elections, calculated by dividing the average number of voter turnout by the average number of registered voters." Collection Method: Statistics from the department's website from previous elections. Timing:  Post election reports and semi-annual data extraction. 0.6066 0.4 0.2807 0.55 0.4675 0.3792 % Above target is positive ELECTIONS ELECTIONS Encourage San Franciscans to participate in civic functions Average percentage of vote-by-mail voters The average percentage of voters who vote by vote-by-mail ballot. Collection Method: Statistics from the department's website from previous elections. Timing:  Post election reports and semi-annual data extraction. 0.427 0.55 0.6409 0.48 0.45 0.3 % Above target is positive ELECTIONS ELECTIONS Improve the mailing process for the permanent vote-by-mail ballot program and reduce the occurrences of second ballot requests. Actual number of returned undelivered permanent vote-by-mail ballots "Permanent vote-by-mail ballot program participants make up over 85% of vote-by-mail voters. This total number permanent vote-by-mail voters changes depending on notification of out of county move or the department statutory time frame to perform purges of voter's failer to vote in two consecutive statewide general elections.  The department automatically mail ballots to these participants but recieves a number of these ballots undeliverable. To reduce the number of returned vote-by-mail ballots, postage and cost incurred from the preparation of second ballot issues, an address confirmation mailer will be mailed to these participants which includes overseas and military voters.  This mailer will give the participants an opportunity to update their residential address prior to the mailng of the permanent vote-by-mail ballots.  The department will be able to reduce the number of ""returned undeliverable permanent vote-by-mail ballots"" the department receives from the postal service." Collection Method: The Department's voter registration database DIMS (Data Information Management System Inc.)  DIMS is the operating system which is a internal server that is maintained in order to process confidential voter information to conduct elections as required by the California Election Code. Timing:  Reports will be issued forty (40) days after an election 7888 7421 6112 7494 5888 5164 Above target is positive ELECTIONS ELECTIONS Improve the mailing process for the permanent vote-by-mail ballot program and reduce the occurrences of second ballot requests. Actual number of second permanent vote-by-mail ballot requests. "Permanent vote-by-mail ballot program participants make up over 85% of vote-by-mail  voters. This total number permanent vote-by-mail  voters changes depending on notification of out of county move or the department statutory time frame to perform purges of voter's failure to vote in two consecutive statewide general elections.  The department automatically mail ballots to these participants but receives a number of these ballots undeliverable. To reduce the number of returned vote-by-mail ballots, postage and cost incurred from the preparation of second ballot issues, an address confirmation mailer will be mailed to these participants which includes overseas and military voters.  This mailer will give the participants an opportunity to update their mailing address prior to the mailing of the permanent vote-by-mail ballots.  The department expects to be able to reduce the number of ""Second Ballot Requests"" from voters." Collection Method: The Department's voter registration database DIMS (Data Information Management System Inc.)  DIMS is the operating system which is a internal server that is maintained in order to process confidential voter information to conduct elections as required by the California Election Code.  1098 1309 998 1044 900 900 Above target is positive ELECTIONS ELECTIONS Improve the mailing process for the permanent vote-by-mail ballot program and reduce the occurrences of second ballot requests. Actual percentage of returned undelivered permanent vote-by-mail ballots "Permanent vote-by-mail ballot program participants make up over 85% of vote-by-mail voters. This total number permanent vote-by-mail voters changes depending on notification of out of county move or the department statutory time frame to perform purges of voter's failure to vote in two consecutive statewide general elections.  The department automatically mail ballots to these participants but receives a number of these ballots undeliverable. To reduce the number of returned vote-by-mail ballots, postage and cost incurred from the preparation of second ballot issues, an address confirmation mailer will be mailed to these participants which includes overseas and military voters.  This mailer will give the participants an opportunity to update their mailing address prior to the mailng of the permanent vote-by-mail ballots.  The department will able to reduce the number of ""returned undeliverable permanent vote-by-mail ballots"" the department receives from the postal service." Collection Method: The Department's voter registration database DIMS (Data Information Management System Inc.)  DIMS is the operating system which is a internal server that is maintained in order to process confidential voter information to conduct elections as required by the California Election Code.  0.023 0.035 0.003 0.028 0.02 0.0104 % Above target is positive ELECTIONS ELECTIONS Improving accessibility to polling places in San Francisco's geographically challenging environment. Annual average number of physically accessible entryways and voting areas of polling places. "Although federal and State law requires that all polling places be accessible, given San Francisco's unique topography, it is unlikely that the Department will achieve this goal. The Department has and will continue to mitigate inaccessible sites using architectural aids to bring them into compliance. Each election season, the Department sees an approximate 13% polling place cancellation rate.  The target will include the need to improve upon recurring and newly relocated sites." "Collection Method: The Department's Precinct Services / ADA coordinators go out to the facilities and survey for accessibility, while also canvassing the precincts to improve the accessibility of polling places.  Department's DIMS Database and manual tracking using the Precinct Services Access Database located on the Department's server and hard copy files. " 529 538 393 526 539 541 Above target is positive ELECTIONS ELECTIONS Improving accessibility to polling places in San Francisco's geographically challenging environment. Annual average number of polling places that  meet space requirements to accommodate additional HAVA voting equipment. "The Department's Precinct Services / ADA coordinators have determined that polling locations with a minimum space requirement of 300 square feet (15x20) will accommodate two pieces of voting equipment, tables, chairs, voting booths and the flow of voters throughout Election Day.  Some of the Department's long-time polling places no longer meet space needs and therefore must be relocated." "Collection Method: The Department's Precinct Services / ADA coordinators go out to the facilities and survey for accessibility, while also canvassing the precincts to improve the accessibility of polling places. Department's DIMS Database and manual tracking using the Precinct Services Access Database located on the Department's server and hard copy files. " 469 478 376 485 485 485 Above target is positive ELECTIONS ELECTIONS Improving accessibility to polling places in San Francisco's geographically challenging environment. Annual percentage of accessible polling place sidewalks surveyed. "The Department's Precinct Services / ADA coordinators, in an effort to improve the path of travel to polling places - will begin Phase 5 of the 100% Accessibility Project - surveying the sidewalks in front of the polling places and targeting for relocation those with a slope of 12% or greater." Collection Method: Department's DIMS Database and manual tracking using the Precinct Services Access Database located on the Department's server and hard copy files.  0 0.09 0.13 0.2 0 0.2 % Above target is positive ELECTIONS ELECTIONS To achieve greater consistency and quality in pollworker's language assistance and cultural competencies. Actual number of Bilingual Pollworkers recruited "To assure adequate placement of qualified bilingual pollworkers for each polling place the Department will research and maintain recruitment sources through partnering with community-based organizations, high schools, colleges and universities. Targets and projections will be determined by the bilingual staffing mandates of: The Voting Rights Act, Section 203, California Elections Code, Section 12303 (c) and Help America Vote Act as adjudicated by the Department of Justice. Supporting information will also be derived from analysis of the past two (2) comparable or similar elections. ""Comparable"" elections is defined as follows:  presidential primary/general to presidential primary/general, gubernatorial primary/general to gubernatorial primary/general, odd-year general municipal to odd-year general municipal." "Collection Method: Sources of information for assignment of bilingual pollworkers, extractions from the Data Information Management Systems (DIMS) pollworker file and individual reports. Timing:  Reports and queries will be extracted biweekly prior to the November election and also prior to the special election, if any." 1902 3638 2469 1902 3200 3200 Above target is positive ELECTIONS ELECTIONS To achieve greater consistency and quality in pollworker's language assistance and cultural competencies. Percentage of pollworkers who demonstrated cultural competency as compared to the number of pollworkers hired. "Currently, this measure has been gauged in a general qualitative sense. In the future, we will establish a rating system that will allow us to derive an actual percentage of pollworkers who meet baseline cultural competencies by integrating the following data sources." "Collection Method: Pollworker training assessment form, training class test, pollworker response form, FED feedback form, voter feedback form, election day log (IRIS) and Data Information Management Systems (DIMS) Timing:  Reports and queries will be extracted biweekly beginning September 4 - December 15 for the November 2007 election and from April 2nd - July 15 for the June 2008 election." 0.9 0.9 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85 % Above target is positive ELECTIONS ELECTIONS "To provide a voter education and outreach program that targets voters falling under the categories protected by the Voting Rights Act, the Help America Vote Act, and the Equal Access to Services Ordinance." Annual number of contacts made to neighborhood community organizations for program events where events were scheduled "The Department of Elections relies on outside organizations to facilitate program events that target and educate voters.  The Department has established relationships with organizations and community leaders, and each year increases the number of ogranizations contacted to schedule events.  Program events will include all categories under the current program such as educational presentations, RCV presentations, accessible voting system presentations, tabling events (fairs/festivals), media interviews, newsletters, outreach material requests for delivery, and neighborhood canvassing efforts.   ""Comparable"" elections is defined as follows:  presidential primary/general to presidential primary/general, gubernatorial primary/general to gubernatorial primary/general, odd-year general municipal to odd-year general municipal." Collection Method: The Department's outreach coordinators will keep daily logs of the number of community program events conducted by target categories of voters protected under federal/state/local laws.  Details are tracked using the Department's own access outreach database and detailed reports from the database will provide the data.  The outreach database is located on the Department's server. Timing:  Reports will be accessed and available 35 days following each election 398 452 283 450 383 210 Above target is positive ELECTIONS ELECTIONS "To provide a voter education and outreach program that targets voters falling under the categories protected by the Voting Rights Act, the Help America Vote Act, and the Equal Access to Services Ordinance." Annual number of educational materials distributed "The Department has designed a number of brochures, flyers, news articles, and public announcements in order to provide education related to many election topics.  Outreach educational materials will include items such as ""Guide to Voting in San Francisco"", ""Ranked-Choice Voting Explained"", ""Multilingual Services Request"", accessible voting device/HAVA materials, election specific flyer, newsletters, posters, and PSAs.  All program educational materials are developed and distributed in mulitple languages (English, Chinese, Spanish, and Russian) and Braille.   ""Comparable"" elections is defined as follows:  presidential primary/general to presidential primary/general, gubernatorial primary/general to gubernatorial primary/general, odd-year general municipal to odd-year general municipal." Collection Method: The Department's outreach coordinators will keep daily logs of the number of educational materisl distributed throughout the community.  Details are tracked using the Department's own access outreach database and detailed reports from the database will provide the data.  The outreach database is located on the Department's server. Timing:  Reports will be accessed and available 35 days following each election 71278 61660 55580 73000 45000 51000 Above target is positive ELECTIONS ELECTIONS "To provide a voter education and outreach program that targets voters falling under the categories protected by the Voting Rights Act, the Help America Vote Act, and the Equal Access to Services Ordinance." Annual number of educational presentation program attendees "The Department has various ways of providing election outreach and education to voters.  Types of presentations include election-specific presentations (voter registration and absentee voting rules and deadlines, becoming a pollworker, etc.), ranked-choice voting, accessible voting devices, United States Citizen Immigration Services Naturalization, media interviews, and newsletters.   ""Comparable"" elections is defined as follows:  presidential primary/general to presidential primary/general, gubernatorial primary/general to gubernatorial primary/general, odd-year general municipal to odd-year general municipal." Collection Method: The Department's outreach coordinators will keep daily logs of the number of educational presentation program attendees at each category of defined program.  Details are tracked using the Department's own access outreach database and detailed reports from the database will provide the data.  The outreach database is located on the Department's server. Timing:  Reports will be accessed and available 35 days following each election 51460 43981 32871 42000 30000 Above target is positive ELECTIONS ELECTIONS "To provide a voter education and outreach program that targets voters falling under the categories protected by the Voting Rights Act, the Help America Vote Act, and the Equal Access to Services Ordinance." Annual number of educational presentations "The Department has various ways of providing election outreach and education to voters.  Types of presentations include election-specific presentations (voter registration and absentee voting rules and deadlines, becoming a pollworker, etc.), ranked-choice voting, accessible voting devices, United States Citizen Immigration and Naturalization Services, media interviews, and newsletters.   ""Comparable"" elections is defined as follows:  presidential primary/general to presidential primary/general, gubernatorial primary/general to gubernatorial primary/general, odd-year general municipal to odd-year general municipal." Collection Method: The Department's outreach coordinators will keep daily logs of the number of educational presentations conducted by target categories of voters protected under federal/state/local laws.  Details are tracked using the Department's own access outreach database and detailed reports from the database will provide the data.  The outreach database is located on the Department's server. Timing:  Reports will be accessed and available 35 days following each election 382 313 261 410 222 181 Above target is positive ELECTIONS ELECTIONS "To provide a voter education and outreach program that targets voters falling under the categories protected by the Voting Rights Act, the Help America Vote Act, and the Equal Access to Services Ordinance." Annual number of outreach events to target communities "The Department of Elections must establish it's program and target communities based upon the requirements established in the Voting Rights Act, the Help America Vote Act, California Election law, and San Francisco's Equal Access to Services ordinance.  The Department has established relationships with organizations and community leaders that serve the target voters.  Target communities for program events will include limited English-speaking voters whose primary language is Chinese (including Mandarin and Cantonese), Spanish and Russian, African-American voters, low income voters, youth, seniors, immigrant/new citizen voters, and voters with disabilities.  ""Comparable"" elections is defined as follows:  presidential primary/general to presidential primary/general, gubernatorial primary/general to gubernatorial primary/general, odd-year general municipal to odd-year general municipal." Collection Method: The Department's outreach coordinators will keep daily logs of the number of community program events conducted by target categories of voters protected under federal/state/local laws.  Details are tracked using the Department's own access outreach database and detailed reports from the database will provide the data.  The outreach database is located on the Department's server. Timing:  Reports will be accessed and available 35 days following each election 713 693 508 864 705 325 Above target is positive EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT DEM EMERGENCY COMMUNICATIONS Minimize abandoned calls Percentage of emergency calls abandoned in the communication center "Volume of emergency calls (7 digit emergency, hotline, wireless, CHP transfers and 911 number) abandoned in communication center.   An ""abandoned"" call generally is when a caller terminates the call before the calltaker answers." "Collection Method: Monthly data is retrieved from SBC/Nortel's Meridian MAX system as well as Symposium system, which was implemented in December 2006. Timing:  Monthly" 0.02 0 0.1 0.07 % Below target is positive EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT DEM EMERGENCY COMMUNICATIONS Minimize abandoned calls Percentage of non-emergency calls abandoned in the communication center "Volume of non-emergency calls (allied agencies, TDD & police non-emergency) abandoned in the communication center.  An ""abandoned"" call generally is when a caller terminates the call before the calltaker answers." "Collection Method: Monthly data is retrieved from SBC/Nortel's Meridian MAX system as well as Symposium system, which was implemented in December 2006. Timing:  Monthly" 0.16 0 0.15 0.15 % Below target is positive EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT DEM EMERGENCY COMMUNICATIONS Respond quickly to incoming calls Average time (in minutes and seconds) from received to dispatch of Code 3 medical calls The goal for received to dispatch for code 3 medical calls is 2 minutes. Collection Method: Data is retrieved from CARS (CAD Activity Reporting System).  Data is based on information collected from 01/01/08-12/31/08. (CARS: Computer Area reporting system; NFRIS:  National Fire Reporting Information system; CAD:  Computer Aided Dispatch).  Each database provides a stream of information that provides the time intervals for emergency medical dispatching.  The time interval goval are set by the local EMSA. 2.13 1.7 2 Above target is positive EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT DEM EMERGENCY COMMUNICATIONS Respond quickly to incoming calls Percentage of emergency calls answered within ten seconds Percentage of emergency calls answered within 10 seconds. Collection Method: Monthly data is retrieved from Symposium Contact Center Manager. All data in a year combined to determine the rate. Timing:  Monthly 0.91 0.91 0.9 0.9 % Above target is positive EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT DEM EMERGENCY COMMUNICATIONS Respond quickly to incoming calls Percentage of non-emergency calls answered within 1 minute Volume of non-emergency calls (allied agencies & police non-emergency) answered in the communication center. "Collection Method: Monthly data is retrieved from Symposium Contact Center Manager, which was implemented in December 2006. Data is based on information collected from 01/01/08 thru 12/31/08." 0.92 0.85 0.8 % Above target is positive EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT DEM EMERGENCY COMMUNICATIONS Respond quickly to incoming calls Response to code 3 medical calls(in minutes & seconds)  in 90th percentile The goal for received to dispatch for code 3 medical calls is 2 minutes. "Collection Method: Data is retrieved from CARS (CAD Activity Reporting System) Data is based on information collected from 01/01/08-12/31/08. (CARS: Computer Area Reporting System; CAD:  Computer Aided Dispatch).   Reports are generated weekley, monthly, and annually." 3.13 3.01 0 2 Above target is positive EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT DEM EMERGENCY COMMUNICATIONS Respond quickly to incoming calls Total number of emergency calls answered in the communication center "Volume of emergency calls answered (7 digit emergency, hotline, wireless, CHP transfers and 911 number) received in the communication center." "Collection Method: Monthly data is retrieved from SBC/Nortel's Meridian MAX system as well as Symposium system, which was implemented in December 2006. Timing:  Monthly" 460114 236871 465000 450000 On target is positive EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT DEM EMERGENCY COMMUNICATIONS Respond quickly to incoming calls Total number of non-emergency calls answered in the communication center "Volume of non-emergency calls (allied agencies, TDD & police non-emergency) answered in the communication center." "Collection Method: Monthly data is retrieved from SBC/Nortel's Meridian MAX system as well as Symposium system, which was implemented in December 2006.  Timing:  Monthly" 440382 225070 460000 455000 0 Below target is positive EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT DEM EMERGENCY COMMUNICATIONS Staff emergency communication center with fully-trained personnel Ensure staff that require continuing professional training receive training. Ensure staff that require continuing professional training receive training - maintain mandated training certification for all staff.  all staff must have 36 hours continuing professional training biennially to maintain their dispatch certification. Collection Method: DEC's Training Unit. Timing:  Monthly 0.97 0.5 0.5 % Above target is positive EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT DEM EMERGENCY COMMUNICATIONS Staff emergency communication center with fully-trained personnel Number of 8238s successfully completing the fire medical dispatch training program Ensure successful training completion - all 8238 staff are cross trained for fire/medical dispatch while maintaining a core group in this capacity.(8238-Public Safety Communications Dispatcher). Collection Method: DEC's Training Unit. Timing:  Monthly 9 0 18 Above target is positive EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT DEM EMERGENCY COMMUNICATIONS Staff emergency communication center with fully-trained personnel Number of 8239s and 8240s successfully completing the fire medical dispatch training program Ensure successful training completion - all 8239 and 8240 staff are cross trained for fire/medical dispatch. (8239-Senior Police Communications Dispatcher; 8240-Public Safety Communications Coordinator). Collection Method: DEC's Training Unit. Timing:  Monthly 7 0 10 Above target is positive EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT DEM EMERGENCY COMMUNICATIONS Staff emergency communication center with fully-trained personnel Number of new call takers to complete training "Hiring and training fully qualified call takers. Measure relates directly with department's goal to assist the staffing level to achieve civilianization, which is the recruitment and training of civilian personnel to answer police, fire and EMS calls." Collection Method: ECD's Training Unit. Timing:  Monthly 4 3 0 0 12 0 Above target is positive EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT DEM EMERGENCY COMMUNICATIONS Staff emergency communication center with fully-trained personnel Number of new dispatchers successfully completing the training program Ensure trainees successfully complete training - Emergency Call Taking and Radio Dispatching training. Collection Method:  DEC's Training Unit. Timing:  Monthly 10 11 7 22 22 31 Above target is positive EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT DEM EMERGENCY COMMUNICATIONS Staff emergency communication center with fully-trained personnel Percentage of fully qualified staff maintaining continuing education requirements. "To maintain mandatory certification as Emergency Medical and Emergency Fire Dispatchers, operations personnel must complete 36 hours of Continuing Dispatch Education (CDE's) training in various medical and fire service categories biannually.  Additionally, the Department of Justice?s Commission on Peace Officer Standards and Training (P.O.S.T.) Regulations require operations personnel to complete 24 hours of Continuing Professional Training (CPT?s).  DEM projects to have all staff complete half of their requirements each year to keep up with requirements." Collection Method: DEM's Training Unit. Timing:  Monthly 0 0 1 0 1 0 % Above target is positive EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT DEM EMERGENCY SERVICES Coordinate interagency planning Assessment of training program quality from attendee's perspective Classes are usually evaluated by students at their conclusion. We will develop a standard evaluation tool and collect from instructors in order to demonstrate individual course and overall training program quality from the attendee's perspective. Collection Method: This measure reflects mean from aggregated course evaluations to measure overall training program quality. More detailed analysis and breakdown by course is maintained by DEM.  The assessments are based on a quantifiable scale with four (4) being the best an done (1) being the worst.  Timing: Quarterly. 4 4 4 3 Above target is positive EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT DEM EMERGENCY SERVICES Coordinate interagency planning Number of Department Emergency Operations Plans submitted Number of Departmental Emergency Operations Plans submitted for review during period. Collection Method: Total number plans submitted to DES/HS for review during period. Timing:  Quarterly 4 2 25 10 Above target is positive EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT DEM EMERGENCY SERVICES Coordinate interagency planning Number of disaster council meetings The Disaster Council meets quarterly to review progress in disaster planning for San Francisco. "Collection Method: The Disaster Council meeting is a public meeting requiring notice, agenda, and minutes. Records are maintained at DEM. Timing:  Quarterly" 4 4 3 4 4 4 Above target is positive EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT DEM EMERGENCY SERVICES Coordinate interagency planning Number of outstanding tasks of the Master Improvement Plan "Outstanding Improvement Tasks tracks, by department, number of short and long term tasks that are overdue. Reported as a total of all reporting departments." Collection Method: Data is collected from departmental reports of progress. Number of overdue tasks remaining on Master Improvement Plan. Timing:  Quarterly 0 15 0 0 Below target is positive EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT DEM EMERGENCY SERVICES Coordinate interagency planning "Number of Plan Development, Review or Revisions completed" All scheduled and unscheduled review and/or revision of plans started during period and all new development projects DES tracks plan review/revision and reports this number twice per year. 5 12 3 20 Above target is positive EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT DEM EMERGENCY SERVICES Coordinate interagency planning "Number of Plan Development, Review or Revisions Started" All scheduled and unscheduled review and/or revision of plans started during period and all new development projects DES tracks plan review/revision and reports this number twice per year. 39 18 10 10 Above target is positive EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT DEM EMERGENCY SERVICES Coordinate interagency planning Number of planning task force meetings "DES conducts meetings of emergency planners from key City departments and agencies, voluntary and community based organizations, and State and federal agencies. The groups develop annexes to the EOP, plans exercises and provides a forum for collaborative multi discipline and multi departmental planning." "DES maintains records of meeting, in some cases notes are not maintained for security reasons.  Data reflects cumulative total of several standing planning task forces and do not include any ad hoc worksgroups formed for short term projects.  The number of planning meetings are reported twice annually." 39 80 200 20 50 40 Above target is positive EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT DEM EMERGENCY SERVICES Coordinate interagency planning Number of training courses "DEM facilitates training in a variety of subjects to include the National Incident Management System, the Incident Command System, Crises Communications, and other emergency management/disaster preparedness topics." "DEM maintains rosters of trainees, data reflects total number of all training courses coordinated by DES staff.  The number of training courses is reported twice per year." 33 58 37 10 10 20 Above target is positive EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT DEM EMERGENCY SERVICES Coordinate interagency planning Percentage of Department Emergency Operations Plans reviewed Percentage of Department Plans reviewed and feedback provided to Departments. Collection Method: Percentage of plans submitted that are reviewed by DES. Timing:  Quarterly 1 1 1 1 % Above target is positive EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT DEM EMERGENCY SERVICES Coordinate interagency planning Percentage of tasks added and completed towards the Master Improvement Plan The Master Improvement Plan is a compilation of improvement initiatives received from all departments who participate in emergency preparedness exercises. The MIP is designed to provide a measure of completion for department identified improvement activities and provide a report that allows both transparency for City administration and public scrutiny while protecting sensitive information and denying those with nefarious intent access to potentially exploitable information. Collection Method: Data is collected from departmental reports. The percentage of completed tasks is based on the total of long-term and short-term tasks. Timing:  Quarterly 0 0.45 0.75 0.75 % Above target is positive EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT DEM EMERGENCY SERVICES Exercise emergency response capabilities Number of functional exercises conducted "Functional exercises evaluate the ability of City departments, state, federal and NGO partners to respond to emergencies and disasters. Functional exercises involve the actual performance of duties in a simulated environment for the purposes of practicing procedures, protocols and processes and evaluating the effectiveness of the same." Exercise participants complete an immediate review following the exercise. Comments are captured in an exercise report maintained at DEM. 7 8 4 3 2 5 Above target is positive EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT DEM EMERGENCY SERVICES Exercise emergency response capabilities Number of tabletop exercises conducted "Tabletop, also known as Discussion Based (DBE) exercises are focused group discussions regarding an emergency scenario. Tabletops are used as a training tool to highlight emergency management principles and as method for assessing proposed changes to emergency plans." "DBE are conducted on a regular basis, ranging from Workshops that are an informal learning environment conducted each month to formal Tabletop exercises that invoice complex scenarios and regimented participation to evaluate a plan, protocol, or process.  In each type of exercise, documentation regarding date, type of exercise, and outcome are maintained by DEM.  The number of exercises are reported twice annually." 6 8 10 6 12 12 Above target is positive EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT DEM EMERGENCY SERVICES Exercise emergency response capabilities Number of unique participants in discussion based exercises "Tracks number of participating departments and City partners (NGO, volunteer organizations, business community, and private sector) in each discussion based exercise to evaluate depth of preparedness of departments." Collection Method: Number of unique participating departments and partners in discussion based exercises during measurement period. Reported in aggregate. Timing:  Quarterly 75 520 25 10 Above target is positive EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT DEM EMERGENCY SERVICES Exercise emergency response capabilities Number of unique participants in functional exercises "Tracks number of participating departments and City partners (NGO, volunteer organizations, business community, and private sector) in each functional exercise to evaluate depth of preparedness of departments." Collection Method: Number of participating departments and partners in functional exercises during measurement period. Reported through attendance rosters in aggregate. Timing:  Quarterly 60 450 15 12 Above target is positive EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT DEM EMERGENCY SERVICES Promote community preparedness for emergencies Number of brochures distributed "DES developed website, outreach materials (whistles, postcards, and brochures), and advertising campaign related to disaster preparedness." "DES maintains a rough count of literature and outreach materials printed and distributed, website ""hits"", and emails." 52600 42000 80000 10000 15000 20000 Above target is positive EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT DEM EMERGENCY SERVICES Promote community preparedness for emergencies Number of preparedness presentations made "DES provides emergency preparedness training to community groups, from neighborhood associations to corporate volunteer councils." DES maintains records of the organization and number of attendees to which presentations are given and reprots the number of presentations twice annually. 23 18 48 12 25 30 Above target is positive EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom performance appraisals were scheduled "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal is to be conducted.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months. Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." Collection Method: DEM's HR Division. Timing:  Annually by calendar year for Operations and fiscal year for Administration and Emergency Services. 218 194 229 223 216 216 Above target is positive EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom scheduled performance appraisals were completed "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of applicable employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal was conducted and completed during the fiscal year.  ""Completed"" means an appraisal form has been filled out and is in the employee's personnel file.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months.   Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." Collection Method: DEM's HR Division.  Timing: Annually by calendar year for Operations and fiscal year for Administration and Emergency Services. Operations employees' PARs are due december; and Emergency Services and Administration PARs due July. 210 167 216 223 216 207 Above target is positive ENVIRONMENT CLEAN AIR Encourage the use of public transportation to improve air quality Gallons of Biodiesel used by City vehicles Gallons of Biodiesel used by City vehicles.  This is an indicator of reduced air pollution through substituting 20% biodiesel for 100% diesel. "Collection Method: Departmental Staff work with Central Shops to track purchases, and maintain records in Department. Timing:  Available Annually" 5000 3400000 4750000 2000000 4000000 Above target is positive ENVIRONMENT CLEAN AIR Encourage the use of public transportation to improve air quality Number of City employees participating in commuter check program "Commuter checks are vouchers issued pre-tax for use on a wealth of Bay Area mass transit providers.  CCSF, through ENV, offers commuter checks as a benefit to city employees.  The more City employees that take public transportation, the more individual car miles -- and associated emissions -- we can reduce.  NOTE: ridership data is maintained by the individual transit agencies. " Collection Method: Department links to a real-time database of current participation in the program maintained by consultants. Timing:  Monthly 3746 4011 4943 3900 3900 3900 Above target is positive ENVIRONMENT CLEAN AIR Encourage the use of public transportation to improve air quality Number of commuters with access to emergency ride home "Number of commuters with access to Emergency Ride Home program, which enables users to take advantage of mass transit, yet be able to take a cab or rental car home in case of emergency. This measure was added in FY 2006." Collection Method: Department gets information from program vendor. Timing:  Quarterly 61737 65056 72100 60000 60000 65000 Above target is positive ENVIRONMENT CLIMATE CHANGE/ENERGY Encourage the use of renewable energy and energy efficiency Amount of conserved energy and therms of natural gas attributable to SF Energy Watch Program "Natural gas saved through three-year energy efficiency program, SF Energy Watch, in partnership with the utility Pacific Gas & Electric.  Data is cumulative from year to year." Collection Method: Natural gas savings are calculated for each applicable project under the SF Energy Watch program. Data is stored on the department's server. Timing:  Available monthly. 13824 15915 150 15000 Above target is positive ENVIRONMENT CLIMATE CHANGE/ENERGY Encourage the use of renewable energy and energy efficiency Amount of conserved energy in kilowatt hours electricity attributable to SF Energy Watch Program "Electricity saved through three-year energy efficiency program, SF Energy Watch, in partnership with the utility Pacific Gas & Electric." Collection Method: Electricity savings are calcuated for each applicable prject under the SF Energy Watch program.  Timing:  Available monthly. 26159000 34158984 25000000 25000000 Above target is positive ENVIRONMENT DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom performance appraisals were scheduled "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of employees for whom a performance appraisal is to be conducted.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months. Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." Collection Method: Departmental payroll staff generates quarterly report on performance evaluations completed and due in the next quarter; Program Managers get quarterly update and reminder. Timing:  Maintained on a quarterly basis by program managers and reported on annually. 65 65 63 65 65 63 Above target is positive ENVIRONMENT DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom scheduled performance appraisals were completed "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of applicable employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal was conducted amd completed during the fiscal year.  ""Completed"" means an appraisal form has been filled out and is in the employee's personnel file.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months.   Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." Collection Method: Departmental payroll staff generates quarterly report on performance evaluations completed and due in the next quarter; Program Managers get quarterly update and reminder. Timing:  Maintained on a quarterly basis by payroll staff and reported on annually. 65 65 63 65 65 63 Above target is positive ENVIRONMENT GREEN BUILDING Ensure energy efficiency and environmental-friendly designed buildings Number of trainings/workshops on resource-efficient buildings "Number of REB related trainings/workshops for City departments (operations, planning, maintenance, staff) covering mandatory requirement areas and specific green building topics.  The measure will include trainings offered by outside agencies, e.g. PG&E's Pacific Energy Center, that ENV supports or cosponsors.  " Collection Method: Green Building Staff maintain records of trainings/workshops for City Departments. Timing:  Monthly 112 62 103 60 80 60 Above target is positive ENVIRONMENT RECYCLING Decrease landfill waste through recycling and other waste diversion Percentage of solid waste diverted by largest 15 City department locations "Percentage of solid waste diverted by 15 largest waste generating City locations, excluding construction and demolition; indicator of overall City diversion. Available on an annual basis at end of FY." Collection Method: Department staff works with recycling service provider (Norcal) and City Departments to obtain data; maintained by City Government Recycling staff at the Department. Timing:  Available on an annual basis. 0.65 0.71 0.73 0.25 0.67 0.67 % Above target is positive ENVIRONMENT RECYCLING Decrease landfill waste through recycling and other waste diversion Percentage of total solid waste diverted in a calendar year "California mandates that cities and counties divert 50% of discards from landfills. Materials are diverted from landfill through source reduction, re-use, recycling and composting." Collection Method: Figures filed with California Integrated Waste Management Board. Timing:  Annually.  Full information usually available in April. 0.69 0.7 0.72 0.68 0.7 0.7 % Above target is positive ENVIRONMENT RECYCLING Decrease landfill waste through recycling and other waste diversion Total tons disposed of in all landfills Tonnage of San Francisco generated materials sent to all landfills. Information available annualy at end of fiscal year. Collection Method: Data filed with the California Integrated Waste Management Board; documents maintained by Recycling staff at Department. Timing:  Annual. 664033 663404 617833 650000 650000 650000 Below target is positive ENVIRONMENT TOXICS Improve environmental quality and  reduce toxics Amount of products purchased from the Approved Alternative Product list by city departments Amount of products purchased from the Approved Alternative Product list by city departments will quantify the success of the list; measures dollar value of alternative products purchased. THIS IS A NEW MEASURE--DATA AVAILABLE ANUALLY AT END OF FISCAL YEAR. "Collection Method: Department will work with Purchasing to collect data. Timing:  Data will be available annually, reported in March for the preceeding calendar year." 1626144.38 1463752.04 75000 1950000 $ Above target is positive ENVIRONMENT TOXICS Improve environmental quality and  reduce toxics Number of fluorescent lightbulbs/tubes collected through Dept. programs. Number of fluorescent bulbs/tubes collected through department-maintained residential drop off locations. iNFORMATION AVAILABLE ANNUALLY AT END OF FISCAL YEAR. Collection Method: Compare number of units from year to year. Records are maintained by toxic reduction staff. Timing:  Available on an ongoing basis. Annual reporting. 55737 68671 154114 10000 60000 65000 Above target is positive ENVIRONMENT TOXICS Improve environmental quality and  reduce toxics Number of Green Businesses certified through Green Business program "Running total of Green Businesses certified through Green Business program, a collaborative program of Environment and DPH." Collection Method: Green business certification files will be maintained both at the Department of the Environment and the Department of Public Health. Timing:  Annual 67 95 150 70 70 120 Above target is positive ENVIRONMENT TOXICS Improve environmental quality and  reduce toxics Pounds of hazardous waste collected Pounds of household hazardous waste collected through city programs. "Collection Method: Data maintained by, and available from, San Francisco Recycling and Disposal (Norcal). Timing:  Annually, in July for the previous fiscal year." 1145779 1118477 1182000 922000 925000 Above target is positive ETHICS COMMISSION DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom performance appraisals were scheduled "This is the number of employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal is to be conducted.  DHR policy states that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months.  Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." "Collection Method: This is the number of employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal is to be conducted.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months.  Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion.  Timing: Performance evaluations are done on an annual fiscal year basis -- the Commissioners conduct the performance evaluation of the Executive Director; and supervisors conduct the evaluations of their subordinates at the end of the fiscal year.  The performance evaluations are conducted in accordance with the guidelines of DHR's performance plan and appraisal report." 14 19 19 13 19 19 Above target is positive ETHICS COMMISSION DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom scheduled performance appraisals were completed "This is the number of applicable employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal was conducted and completed during the fiscal year.  ""Completed"" means an appraisal form has been filled out and is in the employee's personnel file.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months.  Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." "Collection Method: This is the number of employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal is to be conducted.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months.  Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion.  Timing: Performance evaluations are done on an annual fiscal year basis -- the Commissioners conduct the performance evaluation of the Executive Director; and supervisors conduct the evaluations of their subordinates at the end of the fiscal year.  The performance evaluations are conducted in accordance with the guidelines of DHR's performance plan and appraisal report." 14 19 9 16 19 19 Above target is positive ETHICS COMMISSION ETHICS COMMISSION "Investigate complaints of alleged violations of state and local law relating to campaign finance, governmental ethics, and conflicts of interest that are within the jurisdiction of the Commission" Percentage of complaints resolved "The Commission investigates complaints that allege violations of state and local law relating to campaign finance, governmental ethics, conflicts of interest, lobbyists, and campaign consultants.  This metric measures complaints within the jurisdiction of the Commission that have been resolved.  The investigation of complaints is time-intensive, as it requires the careful review of many documents, interviewing witnesses, legal research and analysis, negotiating settlement agreements with respondents and their attorneys, and making presentations before the Ethics Commission.  Consequently, it is extremely difficult to predict how long it takes to resolve a complaint." "All complaints filed with the Commission are reviewed by enforcement staff to ascertain whether the complaint is within the Commission's jurisdiction.  For those complaints that are within the Commission's jurisdiction, staff logs the complaint into a computer database that includes the following information: date complaint filed; complainant; respondent; referral date to City Attorney/District Attorney; and case status.  Once a complaint is resolved, staff enters a notation into the database, including the date of resolution and action taken (i.e., dismissal, settlement, hearing). For purposes of tracking performance measures, staff reviews this data and compiles updated statistics on a quarterly basis." 0.51 0.42 0.72 0.5 0.5 0.65 % Above target is positive ETHICS COMMISSION ETHICS COMMISSION Promote and ensure compliance with state and local campaign reporting and disclosure laws Number of campaign committees and publicly financed candidate committees audited "One of the Charter mandates of the Commission is to conduct audits of campaign committees.  Under the Campaign Finance Reform Ordinance, the Commission must audit all candidates who receive public financing.  In addition, the Commission audits committees (general purpose, ballot measure, and candidate committees) based on other criteria, such as random and targeted selections." "Collection Method: The general practice of the Commission has been to conduct a random selection of committees for audit.  The selected committees are noted in the minutes of the Commission.  After an election, the Commission audits all candidates who received public financing.  More recently, the Commission has begun to conduct targeted audits of committees whose campaign reports show activities that appear not to conform to the law.  Timing: Commission staff conducts audits throughout the year.  Audit reports are available from the Commission office and on its website." 20 15 16 27 21 22 Above target is positive ETHICS COMMISSION ETHICS COMMISSION Promote and ensure compliance with state and local campaign reporting and disclosure laws Percentage of campaign finance statements (Form 460) filed on a timely basis "Under state law, the Commission serves as the filing officer for local candidates, ballot measure committees, and general purpose committees.  Commission staff processes both electronic and paper filings, including amendments, and logs them into a campaign database.  For the purpose of this performance measure, a statement is considered to be timely filed if a candidate/committee did not receive a 'Non Specific Written Notice' (NSWN) for its respective deadline.  A 'NSWN' is sent to a candidate/committee five to ten days after a filing deadline." "Collection Method: The Commission keeps a campaign log.  All statements submitted by campaign filers are kept in the Commission office. Timing:  Active campaign committees generally file two semi-annual statements and two pre-election statements if they are involved in an election.  There are other filing deadlines as well, such as quarterly deadlines that apply only to certain types of committees or committees that met certain thresholds." 0.93 0.91 0.96 0.93 0.94 0.94 % Above target is positive ETHICS COMMISSION ETHICS COMMISSION Promote compliance with state and local filing requirements Percentage of identified campaign consultants who file quarterly reports on a timely basis "Under the Campaign Consultant Ordinance, registered campaign consultants must file quarterly reports with the Ethics Commission.  The Commission staff sends e-mail reminders to campaign consultants two weeks before the deadline." "Collection Method: The Ethics Commission maintains a database of the quarterly reports filed by registered campaign consultants.  The Commission staff prepares quarterly summary reports.  The reports are available from the Ethics Commission.  Timing: Quarterly campaign consultant reports are due on September 15, December 15, March 15, and June 15.  Quarterly summary reports are issued two weeks after the filing deadline." 0.95 0.95 0.93 0.9 0.95 0.96 % Above target is positive ETHICS COMMISSION ETHICS COMMISSION Promote compliance with state and local filing requirements Percentage of identified lobbyists filing quarterly reports on a timely basis Registered lobbyists are required to file reports with the Commission on a quarterly basis.  The Commission staff sends e-mail reminders to the lobbyists two weeks before the deadline. "Collection Method: Registered lobbyists file their reports with the Ethics Commission.  The Commission staff prepares quarterly summaries based on the reports submitted.  Timing: Quarterly lobbyist reports are due on July 15, October 15, January 15, and April 15." 0.94 0.99 0.88 0.94 0.95 0.95 % Above target is positive ETHICS COMMISSION ETHICS COMMISSION Promote compliance with state and local filing requirements Percentage of Statements of Economic Interests due on April 1 that are filed Department heads and members of City boards and commissions are required to file annual Statements of Economic Interests (SEIs) on April 1 of each year.  This measure compares the number of individuals who have been identified by the Commission as being required to file annual statements with the number of filings that are received by the Commission. "Collection Method: The Ethics Commission maintains a database of the SEIs filed by department heads, members of boards, and commissions.  The Commission maintains the SEIs.  The Commission posts the names of filers and non-filers on its website.  Timing: Annual SEIs are due on April 1 of each year." 0.97 0.94 0.97 0.97 0.97 0.97 % Above target is positive FINE ARTS MUSEUM ADMISSIONS Provide quality art and educational experiences to attract a large and diverse audience Number of de Young visitors Number of visitors to the de Young museum.  Museum was closed until Fall 2005. "Collection Method: Door count. Fine Arts Museums. Timing:  Daily, weekly, monthly, annually." 1242438 1114847 1943950 750000 1200000 1200000 Above target is positive FINE ARTS MUSEUM ADMISSIONS Provide quality art and educational experiences to attract a large and diverse audience Number of education program participants "Participants in Education Department programs, including docent program participants." Collection Method: Participant counts at each Education Department activity. Fine Arts Museums. Timing:  Compilation of all education programs done every six months. 263713 273406 238275 100000 250000 250000 Above target is positive FINE ARTS MUSEUM ADMISSIONS Provide quality art and educational experiences to attract a large and diverse audience Number of exhibitions Number of exhibitions opened during each FY. Collection Method: FAM Exhibition Schedule. Timing:  Monthly as the exhibition schedule is revised. 12 12 9 8 9 9 Above target is positive FINE ARTS MUSEUM ADMISSIONS Provide quality art and educational experiences to attract a large and diverse audience Number of Legion of Honor visitors Number of visitors to the Legion of Honor. "Collection Method: Door count. Fine Arts Museums. Timing:  Daily, weekly, monthly, annually." 430831 414181 411625 300000 325000 400000 Above target is positive FINE ARTS MUSEUM ADMISSIONS Provide quality art and educational experiences to attract a large and diverse audience Number of paid memberships Number of paid memberships. Collection Method: Dues paid membership count. Paid membership section of Corporation of FAM. Timing:  Monthly. 77948 78992 95500 65000 75000 74000 Above target is positive FINE ARTS MUSEUM DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom performance appraisals were scheduled "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal is to be conducted.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review shold be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months. Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." Collection Method: Source:  FAM Personnel Office Timing:  Annual 103 104 97 110 110 110 Above target is positive FINE ARTS MUSEUM DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom scheduled performance appraisals were completed "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of applicable employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal was conducted amd completed during the fiscal year.  ""Completed"" means an appraisal form has been filled out and is in the employee's personnel file.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months.   Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." Collection Method: Source:  FAM Personnel Office Timing:  Annual 84 104 97 110 110 110 Above target is positive FINE ARTS MUSEUM DEVELOPMENT "Provide for collection growth through gifts, bequests and purchases" "Number of acquisitions through gifts, bequests and purchases" Number of objects added to the permanent collection. Collection Method: Acquisition Committee and Board of Trustees minutes.  Registration records. Timing:  Compiled every six months. 1166 660 1121 1000 1000 1000 Above target is positive FIRE DEPARTMENT ADMINISTRATION-FIRE DEPARTMENT Educate the public in handling emergencies Number of citizens trained in emergency techniques and procedures "Defined by NFPA 1710.  Number of citizens trained in NERT and other programs such as CPR, Ham Radio censing, I.C.S., and Citywide drills.  This program contributes to victim prevention, community preparedness for disasters, and training the public in becoming an adjunct to City emergency services. This program clearly enhances services provided by the San Francisco Fire Department." "Collection Method: NERT volunteers sign a waiver of liability protecting the SFFD during training activities.  Documents are filed and stored at SFFD Headquarters, Room 118. Timing:  Data collected by NERT staff as classes occur in a database. NERT program produces information for mid-year and end-of-year reports." 2284 1625 1496 5000 2000 2000 Above target is positive FIRE DEPARTMENT ADMINISTRATION-FIRE DEPARTMENT Educate the public in handling emergencies Number of public education presentations "Public events, meetings, workshops and seminars where the Fire Department provided training, recommendations, advice, and printed materials about fire/earthquake safety and/or information about other Fire Department Community Based Programs.  This does not include Fire Station Open House days.  While NERT information is provided, these are not NERT classes." "Collection Method: A letter of request to the Chief of Department from the interested party is required for trainings and presentations.  After the request has been completed, a written report is made on Public Education Event Report Form 3350.  These letters and report forms are maintained at Fire Department Headquarters, 698 2nd Street, Room 313, Office of Community Affairs. Timing:  Information is collected as presentations occur and reported at mid-year and at year-end." 61 55 65 80 60 80 Above target is positive FIRE DEPARTMENT DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All city employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom performance appraisals were scheduled "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal is to be conducted.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review shold be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months. Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." "Collection Method: This is the number of employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal is to be conducted.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months.  Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion.  Timing: Performance evaluations are done on an annual fiscal year basis.  The performance evaluations are conducted in accordance with the guidelines of DHR's performance plan and appraisal report." 1419 1377 1373 1800 1373 1373 Above target is positive FIRE DEPARTMENT DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All city employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom scheduled performance appraisals were completed "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of applicable employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal was conducted amd completed during the fiscal year.  ""Completed"" means an appraisal form has been filled out and is in the employee's personnel file.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months.   Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." "Collection Method: The SFFD enters performance appraisals into its scheduling system for Firefighters (H2), Firefighter Paramedic (H3), Incident Support Specialist (H10), Lieutenant (H20) and Captain (H30) ranks. Performance appraisals for Rescue Captains (H33), Battalion Chief (H40), Assistant Chiefs (H50), Assistant Deputy Chief (H51), Fire Prevention and Investigation classes and all civilian classifications are completed using the DHR forms and stored in the personnel file at the Fire Department Headquarters. Timing:  Data for performance appraisals are available when completed." 998 476 456 1705 500 500 Above target is positive FIRE DEPARTMENT FIRE BUREAU OF TRAINING Train fire and rescue personnel to effectively respond to emergencies Number of Battalion Based/In-Service training hours "Total hours of training per member including Battalion Training and Paramedic Training Program.  Note: PTP Training was not included in original measure. The Battalion Based Training Program, introduced in July 2000, has proved to be an effective mechanism for delivery of formalized training." Collection Method: Hours calculated via monthly reports. Timing:  Data available monthly from reports and combined to produce mid-year and annual figures. 121602 44355 32479 75000 50000 150000 Above target is positive FIRE DEPARTMENT FIRE BUREAU OF TRAINING Train fire and rescue personnel to effectively respond to emergencies Number of new recruits trained Number of new recruits trained including H2 Recruits and H3 Laterals. Collection Method:  Total number of new hires. Timing:  Data available monthly from reports and combined to produce mid-year and annual figures. 98 56 18 72 64 120 Above target is positive FIRE DEPARTMENT FIRE BUREAU OF TRAINING Train fire and rescue personnel to effectively respond to emergencies Number of probationary firefighter training hours Total Probationary training hours inclusive of H2 Recruits and H3 Laterals.  H1 to H3 cross training not included. Collection Method: Hours calculated via monthly reports. Timing:  Data available monthly from reports and combined to produce mid-year and annual figures. 26080 17920 3744 5500 20000 20000 Above target is positive FIRE DEPARTMENT FIRE INVESTIGATION Determine the causes of fire in an effective and efficient manner Number of fires investigated "The Bureau of Fire Investigation (BFI) responds to service calls, investigates the origin and cause of (suspicious) fires, and processes documentation and litigation of incidents." Collection Method: Data and statistics are compiled from the BFI's data collection system.  Other statistics are provided by the District Attorney's Office and the San Francisco Police Department. Timing:  Data is collected daily and reported on monthly and biannually. 602 341 319 949 400 400 Above target is positive FIRE DEPARTMENT FIRE INVESTIGATION Determine the causes of fire in an effective and efficient manner Total arson arrests "Total adults arrested for arson.  Measure does not include juvenile fire setters, who are sentenced differently and often admitted into community service/rehabilitation programs." "Collection Method: Accounting of Fire Investigation reporting factors, from Bureau of Fire Investigation, SFPD and District Attorney records.  Verified by the Captain of the Bureau of Fire Inspection. Timing:  Data is collected daily and reported on monthly and biannually." 81 47 37 100 60 60 Above target is positive FIRE DEPARTMENT FIRE INVESTIGATION Determine the causes of fire in an effective and efficient manner Total number of arson incidents "NEW in Budget FY07.    Total number of arson incidents.  Arson investigators respond to every greater alarm (2nd Alarm Fire or Higher) and all suspicious fires. After an examination of the evidence on the scene and appropriate additional investigative work, the investigator will determine whether it is arson." Collection Method: Recorded by Arson Investigators located at Evans street. Timing:  Data is collected daily and reported on monthly and biannually. 251 164 182 280 176 180 On target is positive FIRE DEPARTMENT FIRE PREVENTION Prevent fire through inspection and permit services Number of inspections made "Number of inspections completed.  Inspections include referrals, complaints, violation re-inspections, permit approval, school inspections, and high-rise building annual inspections." Collection Method: Inspections tracked in Fire Prevention Database located at SFFD Headquarters. Timing:  Inspections are processed daily. Database reports are available as needed. 11788 11532 13351 14000 10090 12000 Above target is positive FIRE DEPARTMENT FIRE PREVENTION Prevent fire through inspection and permit services Number of inspections resulting in violation "The BFP Inspection Team during the course of its various inspections may issue a Notice of Violation when a violation of the fire code and other related codes, standards, or ordinances has been disclosed.  A reinspection of the violation, which is charged against the property owner or violator, will be conducted until such time that the violation has been abated." Collection Method: Tracked in database at Fire HQ Timing:  Information is processed daily. Database reports are available as needed. 664 446 283 800 550 550 Below target is positive FIRE DEPARTMENT FIRE PREVENTION Prevent fire through inspection and permit services Number of new fire permits issued "The BFP's Permit Section is responsible for inspecting special occupancies and reviewing plans for events prior to issuance of a fire permit .  In cooperation with the Dept. of Public Health, the Section also inspects installation and removal of underground or aboveground fuel tanks.  The Section also conducts annual inspection of renewal permits collected for the SFFD by the License Bureau of the Tax Collector's Office." Collection Method: The Permit Section's secretary monitors and maintains records of all new permits issued by the Section.  The 4 inspectors assigned to the Section submits inspection reports that are entered into the inspection database. Timing:  Permits are processed daily. Database reports are available as needed. 3521 3785 3701 4230 5093 6000 Above target is positive FIRE DEPARTMENT FIRE PREVENTION Prevent fire through inspection and permit services Number of plans reviewed and approved "The BFP's Plan Check Section is assigned to check plans for alterations and new construction of buildings for compliance with the law and ordinances related to egress, fire protection, and fire spread control.  The Section also provides technical information to the public, conducts water flow tests, and attends pre-application meetings for input.  The processing of construction plans produces inspection for the BFP Inspection Team, which in return generates revenue." Collection Method: The Plan Check Section has an office at Dept. of Building Inspection on Mission Street and shares a database with DBI on plans.  The DBI collects fees for the SFFD.  The SFFD also collects additional fees (when needed) for the required inspection of the job. Timing:  Permits are processed daily. Database reports are available as needed. 10671 7456 6644 10500 7313 7320 Above target is positive FIRE DEPARTMENT FIRE PREVENTION Prevent fire through inspection and permit services Number of violation re-inspections made "The BFP Inspection Team during the course of its various inspections may issue a Notice of Violation when a violation of the fire code and other related codes, standards, or ordinances has been disclosed.  A reinspection of the violation, which is charged against the property owner or violator, will be conducted until such time that the violation has been abated." Collection Method: The BFP Inspection Team submits inspection reports of the Notice of Violation issued and the follow-up inspections that were entered into a database.  The Program's secretary monitors and processes bills/notices to the violators or property owners. Timing:  Inspection reports are processed daily. Database reports are available as needed. 608 821 602 470 935 940 Above target is positive FIRE DEPARTMENT FIRE SUPPRESSION Respond timely to calls for emergency assistance Number of Code 2 incidents "All  incidents responded to with the flow of traffic.  These calls include medical, fire and service calls." Collection Method: Data is collected from the Emergency Communications Department's (ECD) 911 CAD.  Raw CAD data is stored at the ECD.  CAD data analysis reports are stored at SFFD Headquarters. Timing:  Data is available daiily. Information is reported on twice a year. 27080 28205 28190 54000 27996 29000 On target is positive FIRE DEPARTMENT FIRE SUPPRESSION Respond timely to calls for emergency assistance Number of Code 3 incidents All emergency incidents that are responded to with lights and sirens. Collection Method: Data is collected from the Emergency Communications Department's (ECD) 911 CAD.  Raw CAD data is transferred from the ECD and stored at SFFD Headquarters.  CAD data analysis reports are stored at SFFD Headquarters. Timing:  Data is available daily. Information is reported on twice a year. 74411 77692 77890 148000 76350 77000 On target is positive FIRE DEPARTMENT FIRE SUPPRESSION Respond timely to calls for emergency assistance Number of fires extinguished "Number of fires encountered by units when arriving on scene.  Measures all fires including building, auto, grass, etc." Collection Method: Data is collected from the Department's  National Fire Incident Reporting System Record Management System.  Raw  data is stored at the ECD.  NFIRS data analysis reports are stored at SFFD Headquarters. Timing:  Data is available daily. Information is reported on twice a year. 3978 3564 3419 7300 3516 3550 Above target is positive FIRE DEPARTMENT FIRE SUPPRESSION Respond timely to calls for emergency assistance "Roll time of first ALS-capable company to Code 3  incidents requiring possible medical care, in seconds - 90th Percentile" SFFD EMS first ALS response time is measured from the time the PSAP (Public Safety Answering Point) notifies the first response unit until the first arriving Advanced Life Support engine or medic unit arrives on the scene.  Turnout time (to get gear and get on rig) is  included in these measurements. Collection Method: Data is collected from the Emergency Communications Department's (ECD) 911 CAD.  Raw CAD data is stored at the ECD.  CAD data analysis reports are stored at SFFD Headquarters. Timing:  Data is available daiily. Information is reported on twice a year. 358 339 304 450 350 420 Below target is positive FIRE DEPARTMENT FIRE SUPPRESSION Respond timely to calls for emergency assistance "Roll time of first defibrillation-capable company to Code 3  incidents requiring possible medical care, in seconds - 90th percentile" "SFFD EMS first unit response time is measured from the time the PSAP (Public Safety Answering Point) notifies the first response unit until the first arriving engine, truck or rescue company arrives on the scene.  Turnout time (to get gear and get on rig) is included in these measurements." Collection Method: Data is collected from the Emergency Communications Department's (ECD) 911 CAD.  Raw CAD data is stored at the ECD.  CAD data analysis reports are stored at SFFD Headquarters. Timing:  Data is available daiily. Information is reported on twice a year. 305 303 293 270 290 300 Below target is positive FIRE DEPARTMENT FIRE SUPPRESSION Respond timely to calls for emergency assistance "Roll time of first transport-capable company to Code 3  incidents requiring possible medical care, in seconds - 90th Percentile" SFFD EMS first transport response time is measured from the time the PSAP (Public Safety Answering Point) notifies the first response unit until the first arriving medic unit or ambulance arrives on the scene.  Turnout time (to get gear and get on rig) is  included in these measurements. Collection Method: Data is collected from the Emergency Communications Department's (ECD) 911 CAD.  Raw CAD data is stored at the ECD.  CAD data analysis reports are stored at SFFD Headquarters. Timing:  Data is available daiily. Information is reported on twice a year. 566 474 538 600 580 600 Below target is positive FIRE DEPARTMENT FIRE SUPPRESSION Respond timely to calls for emergency assistance "Roll time of first unit to respond to Code 3 incidents, in seconds - 90th percentile" "All calls dispatched to fire suppression staff, code 3, measured from dispatch to arrival on scene by first responding unit. Roll Time includes turnout time as a component of overall response time. 90th Percentile.  Measure of the total response that the Department controls." Collection Method: Data is collected from the Emergency Communications Department's (ECD) 911 CAD.  Raw CAD data is stored at the ECD.  CAD data analysis reports are stored at SFFD Headquarters. Timing:  Data is available daiily. Information is reported on twice a year. 314 302 296 300 305 300 Below target is positive FIRE DEPARTMENT FIRE SUPPRESSION Respond timely to calls for emergency assistance "Roll-time of first unit to respond to possible non-medical Code 3 incidents, in seconds - 90th percentile" Response time is measured from the time the PSAP (Public Safety Answering Point) notifies the first response unit until the first arriving unit arrives on the scene.  Turnout time (to get gear and get on rig) is included in these measurements. Collection Method: Data is collected from the Emergency Communications Department's (ECD) 911 CAD.  Raw CAD data is stored at the ECD.  CAD data analysis reports are stored at SFFD Headquarters. Timing:  Data is available daiily. Information is reported on twice a year. 328 339 304 300 320 300 Below target is positive FIRE DEPARTMENT FIRE SUPPRESSION Respond timely to calls for emergency assistance Total number of responses to emergency incidents All Department Responses to emergency incidents.  Each incident may have more than one unit responding to it.  This includes all Department apparatus. Collection Method: Data is collected from the Emergency Communications Department's (ECD) 911 CAD.  Raw CAD data is stored at the ECD.  CAD data analysis reports are stored at SFFD Headquarters. Timing:  Data is available daily. Information is reported on twice a year. 231846 240282 242196 460000 240000 250000 Above target is positive FIRE DEPARTMENT FIRE SUPPRESSION Respond timely to calls for emergency assistance "Total response time (CRI) of first unit to Code 2 incidents, in seconds - 90th percentile" "CRI  (from call received to arrival on the scene), first unit to respond to code 2 incidents; time in seconds -- 90th percentile.   CRI=""Critical Response Interval""" Collection Method: Data is collected from the Emergency Communications Department's (ECD) 911 CAD.  Raw CAD data is stored at the ECD.  CAD data analysis reports are stored at SFFD Headquarters. Timing:  Data is available daiily. Information is reported on twice a year. 909 1150 1122 1200 1145 1200 Below target is positive FIRE DEPARTMENT FIRE SUPPRESSION Respond timely to calls for emergency assistance "Total response time (CRI) of first unit to Code 3 incidents requiring possible medical care, in seconds - 90th percentile" "All Code 3 calls dispatched requiring possible medical care,  measured from call entry (when the fire/EMS call taker answers the call) to arrival on scene by the first responding unit (CRI).  (CRI=""Critical Response Interval"")    Includes turnout time as a component of overall response time.  90th percentile.  Measure represents response of emergency services from the prespective of the public." Collection Method: Data is collected from the Emergency Communications Department's (ECD) 911 CAD.  Raw CAD data is stored at the ECD.  CAD data analysis reports are stored at SFFD Headquarters. Timing:  Data is available daiily. Information is reported on twice a year. 484 456 426 300 500 480 Below target is positive FIRE DEPARTMENT FIRE SUPPRESSION Respond timely to calls for emergency assistance "Total response time (CRI) of first unit to Code 3 incidents, in seconds - 90th percentile" "All calls dispatched to fire suppression staff, code 3 measured from call entry (when the fire/EMS call taker answers the call) to arrival on scene by the first responding unit (CRI).  (CRI=""Critical Response Interval"")  Includes turnout time as a component of overall response time.  90th percentile.  Measure represents response of emergency services from the prespective of the public." Collection Method: Data is collected from the Emergency Communications Department's (ECD) 911 CAD.  Raw CAD data is stored at the ECD.  CAD data analysis reports are stored at SFFD Headquarters. Timing:  Data is available daiily. Information is reported on twice a year. 491 476 441 480 470 480 Below target is positive FIRE DEPARTMENT FIRE SUPPRESSION Respond timely to calls for emergency assistance "Total response time (CRI) of first unit to possible non-medical Code 3 incidents, in seconds - 90th percentile" "CRI (time from call received to arrival on the scene), first unit to respond to possible non-medical code 3 incidents; time in seconds -- 90th percentile.  CRI=""Critical Response Interval""" Collection Method: Data is collected from the Emergency Communications Department's (ECD) 911 CAD.  Raw CAD data is stored at the ECD.  CAD data analysis reports are stored at SFFD Headquarters. Timing:  Data is available daiily. Information is reported on twice a year. 502 512 469 495 500 Below target is positive HEALTH SERVICE SYSTEM HEALTH SERVICE SYSTEM Improve customer service Average call abandonment rate Average call abandonment rate.  Industry standard is less than 5%. Collection Method: ACD Call Monitoring System prints reports showing the number of calls abandoned.  ACD Call Monitoring System  is scheduled to be replaced latter part of FY06-07. Timing:  Data are available immedicately  after the end of the reporting period.  Reports are generated at least weekly. 1/28/08: The ACD Call Monitoring System was replaced by AVAYA Call Management System in July 2007 and reports are generated monthly. 3/16/09: Abandonment rate is the percentage of callers who hang up before receivimg an answer. 0.043 0.00845 0.013 0.05 0.05 0.05 % Below target is positive HEALTH SERVICE SYSTEM HEALTH SERVICE SYSTEM Improve customer service Average time to answer telephone calls (in seconds) "Average amount of time to answer telephone calls, in seconds.  Industry standard is less than 30 seconds." Collection Method: ACD Call Monitoring System prints reports showing the number of calls received for specified period and the average speed to answer. ACD Call Monitoring System is scheduled to be replaced latter part of FY06-07 Timing:  Data are available immediately after the end of the reporting date.  Reports are generated at least weekly. 1/28/08.  The ACD Call Monitoring System was replaced in July 2007 with the AVAYA Call Management System and reports are generated monthly. 3/16/09: This metric is the average time callers waited to get an answer from an agent. 65 10 21 30 30 30 Below target is positive HEALTH SERVICE SYSTEM HEALTH SERVICE SYSTEM Improve customer service Average wait time (in minutes) Average customer wait time in the lobby. Collection Method: Member sign-in sheets showing member arrival time and the time HSS staff provided assistance. Records are at HSS Office. Timing:  Sign-in sheets are compiled daily and summarized on a monthly basis. 2 3.2 5 10 10 10 Below target is positive HEALTH SERVICE SYSTEM HEALTH SERVICE SYSTEM Improve customer service Percentage  of appeals responded to within 30 days and appeals not reaching the Health Service Board Changed Feb 07 per BOS Dec 2006 hearing. "Collection Method: Manual Log at HSS Office Timing:  Appeals are logged as received, staff works on research and resolution and logs appropriate date(s).  Data is compiled as received.  Appeals can include areas of eligibility, benefit coverage, and benefit payments. " 0.975 0.975 0.975 0.95 0.95 0.95 % Above target is positive HEALTH SERVICE SYSTEM HEALTH SERVICE SYSTEM Improve customer service Percentage attendance at SFERS Retirement Seminars Count of times HSS staff attended SFERS Retirement seminars when HSS are scheduled to make presentations. Collection Method: Manual Log of scheduled SFERS Retirement Seminars when HSS is scheduled to make presentations Timing:  Data available at all times 1 1 1 1 1 1 % Above target is positive HEALTH SERVICE SYSTEM HEALTH SERVICE SYSTEM Improve customer service Percentage of staff who are bilingual Maintain a good level of staff who are bilingual to support members language needs. Collection Method: Count of staff who are bilingual Timing:  Data available all the time 0.61 0.63 0.58 0.25 0.25 0.25 % Above target is positive HEALTH SERVICE SYSTEM HEALTH SERVICE SYSTEM Improve the accuracy and timeliness of financial reporting and payments Percentage of accounts current in premium payments (deliquent less than 60 days) "Changed Feb 07 per BOS Dec 2006 hearing.  All members are current with their premium payments, and delinquencies if any are not for 60 days or more." Collection Method: PeopleSoft Query  - HSS Office Timing:  Delinquencies are identified on a monthly basis and delinquency notices are mailed monthly.  Accounts are terminated when payments are not received by specified due date. 1 1 1 1 1 1 % Above target is positive HEALTH SERVICE SYSTEM HEALTH SERVICE SYSTEM Improve the accuracy and timeliness of financial reporting and payments Percentage of payments to vendors made on or before the due date Reworded Fall 05:  Percentage of payments to vendors made on or before the due date "Collection Method: Invoices and FAMIS records - HSS Offices Timing:  Payments to medical and dental providers are made daily, weekly and monthly.  Currently there are four medical providers and  three dental providers." 0.997 1 1 0.99 0.99 0.99 % Above target is positive HEALTH SERVICE SYSTEM HEALTH SERVICE SYSTEM Improve the monitoring of contracts and communications with contract vendors Percentage of vendor contracts that are final and executed for the current fiscal year Percentage of vendor contracts that are final and executed for the current fiscal year "Collection Method: Manual review of contracts - HSS Offices Timing:  Data are available at all times. Contracts include those of medical, dental and vision benefit providers." 1 1 1 1 1 1 % Above target is positive HEALTH SERVICE SYSTEM HEALTH SERVICE SYSTEM Improve the monitoring of contracts and communications with contract vendors Percentage of vendor contracts that include performance guarantees Percentage of vendor contracts with HSS that include performance guarantees Collection Method: Manual review of contracts - HSS Offices Timing:  Data are available at all times. 1 1 1 1 1 1 % Above target is positive HEALTH SERVICE SYSTEM HEALTH SERVICE SYSTEM Membership satisfaction Percentage of survey respondents who find HSS website infomative To gauge membership satisfaction with use and availability of information in HSS website Collection Method: Planned to be a web-based survey. Timing:  Once a year Collection  Method: 6-month Jul07 to Dec07: Web based survey  sent to members registered in myhss.org. 0.84 0.98 0.98 0.8 0.8 0.8 % Above target is positive HEALTH SERVICE SYSTEM HEALTH SERVICE SYSTEM Membership satisfaction Percentage of survey respondents who found HSS Fair beneficial "Through various plan representatives, survey responses validates members increased familiarity with their plans, and related additional tools, informations and resources." "Collection Method: Survey performed related to Maximize Your Benefits Fair                               Survey results are at HSS Offices Timing:  The first ever HSS fair was held in November 2006 and the plan  is to have a similar event in FY07-08. Collection Method- Fall 2007 Member Fair:  Member turnout, members use  and participation in various Fair activities, member's comments" 0.85 0.87 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85 % Above target is positive HEALTH SERVICE SYSTEM HEALTH SERVICE SYSTEM Membership satisfaction Percentage of survey respondents who rate HSS service good or better Member satisfaction survey related to the delivery of HSS services "Collection Method: Planned to be a web-based survey. Timing:  Once a year. Collection method: 6-month Jul07 to Dec07: Sporadic selection of members serviced, by mailing member survey satisfaction postcards." 0.82 0.96 1 0.8 0.8 0.8 % Above target is positive HEALTH SERVICE SYSTEM HEALTH SERVICE SYSTEM Provide for internal controls that meet HSS objectives Number of audit reports with reportable material weaknesses Number of audit reports with reportable  material weaknesses.  KPMG year-end audit  and Controller's Office post audits of FAMIS & ADPICS documents). Collection Method: Management letter - HSS Offices Timing:  Date of Data Availability-October  2006  Frequency- Annual                 Controller's Post Audit      June 2007       Frequency - Annual Timing: Date of Data Availability-October  2007  Frequency- Annual                 Controller's Post Audit      June 2008       Frequency - Annual 0 0 0 0 0 0 Above target is positive HEALTH SERVICE SYSTEM NON PROGRAM All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom performance appraisals were scheduled "Number of employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal is to be conducted.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months. Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." Collection Method: Manual log - HSS offices. Timing:  Data are available at all times. 30 30 32 30 30 32 Above target is positive HEALTH SERVICE SYSTEM NON PROGRAM All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom scheduled performance appraisals were completed "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of applicable employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal was conducted and completed during the fiscal year.  ""Completed"" means an appraisal form has been filled out and is in the employee's personnel file.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months.   Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." Collection Method: Manual log.  HSS Offices. Timing:  Data are available at all times. 30 30 0 30 30 32 Above target is positive HEALTH SERVICE SYSTEM NON PROGRAM All City employees have a current performance appraisal Percentage of employees who received performance evaluations "Percentage instead of employee count, per Dec 06 BOS hearing. Percentage of applicable employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal was conducted and completed during the fiscal year.  ""Completed"" means an appraisal form has been filled out and is in the employee's personnel file.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months.   Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." "Collection Method: Manual Count of performance evaluations completed. Timing:  Annual, generally calendar based, evaluation period generally January to December." 1 1 0 1 1 1 % Above target is positive HUMAN RESOURCES CLIENT SERVICES Maintain an efficient and effective Classification Plan Number of position classifications in the Civil Service Plan Number of job codes/position classifications in the Civil Service Plan. Collection Method: Data are stored in the City's Human Resources Information System (queried from the ASOXP db using the Job Code Index report. SF_JOB_INDEX_COMMN. Includes Board/Commissioner classes 0110-0118). Timing:  Data are available at any time. 1180 1078 1178 1100 1155 1100 Below target is positive HUMAN RESOURCES CLIENT SERVICES Provide effective consulting and technical assistance to City departments Average rating of Client Services services by departments (1-5 scale) "Average satisfaction rating by departments using a 5 point scale, where 1=fair, 3=average, 5=excellent." "Collection Method: After the close of the fiscal year, departmental HR contacts will be asked to complete a survey on the quality of Client Services services in the year just ended. This measure will reflect the average score on a question of overall satisfaction. Timing:  The survey will be conducted at fiscal year end. Data availability will depend on timeliness of survey responses, but is expected within 8 weeks of the fiscal year end." 4 4 4.3 4.5 Above target is positive HUMAN RESOURCES DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom performance appraisals were scheduled "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of employees in DHR for whom a performance appraisal is to be conducted.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review shold be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months. Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." "Collection Method: Historically tracked in spreasheet, but moving to new Employee Review panel in the City's Human Resources Information System. Timing:  DHR completes performance appraisals on a calendar year cycle. Data are available within the first quarter of the calendar year." 150 152 138 140 140 138 Above target is positive HUMAN RESOURCES DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom scheduled performance appraisals were completed "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of applicable employees in DHR for whom a performance appraisal was conducted amd completed during the fiscal year.  ""Completed"" means an appraisal form has been filled out and is in the employee's personnel file.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review shold be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months.   Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." "Collection Method: Historically tracked in spreasheet, but moving to new Employee Review panel in the City's Human Resources Information System. Timing:  DHR completes performance appraisals on a calendar year cycle. Data are available within the first quarter of the calendar year." 150 152 138 140 140 138 Above target is positive HUMAN RESOURCES EMPLOYEE RELATIONS Achieve human resources policy objectives Percent of identified policy initiatives implemented through MOUs and other mechanisms "The proportion of policy initiatives identified at the start of the fiscal year that are incorporated into labor agreements (MOUs) or adopted through other mechanisms during the year, including ordinances, Charter provisions, Civil Service Rules, and administrative policies and procedures." Collection Method: Policy goals and initiatives will be set at the beginning of the fiscal year and tracked for implementation. Timing:  Achievement of the goals in a fiscal year will be evaluated at fiscal year end. 0.83 1 0.75 0.7 0.7 % Above target is positive HUMAN RESOURCES EMPLOYEE RELATIONS Facilitate stable and productive employee-employer relations Percent of grievances proceeding to arbitration in which the City prevails Percent of grievances proceeding to arbitration in which the City prevails "Collection Method: DHR, Employee Relations Division Access database used for tracking grievances. Each grievance is assigned a unique number, and its resolution is coded in the ""disposition"" field. Timing:  Data on status of grievances are available at any time." 0.63 0.34 0.525 0.7 0.6 0.6 % Above target is positive HUMAN RESOURCES EMPLOYEE RELATIONS Provide high quality compensation services Percent of wage rate calculations not requiring pay corrections Percent of off-matrix (i.e. manual) salary grade calculations that are calculated correctly and do not result in either underpayment or overpayment of employees. The number of erroneous pay grades under which employees were paid divided by the total number of manually-calculated pay grades in the period. Collection Method: Staff will track errors; total manual salary grade calculations are available by counting the number of salary grades with alphabetic characters in them. (Matrix grades use only numbers.) Timing:  Will be reported at fiscal year end. 1 1 1 0.95 0.96 1 % Above target is positive HUMAN RESOURCES EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY Provide City employees with a discrimination-free workplace Percentage of discrimination complaints investigated within 6 months of receipt Complaints completed during the fiscal year and completed within six months of filing. Excludes MTA complaints. "Collection Method: Departments report discrimination complaints to DHR.  DHR logs complaints recording the date of filing and assigns the complaints for review and investigation.  Upon completion, the HR Director?s resolution of the complaint and date of such resolution is recorded. Timing:  Data on status of current complaints is available at any time." 0.638 0.773 0.61 0.7 0.7 % Above target is positive HUMAN RESOURCES RECRUIT/ ASSESS/ CLIENT SERVICES Streamline the examination process to facilitate permanent appointment and maintain low level of provisional appointment "Average time between examination announcement closing and list adoption, in months" The average number of days between the final closing of a non-continuous (discrete) recruitment process for permanent employment and the adoption of the eligible list resulting from the recruitment and the announced selection process. "Collection Method: Applicant tracking and referral system (SIGMA). For all lists adopted during the measurement period,  except lists for registers or continuous testing, which lack close dates, subtract Close_Date value from Adoption_Date value and divide by 30. Timing:  Data can be run at any time, however, we generally need at least two weeks after end of measurement period to remind system users to complete data entry to reduce null values and ensure accuracy." 2.35 2.3 2 3.3 2.5 2 Below target is positive HUMAN RESOURCES RECRUIT/ ASSESS/ CLIENT SERVICES Streamline the examination process to facilitate permanent appointment and maintain low level of provisional appointment Percentage of employees citywide that are provisional Percentage of Provisional appointments to total workforce excluding employees with as-needed work schedules. "Collection Method: Human Resources Information System query SF_EE_COUNT_BY_BU_AND_APPT_TYP. Incl STDBU and SFMTA business units, excluding as-needed employees and employees of the Community College and School Districts. Run query 2 weeks after end of measurement period to include backdated appointment changes, particularly retirements. Note: Civil Service Commission report also excludes provisional appointments in MTA service critical classes. Timing:  Query can be run at any time, but especially at fiscal year end, it is important to wait two weeks after measurement period end to capture retirements and other changes." 0.045 0.0373 0.021 0.035 0.033 0.021 % Below target is positive HUMAN RESOURCES TRAINING & ORGANIZATION DEVELOPMENT All City employees have a current performance appraisal Number of City employees for whom appraisals were scheduled "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the citywide total of the number of employees in all departments for whom performance appraisals were scheduled.   Definition supplied to departments in Feb 06:  """"New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal is to be conducted.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review shold be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months. Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion.""" "Collection Method: Data collected from individual departments under the program code:   ""XXX - Non program,"" Goal 01, Measure 01. Timing:  November of each year (annually).  Data are collected from departments, who perform appraisals on a variety of evaluation cycles (calendar year, fiscal year, anniversary date) and require different amounts of time to collect data. In order to provide the most complete view, data will be reported annually in November." 21633 21588 26121 22399 22399 Above target is positive HUMAN RESOURCES TRAINING & ORGANIZATION DEVELOPMENT All City employees have a current performance appraisal Number of City employees for whom scheduled annual appraisals were completed "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the citywide total of the number of applicable employees in all City departments for whom performance appraisals were conducted amd completed during the fiscal year.  ""Completed"" means an appraisal form has been filled out and is in the employee's personnel file.  Defintion provided to depts in Feb 06:  ""This is the number of applicable employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal was conducted amd completed during the fiscal year.  ""Completed"" means an appraisal form has been filled out and is in the employee's personnel file.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review shold be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months.   Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion.""" "Collection Method: Data collected from individual deptartments under the program code:   ""XXX - Non program,"" Goal 01, Measure 02. Timing:  November of each year (annually).  Data are collected from departments, who perform appraisals on a variety of evaluation cycles (calendar year, fiscal year, anniversary date) and require different amounts of time to collect data. In order to provide the most complete view, data will be reported annually in November." 17985 18786 25100 22399 22399 Above target is positive HUMAN RESOURCES TRAINING & ORGANIZATION DEVELOPMENT All City employees have a current performance appraisal Percentage of employees for whom scheduled annual appraisals were completed "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the citywide percentage of the number of applicable employees in all City departments for whom performance appraisals were scheduled and completed during the fiscal year.  Percentage measure only included in HRD measures.  ""Completed"" means an appraisal form has been filled out and is in the employee's personnel file." "Collection Method: Total completed appraisals divided by the number of applicable employees (for whom appraisal were scheduled during the applicable time period).   Data are collected from individual depts under the program code:   ""XXX - Non program,"" Goal 01. Timing:  November of each year (annually).  Data are collected from departments, who perform appraisals on a variety of evaluation cycles (calendar year, fiscal year, anniversary date) and require different amounts of time to collect data. In order to provide the most complete view, data will be reported annually in November." 0.831 0.87 1 1 1 % Above target is positive HUMAN RESOURCES TRAINING & ORGANIZATION DEVELOPMENT Provide high quality training to employees Average rating of DHR workshops by participants (1-5 scale) Average rating on a scale from 1-5 that participants provide at the end of DHR training. "Collection Method: Participant Feedback Worksheet, Question 1 -- ""How would you rate the workshop as a whole?"" The Worksheet uses a 5-point scale: 1=fair, 3=average, 5=excellent. This Worksheet has been used by the training staff for several years. Timing:  Data are available at any time." 4.4 4.6 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.5 Above target is positive HUMAN RESOURCES TRAINING & ORGANIZATION DEVELOPMENT Provide high quality training to employees Number of training hours delivered Number of training hours delivered by DHR staff and through City University A training hour is equivalent to one person in training for one hour. "Collection Method: Class attendance is recorded in OnTrack, the Workforce Development team's class registration software. Class hours delivered through special assignments are recorded separately. The number of attendees and hours per class are multiplied and summed to provide total training hours. Enrollment in City University is tracked in Excel. A new training database is in development. Timing:  DHR data are available three weeks after the end of each quarter. City University figures are available after the enrollment period closes (fall, spring, and summer term). Data for summer and fall terms will be reported in July-December actuals, and data for spring term will be reported in July-June submission." 21958 28492 29375 15000 15592 Above target is positive HUMAN RESOURCES TRAINING & ORGANIZATION DEVELOPMENT Provide high quality training to employees Participants' average rating of relevance of DHR workshops to their jobs (1-5 scale) Average rating on a scale from 1-5 that participants provide at the end of DHR training. This proposed measure identifies training that employees consider relevant to their jobs. "Collection Method: Participant Feedback Worksheet:  ""How would you rate the relevance of this workshop to your job?"" The Worksheet uses a 5-point scale: 1=not relevant, 3=relevant, 5=extrememly relevant. Timing:  Data are available at any time." 4.5 4.6 4.4 4.6 4.5 Below target is positive HUMAN RESOURCES WORKERS COMPENSATION Provide a safe and healthy work environment Claims per 100 FTEs (full time equivalents) "The number of claims filed per 100 FTEs (full time equivalents) during the measurement period, excluding MTA and future medical claims." "Collection Method: Claims data are stored in VOS, the City's claims management information system. FTE counts are available from biweekly payroll database (payds.mdb). Timing:  Data are available on an ongoing basis." 13 13 13 14.4 15 Below target is positive HUMAN RESOURCES WORKERS COMPENSATION Resolve employee Workers Compensation claims in a timely and effective manner Average rating by departments of their claims administration services (1-5 scale). "New measure in FY04-05:  Percentage of departmental workers' compensation coordinators (WCC) that answer excellent or good, on a 4-point scale (excellent, good, fair or poor).   8/31/05: CHANGED by DHR to an average satisfaction rating by depts using a 5 point scale, which matches the scale used in other DHR surveys (1=fair, 3=average, 5=excellent)." "Collection Method: After the close of the fiscal year, WCC's will be asked to complete a brief email survey on the quality of claims administration services (overall, and separately by WCD and the TPA) in the year just ended.  The proposed measure for 2005-06 was changed by HRD in Oct 05 to a 5-point scale with a target expressed as an average point rating (3.75) instead of a percentage.  This method is in line with other customer satisfaction measurement done by HRD for training classes. Timing:  The survey is only conducted at fiscal year end. Data availability depends on timeliness of survey responses, but is generally within 8 weeks of the fiscal year end. If possible, we would like to revise the FY07 up." 4.8 4.75 4.54 4.1 4.5 4.8 Above target is positive HUMAN RESOURCES WORKERS COMPENSATION Resolve employee Workers Compensation claims in a timely and effective manner Number of hours worked by employees through the Transitional Work Program Number of hours worked by employees participating in the interdepartmental Transitional Work Program coordinated by the Workers' Compensation Division. Collection Method: Hours worked through the program are tracked centrally in a database by the program coordinator at the Workers' Compensation division at DHR. Timing:  Data are available at any point during the fiscal year. 2940 3680 2120 2000 2920 Above target is positive HUMAN RESOURCES WORKERS COMPENSATION Resolve employee Workers Compensation claims in a timely and effective manner Workers' Compensation claims closing ratio Indemnity claims closed as a percentage of new and reopened claims "Collection Method: Include new, reopened and closed claims. Claims data are stored in VOS, the City's claims management information system. Timing:  Data are available at any time." 1.09 1.036 1.03 1.02 1.02 1.01 % Above target is positive HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom performance appraisals were scheduled "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal is to be conducted.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months. Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." "Data Collection Method: Supervisors with employees to develop individualized expectations and goals related to department mission and goals.  Supervisors then gather information and provide feedback regarding employee performance using a standardized performance appraisal form. Employees review the form and meet with supervisors to discuss the employee?s progress toward established expectations and goals.  The appraisal form is signed by the employee, supervisor, and the department manager and is filed in the employees Personnel File. Frequency: New employee reviews should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period. Other employees should be reviewed every 12 months." 36 41 31 36 31 31 Above target is positive HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom scheduled performance appraisals were completed "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of applicable employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal was conducted and completed during the fiscal year.  ""Completed"" means an appraisal form has been filled out and is in the employee's personnel file.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months.   Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." "Data Collection Method: Supervisors with employees to develop individualized expectations and goals related to department mission and goals.  Supervisors then gather information and provide feedback regarding employee performance using a standardized performance appraisal form. Employees review the form and meet with supervisors to discuss the employee?s progress toward established expectations and goals.  The appraisal form is signed by the employee, supervisor, and the department manager and is filed in the employees Personnel File. Frequency: New employee reviews should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period. Other employees should be reviewed every 12 months." 36 41 30 36 31 31 Above target is positive HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION "Ensure fairness in employment, housing, public accommodations and investigate complaints of discrimination" Number of actions taken in processing employment complaints "Number of actions taken to investigate employment complaints.  Includes referral, counseling, conciliation, investigation, information, mediation and/or resolution services. HRC handles two types of complaints, general non-construction type employment complaints and construction type complaints.  Complaints may level off during the summer months due to increased seasonal employment opportunities." Collection Method: Data is tracked by HRC Complaint Tracking System and through case files. Timing:  Complaints are tracked via Access Database.  Data is available as needed 375 483 435 390 420 430 Above target is positive HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION "Ensure fairness in employment, housing, public accommodations and investigate complaints of discrimination" Number of actions taken on fair housing complaints "Number of actions taken in processing fair housing complaints.  Includes client complaints, walk-in referrals, phone in or mail in complaints.  Investigation may include a fair housing test*, contacting the housing source to advise on Fair Housing statutes, and/or intervention and mediation of the dispute.  If the investigation finds discrimination or violation of housing public policy, the investigator notifies the respondent by phone or mail and offers mediation." "Collection Method: A complaint file is maintained for all complaints, including status updates.  Complaint data is entered into HRC Complaint tracking System. Timing:  Available as needed." 716 2343 898 720 2220 750 Above target is positive HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION "Ensure fairness in employment, housing, public accommodations and investigate complaints of discrimination" Number of actions taken on public accommodation complaints "Number of actions taken in public accommodation complaints investigated. Includes client complaints, walk-in referrals, phone in or mail in complaints.  Sectors include the retail industry, business establishments and public accommodations such as restaurants, hospitals and department stores.  Complaints include racial or appearance profiling discrimination resulting in false detention, seizures and searches of customers accused of shoplifting or attempting to purchase items illegally due to appearance or race." Collection Method: Data is tracked by HRC Complaint Tracking System and through case files. Timing:  Data available as needed. 701 685 675 700 710 710 Above target is positive HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION "Ensure fairness in employment, housing, public accommodations and investigate complaints of discrimination" Number of actions taken on tenant/landlord disputes "Number of actions taken in mediating and counseling individuals in landlord/tenant disputes.  Includes client complaints, walk-in referrals, phone in or mail in complaints." Collection Method: A complaint file is maintained for all complainants including status updates.  Complaint data is entered into an access database that can be queried. Timing:  Data is available as needed. 870 1146 1028 800 1240 1240 Above target is positive HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION "Ensure fairness in employment, housing, public accommodations and investigate complaints of discrimination" Number of actions taken to investigate and resolve domestic partner status complaints "Number of actions taken in processing domestic partner status complaints (received by phone, mail and walk-in).  Complaints can be handled in simple ways (phone call to landlord) or in much more complex way (conducting investigation).  This measures the following actions: conducting an intake meeting, drafting a complaint, serving a complaint to a respondent, reviewing the response with a complainant, conducting am mediation session, interviewing witnesses, examine relevant documents and drafting findings." "Collection Method:  Intake sheets and/or case files are kept by staff detailing complaint contacts, correspondence and actions taken.  Case summary reports are archived in computer files. Responsible:  Larry Brinkin, Senior Contract Compliance Officer, 252-2510 Timing:  Available as needed." 35 44 30 30 40 40 Above target is positive HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION "Ensure fairness in employment, housing, public accommodations and investigate complaints of discrimination" Number of actions taken to investigate and resolve gender identity complaints "Number of actions taken in processing gender identity discrimination complaints (received by phone, mail and walk-in).  Complaints can be handled in simple ways (phone call to landlord) or in much more complex way (conducting investigation).  This measures the following actions: conducting an intake meeting, drafting a complaint, serving a complaint to a respondent, reviewing the response with a complainant, conducting am mediation session, interviewing witnesses, examine relevant documents and drafting findings." "Collection Method: Intake sheets and/or case files are kept by staff detailing complaint contacts, correspondence and actions taken.  Case summary reports are archived in computer files. Responsible:  Larry Brinkin, Senior Contract Compliance Officer, 252-2510 Timing:  Available as needed." 462 380 335 525 460 370 Above target is positive HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION "Ensure fairness in employment, housing, public accommodations and investigate complaints of discrimination" Number of actions taken to investigate and resolve HIV status complaints "Number of actions taken in processing HIV status complaints (received by phone, mail and walk-in).  Complaints can be handled in simple ways (phone call to landlord) or in much more complex way (conducting investigation).  This measures the following actions: conducting an intake meeting, drafting a complaint, serving a complaint to a respondent, reviewing the response with a complainant, conducting am mediation session, interviewing witnesses, examine relevant documents and drafting findings." "Collection Method:  Intake sheets and/or case files are kept by staff detailing complaint contacts, correspondence and actions taken.  Case summary reports are archived in computer files. Responsible:  Larry Brinkin, Senior Contract Compliance Officer, 252-2510 Timing:  Available as needed." 355 212 190 400 300 200 Above target is positive HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION "Ensure fairness in employment, housing, public accommodations and investigate complaints of discrimination" Number of actions taken to investigate and resolve sexual orientation complaints "Number of actions taken in processing sexual orientation discrimination complaints (received by phone, mail and walk-in).  Complaints can be handled in simple ways (phone call to landlord) or in much more complex way (conducting investigation).  This measures the following actions: conducting an intake meeting, drafting a complaint, serving a complaint to a respondent, reviewing the response with a complainant, conducting a mediation session, interviewing witnesses, examining relevant documents and drafting findings." "Collection Method: Intake sheets and/or case files are kept by staff detailing complaint contacts, correspondence and actions taken.  Case summary reports are archived in computer files. Responsible:  Larry Brinkin, Senior Contract Compliance Officer, 252-2510 Timing:  Available as needed." 653 557 385 650 600 490 Above target is positive HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION "Ensure fairness in employment, housing, public accommodations and investigate complaints of discrimination" Number of actions taken to investigate and resolve sexual orientation complaints "Number of actions taken in processing sexual orientation discrimination complaints (received by phone, mail and walk-in).  Complaints can be handled in simple ways (phone call to landlord) or in much more complex way (conducting investigation).  This measures the following actions: conducting an intake meeting, drafting a complaint, serving a complaint to a respondent, reviewing the response with a complainant, conducting a mediation session, interviewing witnesses, examine relevant documents and drafting findings." "Collection Method: Intake sheets and/or case files are kept by staff detailing complaint contacts, correspondence and actions taken.  Case summary reports are archived in computer files. Responsible:  Larry Brinkin, Senior Contract Compliance Officer, 252-2510 Timing:  Available as needed." Above target is positive HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION "Ensure fairness in employment, housing, public accommodations and investigate complaints of discrimination" Number of discrimination complaints and inquiries processed "Total number of complaints and complaint-related inquiries processed by the Human Rights Commission by mediation, investigation, technical assistance or referral." Collection Method: Complaint database is on HRC's server and is queried to determine the total number of complaints and complaint-related inquiries processed by all divisions of the HRC Timing:  Available as needed. 1428 1389 1101 1400 1420 Above target is positive HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION "Ensure fairness in employment, housing, public accommodations and investigate complaints of discrimination" Number of employment discrimination complaints and inquiries processed "Total number of employment complaints and complaint-related inquiries processed by the Human Rights Commission by mediation, investigation, technical assistance or referral." Collection Method: Complaint database is on HRC's server and is queried to determine the total number of employment complaints and complaint-related inquiries processed by all divisions of the HRC Timing:  Available when needed 32 314 329 300 316 Above target is positive HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION "Ensure fairness in employment, housing, public accommodations and investigate complaints of discrimination" Number of housing discrimination complaints and inquiries processed "Total number of housing complaints and complaint-related inquiries processed by the Human Rights Commission by mediation, investigation, technical assistance or referral." Collection Method: Complaint database is on HRC's server and is queried to determine the total number of housing complaints and complaint-related inquiries processed by all divisions of the HRC Timing:  Available when needed. 391 869 663 800 836 Above target is positive HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION "Ensure fairness in employment, housing, public accommodations and investigate complaints of discrimination" Number of HRC-assisted negotiations and mediations to resolve discrimination complaints Total number of complaints for which HRC staff conducted mediation sessions or assisted in negotiations between parties to resolve disputes. Data Collection Method and Location of Documentation:  Complaint database on HRC network is queried to determine the total number of mediations and HRC-assisted negotiations by HRC staff. 1191 954 1214 Above target is positive HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION "Ensure fairness in employment, housing, public accommodations and investigate complaints of discrimination" Number of public accommodations discrimination complaints and inquiries processed "Total number of public accommodations complaints and complaint-related inquiries processed by the Human Rights Commission by mediation, investigation, technical assistance or referral." Collection Method: Complaint database is on HRC's server and is queried to determine the total number of  public accommodations complaints and complaint-related inquiries processed by all divisions of the HRC Timing:  Available when needed. 77 169 147 170 178 Above target is positive HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION "Ensure fairness in employment, housing, public accommodations and investigate complaints of discrimination" Number of staff investigations of discrimination complaints Total number of investigations conducted by HRC staff to determine whether there is evidence to prove allegations of discrimination submitted by complaints. Data Collection Method and Location of Documentation:  Complaint database on HRC network is queried to determine the total number of discrimination complaint investigations conducted by HRC staff. 195 135 214 Above target is positive HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION Ensure the equal provision of benefits to spouses and domestic partners Number of actions taken on contractor submittals "Number of actions taken on contractor submittals (declaration forms and supporting documentation such as insurance policies, retirement plans, employee handbooks, etc.). Captures all phases of activity on contractor submittals, including data entry, review, analysis, written or oral communication with contractor and contracting department." "Collection Method: Every time an action is taken, it is logged into the computer and counted as part of this measure.  Database on HRC network is queried to determine the pool of contractors with activity in given timeframe.  Assessment of activity level is tied to number of employees working for contractor, which reflects complexity of benefits offered (i.e. the larger the company, more complex benefits are offered to employees requiring more staff time to review files, negotiate with contractor, etc.). Timing:  Data available as needed" 6710 7126 5918 7000 7000 7000 Above target is positive HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION Ensure the equal provision of benefits to spouses and domestic partners Number of contractors in compliance with the Equal Benefits Ordinance "Number of entities that have submitted compliance paperwork and have been determined to meet requirements of the Equal Benefits provisions of the SF Admin. Code Chapter 12B, including entities with employees that offer benefits, entities with employees that offer no benefits, entities with no employees" Collection Method: Access database is located on HRC's server and is queried to determine the total number of entities that have been deemed compliant. Timing:  Data available as needed. 11736 12612 13958 12500 13700 Above target is positive HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION Ensure the equal provision of benefits to spouses and domestic partners Number of contractors in compliance with the Equal Benefits Ordinance that offer employee benefits "Number of entities that have employees and offer employee benefits, that have submitted  compliance paper work and have been determined to meet the requirements of the Equal Benefits Ordinance provision of SF Admin. Code." Collection Method: Access database is located on HRC's server and is queried to determine the total number of entities that have been deemed compliant. Timing:  Data available as needed. 5133 5403 5877 5430 5730 Above target is positive HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION Ensure the equal provision of benefits to spouses and domestic partners Number of employees working for contractors in compliance with the Equal Benefits Ordinance that offer employee benefits "When applying for compliance , entities must identify the number of employees they have in the United States.  This measure reflects the total number of US based employees working at entities that have been determined to meet the requirements of the Equal Benefits Ordinance provision of SF Admin. Code." Collection Method: Access database is located on HRC's server and is queried to determine the total number of entities that have been deemed compliant. Timing:  Data available as needed. 2867550 3141680 3452599 3250000 3500000 Above target is positive HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION Ensure the equal provision of benefits to spouses and domestic partners Number of waivers processed "Number of 12B waivers reviewed, analyzed and processed.  May include research into industry at issue and assistance to requesting departments regarding waiver request preparation." Collection Method: Database on HRC network is queried to determine the number of waivers acted upon in given timeframe.  Form 12B-104 waiver counted by hand and located in HRC files. Timing:  Data available as needed 1275 1219 1053 1100 1100 1100 Above target is positive HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION Increase participation of local businesses (including minority- and women-owned businesses) in City contracts LBE Certification To Identify number of local business enterprises certified by HRC Collection Method: Certification database and application files Timing:  Data is available when needed 937 1293 483 1200 1200 Above target is positive HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION Increase participation of local businesses (including minority- and women-owned businesses) in City contracts Number of actions taken on LBE Certifications applications received "Number of actions taken on LBE Certification applications received.  Application forms include Local Business, PUC Regional, Non Profit Applications, and Recertification applications.  This measure captures all phases of activity on applications submitted including data entry, review, analysis, written or oral communication with the business owner and final determination" Certification staff data enters information on the database every time an action is taken.  Letters are sent out to the business owner.  The Certification database tracks progress of an application 1908 1932 1800 1800 Above target is positive HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION Increase participation of local businesses (including minority- and women-owned businesses) in City contracts "Number of bids reviewed to ensure opportunities for certified small and micro local business enterprises, including minority and women-owned firms" "Number of bids (successful and unsuccessful bids, along with the subcontractors that they list) that are reviewed, processed, and approved/disapproved for compliance with Chapter 14B of the San Francisco Administrative Code during the contract award and contract modification process.  In previous measure years, the measure definition did not include the number of unsuccessful bid reviews performed by HRC.  The number of unsuccessful bids has been added to more accurately reflect the review work performed by HRC.  The measure does not include technical assistance that HRC compliance staff provides to both department project management personnel and businesses on  Chapter 14B requirements." Collection Method: Computerized database available on the intranet. DTIS develops and maintains the database under contract to HRC. Timing: Data currently collected twice annually for performance measures data reporting; data is available in real time. 10560 19398 14655 10000 20000 24000 Above target is positive HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION Increase participation of local businesses (including minority- and women-owned businesses) in City contracts Number of Investigations and site visits performed due to new ordinance requirement (Principal Place of Business) "This measure, unless the Ordinance reverts to the 12D Ordinance is one time only. New ordinance 14B required that staff conducts investigations on the businesses presently certified and having a business location outside of the City and County of San Francisco.  Staff identified and conducted a total of 120 certification investigations. Recurring of this measure is not anticipated." The information is gathered in the Certification Database 372 720 Above target is positive HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION Increase participation of local businesses (including minority- and women-owned businesses) in City contracts "Number of Local, Small, Micro, Minority, Woman, PUC Regional, and Non Profit Certified Firms" "These are the total number of vendors in the Certification Database that have been found bona fide to do business with the City after a very thorough analysis and review including licenses, location, ownership, control" The information is gathered in the Certification Database. This is the status that remains constant for at least three years depending on the business economic threshold. 461 584 500 1000 Above target is positive HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION Increase participation of local businesses (including minority- and women-owned businesses) in City contracts Number of measures taken to ensure OCA/Commodity purchases maximize local business participation Certification staff works closely with City Purchasers to ensure that the Purchasing Department (OCA) complies with Ordinance 14B and maximizes participation by Local businesses. The information is gathered in the Certification Database 198 245 200 500 Above target is positive HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION Increase participation of local businesses (including minority- and women-owned businesses) in City contracts Number of payments monitored to ensure actual participation of certified firms "The measure is the number of payments on contracts and contract modifications processed for compliance with Chapter 14B of the S.F. Administrative Code. Prime contractors must identify the individual subcontractors who will be paid under each progress payment request. Upon receiving the payment from the City, the prime contractor must submit HRC Form 9 to verify all subcontractors have been paid before the next progress payment request is processed. This ensures local businesses (including minority and women-owned businesses) participate on the contract as specified in the bid or proposal and are paid in a timely manner as required by Chapter 14B.  However, the above quantitative measure does not include technical assistance that HRC compliance staff provides to both department project management personnel and businesses on Chapter 14B requirements." Collection Method: Computerized database available on the intranet.  DTIS develops and maintains the database under contract to HRC. Timing:  Data available when needed. 25355 24811 13323 20000 25000 26000 Above target is positive HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION Increase participation of local businesses (including minority- and women-owned businesses) in City contracts Number of Site Visits Performed "Number of site visits performed by staff.  Ordinance 14B requires that staff performs site visits for new applicants, applicants seeking renewal, change of addresses, audits and investigations.  Additionally, Ordinance 14B requires that staff performs site visits for truckers at their office site as well as their parking site and for suppliers at their office site as well as their warehouse site which may be in different locations." Certification staff is required to submit a site visit report. The data is gathered in the database as well as filed in the vendor folder. 477 476 400 800 Above target is positive HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION Increase participation of local businesses (including minority- and women-owned businesses) in City contracts Percentage of Annual LBE Participation in City Contracts Percent of Prime and Sub level LBE participation in City Contracts. Collection Method: Database is maintained by DTIS. Timing:  Data is available when needed 0.1847 0.18 0.14 0.22 0.22 % Above target is positive HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION Provide sensitivity trainings on various discrimination and diversity issues Number of sensitivity trainings on various discrimination and diversity issues "Number of trainings staff conducts regarding sexual orientation, gender identity, HIV, domestic partners and equal benefits for employers, employee groups, schools, city departments, city contractors and others.  Each training includes preparation, scheduling and conducting training.  The measure has been redefined for FY 2009 to include all public speaking, participation on panels, report presentations and others." "Data Collection Method: Division staff schedule training engagements, speaking engagements and public hearings with commissions, community groups, departments, media and pre-bid meetings.  Frequency: The total number of training engagements, speaking engagements, and public hears undertaken by staff is tabulated every six (6) months. " 132 164 292 140 119 130 Above target is positive HUMAN SERVICES ADULT SERVICES "Assist individuals and families to achieve their greatest potential within the context of family, community and/or society" Average number of days from application to determination of IHSS eligibility The average number of days from the date of an application to the date that determination regarding eligibility is made.  Collection Method: The HSA Planning Unit runs regular reports from the ICIS data tracking system.  Those reports include the dates of referrals and determination for IHSS cases.  Frequency: Data is available on an ongoing basis 87 59 40 40 Below target is positive HUMAN SERVICES ADULT SERVICES "Assist individuals and families to achieve their greatest potential within the context of family, community and/or society" Number of new IHSS referrals and/or cases opened as a result of hospital discharges or other urgent circumstances "This measure specifically looks at the number of individuals in urgent circumstances (e.g., being discharged from hospitals and/or medical facilities) that IHSS services enables to return safely to their own homes." Collection Method: The IHSS ICIS database includes a mechanism for tracking the urgency and hospital discharge status of all program referrals.  A data extract from that database is made available to the Planning Unit for analysis purposes. Timing:  Data for this measure is available as needed. 1729 1940 2271 650 1590 2200 Above target is positive HUMAN SERVICES ADULT SERVICES "Assist individuals and families to achieve their greatest potential within the context of family, community and/or society" Number of referrals and requests for information about Aging and Adult Services This meaures provides a context for the service demands being placed upon this program. Collection Method: The data for this measure comes from an internal tracking system that tracks all calls received.  The Avaya system has the ability to generate regular reports.  DTIS manages the Avaya Telephone System for DAAS and reporting functions. Timing:  Data for this measure is dependent upon receipt of monthly summary reports from DTIS. 5385 4901 23964 9000 12000 5000 Above target is positive HUMAN SERVICES ADULT SERVICES "Assist individuals and families to achieve their greatest potential within the context of family, community and/or society" Number of unduplicated clients served by the Community Living Fund program "Number of unduplicated clients who have received case management and/or purchased services through the Community Living Fund (CLF) program during the fiscal year.  The CLF program provides assistance to prevent institutionalization of to those individuals most at risk of being institutinalized.  Assistance may include, but not limited to, case management services as well as assistance with making modifications to one's home." Collection Method: DAAS contracts with community-based agencies to provide CLF services.  Contractors will maintain all active client records. Timing:  Data is available from contractors as needed for reporting. 406 434 115 400 Above target is positive HUMAN SERVICES ADULT SERVICES "Assist individuals and families to achieve their greatest potential within the context of family, community and/or society" Percentage of applications processed within the mandated timeframe "This measure looks at the timeliness that services are delivered to IHSS recipients.  The measure specifically looks at the amount of time it takes to determine eligibility for services from the application date.  The measure is calculated by determining the number of days from the date of application to the date that the eligibility determination is made.  That number of days is compared to the mandated number of days (30 day for applicants who are ""status eligibile"" and 45 days for applicants who are ""income eligibile"").  The percentage shows the portion of the applications that had a determination established within the mandated timeframe." "Collection Method: The HSA ""ICIS"" database documents application dates and eligibility determination dates as well as other data elements.  The Planning Unit runs reports from that dtabase on a quarterly basis for analysis purposes.  Timing: Data is available as needed." 0.39 0.57275 1 1 % Above target is positive HUMAN SERVICES ADULT SERVICES "Assist individuals and families to achieve their greatest potential within the context of family, community and/or society" Percentage of Community Living Fund clients who were previously at imminent risk of institutionalization who have successfully continued community living for a period of at least six months Number of Community Living Fund clients who entered the program from a community setting (but at imminent risk of institutionalization) and then remained living in the community for a period of at least six while following their personalized care plan.  All care plans will be developed in collaboration with the individual client at program enrollment.  This calculation will exclude clients who have been successful in community living but have not been in the program for at least six months. "Collection Method: The lead CLF contractor collects data on the institutional status of new clients, which is maintained in client records.  Client records will be queried to determine which clients continue to be active participants for six months or more.  For those who are no longer active CLF participants, the client records will indicate the reason for program discontinuance.  Timing: Data will be current and available on an ongoing basis." 0.76 0.74 0.7 0.7 % Above target is positive HUMAN SERVICES ADULT SERVICES "Assist individuals and families to achieve their greatest potential within the context of family, community and/or society" Percentage of formerly institutionalized Community Living Fund clients who have successfully continued community living for a period of at least six months Number of Community Living Fund clients who entered the fund from an institutional setting and then remained living in the community for a period of at least six months while following their personalized care plan.  All care plans will be developed in collaboration with the individual client at program enrollment.  This calculation will exclude clients who have been successful in community living but have not been in the program for at least six months. "Collection Method: The lead CLF contractor collects data on the institutional status of new clients, which is maintained in client records.  Client records will be queried to determine which clients continue to be active participants for six months or more.  For those who are no longer active CLF participants, the client records will indicate the reason for program discontinuance.  Timing: Data will be current and available on an ongoing basis." 0.73 0.702 0.7 0.7 % Above target is positive HUMAN SERVICES ADULT SERVICES "Assist individuals and families to achieve their greatest potential within the context of family, community and/or society" Percentage of IHSS applications processed within 30 days "This measures looks at the timeliness that services are delivered to IHSS recipients.  The measure specifically looks at the amount of time it takes to determine eligibility for services from the application date.  The measure is calculated by determining the number of days from the date of application to the date that an eligibility determination is made, then determined which portion of the applications had a determination established within the mandated 30 days for status eligible applicants." "Collection Method: The HSA ""ICIS"" database documents application dates and eligibility determination dates as well as other data elements.  The Planning Unit runs reports from that database on a quarterly basis for analysis purposes. Timing:  Data is available as needed." 0.23 0.4325 0.64675 1 1 1 % Above target is positive HUMAN SERVICES ADULT SERVICES "Assist individuals and families to achieve their greatest potential within the context of family, community and/or society" Total number of In Home Support Services (IHSS) clients "HSA: In Home Support Services provides assistance to individuals that are aged, blind and/or disabled so that they may remain safely in their own homes.  This measure is simply a count of the individuals deemed eligible and have an active case opened. " Collection Method: The data for this measure comes from the CMIPs database. Timing:  Monthly downloads from the State. It  is a count of all IHSS cases that have a status code of either I [Interim] or E [Eligible]. 18393 20046 21240 17811 19600 20700 On target is positive HUMAN SERVICES ADULT SERVICES Maximize personal and agency resources Average number of days from original claim to receipt of VA benefits "This measure the effectiveness of the CVSO staff in preparing & processing claims with veterans.  This measure, an average, is calculated by counting the number of days from the date of the original claim to the receipt/granting of the benefit." "Collection Method: Staff maintains a simple count, which is entered into a database.  Data is maintained on an ongoing basis as services are requested via a network database at the Veterans Service Office at 875 Stevenson. Timing:  Monthly reports" 124 110 134 130 130 130 Below target is positive HUMAN SERVICES ADULT SERVICES Maximize personal and agency resources Number of active Rep Rayee cases "Number of active cases that provide money management for frail elderly and adults with mental illness.  CON Jan 2006:  HSA requested to DELETE.  CON:  Kept, see/check MYR picks/comments (Sue Wong)." Collection Method: Cases and case file information are tracked within the Panoramic database system. Timing:  The Panoramic database allows for querying of the database for current and historical information. 1503 1527 1442 1500 1500 1500 On target is positive HUMAN SERVICES ADULT SERVICES Maximize personal and agency resources Number of days from referral to estate closure (PA) "This measure is a count of the number days it takes for a case to go through the process of being referred and passing through PA's Investigation Unit, PA's Estate's Unit and finally the closing of the Estate." "Collection Method: Data for this measure is tracked within the Panoramic data tracking system.  As cases move from one point in the process to the next, notations are made within the casefile. Timing:  Current data for this measure is available by query in the database." 500 352 359 270 270 270 Below target is positive HUMAN SERVICES ADULT SERVICES Maximize personal and agency resources Number of estates currently being administered (PA) This measure is a count of the number of estates that the Public Administrator's Office is currenlty in the process of administering. Collection Method: Data for this measure is tracked within the Panoramic database system.  A new casefile is established once the Public Administrator's Office is asked to become involved in an estate Timing:  Current data for this measure is available by simply querying the Panoramic database system. 1007 947 861 1000 1000 1000 On target is positive HUMAN SERVICES ADULT SERVICES Maximize personal and agency resources Number of unduplicated veterans that received assistance "This measure shows the unduplicated number of individuals receiving services and benefitting form County Veteran Services.  It is important to monitor this number because of the fluctuating proportion of veterans to the overall population, especially in light of the current conflict(s) in the Middle East." "Collection Method: Staff maintains a simple count, which is entered into a database.  Data is maintained on the network database at the Veterans Service Office at 875 Stevenson.  Data is gathered at the time of intake and then maintained over the length of the case. Timing:  Monthly reports" 2263 2729 2757 3000 3200 3000 Above target is positive HUMAN SERVICES ADULT SERVICES Maximize personal and agency resources Percentage of cases receiving Representative Payee Services within 60 days of being referred for services This measure tracks the number of cases that begin to receive services within a specified period of time in order to measure the effectiveness of connecting individuals with needed services in a timely manner.  The measure is calculated by counting the number of days from the date of referral to the date of their initial benefit check. Collection Method: The date for both the referral and benefit receipt are maintained within the Panoramic data system for each case as the case is established.  Data for this measure is gathered at the intake or when the case is established. Timing:  Data remains currrent and available as long as the case is active. 0.87 0.72 0.88 0.65 0.9 0.9 % Above target is positive HUMAN SERVICES ADULT SERVICES Maximize personal and agency resources Percentage of veterans assisted for whom additional/increased benefits were obtained "This measure reflects those individuals already known to the CVSO and/or VA system(s) that are applying additional benefits either due to a change in status or need.                                                       CON Feb 2006:  Slight measure name change - added ""d"" to ""increase"".  Data same." "Collection Method: Staff maintains a simple count as request are made and granted, which is entered into a database and then summarized as needed.  Data is maintained on the network database at the Veterans Service Office at 875 Stevenson. Timing:  Current and ongoing" 0.49 0.35 0.63 0.5 0.5 0.5 % Above target is positive HUMAN SERVICES ADULT SERVICES Promote the health and well being of San Franciscans Average number of days an applicant remains on the waiting list before receiving home delivered meals Measures the effectiveness in providing benefits in a timely manner and adequacy of resources.  This measure is calculated by counting the number of days from the date of referral to the date an individual receives their first home delivered meal and then average. Collection Method: The data is maintained by the Office on Aging (OOA) in a customized data tracking system.  Data is gathered daily by community partners and entered into an on-line data tracking system. Timing:  Data is collected daily by our community partners and a data extract is provided by our IT department as needed for analysis. 70 40 26 60 60 60 Below target is positive HUMAN SERVICES ADULT SERVICES Promote the health and well being of San Franciscans Number of meals delivered to homes "Definition:  This is the actual number of meals delivered to individuals residence, typically elderly or chronically ill,  that need assistance with meal preparation." Collection Method: This data is tracked by the Office of Aging. Reported monthly to us by community providers and then summed up by OOA staff. Timing:  Data is gathered daily and then reported monthly by our community partners. 939843 1006202 1025585 865073 899300 899300 Above target is positive HUMAN SERVICES ADULT SERVICES Promote the health and well being of San Franciscans Number of meals served at centers "Number of congregate meals, that is, those meals served to seniors at congregate meal sites such as senior centers and community centers by community-based providers, under contract to the Department of Aging & Adult Services." Collection Method: Reimbursement to providers is based on a per-unit (meal) fee.  Providers report units of service to the department in order to obtain payment. Timing:  Current and ongoing 782815 808115 795154 800000 798964 798964 Above target is positive HUMAN SERVICES ADULT SERVICES Protect and shield against abuse and neglect Average number of days from the date of referral to the date of determination (PG) "This measure is calculated by counting the number of days from referral to determination to provide guardianship services per case and then averaged. The Public Guardian provides probate conservatorship services for senior's and adults with disabilities who are substantially unable to provide for their own needs of food, clothing, shelter or medical care and/or are unable to manage finances or resist fraud or undue influence. " Collection Method: Data is tracked in the Panoramic database system as part of the casefile established and maintained thorughout the life of case. Timing:  Current and ongoing 7 4 5 10 10 7 Below target is positive HUMAN SERVICES ADULT SERVICES Protect and shield against abuse and neglect Number of individuals served by the Public Conservator's Office This is an unduplicated count of the number of individuals currently being served by the Public Conservator's Office. "Collection Method: Data for this measure is maintained within the Public Conservator's Office.  The personal information, including status, in maintained and updated as needed. Timing:  Data for this measure is available as needed." 927 1259 793 900 900 900 On target is positive HUMAN SERVICES ADULT SERVICES Protect and shield against abuse and neglect Percent of clients placed out of county (PC) This is the number of clients placed out of county in comparison to the number of overall clients served by the Public Conservator's Office.  This measures attempts to look at available resources and capacity within San Francisco. "Collection Method: Data for this measure is maintained within the Public Conservator's Office.  The personal information, including placemnet information, in maintained and updated as needed. Timing:  Data for this measure is available as needed." 0.4 0.52 0.51 0.4 0.4 0.5 % On target is positive HUMAN SERVICES ADULT SERVICES Protect and shield against abuse and neglect Percent of mandated visits per month completed (PC) This is a measure of the Public Conservator's Office's ability to meet its mandate in terms of meeting with its clients on a regularly scheduled basis. "Collection Method: Data for this measure is maintained within the Public Conservator's Office,.  Data is entered and updated as needed/warranted due to a change in status or circumstances. Timing:  Data for this measure is available as needed." 0.85 0.98 0.97 1 1 1 % Above target is positive HUMAN SERVICES ADULT SERVICES Protect and shield against abuse and neglect Percentage of APS referrals resulting in consumer acceptance of service "Because victims of elder abuse, neglect, fraud, etc., are adults, they can opt to accept or decline any or all of the protective services offered by APS.  The goal of the APS program is to eliminate or ameliorate abusive situations.  Due to the nature of the service, this is not 100% successful.  This item measures the percent of referrals resulting in the consumer accepting the service." "Collection Method: On client forms, workers can indicate consumer acceptance of a specific percentage of all of the services offered (and specifically what each service is).  This is also inputted into the computer system, which tracks statistics for all APS services provided.  Data is updated as needed or as circumstances warrant. Timing:  Current and ongoing" 0.905 0.909 0.909 0.9 0.9 0.9 % Above target is positive HUMAN SERVICES ADULT SERVICES Protect and shield against abuse and neglect Percentage of cases closed within 365 days of being conserved (PC) "This measures the effectiveness of the PC's Office to effectively link clients with appropriate services in the community, which then enables the PC to close the case.  Indirectly, this measure also serves as an indicator to the availability of community resources. This measure is calculated by reviewing cases closed during the specified time period in comparison to the date the case was opened.  The number of cases that had been opened less than 365 days are then divided by the number of all cases closed during the period." Collection Method: Data for this measure is tracked and maintained on an ongoing basis over the course/life of the case within PC office on index cards. Timing:  Current and ongoing 0.33 0.23 0.25 0.4 0.4 0.4 % Above target is positive HUMAN SERVICES ADULT SERVICES Protect and shield against abuse and neglect Percentage of cases that are reconserved within 365 days of their initial case closure date (PC) "This measures the lasting effectiveness of the PC's Office to effectively link clients with appropriate services in the community.  Indirectly, this measure also serves as an indicator to the availability and quality of community resources. This measure is calculated by comparing cases opened during the specified time period to those opened that had been previously conserved within the last 365 days." Collection Method: Data for this measure is tracked and maintained within PC office on index cards.  Index cards are updated as needed or as an individual is reconserved. Timing:  Current and ongoing 0.1 0.12 0.06 0.1 0.1 0.1 % Below target is positive HUMAN SERVICES ADULT SERVICES Protect and shield against abuse and neglect Percentage of referred APS cases with reduced risk at time of case closure "The goal of APS is to reduce consumer risk--of fraud, harm from abuse, self-neglect, etc.  This item measures the number of consumers for whom risk has, in fact, been reduced at the time of case closure." "Collection Method: At the time of case closure, the APS worker (each worker is an MSW and is well trained in making such assessments) assesses whether risk has been reduced.  This is recorded on the case closure form, which is kept in each case file and is inputted into the APS computer tracking system.  Case files are updated and maintained as needed/warranted. Timing:  current and ongoing" 0.735 0.778 0.783 0.75 0.75 0.75 % Above target is positive HUMAN SERVICES ADULT SERVICES Protect and shield against abuse and neglect Percentage of required cases that have a face to face contact within 10 days of referral (APS) "When a referral is received by the APS Office, investigators have 10 days in most cases to have a face to face contact with the individual.  Making contact with an individual during these initial days is critical to getting the most accurate accounting of the incident and engaging the individual into services.  It should be noted the Adult Protective Services are voluntary.  This measure is calculated by counting the number of days from the initial referral to the date a face to face contact." Collection Method: Data for this measure is extracted from the AACTs system.  Data is entered and updated by APS workers as needed/warranted. Timing:  Current and ongoing 0.817 0.708 0.809 0.85 1 1 % Above target is positive HUMAN SERVICES ADULT SERVICES Protect and shield against abuse and neglect Public Guardian: Percentage of mandated visits made per quarter The Public Guardian's Office is mandated to maintain regular contact with the individuals served through their office.  This measure reflects the PG's ability to meet its mandate of visits on a quarterly basis. Collection Method: Data for this measure is tracked on an ongoing basis within client files maintained in the Panoramic data system. Timing:  Data for this measure is available on an as needed basis. 0.75 0.96 0.97 1 1 1 % Above target is positive HUMAN SERVICES ADULT SERVICES Protect and shield against abuse and neglect Total number of conservatees receiving services through the Public Guardian Office This is an unduplicated count of the persons currently receiving services through the PG's office. Collection Method: Information for each person receiving services is tracked in the Panoramic data system and is maintained on an ongoing basis while the individual is receiving services and/or until the case is closed. Timing:  Data for this measure is available on an as needed basis. 320 327 294 300 330 330 On target is positive HUMAN SERVICES CALWORKS Facilitate economic self-sufficiency CalWORKs families who left aid due to earned income from employment "This measure is calculated by counting the number of CalWORKs families who become ineligible for cash aid payments because they exceed a minimum level of earned income.  In order to remain eligible for cash aid payments through CalWORKs, a family's gross earnings must stay below a set level adjusted for family size.  Although, families can continue to receive supportive services (e.g.,  Medi-Cal, child care and career retention and advancement services) for a limited period of time after they are no longer eligible for cash aid." "Collection Method: All CalWORKs cases are tracked in the CalWIN.  When a CalWORKs family becomes ineligible for cash aid because it exceeds a minimum earned income level, this information is entered into CalWIN.  These measures were calculated using the data from these extracts for the corresponding periods of time. Timing:  The CalWIN data system is dynamic, and can be queried for current data.  Historical data is stored in extracts that can also be queried for previous periods." 652 685 436 300 600 600 Above target is positive HUMAN SERVICES CALWORKS Facilitate economic self-sufficiency CalWORKs participation rate This is the proportion of eligible CalWORKs families that are required to participate and are participating within predefined acceptable welfare to work activities. Collection Method: Data for this measure is tracked on an ongoing basis within the CalWIN data tracking system and case files maintained by Employment Specialist. Timing:  Data for this measure generally has a two to three month lag time due to reporting practices/protocols of our community partners.   0.383 0.211 0.21 0.5 0.5 % Above target is positive HUMAN SERVICES CALWORKS Facilitate economic self-sufficiency CalWORKs: Percentage of active CalWORKs cases with earned income "Non-exempt adults in CalWORKs families receiving aid must participate in welfare-to-work activities that will lead to employment.  Exemption from welfare-to-work activities can be granted for a variety of reasons (e.g., clients under 16 or over 59 years old, disabled, or pregnant).  Active cases are those that are currently receiving cash aid via CalWORKs.  This measure is calculated by dividing the number of non-exempt cases earning income by the total number of active non-exempt cases." "Collection Method: All CalWORKs cases are tracked in the CalWIN Data System.  Earned income is one of the pieces of information entered, because it can affect the cash aid payment amount and CalWORKs eligibility.  Whether a case is exempt or non-exempt is also stored within CalWIN.  Therefore, CalWIN contains the total number of non-exempt cases, as well as the number of non-exempt cases with earned income.  The measures here were calculated using the data from these extracts for the corresponding periods of time. Timing:  The CalWIN data system is dynamic, and can be queried for current data.  Historical data is stored in extracts that can also be queried for previous periods." 0.3 0.402 0.58 0.3 0.3 0.47 % Above target is positive HUMAN SERVICES CHILDREN'S BASELINE Maximize personal and agency resources Percent of licensed childcare centers that have a current quality assessment (Childcare) This is the percent of licensed childcare centers receiving an external Harms-Clifford Environmental Rating Scale score.  The Harms Clifford is a research based instrument that assesses the overall childcare environment across a number of scales based upon the youth served. Collection Method: Monthly reports for the time period are reviewed and the number of newly assessed providers is tallied. San Francisco State University Partners in Quality Child Care competes the assessment and summary reports. Timing:  Data is gathered and reported quarterly. 0.54 0.59 0.57 0.51 0.55 0.55 % Above target is positive HUMAN SERVICES CHILDREN'S BASELINE Maximize personal and agency resources Percent of licensed family childcare (FCC) programs that have current quality assessments (Childcare) This is the percent of licensed family childcare providers receiving an external Harms-Clifford Environmental Rating Scale score.  The Harms Clifford is a research based instrument that assesses the overall childcare environment across a number of scales based upon the youth served. Collection Method: Monthly reports for the time period are reviewed and the number of newly assessed providers is tallied. San Francisco State University Partners in Quality Child Care competes the assessment and summary reports. Timing:  Data is gathered and reported quarterly. 0.32 0.36 0.32 0.28 0.3 0.3 % Above target is positive HUMAN SERVICES COUNTY ADULT ASSISTANCE PROGRAM Facilitate economic self-sufficiency Active PAES cases receiving employment services that are earning income "CAAP is the County Adult Assistance Programs.  Under CAAP, there are four separate programs, including PAES (Personal Assisted Employment Services).  There are two separate sections of the PAES Program.  One section serves clients who are exempt from employment services due to temporary disabling conditions or because the participant is able to work but takes the option afforded clients 55 or older of not participating.  The other section of PAES serves clients who are able to work and are engaged in employment activities.  This measure is focused on those clients who are engaged in services provided by the section of the PAES Program offering employment activities.  The purpose of this PAES Program is to provide employable, non-exempt adults with no other means of support with education, training and supportive services necessary to gain lasting employment.  This measure is calculated by dividing the number of PAES cases earning income by the total number of PAES cases in an employmen" "Collection Method: All PAES cases are tracked in CalWIN.  Earned income is one of the pieces of information entered into CalWIN, because it can affect the cash aid payment amount and PAES eligibility.  Therefore, CalWIN contains the total number active PAES cases, as well as the number of PAES cases with earned income.  These measures were calculated using the data from CalWIN for the corresponding periods of time. Timing:  The CalWIN data system is dynamic, and can be queried for current data.  Historical data is stored in extracts that can also be queried for previous periods." 0.43 0.38 0.34 0.3 0.3 0.3 % Above target is positive HUMAN SERVICES COUNTY ADULT ASSISTANCE PROGRAM Facilitate economic self-sufficiency Number of CAAP clients exiting cash aid due to receipt of SSI benefits This is the cumulative number of individuals that are discontinued from CAAP due to receipt of SSI benefits.  The number is determined based upon the receipt of reimbursement checks from SSA. "Collection Method: On a semi-annual basis, HSA's fiscal department will review payments received from SSA and determine an unduplicated count of CAAP clients that are now receiving SSI. HSA's Fiscal Unit. Timing:  Data is gathered on an ongoing basis and reviewed semi-annually for performance measures purposes.  Data is gathered by HSA's fiscal unit." 1145 1185 1347 1000 1000 1100 Above target is positive HUMAN SERVICES COUNTY ADULT ASSISTANCE PROGRAM Promote the health and well being of San Franciscans The number of CAAP recipients who are homeless New measure Feb 2006:   This is an average of the number of homeless CAAP clients receiving cash aid each month.  "Collection Method: Data for this measure comes from the CalWIN database system.  Data is gathered initially at the time of intake and updated whenever the client has a change in housing status. Timing:  The CalWIN data system is dynamic, and can be queried for current data.  Historical data is stored in extracts that can also be queried for previous periods." 369 444 417 400 400 400 Below target is positive HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER Maximize personal and agency resources Personnel: Number of employees for whom performance appraisals were scheduled "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal is to be conducted.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months. Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion.  9/11/09  All future data reporting will be based soley on those PAR's required for the correspodning time period. " "Collection Method: In March 2006 HSA developed a Performance Evaluation System. We created an Access Database using our Excel based Position Control data.  We implemented the system beginning in April 2006.  In May 2006 we made enhancements to the Access Database and were able to link directly to our Position Control spreadsheet which has all of the department's positions listed, which is about 1, 710 filled. Timing:  Current" 1873 1825 826 1720 1825 826 Above target is positive HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER Maximize personal and agency resources Personnel: Number of employees for whom scheduled performance appraisals were completed "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of applicable employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal was conducted amd completed during the fiscal year.  ""Completed"" means an appraisal form has been filled out and is in the employee's personnel file.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months.   Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." "Collection Method: In March 2006 HSA developed a Performance Evaluation System. We created an Access Database using our Excel based Position Control data.  We implemented the system beginning in April 2006.  In May 2006 we made enhancements to the Access Database and were able to link directly to our Position Control spreadsheet which has all of the department's positions listed, which is about 1, 710 filled. Timing:  Current" 1715 1817 414 1720 1825 826 Above target is positive HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER Maximize personal and agency resources Personnel: Percent of required bilingual positions filled "This measure attempts to reflect the Human Services Agency commitment to providing access to services for individuals with limited English Proficiency.  Furthermore, the Department is legislatively mandated to provide access.  Division 21 states, ""The number of public contact positions in each major occupational group shall be determined for each program and/or location whose non-English language cases equal or exceed five percent of the total cases for each program or location.""  The Equal Access to Services Ordinance states, ""...that City Departments would be required to provide services in non-English languages when (a) 10,000 City residents, (b) 5 percent or more of the clients served by the Department, or (c) 5 percent of the residents of the Supervisorial District in which the Departments' offices are located are limited to English-speaking and share a common language.""" "Collection Method: Data for this measure is tracked in several places.  The personnel or staffing data is tracked by our Personnel Department in an Excel spreadsheet (personnel Control Report).  Caseload data is tracked in severl client tracking systems (CalWIN, CMIP, AACTS, and Panoramic). Timing:  Data for this measure is compiled annually." 0.998 0.9 0.907 1 0.9 0.9 % Above target is positive HUMAN SERVICES FAMILY AND CHILDREN'S SERVICE "Assist individuals and families to achieve their greatest potential within the context of family, community and/or society" Percent of children who were adopted from child welfare supervised foster care during the most recent 12 month study period that had been in care for less than 24 months (FCS) "CSSR utilizes a ""rolling year"" methodology.  Each quarter they will present data on the previous year up to that quarter.  This differs from the Controller's Office framework, but provides a more rigorous methodology, minimizing the effects of seasonal changes and the anomalies that result from small data samples." "Collection Method: Effective January 1, 2004, SF-HSA is required by the state and federal government to report on these measures.  As part of these requirements, the Center for Social Services Research (CSSR), which is affiliated with the University of California at Berkeley, will be cleaning and analyzing data from the statewide child welfare database and reporting on outcome measures quarterly.   The data is derived from the statewide child welfare database, Child Welfare Services/Case Management System, and the Center for Social Services Research uses special algorithms to eliminate data irregularities. The data is then posted on the CSSR website: http://cssr.berkeley.edu/CWSCMSreports " 0.193 0.164 0.32 0.25 0.366 0.37 % Above target is positive HUMAN SERVICES FAMILY AND CHILDREN'S SERVICE "Assist individuals and families to achieve their greatest potential within the context of family, community and/or society" Percent of children who were reunified from child welfare supervised foster care during the most recent 12 month study period and had been in care less than 12 months "As mentioned in the previous measure, CSSR utilizes a ""rolling year"" methodology.  Each quarter they will present data on the previous year up to that quarter.  This differs from the Controller's Office framework, but provides a more rigorous methodology, minimizing the effects of seasonal changes and the anomalies that result from small data samples." "Collection Method: Effective January 1, 2004, SF-HSA is required by the state and federal government to report on these measures.  As part of these requirements, the Center for Social Services Research (CSSR), which is affiliated with the University of California at Berkeley, will be cleaning and analyzing data from the statewide child welfare database and reporting on outcome measures quarterly.  The data is derived from the statewide child welfare database, Child Welfare Services/Case Management System, and the Center for Social Services Research uses special algorithms to eliminate data irregularities. The data is then posted on the CSSR website: http://cssr.berkeley.edu/CWSCMSreports " 0.647 0.641 0.61 0.7 0.752 0.75 % Above target is positive HUMAN SERVICES FAMILY AND CHILDREN'S SERVICE Protect and shield against abuse and neglect Independent Living Plan in place for adolescents in foster care This measure also appears in SFStat.  HSA.:  The measure attempts to respond to the question: Does the foster youth?s case plan incorporate the transitional Independent Living Plan? ( as required for clients age 16 1/2 and older). "Collection Method: By state and federal law, each foster youth age 16 ? or older is required to have a plan in place for successful transition to independence.   The data for this measure is derived from the statewide child welfare database, Child Welfare Services/Case Management System, as accessed through Safe Measures, a datamart that SF-HSA uses through a contract.  The data is taken at the end of the last month of the reporting period and provides information on all children on all cases open at any time during the selected month where the client was age 16 1/2 or older. " 0.94 0.96 0.931 0.9 0.9 0.9 % Above target is positive HUMAN SERVICES FAMILY AND CHILDREN'S SERVICE Protect and shield against abuse and neglect Number of first time entries into foster care Unduplicated count of child clients <18 entering a child welfare supervised placement episode of at least eight days duration for the first time during the reporting period. "Collection Method: Effective January 1, 2004, SF-HSA is required by the state/federal government to report on select performance measures.  The Center for Social Services Research (CSSR), affiliated with the University of California at Berkeley, cleans and analyzes data from the statewide child welfare database and reporting on outcome measures quarterly.  CSSR utilizes a ""rolling year"" methodology.  Each quarter they present data on the previous year up to that quarter.  This differs from the Controller's Office framework, but provides a more rigorous methodology, minimizing the effects of seasonal changes and the anomalies that result from small data samples.  The data is derived from the statewide childwelfare database, Child Welfare Services/Case Management System, and the Center for Social Services Research uses special algorithms to eliminate data irregularities. The data is then posted on the CSSR website: http://cssr.berkeley.edu.ucb_childwelfare/entryrates.aspx" 511 295 277 350 350 350 Below target is positive HUMAN SERVICES FAMILY AND CHILDREN'S SERVICE Protect and shield against abuse and neglect "Of all children who were victims of a substantiated maltreatment allegation during the first 6 months of the year, what percent were not victims of another substantiated allegation within the next 6-month period? " "HSA: Effective January 1, 2004, SF-HSA was required by state and federal government to report on this measure.  As part of these requirements, the Center for Social Services Research (CSSR), which is affiliated with the University of California at Berkeley, is cleaning and analyzing data from the statewide child welfare database, Child Welfare Services/Case Management System, and CSSR uses special algorithms to eliminate data irregularities.    CSSR?s time frame, however, differs from that of the Controller?s Office, as their latest reporting period lags behind the Controller?s reporting period.  However, SF-HSA is dependent on CSSR for accurate data on this measure, and this is the latest, reliable information available. This measure reflects the percent of children who were victims of child abuse/neglect and did not have a subsequent substantiated report of abuse/neglect within specific time periods. " "Collection Method: Effective January 1, 2004, SF-HSA was required by state and federal government to report on this measure.  As part of these requirements, the Center for Social Services Research (CSSR), which is affiliated with the University of California at Berkeley, is cleaning and analyzing data from the statewide child welfare database, Child Welfare Services/Case Management System, and CSSR uses special algorithms to eliminate data irregularities.    CSSR?s time frame, however, differs from that of the Controller?s Office, as their latest reporting period lags behind the Controller?s reporting period.  However, SF-HSA is dependent on CSSR for accurate data on this measure, and this is the latest, reliable information available. " 0.921 0.941 0.912 0.946 0.946 0.946 % Below target is positive HUMAN SERVICES FOOD STAMPS Promote the health and well being of San Franciscans Current active food stamp caseload This is the total number of cases receiving non-assistance food stamps.  Non-assistance food stamps cases do not include those cases which also receive other forms of public assistance (e.g. CalWORKs).  "Collection Method: Data for this measure is tracked within the CalWIN system.  A case file is opened at the point of intake and maintained while the case is active. Timing:  The CalWIN data system is dynamic, and can be queried for current data.  Historical data is stored in extracts that can also be queried for previous periods." 14956 15386 18621 16750 17500 Above target is positive HUMAN SERVICES FOOD STAMPS Promote the health and well being of San Franciscans Food Stamps: Error rate "The food stamps error rate is a quality control measure that looks at the percentage of cases with an error in the grant amount determined.  This rate could be compared to other counties and an overall national food stamp error rate.  In general, the federal goal is to have a rate at or below 4.5%. " "Collection Method: The California Department of Social Service routinely samples approximately 35-40 food stamp cases for review/audit pulled from the county data system - CalWIN.  As these case files are noted, CDSS refers back these cases to HSA's Quality Control, who in turn does the audit and reports back their finding to the State.  The results are tabulated by the State on a county to county basis, and it in turn calculates the State error rate.  This State information is forwarded to the Federal government and the data is combined to form the national error rate.   Food Stamp Error Rate reported to the State.  Monthly reports reflect the rolling error rate and compares it against the prior Fiscal Year.   As this information gets reported to the State, transmitted thrugh its proprietary on-line Q5I software program, the Federal government is also reviewing subsamples of the completed reviews on a monthly basis.  The Federal findings will validate the State findings, which will be" 0.0251 0.0161 0.0199 0.045 0.045 0.045 % Below target is positive HUMAN SERVICES FOOD STAMPS Promote the health and well being of San Franciscans Number of new food stamp cases opened as a result of targeted outreach events The Food Stamps program conducts a variety of outreach efforts to engage low-income individuals and families.  The point of these efforts are to educate and connect individuals and families to resources that could be used to stave off food insecurity which is often the cause of other health related issues. "Collection Method: Data for this measure is tracked with the CalWIN data system.  A case file is opened and maintained while the case remains active. Timing:  The CalWIN data system is dynamic, and can be queried for current data.  Historical data is stored in extracts that can also be queried for previous periods." 571 1084 1166 575 1000 1000 Above target is positive HUMAN SERVICES HOMELESS SERVICES "Assist individuals and families to achieve their greatest potential within the context of family, community and/or society" Number of families receiving a rental subsidy This is the number of rental subsidies provided to families in order to secure/maintain housing and/or avoid eviction. A monthly census report detailing all disbursement and families receiving subisides are submitted monthly on an Excel spreadsheet to the Housing Homeless Division.  104 199 192 100 250 250 Above target is positive HUMAN SERVICES HOMELESS SERVICES Promote the health and well being of San Franciscans Cumulative number of supportive housing / Care Not Cash housing units managed through HSA Count of available units managed by and within HSA's portfolio. Collection Method: The Housing and Homeless Devision maintains a currrent listing of all housing untis managed by HSA.  On a semi-annual basis data for this measure is requested from the Supportive Housing Services Manager. Timing:  Current 3427 3054 3260 3551 2900 3094 Above target is positive HUMAN SERVICES HOMELESS SERVICES Promote the health and well being of San Franciscans Number of CAAP clients leaving homelessness due to obtaining housing through Care Not Cash "This is the number of homeless CAAP clients who become housed via Care Not Cash within the year.  Care Not Cash housing is in the form of units within the Housing First Program operated by our Housing and Homeless Division.                                                                         CON Jan 2006:  Name revised per HSA's request, data same.  CON Nov 2006:  Name revised per HSA's request, data same." Collection Method: An internal HSA unit called the Housing Access Team (HAT) serves as the gateway for homeless CAAP clients being referred and placed into Housing First units as part of the Care not Cash initiative.  The HAT has its own database where they track housing referrals and move-ins of homeless CAAP clients.  Monthly reports from this database are produced and archived for reporting to various audiences. Timing:  Monthly and ongoing 503 354 373 450 360 360 Above target is positive HUMAN SERVICES HOMELESS SERVICES Promote the health and well being of San Franciscans Number of households that secured and/or maintained housing due to a one-time grant One time grants assist families and single adults who are at risk of becoming homeless to stabilize and maintain their housing and avoid accessing the emergency shelter system.  One time grants are direct financial assistance to pay for rent arrearages.  The measure is calculated by counting the number of one time grants (move-in and back rent) awarded during the specified period. "Collection Method: One time grants are funded through HSA, but directly administered through third-party, non-profit agencies.  These non-profits are under contract with HSA to submit quarterly reports detailing the number of back-rent grants provided during the period. HSA stores two copies of past quarterly reports from the third-party non-profit agencies, one within the Contracts Unit, and one within the Division of Housing and Homelessness. Timing:  Quarterly and annually" 2545 2573 2339 2000 2350 2500 Above target is positive HUMAN SERVICES HOMELESS SERVICES Promote the health and well being of San Franciscans "Percent of case managed clients (families) in shelters that are placed in permanent or transitional housing, enter a treatment program, or reunite with family (HHS)" Supportive services provided at shelters are intended to assist in stabilizing the lives of clients so they are better able to secure permanent housing.  Cases managers are assigned to clients to help them identify and overcome barriers to obtaining permanent housing.  The three outcomes listed above are the main avenues through which case managers guide clients to leave the shelters and enter more permanent housing arrangements.  This measure is calculated by counting the number clients with case managers that achieve one of the three outcomes and then divided the total who exit the program. "Collection Method: The shelter supportive services and case managers are funded through HSA, but directly administered through third-party, non-profit agencies.  These non-profits are under contract with HSA to submit quarterly reports detailing the number of case managed clients  that achieve one of the three described outcomes during the period. HSA stores two copies of past quarterly reports from the third-party non-profit agencies, one within the Contracts Unit, and one within the Division of Housing and Homelessness. Timing:  Quarterly and annually" 0.58 0.62 0.75 0.65 0.6 0.6 % Above target is positive HUMAN SERVICES HOMELESS SERVICES Promote the health and well being of San Franciscans Percent of formerly homeless clients (single adults ) still in supportive housing or other appropriate placements after one year "Once supportive services for homeless clients have successfully placed the clients in permanent housing, the goal then becomes to maintain a permanent housing arrangement (i.e., avoid a recurrence of homelessness).  This measure looks at the percentage of homeless clients that have retained a housing placement after one year." "Collection Method: The supportive services to assist homeless clients to obtain and maintain permanent housing are funded through HSA, but directly administered through third-party, non-profit agencies.  These non-profits are under contract with HSA to submit quarterly reports detailing the percent of formerly homeless clients during the period that maintained permanent housing for one year. HSA stores two copies of past quarterly reports from the third-party non-profit agencies, one within the Contracts Unit, and one within the Division of Housing and Homelessness. Timing:  Quarterly and annually" 0.962 0.955 0.952 0.9 0.9 0.9 % Above target is positive HUMAN SERVICES MEDI-CAL Promote the health and well being of San Franciscans Medi-cal: Percentage of Medi-Cal applications processed within 45 days These measures were calculated using applications process within 45 days during the quarter and divide it by total applications during the quarter. "Collection Method: All MediCal cases, including application dates, are tracked in the CalWIN Data System.  This measure is calculated by comparing the application date to the date eligibilty date or status change date. Timing:  The CalWIN data system is dynamic, and can be queried for current data.  Historical data is stored in extracts that can also be queried for previous periods." 0.96 0.924 0.951 0.9 0.9 0.9 % Above target is positive HUMAN SERVICES MEDI-CAL Promote the health and well being of San Franciscans Medi-Cal: Percentage of Medi-Cal cases redetermined annually The Medi-Cal program is required to redetermine the eligibility of cases on an annual basis.  This measure is a reflection of the proportion of cases that meet the guidelines for correctly redetemining Medi-Cal cases. Collection Method: Data for this measure is maintained within the CalWIN data tracking system and is captured at the time of intake. Timing:  Current data for this measure is available by querying the CalWIN data tracking system. 0.96 0.965 0.975 0.9 0.9 0.9 % Above target is positive HUMAN SERVICES WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT Facilitate economic self-sufficiency WDD: Job placement rate at or above 125% of the San Francisco minimum wage "HSA plays a key role in developing and managing employment, training and workforce development services for the residents of San Francisco.  The target clients for these programs are CalWORKs welfare to work clients and PAES clients, although many of the services are open to a broader population.  This measure looks at the job placement rate of individuals placed in positions at or above the 125% of the local minimum wage from employment programs specifically administered by DHS' Employment Services Program.  The rate is calculated by dividing the number of participants that obtained jobs at or above 125% of the local minimum wage by the number of participants served by the programs.                                                                                      CON Feb 2006:  Name changed, measure same." "Collection Method: The data for this measure are tracked and stored internally within HSA's Employment Services Program.  The data come from a variety of sources, including tracking spreadsheets, billing logs and case records. Timing:  Data for this measure is compiled on a monthly basis and is available for the prior month." 0.33 0.36 0.325 0.45 0.45 0.45 % Above target is positive HUMAN SERVICES WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT Facilitate economic self-sufficiency WDD: Job placement rate at or above 125% of the San Francisco minimum wage for aided individuals "NEW.  CON Feb 2006:  Recommended new measure - this will provide additional information on the welfare client component of individuals receiving job placement services.  We request HSA begin reporting on this measure for FY 2006-07.  HSA 2006 - HSA plays a key role in developing and managing employment, training and workforce development services for the residents of San Francisco.  The target clients for these programs are CalWORKs welfare to work clients and PAES clients, although many of the services are open to a broader population.  This measure looks at the job placement rate of individuals placed in positions at or above the 125% of the local minimum wage from employment programs specifically administered by HSA's Employment Services Program.  The rate is calculated by dividing the number of aided participants that obtained jobs at or above 125% of the local minimum wage by the number of aided participants served by the programs." "Collection Method: The data for this measure are tracked and stored internally within HSA's Employment Services Program.  The data come from a variety of sources, including tracking spreadsheets, billing logs and case records. Timing:  Data for this measure is compiled on a monthly basis and is available for the prior month." 0.33 0.4 0.42 0.45 0.45 0.45 % Above target is positive HUMAN SERVICES WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT Facilitate economic self-sufficiency WDD: Job placement rate for aided individuals HSA 2006 - This measure is calculated by taking the number of aided individuals (CalWORKs or PAES recipients) that have been placed in a job divided by the number of those individuals referred to the WDD from cash assistance programs. Collection Method: Data for all placements are tracked by the Workforce Development Division in a log and specialized database and then reported to the Planning Unit. Timing:  Data for this measure is compiled on a monthly basis and is available for the prior month. 0.62 0.45 0.24 0.45 0.5 0.45 % Above target is positive HUMAN SERVICES WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT Facilitate economic self-sufficiency WDD: Number of individuals that received workforce development services An unduplicaed count of those individuals that received workforce develoment services either by HSA staff or a contracted service provider.  An unduplicated client count of individuals recorded as either receiving services directly from HSA and/or a contract service provider. Data for this measure is obtained from the PIC/WIA client date base and then matched against those clients recorded in the OASYS client data base.  3625 2817 3670 3670 Above target is positive HUMAN SERVICES WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT Facilitate economic self-sufficiency WDD: Number of individuals that were placed in employment (subsidized or unsubsidized) Count of individuals that were placed in employment within the reporting period. "Count of individuals that were placed in either subsidized or unsubsidized employment within a specified time period.  Data for this measure is obtained from HSA's WDD program.  WDD uses multiple databases to track placements depending upon where an individuals enters the system (ie. OASYS, CalWIN, and Contracts). Data is gathered throughout a person's connection with the system, but reported when requested. " 2061 953 2250 2250 Above target is positive HUMAN SERVICES WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT Facilitate economic self-sufficiency WDD: Percent of universal One Stop customers receiving intensive services placed in jobs "HSA plays a key role in developing and managing employment, training and workforce development services for the residents of San Francisco.  The target clients for these programs are CalWORKs welfare to work clients and PAES clients, although many of the services are open to a broader population.  This measure looks at the job placement rate for employment programs specifically administered by HSA's Employment Services Program.  The rate is calculated by dividing the number of participants that obtained jobs by the number of participants receiving intensive services through the One Stop. Intensive Services include in-depth assessment, counseling and career planning, and prevocational services." "Collection Method: The data for this measure are tracked and stored internally within HSA's Employment Services Program.  The data come from a variety of sources, including tracking spreadsheets, billing logs and case records. Timing:  Data for this measure is compiled on a monthly basis and is available for the prior month. Results reflects those individuals that were placed in jobs during the current reporting period. " 0.44 0.43 0.19 0.45 0.45 0.45 % Above target is positive HUMAN SERVICES WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT Facilitate economic self-sufficiency WDD: Rate of completion of participants enrolled in job readiness programs The measure is calculated by dividing the number of individuals completing a program component (JRA/JRT)by the number of individuals (CalWORKs and PAES participants) enrolled in the component. Collection Method: Staff within the Workforce Development Division keep logs for various program components.  The logs track each individuals receiving services. Logs are maintained within each program and then summarized on a monthly basis.  The summary reports are forwarded to the Program Section Manager. Timing:  Logs are maintained within each program and then summarized on a monthly basis.  The summary reports are forwarded to the Program Section Manager. 0.64 0.7 0.615 0.65 0.65 0.65 % Above target is positive JUVENILE PROBATION ADMINISTRATION Ensure staff safety in all departmental facilities Average daily percentage of staff out on disability "Percentage of staff out on disability pay for related injuries. For 02-03, the measure is changed from assault pay to disability. Prior years' data based on assault pay." Collection Method: The number of staff on disability pay is tracked on the payroll records.  Payroll records are maintained in the department's payroll section.  The number of staff on disability is compared to total staffing levels to calculate percentage. Timing:  Leave Report  is maintained on a bi-weekly basis. 0.06 0.01 0.02 0.05 0.05 0.05 % Below target is positive JUVENILE PROBATION ADMINISTRATION Improve accounts payable processing Percentage of invoices for goods and services that are approved for payment within 30 days of receipt into division "Invoices for goods and services will be approved for payment  within 30 days after receipt into division, 15 days for personal service contracts." Collection Method: The person approving the  transactions will calculate turnaround on a sample basis.   An excel spreadsheet will be maintained to record sampling results. Timing:  Excel spreadsheet is maintained on a daily basis. 0.95 0.95 0.9 0.95 0.95 0.95 % Above target is positive JUVENILE PROBATION ADMINISTRATION "Provide timely and accurate reporting to federal, state and other organizations" Percentage of report deadlines met "Percentage of report deadlines met in reporting to the Board of Corrections, Dept. of Justice-JCPSS, Foster Care Information System and Probation Commission.  The Department's MIS unit prepares reports for the California Board of Corrections, the Department of Justice, and the Juvenile Probation Commission." 1 1 1 1 1 1 % Above target is positive JUVENILE PROBATION ADMINISTRATION "Provide timely and accurate reporting to federal, state and other organizations" Reporting error rate "The IT Unit must transmit juvenile-related data to City, State and Federal officials.  The reports must be accurate and sent on time. The 4% error rate is established by the California Board of Corrections and Department of Justice, and it measures the percentage of key entries that are not accepted or understood by the Statewide juvenile information systems" IT Director maintains the records and ad-hoc reports are generated as needed. 0.04 0.03 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 % Below target is positive JUVENILE PROBATION ADMINISTRATION Reduce overtime expenditures in the entire department Annual overtime expenditures This measures the dollar amount the department spends on overtime each year. "Collection Method: Controller issues BRPEP reports that show annual results.  Department prepares monthly reports, extracting information from FAMIS, Controller BPREP reports and Department reports. Timing:  Data is tracked on Famis and TESS.." 1363742 2165000 1230635 1000000 542000 1083000 $ Below target is positive JUVENILE PROBATION ADMINISTRATION Reduce overtime expenditures in the entire department Number of overtime hours incurred in Juvenile Hall This tracks the number of overtime hours incurred in Juvenile Hall. Collection Method: The Payroll section collects the data from the employees' timesheets and TESS. Timing:  OT Report is maintained on a bi-weekly basis. 42482 43428 26606 14000 15800 15800 Below target is positive JUVENILE PROBATION ADMINISTRATION Reduce overtime use in Juvenile Hall Number of candidates in the counselor work pool for Juvenile Hall Having a sufficient number of available temporary counselors helps ensure institutional post positions are filled when vacancies occur at the lowest possible cost.  Temporary staff cost half of the cost of permanent counselors at top step earning overtime. Collection Method: The Personnel clerical staff maintain a list of eligible counselor staff who have met minimum staff requirements. Located within Department Personnel Office. Timing:  As-needed report is maintained on a bi-weekly basis. 100 80 122 80 80 86 Above target is positive JUVENILE PROBATION ADMINISTRATION Reduce overtime use in Juvenile Hall Number of candidates in the counselor work pool for Log Cabin Ranch This measures the number of as needed counselors. 0 0 122 7 0 86 Above target is positive JUVENILE PROBATION CHILDREN'S BASELINE Enhance the level and quality of program services provided to youth and their families Percent of authorized community-based program slots utilized by eligible youth "Percentage of authorized community-based organization program slots utilized by eligible youth.  The Community agencies providing contract work for the department agree to provide a set number of program slots each year (units of service).  This is a measurement of how many of these slots are actually used.  Youth are referred to program services based on their service needs, age, residency and interest." Collection Method: The division requires each community-based agency providing contract services for the youth to maintain records documenting program enrollments.  Enrollment reports are submitted by the agencies to the department.  The number of utilized program slots is incorporated into these reports. This information is maintained in the Contract Management System. Timing:  Contract Management System Ad-hoc Reports. 0.6 0.6 0.51 0.55 0.55 0.55 % Above target is positive JUVENILE PROBATION CHILDREN'S BASELINE Enhance the level and quality of program services provided to youth and their families Percent of technical support and training provided to community-based organizations "The division provides technical assistance to 50 General Fund, JPCF-funded, Prop J and Juvenile Hall Programs.  This goal is a measurement of how many of these agencies receive comprehensive/useful technical support by division staff or by agents of the division. The division and service providers meet on a regular basis (quarterly) to ensure continuing education.  Service providers are apprised of any new legislation/developments that may impact their operations." Collection Method: This information is compiled and maintained by the  Children's Baseline Division Director. Timing:  Contract Management System Ad-hoc Reports.    1 0.5 0.5 1 0.5 0.5 % Above target is positive JUVENILE PROBATION CHILDREN'S BASELINE Improve education/vocational success of youth # of participants in the vocational/educational programs overseen by Community Programs Division "This measures the number of youth who participate in the vocational/educational  programs,     The programs primarily target the youth on probation, in detention and in group home foster care.        Programs  are geared to increase the knowledge, skills and behavior for successful transition into employment, higher education and GED attainment for youth enrolled in the program.    Programs are conducted in a classroom setting or hands on experience.    Programs vary in length." 0 0 0 0 Above target is positive JUVENILE PROBATION CHILDREN'S BASELINE Improve education/vocational success of youth % of  New Direction Employment Programn(NDEP) through MYEEP slots retained after summer This measures the number of youth who remain in the Mayor's Youth Employment and Education Program (MYEEP) from September to May.   JPD Program is called New Direction Employment Program(NDEP). Collection Method: Monthly Longevity Report is created  by JPD based on the information in the Weekly MYEEP Report from the MYEEP Office. 0.92 0.53 0.7 0.7 % Above target is positive JUVENILE PROBATION CHILDREN'S BASELINE Improve education/vocational success of youth % of Early Morning Studies Academy (EMSA) youth who complete GED This measures the % of youth who complete GED with 12 months from the start of participation. Collection Method: Data is maintained in the Contract Management System. Timing:  Contract Management System Ad-hoc reports. 1 0.64 0.7 0.7 % Above target is positive JUVENILE PROBATION CHILDREN'S BASELINE Improve education/vocational success of youth % of New Direction Employment Program(NDEP) through Workreation slots through summer "This measures the number of youth who remain in the Workreation program from June to August.  ""Workreation"" is an employment and training program throughout the Recrreation and Park Department.  JPD Program is known as New Direction Employment Program. Measures for Workreation are new in FY08. " Collection Method:  Department receives the Workreation Reports from Rec and Park.     Reports are updated by Rec and Park only when there are changes. 1 0.78 0.7 0.7 % Above target is positive JUVENILE PROBATION CHILDREN'S BASELINE Improve education/vocational success of youth % of New Direction Employment Progrm(NDEP) Workreation retained after summer This measures the number of youth who remain in New Direction Employment Program(NDEP) through the Workreation program from September to May. Collection Method: Department receives the Workreation Reports from Rec and Park.     Reports are updated by Rec and Park only when there are changes. 0.93 0.96 0.6 0.6 % Above target is positive JUVENILE PROBATION CHILDREN'S BASELINE Improve education/vocational success of youth % of slots filled for New Direction Employment Program(NDEP) through Mayor's Youth Employment and Education Program (MYEEP) This measures the number of slots allocated to JPD by MYEEP  (Mayor's Youth Employment and Education Program).  JPD program is known as NDEP(New Direction Employment Program).Measures for MYEEP are new in FY08.  Collection Method: Monthly Longevity Report is created  by JPD based on the information in the Weekly MYEEP Report from the MYEEP Office. 0.77 0.72 0.7 0.7 % Above target is positive JUVENILE PROBATION CHILDREN'S BASELINE Improve education/vocational success of youth % of slots retained for New Direction Employment Program(NDEP) through summer for the Mayor's Youth Employment and Education Program (MYEEP) This measures the number of youth who remain in the MYEEP program from June to August (Mayor's Youth Employment and Education Program). JPD program is known as New Direction Employment Program(NDEP). New measures for MYEEP in FY08.  Collection Method: Monthly Longevity Report is created  by JPD based on the information in the Weekly MYEEP Report from the MYEEP Office. 1 0.84 0.7 0.7 % Above target is positive JUVENILE PROBATION CHILDREN'S BASELINE Improve education/vocational success of youth % of Workreation slots filled for New Direction Employment Program(NDEP) through Wokreation "This measures the number of slots allocated to JPD by Workreation, an employment and training program throughout the Recrreation and Park Department.  JPD program is known as New Direction Employment Program(NDEP). Measures for Workreation are new in FY08. " Collection Method: Department receives the Workreation Reports from Rec and Park.  Reports are updated by Rec and Park only when there are changes. 0.93 0.96 0.85 0.85 % Above target is positive JUVENILE PROBATION CHILDREN'S BASELINE Provide for timely processing of contracts Percentage of contracts approved by the first quarter of the fiscal year. "This measure is a calculation of the percentage of the city grant programs and professional service  contracts that have completed the approval process by the first quarter of the fiscal year.     Although contracts should be approved by July 1st, there are situations beyond the control the Department that slows the process." Collection Method: Community Programs Division compiles a list of the contracts and subscribes to DCYF's Contract Management System for its contract management and evaluation. Timing:  Data is maintained by Community Programs Division and Contract Management System Ad-hoc Reports.. 0.95 0 0.67 0.95 0 0.5 % Above target is positive JUVENILE PROBATION DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom performance appraisals were scheduled "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal is to be conducted.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review shold be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months. Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion.  Appraisals are not due until Q3 of each fiscal year." Completed performance appraisals are kept in the individual employee file in the Personnel Unit of the department. 283 248 232 283 248 232 Above target is positive JUVENILE PROBATION DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom scheduled performance appraisals were completed "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of applicable employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal was conducted amd completed during the fiscal year.  ""Completed"" means an appraisal form has been filled out and is in the employee's personnel file.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months.   Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion.  Appraisals are not due until Q3 of each fiscal year." Completed performance appraisals are kept in the individual employee file in the Personnel Unit of the department. 215 161 183 283 248 226 Above target is positive JUVENILE PROBATION JUVENILE HALL Maximize access to services Number of detainees served This measures the number of detainees who participate in the services/programs that Juvenile Hall provides.    Participation in the program/services is on a voluntary basis. Collection Method: Reports from the service providers are given to the Program coordinator and kept in the Community Program Division via the Contract Management System.. Timing:  Contract Management System Ad-hoc Reports. 7100 7400 711 10000 10000 660 Below target is positive JUVENILE PROBATION JUVENILE HALL Maximize access to services Number of programming hours "This measures the number of programming hours where the youth can access the different programs (Arts and Drama, etc.), provided by paid community based organizations.  Defintion and method of hours counted changed after FY07. " Collection Method: Data pertaining to the services provided by the paid community based organizations are kept in the Community Programs Division via the Contract Management System. Timing:  Contract Management System Ad-hoc Reports. 3520 700 8196 6000 660 7200 Above target is positive JUVENILE PROBATION JUVENILE HALL Provide a safe and secure environment for staff and detainees Incident reports as a percent of total bookings "Total incident reports as a percent of total bookings.  This measures the number of incident reports and compared as a percentage of Juvenile Hall average daily population.    Incidents include assault on staff, assault by detainee on another detainee, possession of contraband, destruction of property, etc.." Collection Method: Incident reports  are tracked on a daily basis in JJIS . Timing:  Juvenile Probation Department Monthly Report 0.14 0.45 0.49 0.08 0.08 0.11 % Below target is positive JUVENILE PROBATION JUVENILE HALL Reduce the number of grievances Total number of grievances as a percentage of the average population at Juvenile Hall This tracks the % of the grievances as a percentage of the average daily population at  Juvenile Hall. "Collection Method: All grievances are presented to the Ombudsman.  He prepares a monthly report that has the number of grievances, category and type.     Per the Controller's recommendation, the number of grievances is divided by the average population at Juvenile Hall. Timing:  The Ombudsman prepares a monthly report." 0.02 0.0001 0.06 0.03 0.03 0.03 % Below target is positive JUVENILE PROBATION LOG CABIN RANCH Improve results of juvenile programs Percentage of graduates receiving a sustained petition within the first year of graduation "The number of Log Cabin Ranch graduates under the age of 18 who are repeat offenders within the first year of graduation.    Prior to 04-05, the measure was the number of LCR graduates who were returned to Juvenile Hall." "Collection Method: The Department's MIS unit determines this number by comparing, on-line,  Log Cabin Ranch graduate rosters with list of youth receiving a sustained petition with a year of graduation.      For 05-06, the comparison will be between the LCR graduates and probation referrals. Timing:  Juvenile Justice Information System Ad-hoc Report and Juvenile Probation Monthly Report.." 0 0.24 0.13 0.4 0.25 0.25 % Below target is positive JUVENILE PROBATION LOG CABIN RANCH Improve results of juvenile programs Percentage of juveniles successfully receiving the core services of Log Cabin Ranch "Percentage of young men detained at Log Cabin Ranch whose needs are evaluated by the Case review Team and provided with the appropriate services.  Core services is defined as the mandatory required services within a 12 month program that addresses the academic, vocational, and emotional needs of the young men through  on-site educational, vocational, social and mental health services.    The on-site educational center is staffed by teachers from the San Francisco Unified School District, who teach the standard subjects including reading, writing, mathematics and social studies.    The educational program also provides two computer labs, a fully equipped woodshop and a life skills training course.    The Department of Public Health and its Special Programs for Youth division provide medical and psychological services, including individual and group counseling, sessions for substance abuse are conducted by a certified substance abuse counselor.   " Data is contained in the youth's file. 1 1 1 1 1 1 % Above target is positive JUVENILE PROBATION LOG CABIN RANCH Improve the quality of customer service to youth and their families Percentage of cases in which a social worker contacts the young man's family during the pre-release phase of the program "There are five steps, including Orientation,  in the Log Cabin Ranch program.  Each step is equal to 6 weeks.  It is during the last two steps that the clinical  social worker meets with the young man's family.  This is to ensure a smooth transition into the community and to prepare the youth and his family to resume their relationship." Meetings are documented in the youth's file. 1 1 1 1 1 1 % Above target is positive JUVENILE PROBATION LOG CABIN RANCH Improve the quality of customer service to youth and their families Percentage of grievances processed within two business days after grievance is filed "A written grievance may include but is not limited to complaints about the food, quality of institutional care, or personal rights from detainees.  All grievances are considered important and are investigated to determine appropriate follow-up." Collection Method: The ombudsman receives grievances and tracks processing times. The ombudsman maintains grievance files and reports results to LCR Director and to the Chief and Assistant Chief Probation Officers. Timing:  The ombudsman maintains grievance files and reports results to LCR Director and to the Chief and Assistant Chief Probation Officers. 1 1 1 0.99 0.99 0.99 % Above target is positive JUVENILE PROBATION LOG CABIN RANCH Provide a safe and secure environment for staff and detainees Total incident reports as a percent of total bookings "This measures the number of incident reports and compared as a percentage of Log Cabin Ranch average population.    Incidents include assault on staff, assault by detainee on another detainee, possession of contraband, destruction of property, etc." Collection Method: Incident reports  are tracked on a daily basis. Timing:  Juvenile Probation Department Monthly Report 0.11 0.07 0.08 0.15 0.15 0.15 % Below target is positive JUVENILE PROBATION PROBATION SERVICES Improve services for girls referred to Juvenile Probation # of training hours received by each JPD service provider of girls' services programming This measures the number of hours of training the Department provides to each provider of girls' services programming. Collection Method: Community Program Director will maintain a log of classes and attendees. Timing:  Community Program Director will maintain a log of classes and attendees. 0 0 4 2 Above target is positive JUVENILE PROBATION PROBATION SERVICES Improve services for girls referred to Juvenile Probation Number of training hours each probation officer who supervises girls receives on girl-specific issues   Number of Standards and Training for Local Correction Officers (STC) and other trainings attended by probation officers who supervise girls.  The average hours per officer is 6. Collection Method: Training hours are monitored and tracked by the JPD Training Coordinator.  Documentation in JPD Training Coordinator's office and in the online tracking system. Timing:  Training Manager maintains a log of all training classes and attendees. 0 0 8 6 Above target is positive JUVENILE PROBATION PROBATION SERVICES Improve services for girls referred to Juvenile Probation Percentage of girls on probation assigned to gender specific programs " Our data base provides information on the number of juvenile girls on probation, and we know the number of girls on probation who have been assigned to gender-specific programs provided by the department or our contractors.  This measure will be a percentage calculation to determine how many of these girls are using these programs." "Using the information from DCYFs CMS (Case Management System), data is pulled from the gender specific services.  Not all of the agencies had inputted data, so staff is able to pull the data from the agencies that had completed their reports." 0 0.43 0 0.2 % Above target is positive JUVENILE PROBATION PROBATION SERVICES Increase use and effectiveness of detention alternative programs Average daily summary of openings The number and percentage of  Alternative to Detention(ATD) open slots on a daily basis. Collection Method: Documentation is kept by the Juvenile Detention Alternative Initiative(JDAI) Director on his daily ATD Grid which is emailed to key stakeholders.     JDAI Director collects this information daily from the various ATD service providers. Timing:  Once/day. 0.28 0.27 0.2 0.2 % On target is positive JUVENILE PROBATION PROBATION SERVICES Increase use and effectiveness of detention alternative programs Number of referrals to Alternative to Detention(ATD) programs The number of referrals and percentage of daily openings filled by the referrals. Collection Method: Documentation is kept by the Juvenile Detention Alternative Initiative(JDAI) Director on his daily ATD Grid which is emailed to key stakeholders.     JDAI Director collects this information daily from the various ATD service providers. Timing:  Once/day. 1.42 1.38 1.6 1.6 % Above target is positive JUVENILE PROBATION PROBATION SERVICES Increase use and effectiveness of detention alternative programs Percentage of successful completions of Alternative To Detention programs Success in an ATD program is defined as making all courts dates arrest-free while enrolled in an ATD. "Collection Method: Access data base, which is tied into JJIS, has been created which will capture the end results for each youth. Timing:  Data will be inputted weekly and analysis will be run monthly." 0.69 0.68 0.8 0.8 % Above target is positive JUVENILE PROBATION PROBATION SERVICES Maintain a monthly Juvenile Hall population at or below the current rated capacity Average length of stay (in days) of youth in juvenile hall awaiting out of home placement This is a calculation of the number of days the youth spends in Juvenile Hall  from the time the court orders out of home placement to actual placement.     Prior years' data was a calculation of the number of days from detention in Juvenile Hall to actual placement. Collection Method: Data is tracked in the Juvenile Justice Information Sytem(JJIS).    It is a calculation of the days from court disposition to placement date. Timing:  Juvenile Justice Information System Ad-hoc Reports. 25 23 33 61 55 55 Below target is positive JUVENILE PROBATION PROBATION SERVICES Maintain a monthly Juvenile Hall population at or below the current rated capacity Percent of days within the specified time period when the average daily population count was maintained at or below the service capacity This is a calculation of the number of days when the average daily population in Juvenile Hall is maintained at or below the service capacity of 150. Collection Method: Daily house lists are tracked and averaged in the JJIS database. JPD evaluates this on a monthly basis per the statement in Goal 2. Timing:  Juvenile Probation Department Monthly Report 0.98 0.83 1 1 1 1 % Above target is positive JUVENILE PROBATION PROBATION SERVICES Maintain client contact standards per Departmental policy. Percentage of probation officers meeting required number of contacts with wards and collateral contacts "It is the Department's policy to maintain 2 contacts per month with either the ward or collateral parties.     Collateral parties can be any of the following:  parents, school, social worker, etc." Collection Method: Probation Officers keep a record on the caseload contact list. Timing:  Data is extracted at time of performance measures 1 1 1 1 1 1 % Above target is positive JUVENILE PROBATION PROBATION SERVICES Maintain target caseload levels assigned to each probation officer Average number of high risk wards supervised through court order This reflects the average caseload per month for each Probation Officer in the Serious Offender Program - Probation Services 3.   It represents the high risk wards currently supervised through court order. "Collection Method: Documentation is tracked in the Juvenile Justice Information System (JJIS) database.    JJIS tracks the number of wards assigned to probation officers, referrals, and is used to produce statistical reports and anything associated with criminal justice. Timing:  Juvenile Probation Department Monthly Report" 0 30 25 0 12 12 On target is positive JUVENILE PROBATION PROBATION SERVICES Maintain target caseload levels assigned to each probation officer Average number of wards currently supervised through court order This reflects the average caseload per month for each Probation Officer in the Supervision Unit - Probation Services 2.   It represents the wards currently supervised through court order. "Collection Method: Documentation is tracked in the Juvenile Justice Information System (JJIS) database.    JJIS tracks the number of wards assigned to probation officers, referrals, and is used to produce statistical reports and anything associated with criminal justice. Timing:  Juvenile Probation Department Monthly Report" 25 21 22 30 25 25 Below target is positive JUVENILE PROBATION PROBATION SERVICES Reduce repeat offenders Percentage of youth on probation revoked for committing  a technical violation "This measures the percentage of youth on probation who commit a technical violation.   A technical violation may be one but not limited to the following:   violate a specific court order, stay away order, curfew, attend school and drug-testing." Collection Method: Data is tracked in the Juvenile Justice Information System. Timing:  Juvenile Justice Information System Ad-hoc Reports and JPD monthly report. 0.03 0.01 0.01 0.11 0.11 0.11 % Below target is positive JUVENILE PROBATION PROBATION SERVICES Reduce repeat offenders Percentage of youth on probation that have had previous referrals This measures the percentage of youth currently on probation that have had previous referrals with the Department. Collection Method: Data is tracked in the Juvenile Justice Information System(JJIS). Timing:  Juvenile Justice Information System Ad-hoc Reports. 0.8 0.75 0.81 0.4 0.35 0.35 % Below target is positive JUVENILE PROBATION PROBATION SERVICES Reduce repeat offenders Percentage of youth who incur a new sustained petition while on probation This measures the percentage of youth with a new sustained petition while on probation. Collection Method: Data is tracked in the Juvenile Justice Information System. Timing:  Juvenile Justice Information System Ad-hoc Reports. 0.04 0.01 0.01 0.08 0.05 0.05 % Below target is positive JUVENILE PROBATION PROBATION SERVICES Successful Completion of Probation Percentage  of youth that successfully complete probation/supervision within 12 months after a petition has been filed and found true This measures the percentage of youth whose wardship was terminated within 12 months after a petition has been filed and found true.       All the requirements of probation must be met before wardship is terminated. Collection Method: Data is tracked on Juvenile Justice Information System.. Timing:  Juvenile Justice Information System Ad-hoc reports. 0.25 0.22 0.11 0.23 0.23 0.23 % Above target is positive JUVENILE PROBATION PROBATION SERVICES Successful Completion of Probation Percentage of  youth who complete restitution within 12 months after court order is imposed This measures the percentage of youth who pay restitution within 12 months after court order is imposed.       It should be noted that there is no time frame or deadlines imposed by the courts to complete restitution. Collection Method: The Cashier  maintains a list of restitution payments  on a daily basis.    The # of youth ordered to pay restitution is maintained and tracked on Juvenile Justice Information System. Timing:  Juvenile Justice Information System Ad-hoc reports.  The Cashier's Ledger is maintained on a daily basis. 0.09 0.53 0.1 0.07 0.07 0.07 % Above target is positive JUVENILE PROBATION PROBATION SERVICES Successful Completion of Probation Percentage of youth who complete community service  within 12 months after court order is imposed This measures the percentage of youth who complete community service within 12 months after wardship begins. "Collection Method: The # of youth ordered to community service is maintained in Juvenile Justice Information System(JJIS).      The Probation Division maintains a log  of the  youth who complete community service.     However, the log does not make a distinction between the youth with petitions and those without petitions. Timing:  Juvenile Justice Information  System Ad-hoc Reports.     Probation Division's log is maintained on a daily basis." 0.48 0.24 0 0.07 0.07 0.07 % Above target is positive JUVENILE PROBATION PROBATION SERVICES Utilize probation services and community resources to supervise youth in lieu of out-of-home commitments Number of out-of-home placements that are outside the 9 Bay Area counties "This measures the number of the out-of-home placements in facilities that are located outside the 9 Bay Area counties(Alameda, Contra Costa, Marin, Napa, San Francisco, San Mateo, Santa Clara, Solano and Sonoma)." Collection Method: Data is tracked in the Juvenile Justice Information System(JJIS) database. Timing:  Juvenile Justice Information System Ad-hoc Reports 139 104 152 200 80 80 Below target is positive JUVENILE PROBATION PROBATION SERVICES Utilize probation services and community resources to supervise youth in lieu of out-of-home commitments Percent of commitments to private placement "We have altered the measure to exclude commitments to Division of Juvenile Justice(formerly CYA), since these are determined by the Court and Probation Services has no control over these referrals.  This pertains to post disposition. CON: This  measure is separate from the next measure about community placements." Collection Method: The percentage is calculated based on the total petitions filed. Timing:  Juvenile Probation Department Monthly Report 0.16 0.16 0.1 0.15 0.1 0.1 % Below target is positive JUVENILE PROBATION PROBATION SERVICES Utilize probation services and community resources to supervise youth in lieu of out-of-home commitments Percent of youth referred to community-based resources "Percentage of youth referred to community-based resources.  It is the department policy that probation officers refer juveniles to the numerous community-based agencies with whom we contract.   The youth live at home and receive services in the community.    This measures the percentage of youth referred to community-based resources, including the school district, the Department of Human Services, Community Mental Health and other community-based organizations. " Collection Method: Probation officers track referrals in their case files. Timing:  Data is extracted at the time performance measures are submitted. 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.95 % Above target is positive LAW LIBRARY LAW LIBRARY Ensure customer satisfaction with Law Library services and resources. Percent of library users whose legal research needs are usually or definitely met by the Law Library Percent of library users who report that their legal research needs are always or frequently met by the Law Library. Collection Method: The Law Library provides an online customer survey on its webpage and provides surveys within the library and by email to customers in order to measure customer satisfaction. 0.884 0.962 0.96 0.84 0.85 % Above target is positive LAW LIBRARY LAW LIBRARY Ensure that the public has access to the most current legal information. Number of items checked in on automated system and processed "The number of items checked-in, processed on the automated system and shelved, which is a measure of the critically important currency of the collection." "Collection Method: The automated system generates a report linked to the data entries regarding the number of items received, checked in and processed. Timing:  A report for the fiscal year was generated from the in-house automated system to obtain the actuals." 16827 18817 22366 14000 14275 15704 Above target is positive LAW LIBRARY LAW LIBRARY Provide comprehensive and readily accessible legal information resources and services. Number of searches of Law Library catalog and web pages Number of searches of Law Library catalog and web pages indicates user access to the library resources and services. Collection Method: The data is collected by the Law Library's automated systems. Timing:  Data can be generated on a weekly or monthly report basis. 547470 682815 551803 516000 525000 538125 Above target is positive MAYOR AFFORDABLE HOUSING Provide affordable housing Number of first time homebuyers receiving assistance or purchase opportunities NEW by MYR for Budget FY07. 89 461 601 200 280 350 Above target is positive MAYOR AFFORDABLE HOUSING Provide affordable housing Number of low-moderate income housing units that had rehabilitation completed Units/beds of low income units (rental and ownership) with rehab competed. 292 461 Above target is positive MAYOR AFFORDABLE HOUSING Provide affordable housing Number of low-moderate units receiving initial commitments of public financial assistance for rehabilitation NEW by MYR for Budget FY07. 54 124 Above target is positive MAYOR AFFORDABLE HOUSING Provide affordable housing Number of newly constructed low and moderate-income rental units completed with public financial assistance "Number of units/beds of new low income rental units funded by MOH (not including SFRA projects).  ""Completed"" is defined as having been issued Certificate of Substantial Completion." 0 87 660 93 227 350 Above target is positive MAYOR AFFORDABLE HOUSING Provide affordable housing Number of newly constructed low-moderate income housing units receiving initial commitments of financial assistance NEW by MYR for FY07 Budget. 212 409 327 663 74 350 Above target is positive MAYOR AFFORDABLE HOUSING Provide affordable housing Number of units receiving lead paint hazard reduction assistance NEW by MYR for Budget FY07. 72 Above target is positive MAYOR COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT Improve the physical infrastructure and environment of low-income neighborhoods Number of facilities assisted "CDBG funds are used to develop or rehabilitate community facilities such as neighborhood centers, child care centers and senior centers. This measure is the number of community facilities that are assisted with CDBG funding for capital improvements. NEW:  MOCD measures added Feb 06" "Collection Method: Data is collected through regular on-line reporting by funded agencies to MOCD. Timing:  MOCD reporting is on a federal timeline. MOCD closes out contracts in mid-August, and submits data to the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) by September 30th. MOCD can provide year-end actuals by mid-October. Six-month data is available, if given adequate lead time, after mid-February." 14 26 17 17 26 16 Above target is positive MAYOR COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT Improve the physical infrastructure and environment of low-income neighborhoods Number of public space improvement projects completed "CDBG funds are used for public space improvement projects such as park renovations, neighborhood beautification such as tree planting, and community playgrounds and gardens. This measure is the number of CDBG-funded public space improvement projects that are completed. NEW:  MOCD measures added Feb 06." "Collection Method: Data is collected through regular on-line reporting by funded agencies to MOCD. Timing:  MOCD reporting is on a federal timeline. MOCD closes out contracts in mid-August, and submits data to the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) by September 30th. MOCD can provide year-end actuals by mid-October. Six-month data is available, if given adequate lead time, after mid-February." 23 16 13 24 16 15 Above target is positive MAYOR COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT Promote economic development in low-income communities Number of business expansions assisted "Number of small business and micro-enterprise expansions as a result of technical assistance/loan packaging services provided by CDBG-funded community-based organizations. In defining business expansion, MOCD uses measurable indicators that show a business has expanded, including:  1) increased sales revenue over previous year totals, 2) the opening of a second location or expansion into larger space, 3) an increase or expansion of new jobs, and 4) the launch of a new product line. A small business is defined as a business with up to 50 employees. A micro-enterprise is a business with up to five employees including the owner(s). NEW:  MOCD measures added Feb 06" "Collection Method: Data is collected through regular on-line reporting by funded agencies to MOCD. Timing:  MOCD reporting is on a federal timeline. MOCD closes out contracts in mid-August, and submits data to the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) by September 30th. MOCD can provide year-end actuals by mid-October. Six-month data is available, if given adequate lead time, after mid-February." 188 143 133 175 150 159 Above target is positive MAYOR COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT Promote economic development in low-income communities Number of direct loans made to small businesses and micro-enterprises "This measure is the number of direct loans made by MOCD to small businesses and micro-enterprises. This measure is a subset of measure 03, number of public and private loans made to small businesses and micro-enterprises. A small business is defined as a business with up to 50 employees. A micro-enterprise is a business with up to five employees including the owner(s). NEW:  MOCD measures added Feb 06" "Collection Method: Data is collected through regular on-line reporting by funded agencies to MOCD. Timing:  MOCD reporting is on a federal timeline. MOCD closes out contracts in mid-August, and submits data to the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) by September 30th. MOCD can provide year-end actuals by mid-October. Six-month data is available, if given adequate lead time, after mid-February." 1 0 1 1 0 3 Above target is positive MAYOR COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT Promote economic development in low-income communities Number of jobs created CDBG-funded community-based organizations provide technical assistance and loan packaging services to small businesses and micro-enterprises to assist businesses with start-up or expansion. Jobs are created as a result of business start-ups and expansions. This measure is the number of full-time equivalent (FTE) jobs. It includes part-time jobs that contribute toward a FTE. A small business is defined as a business with up to 50 employees. A micro-enterprise is a business with up to five employees including the owner(s). NEW:  MOCD measures added Feb 06 "Collection Method: Data is collected through regular on-line reporting by funded agencies to MOCD. Timing:  MOCD reporting is on a federal timeline. MOCD closes out contracts in mid-August, and submits data to the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) by September 30th. MOCD can provide year-end actuals by mid-October. Six-month data is available, if given adequate lead time, after mid-February." 525 434 374 487 425 438 Above target is positive MAYOR COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT Promote economic development in low-income communities Number of jobs retained "CDBG-funded community-based organizations provide technical assistance and loan packaging services to existing small businesses and micro-enterprises to prevent the businesses from closing, moving out of the City, or laying off employees. Jobs are retained as a result of business retention. This measure is the number of full-time equivalent (FTE) jobs that were saved as a result of the technical asisstance provided. It includes part-time jobs that contribute toward a FTE. A small business is defined as a business with up to 50 employees. A micro-enterprise is a business with up to five employees including the owner(s). NEW:  MOCD measures added Feb 06" "Collection Method: Data is collected through regular on-line reporting by funded agencies to MOCD. Timing:  MOCD reporting is on a federal timeline. MOCD closes out contracts in mid-August, and submits data to the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) by September 30th. MOCD can provide year-end actuals by mid-October. Six-month data is available, if given adequate lead time, after mid-February." 367 206 333 245 296 310 Above target is positive MAYOR COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT Promote economic development in low-income communities Number of public and private loans made to small businesses and micro-enterprises "CDBG-funded community-based organizations provide technical assistance and loan packaging services to small businesses and micro-enterprises to assist businesses with start-up or expansion. Business loans are packaged by MOCD-funded organizations for both public and private funding sources. This measure is the number of loans that were approved from both public and private lenders, including direct loans made by MOCD. A small business is defined as a business with up to 50 employees. A micro-enterprise is a business with up to five employees including the owner(s). NEW:  MOCD measures added Feb 06" "Collection Method: Data is collected through regular on-line reporting by funded agencies to MOCD. Timing:  MOCD reporting is on a federal timeline. MOCD closes out contracts in mid-August, and submits data to the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) by September 30th. MOCD can provide year-end actuals by mid-October. Six-month data is available, if given adequate lead time, after mid-February." 99 93 79 103 86 86 Above target is positive MAYOR COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT Promote economic development in low-income communities Number of small business and micro-enterprise start-ups assisted Number of small business and micro-enterprise start-ups assisted through technical assistance/loan packaging services provided by CDBG-funded community-based organizations. MOCD defines a start-up as a business that has operated for one year or less. A small business is defined as a business with up to 50 employees. A micro-enterprise is a business with up to five employees including the owner(s). NEW:  MOCD measures added Feb 06 "Collection Method: Data is collected through regular on-line reporting by funded agencies to MOCD. Timing:  MOCD reporting is on a federal timeline. MOCD closes out contracts in mid-August, and submits data to the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) by September 30th. MOCD can provide year-end actuals by mid-October. Six-month data is available, if given adequate lead time, after mid-February." 468 352 432 290 277 376 Above target is positive MAYOR COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT Provide support services to stabilize individuals and families Number of individuals receiving emergency shelter and homeless prevention services through ESG "Community-based organizations receive Emergency Shelter Grant (ESG) funds to provide homeless services such as shelter, case management and homeless prevention services. This measure is the number of individuals receiving ESG-funded services. NEW:  MOCD measures added Feb 06" "Collection Method: Data is collected through regular on-line reporting by funded agencies to MOCD. Timing:  MOCD reporting is on a federal timeline. MOCD closes out contracts in mid-August, and submits data to the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) by September 30th. MOCD can provide year-end actuals by mid-October. Six-month data is available, if given adequate lead time, after mid-February." 1918 2793 2553 1562 2411 2317 Above target is positive MAYOR COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT Provide support services to stabilize individuals and families Number of individuals receiving non-housing-related public services through CDBG "Community-based organizations receive CDBG funds to provide public services such as employment training and placement, legal services, case management and information/referral services. This measure is the number of individuals receiving CDBG-funded services. NEW:  MOCD measures added Feb 06.  NOTE: Starting with FY07, numbers do not include individuals that are served with CDBG-funded housing programs that are adminstered by MOH, and individuals that are served with $850,000 in CDBG funds that is administered by DCYF." "Collection Method: Data is collected through regular on-line reporting by funded agencies to MOCD. Timing:  MOCD reporting is on a federal timeline. MOCD closes out contracts in mid-August, and submits data to the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) by September 30th. MOCD can provide year-end actuals by mid-October. Six-month data is available, if given adequate lead time, after mid-February." 10656 12066 11124 9486 10850 10427 Above target is positive MAYOR CRIMINAL JUSTICE Facilitate a citywide process that involves key stakeholders to develop a comprehensive violence prevention plan Percent of draft plan completed "MOCJ is engaged in a major strategic planning initiative to develop a 3 to 5 year, citywide plan for violence prevention.  This initiative is being led by a Planning Team that includes MOCJ staff, UCSF Dr. Howard Pinderhughes, and experts at the Violence Prevention Institute.  The percent completion estimate will be based on feedback from MOCJ's Violence Prevention Planning Coordinator.  The plan is set to be completed by the end of summer, with implementation of the plan following immediately thereafter." "Collection Method: Project managed by Violence Prevention Planning Coordinator, City Hall, Rm 496. Timing:  Real time." Above target is positive MAYOR CRIMINAL JUSTICE Fund public safety programs "Amount of state and federal grants secured, in millions" "Amount of funds from State and Federal Sources received, in millions." "Collection Method: Tracking of grants received in fiscal year by accept & expend process, or through annual budget process. Timing:  In the coming FY, this measure will be replaced by two alternate measures of secured funding- one for community programs and another for interdepartmental collaborations." 5.5 6.5 3.2 5.1 5.3 4 $ Above target is positive MAYOR CRIMINAL JUSTICE To actively pursue and obtain funds for community programs "Amount of local, state, federal, and private funds secured, in millions" "Amount of funds from local, state, federal, and private sources received, in millions, for community programs" "Collection Method: Tracking of grants received in fiscal year by accept & expend process, or through annual budget process.  Fiscal records are maintained by Deputy Fiscal Director.  Documentation available from City Hall, Rm. 496. Timing:  Real time" 6.2 3.2 0 Above target is positive MAYOR CRIMINAL JUSTICE To actively pursue and obtain funds for the development of interdepartmental collaborations and innovative criminal justice practices "Amount of local, state, federal, and private grants secured for collaborations and innovations in criminal justice" "Amount of funds from local, state, federal, and private sources received, in millions." "Collection Method: Tracking of grants received in fiscal year by accept & expend process, or through annual budget process.  Fiscal records are maintained ongoingly by Deputy Fiscal Director.  Documentation available from City Hall, Rm. 496. Timing:  Real time" 2.2 0 3 Above target is positive MAYOR CRIMINAL JUSTICE "To build the capacity of city agencies through trainings, program assessments, and technical assistance" Number of trainings held The number of trainings facilitated by MOCJ for city agencies. "Collection Method: Grant agreements, meeting agendas, and project documentation will be kept in the Mayor's Office of Criminal Justice. Timing:  Real time" 5 Above target is positive MAYOR CRIMINAL JUSTICE To create opportunities for and support the development of community engagement in solving public safety problems Number of community meetings held by grantees and/or MOCJ "The number of meetings held in the community and facilitated or attended by MOCJ and/or MOCJ grantees.  Explanation:  MOCJ funds the Safety Network to organize community meetings and to increase participation in existing groups, such as neighborhood associations.  MOCJ also attends community meetings with representatives from city departments, and works to enhace the public sector response to the safety concerns voiced by community members.  One measure of our work to strengthen community engagement is the frequency of meetings facilitated and attended by MOCJ and the Safety Network." "Collection Method: Data tracked by MOCJ Community Partnerships and Programs Coordinator, documentation kept in City Hall, Rm 496. Timing:  Data reported monthly." Above target is positive MAYOR CRIMINAL JUSTICE To create opportunities for and support the development of community engagement in solving public safety problems Participant survey on the success of community engagement process "Percentage of participant ratings that indicate successful engagement in solving public safety problems.  Explanation: MOCJ will design, plan, and implement a survey to measure the success of engagement strategies (e.g. community meetings, working groups, the Community Partnership for Safer Neighborhoods) in improving resident involvement in public safety policy.  Survey will strive to reach a representative sample of participants and to elicit unbiased feedback." Collection Method: To be determined.  Survey will be designed by MOCJ and the Safety Network in collaboration with the Office of the Controller. Timing:  TBD Above target is positive MAYOR CRIMINAL JUSTICE "To develop memos, reports, and policy proposals for criminal justice practices" Number of reports drafted "Sum of memo's, policy reports, and data reports drafted by MOCJ staff.  Explanation: MOCJ conducts data analysis and policy research and development to share critical information on criminal and juvenile justice issues and to promote best practices in public safety.  MOCJ will be developing periodic reports with updates on crime trends and will be identifying needs for in-depth policy analysis." "Collection Method: MOCJ crime data analyst will maintain documentation of all memos, reports, and policy proposal.  Documentation held in City Hall, Ste 496. Timing:  Real time" Above target is positive MAYOR CRIMINAL JUSTICE To distribute and manage funds in a manner that ensures effective project implementation and coordination among city agencies Program outcomes: Percent of targeted outcomes met for collaborative projects "Sum of all outcome measures met for the fiscal year divided by the total number of outcome measures across all collaborative projects.  Explanation: MOCJ pursues federal and state funds and shares these funds with other agencies to develop programs that enhance collaboration and innovation among public safety agencies.  There are numerous programs.  Collaborative projects, such as Weed and Seed, Operation Ceasefire, Project Gunstop, and the Sex Offender Management Alliance, each have specific objectives and outcome measures." "Collection Method: Grant agreements, meeting agendas, and other documentation will be kept in the Mayor's Office of Criminal Justice. Timing:  Real time" Above target is positive MAYOR CRIMINAL JUSTICE To distribute and manage funds to community programs in a manner that ensures delivery of effective services to targeted populations Number of clients served through grant funded Community Based Organizations "The number of individuals who participated, during the fiscal year, in a CBO program funded by MOCJ.  Explanation: MOCJ funds CBO's that provide a variety of services to system-involved youth (18-24yrs).  This measure indicates the total number of persons ""touched"" by MOCJ dollars." "Collection Method: Participant data entered by CBOs into ""Youth Served"" category in the Contract Management System (CMS). Currently, data reported are projections.  MOCJ staff will be working with grantees to improve the reliability of this measure. Timing:  CBOs to enter data monthly." Above target is positive MAYOR CRIMINAL JUSTICE To distribute and manage funds to community programs in a manner that ensures delivery of effective services to targeted populations Participant outcomes: arrest rate for program participants Percent of system-involved youth (18-24 yrs) participating in CBO programs funded by MOCJ who are referred to the Juvenile Probation Department while participating in the program.  Calculated as the number of participants who are referred over the total number of program participants. "Collection Method: Currently, an independent evaluator provides reliable data on participants in programs funded through the Juvenile Justice Crime Prevention Act (JJCPA).  The evaluator holds a court order to access data from the Juvenile Probation Department.  Currently, all non-JJCPA grantees self-report participant outcomes and therefore data are not reliable.  As MOCJ improves tracking systems, the reliability of data for non-JJCPA programs will be enhanced and MOCJ will begin reporting additional participant outcomes. Timing:  Data are collected 180 days from the date of participant entry into CBO program.  Data are reported once annually, at the end of October." % Below target is positive MAYOR CRIMINAL JUSTICE To distribute and manage funds to community programs in a manner that ensures delivery of effective services to targeted populations Participant outcomes: incarceration rate for program participants "Percent of system-involved youth (18-24 yrs) participating in CBO programs funded by MOCJ who are booked into Juvenile Hall while participating in the program.  Calculated as the number of participants who are booked in over the total number of program participants.  Bookings occur due to probation violations, transfers from out-of-home placements, and new offenses." "Collection Method: Currently, an independent evaluator provides reliable data on participants in programs funded through the Juvenile Justice Crime Prevention Act (JJCPA).  The evaluator holds a court order to access data from the Juvenile Probation Department.  Currently, all non-JJCPA grantees self-report participant outcomes and therefore data are not reliable.  As MOCJ improves tracking systems, the reliability of data for non-JJCPA programs will be enhanced and MOCJ will begin reporting additional participant outcomes. Timing:  Data are collected 180 days from the date of participant entry into CBO program.  Data are reported once annually, at the end of October." % Below target is positive MAYOR CRIMINAL JUSTICE "To facilitate meetings and coordinate working groups among city agencies that support the exchange of information, ideals, and problem-solving strategies" Number of intergovernmental meetings convened "The number of meetings, such as Public Safety Cluster Group meetings, facilitated by MOCJ with a primary purpose of exchanging information, ideals, and strategies to improve public safety." "Collection Method: Meeting Agendas, sign-in sheets, and other documentation will be kept in the Mayor's Office of Criminal Justice. Timing:  Real time" Above target is positive MAYOR CRIMINAL JUSTICE "To help build the capacity of community programs through trainings, program evaluation, and technical assistance" Number of performance review evaluations conducted The number of performance review evaluations conducted by MOCJ staff.  MOCJ staff evaluate the performance of funded CBO's against goals stated in grant agreements. "Collection Method: Evaluations will be based on data obtained during site visits and self-reported data entered into the Contract Management System by grant recipients.  Documentation will by kept in the Mayor's Office of Criminal Justice, City Hall Rm. 496. Timing:  End of Fiscal Year." Above target is positive MAYOR CRIMINAL JUSTICE "To help build the capacity of community programs through trainings, program evaluation, and technical assistance" Number of technical assistance efforts provided to community programs "The number of technical assistance sessions (such as instruction on entering data into the Contract Management System) provided by MOCJ staff via phone or in-person to CBO's and to agencies.  Technical assistance sessions are individualized and responsive to immediate needs, and are distinguished from group trainings." "Collection Method: As part of a larger effort to improve customer service, protocols for tracking technical assistance will be established and documentation will be kept in the Mayor's Office of Criminal Justice. Timing:  TBD" Above target is positive MAYOR CRIMINAL JUSTICE "To help build the capacity of community programs through trainings, program evaluation, and technical assistance" Number of trainings conducted "The number of trainings provided to community-based agencies to enhance service delivery and improve capacity.  This measures has been re-named for the coming fiscal year to clearly distinguish technical assistance efforts (focused assistance to individual grantees) from group trainings.  Previously read ""number of technical assistance trainings provided""" "Collection Method: Meeting Agendas, sign in sheets, group surveys, documentation will be kept in the Mayor's Office of Criminal Justice. Timing:  Real time" 7 Above target is positive MAYOR CRIMINAL JUSTICE To work with relevant city agencies to develop and monitor shared performance measures for City agencies working to enhance public safety Number of shared performance measures developed and monitored Count of shared Public Safety Performance Measures reported semi-annually to the Board of Supervisors.  Explanation: Public Safety Departments in San Francisco currently lack shared performance measures on issues that are heavily influenced by factors beyond the control of any single department.  MOCJ will play a coordinating roll in developing and reporting performance measures that examine over-arching issues in public safety. "Collection Method: MOCJ crime data analyst will maintain documentation on all shared performance measures.  Documentation held in City Hall, Ste 496. Timing:  TBD" Above target is positive MAYOR CRIMINAL JUSTICE To work with relevant city agencies to develop and monitor shared performance measures for City agencies working to enhance public safety Recidivism in San Francisco "MOCJ is currently working on a number of shared performance measures to capture recidivism trends in San Francisco.  We hope to measure recidivism rates for multiple populations, to ensure adequate historical information to analyze change over time, and to monitor program effectiveness where interventions are implemented." "Collection Method: MOCJ crime data analyst will maintain documentation on all shared performance measures.  Documentation held in City Hall, Ste 496. Timing:  TBD" Below target is positive MAYOR DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom performance appraisals were scheduled "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal is to be conducted.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review shold be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months. Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." "Collection Method: Evaluations tracked the administrative division of the Mayor's Office. (Shalonda Baldwin) Timing:  The Mayor's Office conducts performance evaluation on a calendar year basis, not a fiscal year. Evaluations for the upcoming calendar year are scheduled in December. Evaluations for the calendar year that is about to end occur in December. December 2005 was the first year evaluations were scheduled (for calendar year 2006)." 98 105 109 112 117 Above target is positive MAYOR DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom scheduled performance appraisals were completed "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of applicable employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal was conducted amd completed during the fiscal year.  ""Completed"" means an appraisal form has been filled out and is in the employee's personnel file.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review shold be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months.   Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." "Collection Method: Evaluations tracked by the administrative division of the Mayor's Office. (Shalonda Baldwin) Timing:  The Mayor's Office conducts performance evaluation on a calendar year basis, not a fiscal year. Evaluations for the upcoming calendar year are scheduled in December. Evaluations for the calendar year that is about to end occur in December. December 2005 was the first year evaluations were scheduled (for calendar year 2006)." 91 62 109 112 117 Above target is positive MAYOR NEIGHBORHOOD SERVICES Respond to citizens "Number of Certificates, Proclamations, and Greeting Letters Issued" "Total number of Certificates, Proclamations and Greeting Letters issued by the Mayor's Office of Neighborhood Services." "Collection Method: Office Manager tracks certificates, proclamations and greeting letters online as they are issued in an excel database, and then adds them for periodic reporting. Timing:  Real time." 1408 3038 2717 2000 1500 1500 Above target is positive MAYOR NEIGHBORHOOD SERVICES Respond to citizens Number of community meetings and events attended This measurement includes total number of community meetings and events attended attended and held by all MONS employees. Collection Method: Every week MONS personel submit number of meetings and events attended for the previous week on behalf of the Mayor's Office Timing:  Weekly. 3851 1933 2986 3500 2000 3000 Above target is positive MAYOR NEIGHBORHOOD SERVICES Respond to citizens Number of Town Halls Produced Number of Town Hall Meetings produced for the Mayor by the Mayor's Office of Neighborhood Services. Collection Method: Excel database kept with summary of town hall meetings. Timing:  Real time. 7 8 5 4 6 6 Above target is positive MAYOR PUBLIC POLICY & FINANCE Develop and Oversee Implementation of Mayor's Policy Pledges Percent of pledges accomplished NEW Measure for the Mayor's Office.  This measures the percentage completion of policy pledges on the Mayor's Accountability Index. "Collection Method: The Mayor's Office of Policy and Finance updates this information at least twice a year.  It was last updated in October.  Each analyst contacts the responsible department, which provides a written update and the department and Mayor's office work together to determine completion. Timing:  see ""Data Collection Method""" 0.82 0.79 0.81 0.8 0.8 0.8 % Above target is positive MAYOR PUBLIC POLICY & FINANCE Obtain citizen input and promote understanding of the City's budget "Number of presentations to advocates, labor groups, community organizations and other stakeholders" NEW measure by MYR Feb 06. Measure tracks the count of meetings and presentations to stakeholders on the City's budget. Meteings with City department heads and budget staff are excluded. Collection Method: Meetings/presentations are tracked over the course of the year by the Budget Office. Timing:  Meetings/presentations are tracked over the course of the year by the Budget Office.  Most occur during the budget season (March - June). 30 25 26 25 25 25 Above target is positive MAYOR PUBLIC POLICY & FINANCE "Promote prudent, long range, policy and performance driven planning throughout the City." Number of SF Stat performance measurement meetings held with City departments The number of SF Stat meetings held each fiscal year to discuss departmental performance in achieving citywide goals. Collection Method: SF Stat calendar; kept by Mayor's and Controller's offices. Timing:  Actual data can be updated on a rolling basis. 20 13 3 30 25 3 Above target is positive MAYOR PUBLIC POLICY & FINANCE Propose a realistic budget and manage spending over course of fiscal year Number of supplementals required to correct for overspending of original budget appropriation. Approved supplemental appropriations that were necessary because a City department would otherwise have overspent its original budget appropriation. Measure excludes revenue-backed supplementals for the hospitals and supplementals passed for reasons other than the need to bring a department back into balance. "Collection Method: Supplementals are tracked by both the Controller's Office and the Mayor's Budget Office. Timing:  Data is available on a ""real time"" basis; ie, as supplementals are introduced over the course of the year." 4 1 0 3 3 3 Below target is positive MUNICIPAL TRANSPORTATION AGENCY DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom performance appraisals were scheduled "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal is to be conducted.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review shold be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months. Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." "Collection Method: New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal is to be conducted.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months. Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion. Timing:  We are developing an in-house tracking system  Currently HR collects and tracks MEA perofrmance reviewrs." 400 475 400 450 Above target is positive MUNICIPAL TRANSPORTATION AGENCY DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom scheduled performance appraisals were completed "This is the number of applicable employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal was conducted and completed during the fiscal year.  ""Completed"" means an appraisal form has been filled out and is in the employee's personnel file.  " "Data Collection Method: Supervisors with employees to develop individualized expectations and goals related to department mission and goals.  Supervisors then gather information and provide feedback regarding employee performance using a standardized performance appraisal form. Employees review the form and meet with supervisors to discuss the employee's progress toward established expectations and goals.  The appraisal form is signed by the employee, supervisor, and the department manager and is filed in the employees Personnel File. Frequency: New employee reviews should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period. Other employees should be reviewed every 12 months." 420 306 400 400 Above target is positive MUNICIPAL TRANSPORTATION AGENCY ENFORCEMENT To ease traffic congestion and promote parking turnover throughout the City by enforcing regulations Abandoned automobile reports: % responded to within 48 hours Definition: Measures response time from receipt of complaint by Security and Enforcement?s Abandoned Auto Detail to vehicle being marked for removal. Purpose:  To abate quality of life nuisances and hazards associated with abandoned automobiles. "Method: The Detail maintains a log of complaints received and resolution. Staff compiles the information and generates a report. Timeframe: Data is available approximately 60 days after the each quarter closes.  The annual goal for the forthcoming fiscal year is traditionally approved by the SFMTA Board of Directors in April or May. Service Standards Cross-Reference: C6 (FY08), C7 (FY09) " 0.9875 0.7575 0.9875 1 1 1 % Above target is positive MUNICIPAL TRANSPORTATION AGENCY ENFORCEMENT To process citations and hearings in a timely manner Administrative citation hearing customers: % served within 10 minutes "Purpose:  To provide a high level of customer service at our customer service center. Definition:  Administrative citation hearings are second level protests of vehicle tows, parking citations, and other infractions. The average waiting time is the time between the hearing request being recorded by a window staff and fulfillment of request by a Hearing Officer. Method: Reports are generated by the Hearing Division computer system. " "Timeframe: Data is available approximately 60 days after the each quarter closes. The annual goal for the forthcoming fiscal year is traditionally approved by the SFMTA Board of Directors in April or May. Service Standards Cross-Reference: C8 (FY08), C9(FY09) " 0.68 0.875 0.92 0.8 0.8 0.82 % Above target is positive MUNICIPAL TRANSPORTATION AGENCY ENFORCEMENT To process citations and hearings in a timely manner Administrative citation hearing customers: average wait time (in minutes) "Purpose:  To provide a high level of customer service at our customer service center. Definition:  Administrative citation hearings are second level protests of vehicle tows, parking citations, and other infractions. The average waiting time is the time between the hearing request being recorded by a window staff and fulfillment of request by a Hearing Officer." "Method: Reports are generated by the Hearing Division computer system. Timeframe: Data is available approximately 60 days after the each quarter closes. The annual goal for the forthcoming fiscal year is traditionally approved by the SFMTA Board of Directors in April or May. Service Standards Cross-Reference: C8 (FY08), C9 (FY09) " 8.5 5.75 4.5 10 10 8 Below target is positive MUNICIPAL TRANSPORTATION AGENCY ENFORCEMENT To process citations and hearings in a timely manner Walk-in citation and residential parking permit customers: % served within 20 minutes  (FY09: 15 minutes) Purpose: To provide a high level of customer service at our customer service center. Definition: Percent of customers receiving service from the window clerk within 20 minutes of arrival.  (Standard will be 15 minutes beginning in FY09.) "Method: Staff utilizes the Q-matic system to track and record customer waiting times. Timeframe: Data is available approximately 60 days after the each quarter closes. The annual goal for the forthcoming fiscal year is traditionally approved by the SFMTA Board of Directors in April or May. Service Standards Cross-Reference: C7 (FY08), C8 (FY09) " 0.9325 0.9575 0.7875 0.8 0.8 0.82 % Above target is positive MUNICIPAL TRANSPORTATION AGENCY ENFORCEMENT To process citations and hearings in a timely manner Walk-in citation and residential parking permit customers: average wait time (in minutes) Purpose:  To provide a high level of customer service at our customer service center. Definition:  Percent of customers receiving service from the window clerk within 20 minutes of arrival. "Method: Staff utilizes the Q-matic system to track and record customer waiting times. Timeframe: Data is available approximately 60 days after the each quarter closes.  The annual goal for the forthcoming fiscal year is traditionally approved by the SFMTA Board of Directors in April or May. Service Standards Cross-Reference: C7 (FY08), C8 (FY09) " 7 6.75 6.25 20 10 10 Below target is positive MUNICIPAL TRANSPORTATION AGENCY MRD-MAINTENANCE DIVISION (MAINT) Improve customer satisfaction Muni transit system cleanliness rating (1 to 5 scale) "Response to San Francisco City Survey question: ""In general, how do you rate the quality of the Muni transit system in the following categories.."" " 5 - A - Excellent 4 - B - Good 3 - C - Average 2 - D - Poor 1 - F ? Failing 2.92 2.86 2.98 3.25 3.5 3.5 Above target is positive MUNICIPAL TRANSPORTATION AGENCY MRD-MAINTENANCE DIVISION (MAINT) Provide reliable service by maintaining no less than 99% vehicle availability by mode Systemwide vehicle availability (AM) Purpose:  To measure the percentage of equipment available for service. Definition:  Measurement of availability as a percentage of vehicles at each facility available at 7am/4pm on non-holiday weekdays against peak demand requirements.   "Method:  The Shop History and Online Parts System (SHOPS) provides the data.  A vehicle is considered available for service if it is available for assignment to an operator no later than 7am and 4pm. Timeframe: Data is available approximately 60 days after the each quarter closes. The annual goal is dictated by the charter. Service Standards Cross-Reference: A5 (FY08), A2 (FY09) " 0.99125 0.99618 0.98842 0.985 0.99 0.99 % Above target is positive MUNICIPAL TRANSPORTATION AGENCY MRD-MAINTENANCE DIVISION (MAINT) Provide reliable service by maintaining no less than 99% vehicle availability by mode Systemwide vehicle availability (PM) Purpose:  To measure the percentage of equipment available for service. Definition:  Measurement of availability as a percentage of vehicles at each facility available at 7am/4pm on non-holiday weekdays against peak demand requirements.   "Method:  The Shop History and Online Parts System (SHOPS) provides the data.  A vehicle is considered available for service if it is available for assignment to an operator no later than 7am and 4pm. Timeframe: Data is available approximately 60 days after the each quarter closes. The annual goal for the forthcoming fiscal year is traditionally approved by the SFMTA Board of Directors in April or May. Service Standards Cross-Reference: A5 (FY08), A2 (FY09) " 0.99125 0.99538 0.99112 0.985 0.99 0.99 % Above target is positive MUNICIPAL TRANSPORTATION AGENCY MRD-MUNICIPAL RAILWAY EXEC OFFICE (MREO) "Improve the safety of passengers, drivers, pedestrians, and others" "Muni collisions per 100,000 vehicle miles" Purpose:  To reduce accidents through effective operator training programs as well as effective accident follow-up training. Definition:  Track reduction in accidents as a result of more effective operator training and accident retraining.  Data include Federal Transit Administration reportable collisions. Method:  Number of reportable revenue service collisions divided by revenue miles. Data will be reported to the Board on a quarterly basis. Timeframe: Data is available approximately 60 days after the each quarter closes. The annual goal for the forthcoming fiscal year is traditionally approved by the SFMTA Board of Directors in April or May. Service Standards Cross-Reference: C4 5.98 6.4325 5.46 5.75 5.75 6.02 Below target is positive MUNICIPAL TRANSPORTATION AGENCY MRD-MUNICIPAL RAILWAY EXEC OFFICE (MREO) "Improve the safety of passengers, drivers, pedestrians, and others" Muni transit system safety rating (1 to 5 scale) "Response to San Francisco City Survey question: ""In general, how do you rate the quality of the Muni transit system in the following categories.."" " 5 - A - Excellent 4 - B - Good 3 - C - Average 2 - D - Poor 1 - F ? Failing 3.15 3.24 3.5 3.5 Above target is positive MUNICIPAL TRANSPORTATION AGENCY PARKING To ease the shortage of neighborhood parking through timely processing of parking permits Residential parking permit renewals: % of applications processed within 21 days Purpose:  To improve the level of customer service by ensuring prompt response to by-mail renewal residential parking permit applications. Definition:  Percent of renewal permit applications returned to residents within 21 days of receipt. "Method:  Electronic report generated by DPT contractor overseeing the program.   Timeframe: Data is available approximately 60 days after the each quarter closes. The annual goal for the forthcoming fiscal year is traditionally approved by the SFMTA Board of Directors in April or May. Service Standards Cross-Reference: C9 (FY08), C10 (FY09) " 0.935 0.955 0.895 0.95 0.95 0.95 % Above target is positive MUNICIPAL TRANSPORTATION AGENCY PARKING "To provide clean, safe and convenient parking at reasonable rates to maximize revenues" Parking meter malfunction reports: % responded to and repaired within 48 hours "Purpose:  To ensure consistent operation of parking meters and promptly repair inoperable meters. Definition:  Electronic parking meters are capable of self-reporting malfunctions.  In addition, a hotline number is posted on each meter to enable members of the public to report instances of malfunction directly to the meter shop.  These reporting mechanisms enable DPT to respond and repair meters in a timely and efficient manner to ensure the highest level of service to the public. " "Method:  The San Francisco Parking Meter Management System (SFPM) is a work order system which automates requests for service and allows them to be tracked and compiled.  A report is generated providing the average response rate for all complaints received within a quarter. Timeframe: Data is available approximately 60 days after the each quarter closes. The annual goal for the forthcoming fiscal year is traditionally approved by the SFMTA Board of Directors in April or May. Service Standards Cross-Reference: A11 (FY08), A9 (FY09) " 0.825 0.8575 0.8525 0.85 0.85 0.85 % Above target is positive MUNICIPAL TRANSPORTATION AGENCY RAIL & BUS SERVICES Improve customer satisfaction Muni transit system driver courtesy rating (1 to 5 scale) "Response to San Francisco City Survey question: ""In general, how do you rate the quality of the Muni transit system in the following categories.."" " 5 - A - Excellent 4 - B - Good 3 - C - Average 2 - D - Poor 1 - F ? Failing 3.06 3.14 3.5 3.5 Above target is positive MUNICIPAL TRANSPORTATION AGENCY RAIL & BUS SERVICES Improve customer satisfaction Transit operator complaints requiring follow up: % resolved within 30 days "Purpose:  To measure customer satisfaction with the Municipal Railway and the effectiveness of internal processes to address the complaints. Definition:  SFMTA summarizes complaints received, resolved, and outstanding on a quarterly basis.   " Method:  Data provided from the Passenger Service Report Unit and will be reported to the Board on a quarterly basis.  ADA related passenger service reports are used to calculate this resolution rate.  All others are forwarded to Divisions for resolution.   The resolution rate is calculated based on the percentage of actionable ADA related complaints for which hearing notices were sent to customers within 30 days. Timeframe: Data is available approximately 60 days after the each quarter closes. The annual goal for the forthcoming fiscal year is traditionally approved by the SFMTA Board of Directors in April or May. Service Standards Cross-Reference: C2 0.6825 0.4725 0.8275 0.75 0.75 0.75 % Above target is positive MUNICIPAL TRANSPORTATION AGENCY RAIL & BUS SERVICES Provide reliable and timely transit service % of scheduled service hours delivered "Purpose: To measure service hours through available operators and equipment deployed in revenue service, along with the percentage of equipment available for service. Definition: Monthly measurement of the percent of total available hours for service measuring operators and equipment and percentage of equipment available daily. " Method:  Both operators and equipment are measured as to the total number of hours in service as a percentage of the total scheduled hours. Data come from the online dispatching system. Measurement of the vehicles that begin service at the scheduled time will be provided from the 8am and 6pm ?Not-Out Report? generated by Central Control and will show the percent of vehicles that went out at the scheduled time for both the AM and PM pullout. Timeframe: Data is available approximately 60 days after the each quarter closes. The annual goal for the forthcoming fiscal year is traditionally approved by the SFMTA Board of Directors in April or May. Service Standards Cross-Reference: A2 0.943 0.959 0.969 0.985 0.985 0.985 % Above target is positive MUNICIPAL TRANSPORTATION AGENCY RAIL & BUS SERVICES Provide reliable and timely transit service Muni transit system timeliness/reliability rating (1 to 5 scale) "Response to San Francisco City Survey question: ""In general, how do you rate the quality of the Muni transit system in the following categories.."" " 5 - A - Excellent 4 - B - Good 3 - C - Average 2 - D - Poor 1 - F ? Failing 2.84 2.98 3.5 3.5 Above target is positive MUNICIPAL TRANSPORTATION AGENCY RAIL & BUS SERVICES Provide reliable and timely transit service Ridership: passengers carried "Purpose:  To measure ridership. Definition:  Annual measurement of the number of passengers who board the Municipal Railway?s revenue vehicles.  A passenger is counted each time they board a vehicle, even though they may be on the same journey from origin to destination. " Method:  Ride checkers are utilized to count passenger boardings. Timeframe: Data are gathered over the course of the year.  Unaudited results are available approximately 90 days after the end of the fiscal year. The annual goal for the forthcoming fiscal year is traditionally approved by the SFMTA Board of Directors in April or May. Service Standards Cross-Reference: B1 206459000 220044000 225990000 214011000 209556000 223254000 Above target is positive MUNICIPAL TRANSPORTATION AGENCY RAIL & BUS SERVICES Provide reliable and timely transit service Schedule adherence "Purpose: To measure schedule adherence. Definition:  Each line is checked at least once in each six month period.  Such checks are conducted no less often than 10 weekdays and weekends per period.  An annual checking schedule is established for the routes. The order in which the routes are checked is determined monthly through a random selection process. To the extent automated systems can be substituted at less cost for such checks, or the measurement of any performance standard, such systems will be used. " "Method:  Check the designated lines using criteria of -1/+4 minutes.  Periods of time includes morning rush (6am-9am), midday (9am-4pm), evening rush (4pm-7pm), and night (7pm-1am).  Supervisors conduct a one-hour check at a point at mid-route during all four time periods stated above. Timeframe: Data is available approximately 60 days after the each quarter closes. The annual goal for the forthcoming fiscal year is traditionally approved by the SFMTA Board of Directors in April or May. Service Standards Cross-Reference: A1 " 0.708 0.706 0.744 0.85 0.85 0.85 % Above target is positive MUNICIPAL TRANSPORTATION AGENCY RAIL & BUS SERVICES Provide reliable and timely transit service Unscheduled absence rate: transit operators "Purpose:  To measure unscheduled absences. Definition:  Monthly measurement of unscheduled absences is defined as time that is not scheduled in advance and includes the following payroll categories: Sick pay (with pay), Sick Leave (without pay), AWOL, Worker?s Comp, SDI, and Assault Pay. " "Method:  TESS and the Attendance Tracking System currently provide the data as a calculation of scheduled hours available against unscheduled hours for Municipal Railway employees.   Timeframe: Data is available approximately 60 days after the each quarter closes. The annual goal for the forthcoming fiscal year is traditionally approved by the SFMTA Board of Directors in April or May. Service Standards Cross-Reference: A6 (FY08), A4 (FY09) " 0.10975 0.1085 0.137 0.107 0.107 0.102 % Below target is positive MUNICIPAL TRANSPORTATION AGENCY TAXI ENFORCEMENT Achieve short taxi response times "Response within 10 minutes, 70% of the time" "Taxi Commission Rules Section 2 (Response Time Goals) specifies that ""70% of the time, taxicabs will arrive within 10 minutes of the service call.""" "Collection Method: The Taxi Commission annually hires an outside consultant to perform a  Taxi Availability study. The consultant's personnel make numerous service calls at various locations and times. They document response times in a report to us. The report is available on our website.Taxi Availability Study is being performed in-house for year 2007 rather than by a consultant. Timing:  The Taxi Availability study is conducted annually by the Taxi Commission or an outside consultant.  This year, it was collected in-house." 0.5 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.85 0.7 % Above target is positive MUNICIPAL TRANSPORTATION AGENCY TAXI ENFORCEMENT Achieve short taxi response times "Response within 15 minutes, 80% of the time" "Taxi Commission Rules Section 2 (Response Time Goals) specifies that ""80% of the time, taxicabs will arrive within 15 minutes of the service call.""" Collection Method: The Taxi Commission annually hires an outside consultant to perform a  Taxi Availability study. The consultant's personnel make numerous service calls at various locations and times. They document response times in a report to us. The report is available on our website. Timing:  The Taxi Availability study is conducted annually by the Taxi Commission or an outside consultant.  This year it was conducted in-house. 0.65 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.9 0.8 % Above target is positive MUNICIPAL TRANSPORTATION AGENCY TAXI ENFORCEMENT Achieve short taxi response times "Response within 30 minutes, 99% of the time" "Taxi Commission Rules Section 2 (Response Time Goals) specifies that ""99% of the time, taxicabs will arrive within 30 minutes of the service call.""" "Collection Method: The Taxi Commission annually hires an outside consultant to perform a  Taxi Availability study. The consultant's personnel make numerous service calls at various locations and times. They document response times in a report to us. The report is available on our website. Timing:  The Taxi Availability study is conducted annually by the Taxi Commission or an outside consultant.  In 2006-2007, it was conducted in-house.  We anticipate the same for this year." 0.99 0.9 0.99 0.99 1 0.99 % Above target is positive MUNICIPAL TRANSPORTATION AGENCY TAXI ENFORCEMENT Manage the number of permits (i.e. medallions) available in San Francisco to assure adequate taxicab service. Number of post-Proposition K medallions Post-Proposition K medallions are non-transferable permits issued to persons (not corporations) who declare an intention to actively and personally drive for at least four hours during any 24-hour period on at least 75% of the year. Collection Method: The number of permits issued is located at the SFMTA Taxi Division Office. Timing:  The average number of permits (i.e. medallions) that are returned and re-issued by the Taxi Commission is 40-50 permits per year. 956 1015 1102 944 1006 1180 Above target is positive MUNICIPAL TRANSPORTATION AGENCY TAXI ENFORCEMENT Manage the number of permits (i.e. medallions) available in San Francisco to assure adequate taxicab service. Number of pre-Proposition K (pre-1978 a.d.) corporate medallions "Taxicab medallions were private assets prior to 1978.  Individuals and corporations could purchase a medallion for market rate.  In 1978, the voters of San Francisco passed Proposition K, in which  medallions became a public asset.  These non-transferable permits are issued to persons (not corporations) who declare an intention to actively and personally drive for at least four hours during any 24-hour period on at least 75% of the year.  However, individuals and corporations possessing medallions prior to Proposition K (i.e. ""Pre-K"" medallions) are exempted from the driving requirement. A corporate medallion reverts back to the City if there is any sale or other transfer of 10% or more or the stock ownership or assets of a corporate permit holder." "Collection Method: The number of permits issued is located at the SFMTA Taxi Division Office. Timing:  Due to Proposition K, permits (i.e. medallions) are no longer transferrable." 96 96 95 96 96 95 Above target is positive MUNICIPAL TRANSPORTATION AGENCY TAXI ENFORCEMENT Manage the number of permits (i.e. medallions) available in San Francisco to assure adequate taxicab service. Number of pre-Proposition K (pre-1978) individual medallions "Taxicab medallions were private assets prior to 1978.  Individuals and corporations could purchase a medallion for market rate.  In 1978, the voters of San Francisco passed Proposition K, in which  medallions became a public asset.  These non-transferable permits are issued to persons (not corporations) who declare an intention to actively and personally drive for at least four hours during any 24-hour period on at least 75% of the year.  However, individuals and corporations possessing medallions prior to Proposition K (i.e. ""Pre-K"" medallions) are exempted from the driving requirement.  When the Pre-K permit holder passes away, the permit automatically returns to the City." "Collection Method: The number of permits issued is located at the SFMTA Taxi Division Office. Timing:  Due to Proposition K, permits (i.e. medallions) are no longer transferrable." 329 315 303 332 328 318 Below target is positive MUNICIPAL TRANSPORTATION AGENCY TAXI ENFORCEMENT Manage the number of permits (i.e. medallions) available in San Francisco to assure adequate taxicab service. Number of wheelchair accessible taxi medallions available The number of wheelchair accessible taxi permits (i.e. ramp taxi medallions) available in San Francisco to assure adequate taxicab service to the disability community  throughout the City. Collection Method: The number of permits issued is located at the SFMTA Taxi Division Office. Timing:  The SFMTA Taxi Division reviews the ramp taxi availability on an annual basis.  The PCC with input from the Hearing Officer considers whether or not the City of San Francisco is being adequately served by the current number of ramp taxicabs.  The SFMTA Taxi Division also considers whether or not to increase the total number of permits (i.e. medallions) if ramp taxi availability is inadequate. 75 100 100 75 100 100 Above target is positive MUNICIPAL TRANSPORTATION AGENCY TAXI ENFORCEMENT Manage the number of permits (i.e. medallions) available in San Francisco to assure adequate taxicab service. Total number of taxi medallions (permits) available The number of permits (i.e. medallions) available in San Francisco to assure adequate taxicab service throughout the City. Collection Method: The number of permits issued is located at the SFMTA Taxi Division Office. Timing:  The Taxi Division reviews the taxi availability on an annual basis.  The SFMTA Taxi Division reviews the data collected from the surveys and considers whether or not the City of San Francisco is being adequately served by the current number of taxicabs.  The Taxi Division also considers whether or not to increase the total number of permits (i.e. medallions) if taxi availability is inadequate. 1381 1400 1494 1381 1400 1500 On target is positive MUNICIPAL TRANSPORTATION AGENCY TAXI ENFORCEMENT Provide a fair and efficient permitting process to the public Percentage of written findings distributed within 60 days of decision "Percentage of written findings by Hearing Officer on matters of denial, suspensions or revocation of taxi licenses or medallions distributed within 60 calendar days of the Hearing dateper Section 1117 - 1120 of the San Francisco Transportation Code.  Findings explain the reasons why the Hearing Officer granted, denied, suspended or revoked a permit." "Percentage of written findings by Hearing Officer on matters of denial, suspensions or revocation of taxi licenses or medallions distributed within 60 calendar days of the Hearing dateper Section 1117 - 1120 of the San Francisco Transportation Code.  Findings explain the reasons why the Hearing Officer granted, denied, suspended or revoked a permit." 1 1 1 1 1 1 % Above target is positive MUNICIPAL TRANSPORTATION AGENCY TAXI ENFORCEMENT "Resolve complaints against drivers, companies" Number of complaints received "Complaints from members of the public regarding taxi drivers, companies, and dispatch services." "Collection Method: Telephone calls, emails, written communications received are logged at Taxi Detail of the SFPD, and the SFMTA Taxi Division through the 311 Telepone Service. Timing:  We receive monthly reports from SFPD Taxi Detail. " 1100 1500 1000 1100 2000 1000 Below target is positive MUNICIPAL TRANSPORTATION AGENCY TAXI ENFORCEMENT "Resolve complaints against drivers, companies" Number of days to resolve complaints Average number of days from initial receipt of a complaint until the Commission has made a response. "Collection Method: Telephone calls, emails, written communications received are logged at the 311 Call Center, Taxi Detail of the SFPD, and the SFMTA Taxi Division Offices. When a complaint is resolved, a notation is made in the log. Timing:  The SFPD Taxi Detail's average response time for complaints is 2-3 days from the receipt of complaint.  The average time to resolve complaints ranges from 1 hour to several months, depending on the nature of the complaint." 45 45 20 45 45 30 Below target is positive MUNICIPAL TRANSPORTATION AGENCY TAXI ENFORCEMENT Successful defenses at Board of Appeals Percentage of cases upheld at Board of Appeals "SFMTA Taxi Division Disciplinary cases are sometimes appealed to the Board of Appeals.  If the Board of Appeals substantially upholds the conclusions of the Hearing Officer and the SFMTA Taxi Division, then this is treated as a sucessful defense" Collection Method:  Final Decisions of the Board of Appeals are reported to the SFMTA Taxi Division and Appellant.  Documentation is retained in the disciplinary file of the Appellant.  Timing:  The average numnber of Appeals received per month is 2. 1 1 1 1 1 1 % Below target is positive MUNICIPAL TRANSPORTATION AGENCY TRAFFIC ENGINEERING & OPERATION To promote the safe and efficient movement of people and goods throughout the City Traffic and parking control requests: % investigated and responded to within 90 days "Purpose:  To measure responsiveness to the public. Definition:  Each request is logged into an electronic database system and given a tracking number.  Requests are then assigned to staff for investigation, which can include evaluation of existing conditions, collision history, traffic and pedestrian volume, circulation, and transit impact.  Residents are notified of investigation results and recommendations.  The request is then logged as completed. " "Method:  Using the existing database system, a report is generated to provide a response rate for all requests completed within a specific quarter. Timeframe: Data is available approximately 60 days after the each quarter closes. The annual goal for the forthcoming fiscal year is traditionally approved by the SFMTA Board of Directors in April or May. Service Standards Cross-Reference: A9 (FY08), A7 (FY09) " 0.85 0.8525 0.82 0.8 0.82 0.82 % Above target is positive MUNICIPAL TRANSPORTATION AGENCY TRAFFIC ENGINEERING & OPERATION To promote the safe and efficient movement of people and goods throughout the City "Traffic lane lines, bus zones, and crosswalks: % maintained per year" "Purpose:  To ensure the safety of all modes of transportation by maintaining visibility of existing lane line, bus zone, and crosswalk designations. Definition:  The Paint Shop?s productivity is measured in relationship to annual goal.  This measurement has been adjusted from a percentage of goal to a percentage of total inventory maintained. " "Method:  Work crews report actual daily production numbers to staff at the end of each day.  This information is entered into a spreadsheet and tabulated to generate a report. Timeframe: Data is available approximately 60 days after the each quarter closes. The annual goal for the forthcoming fiscal year is traditionally approved by the SFMTA Board of Directors in April or May. Service Standards Cross-Reference: A14 (FY08), A12 (FY09)" 0.13575 0.17675 0.125 0.1 0.1 0.12 % Above target is positive MUNICIPAL TRANSPORTATION AGENCY TRAFFIC ENGINEERING & OPERATION To respond quickly to emergency situations and safety hazards Hazardous traffic sign reports: % responded to and repaired within 24 hours Purpose:  To ensure the safety of all modes of transportation by responding quickly to complaints of hazardous traffic sign conditions.   Definition:  The Sign Shop receives reports of hazardous sign conditions from city agencies and members of the public.  Hazardous conditions include missing safety related signs or those that create physical public danger due to damage or disrepair.  Staff maintains a manual log to record receipt of complaints and dispatches repair crews immediately. "Method:  Sign Shop staff manually logs in each complaint and the date and time that the work is completed.  DPT plans on upgrading this manual record keeping process to an electronic database system in the future.   Timeframe: Data is available approximately 60 days after the each quarter closes. The annual goal for the forthcoming fiscal year is traditionally approved by the SFMTA Board of Directors in April or May. Service Standards Cross-Reference: A12 (FY08), A10 (FY09)" 0.98 1 1 0.98 0.98 0.98 % Above target is positive MUNICIPAL TRANSPORTATION AGENCY TRAFFIC ENGINEERING & OPERATION To respond quickly to emergency situations and safety hazards Hazardous traffic signal reports: % responded to and repaired within two hours "Purpose:  To ensure the safety of all modes of transportation by responding quickly to complaints of hazardous traffic signal conditions. Definition:  During business hours, the Signal Shop enters malfunctions in a manual log and dispatches crews.  During other hours, calls are routed to the 24-hour hotline which logs the call and dispatches staff from the Department of Technology (DOT).  If the problem is major and urgent, DTIS pages a Signal Shop emergency crew to the scene.  Repair crews record their arrival time and the time the call is completed.   " "Method:  All complaints and service requests are maintained in a database system.  Reports are generated to determine average response rate. Timeframe: Data is available approximately 60 days after the each quarter closes. The annual goal for the forthcoming fiscal year is traditionally approved by the SFMTA Board of Directors in April or May. Service Standards Cross-Reference: A13 (FY08), A11 (FY09)" 0.91 0.9625 0.98 0.92 0.92 0.92 % Above target is positive POLICE DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All city employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees fof whom performance appraisals were scheduled "Collection Method: For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months.  Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion.  Timing:  There is no system currently in place to track the submission of performance appraisals.  Until 2000, the Staff Inspection Unit had the task of ensuring compliance with completion and tracking of the PIP binders and PAR forms.  We anticipate using the new HRMS system to monitor compliance.  The new Early Intervention System will also be implemented to address OCC concerns in this area.  For Civilian personnel, Department of Human Resources notifies the SFPD when a performance evaluation is due.  Permanent employees are scheduled for evaluation on a yearly basis.  the completed evaluation is placed in the individual's personnel file." New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal is to be conducted.  DHR policy is that all permanent employees must have an annual appraisal. 2400 2400 Above target is positive POLICE DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All city employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom scheduled performance appraisals were completed "Collection Method:  SFPD sworn personnel are evaluated by their supervisor every six month period; March -  August and September - February.  An Officer's (Q2's) Performance Appraisal Report (PAR) is placed in their Performance Improvement Program (PIP) Binder which is kept at their Unit under lock and key.  When an officer transfers to a new assignment the PIP Binder also is transferred.  Probationary Officers are evaluated once every month.  Inspectors, Sergeants (Q50's), Lieutenants (Q60's) and Captains (Q80's) PARs are kept in their personnel file.  For civil personnel, Department of Human Resources notifies the SFPD when a performance evaluation is due.  Permanent employees are scheduled for evaluation on a yearly basis.  The completed evaluation is placed in the individual's personnel file.  Timing:  There is no system currently in place to track the submission of Performance Appraisals.  Each District Captain monitors compliance of the completion of Performance Appraisels.  " "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/2005.  This is the number of applicable employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal was conducted during the fiscal year.  ""Completed"" means an appraisal form has been filled out and is in the employee's personnel file.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled accordingto their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months.  Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." 2100 Above target is positive POLICE OPERATIONS AND ADMINISTRATION Ensure appropriate police conduct Number of citizen complaints filed 832.5 of the California Penal Code mandates that all Law Enforcement agencies have a mechanism for receiving citizen complaints.  The Office of Citizen Complaints receives and investigates all citizen complaints of alleged misconduct committed by members of the San Francisco Police Department. "Collection Method: New complaints are recorded in the agency's electronic intake manual daily, and at weeks end the information then is transferred to our case database. (Access.) Timing:  Data is available monthly." 865 1016 484 Below target is positive POLICE OPERATIONS AND ADMINISTRATION Ensure safety of officers and the public Number of collisions where the officer is at fault A count of the number of officer involved vehicle collisions where the officer was determined to be at fault. Collisions are reviewed by Dept. Accident Board of Review to determine training or discipline required. "Collection Method: Data is selected from traffic collision reports and entered into the Department Accident Board of review (DABOR ) database, maintained at SFPD Traffic Division.  Officer Sally Foster (553-1198) maintains statistics on DABOR dispositions. Timing:  Monthly." 94 107 100 108 108 100 Below target is positive POLICE PATROL Arrest perpetrators of crimes Number of adult arrests for Part I property crimes "Number of adult arrests for Part 1 property crimes UCR = Uniform Crime Reporting, a program of the FBI.   UCR Part I property crimes are burglary, larceny-theft, motor vehicle theft and arson." "Collection Method: Arrests are recorded by the Sheriff's Office at time of booking, captured by the Court Management System (CMS), and forwarded monthly by mag-tape to the California Department of Justice (DOJ), Sacramento. At SFPD request, DOJ Criminal Justice Statistics Center produces a monthly report, ""Adult and Juvenile Arrests Reported"" which provide these stats. Timing:  This data is not available in the SFPD automated system. As stated above, arrest information is obtained through special requests from DOJ, and provided in aggregate form to the Department. (DOJ Report AR3311)" 2733 2791 1874 3120 3200 3500 Below target is positive POLICE PATROL Arrest perpetrators of crimes Number of adult arrests for UCR Part I violent crimes "Number of adult arrests for Part 1 violent crimes. Uniform Crime Report (UCR) violent crimes are: homicide, forcible rape, robbery and aggravated assault. Adult is age 18 years and older." "Collection Method: This data is collected by the Sheriff Office. Arrests are recorded by Sheriff at time of booking, captured by Court Management System (CMS), and forwarded monthly by mag-tape to the California Department of Justice (DOJ), Sacramento. At SFPD request, DOJ Criminal Justice Statistics Center produces a monthly report, ""Adult and Juvenile Arrests Reported"" which provide these stats. Timing:  This data is not available in the SFPD automated system. As stated above, arrest information is obtained through special requests from DOJ, and provided in aggregate form to the Department. (DOJ Report AR3311)" 2932 3050 2287 3510 4000 4500 Below target is positive POLICE PATROL Arrest perpetrators of crimes Number of juvenile arrests for Part I property crimes "Number of Juvenile arrests for Part 1 property crimes. UCR = Uniform Crime Reporting, a program of the FBI.   UCR Part I property crimes are burglary, larceny-theft, motor vehicle theft, and arson." "Collection Method: Arrests are recorded by Youth Guidance Center (YGC) at time of booking, captured by the Court Management System (CMS), and forwarded monthly by mag-tape to the California Department of Justice (DOJ), Sacramento. At SFPD request, the DOJ Criminal Justice Statistics Center produces a monthly report, ""Adult and Juvenile Arrests Reported"" which provide these stats. Timing:  This data is not available in the SFPD automated system. As stated above, arrest information is obtained through special requests from DOJ, and provided in aggregate form to the Department (DOJ Report AR3311)" 267 250 161 265 300 340 Below target is positive POLICE PATROL Arrest perpetrators of crimes Number of juvenile arrests for UCR Part I violent crimes "Number of juvenile arrests for Part 1 violent crimes. UCR violent crimes are: homicide, forcible rape, robbery and aggravated assault. Juveniles are under 18 years of age. UCR = Uniform Crime Reporting, a program of the FBI." "Collection Method: This data is collected by the Sheriff's Office. Arrests are recorded by the Youth Guidance Center (YGC) at time of booking, captured by the Court Management System (CMS), and forwarded monthly by mag-tape to the California Department of Justice (DOJ), Sacramento. At SFPD request, DOJ Criminal Justice Statistics Center produces a monthly report, ""Adult and Juvenile Arrests Reported"" which provide these stats. Timing:  This data is not available in the SFPD automated system. As stated above, arrest information is obtained through special requests from DOJ, and provided in aggregate form to the Department (DOJ Report AR3311)." 493 484 329 450 550 575 Below target is positive POLICE PATROL Ensure the safety of citizens "Ensure the safety of persons riding public transportation (MUNI)  in the City; offenses reported as per 1,000 riders" "Number of crimes committed on a MUNI bus or at a MUNI facility, as a percentage of MUNI ridership (per 1000 riders), via the SFPD Incident file.  All incidents related to public transportation are coded as such and retrievable.  " Collection Method: The proposed figures are obtained via a CrimeMAPS search using Premise Codes associated with Muni. Timing:  Data is obtained monthly. 2 2 2.23 2 2.04 2 Below target is positive POLICE PATROL Reduce crime;  UCR numbers "UCR:  Number of UCR homicides per 100,000 population" "Number of UCR Homicides per 100,000 Population. UCR Homicide definition: The willful and non-negligent killing of one human being by another = murder and non-negligent manslaughter.  This does not include:  fetal deaths, traffic fatalities, accidental deaths, assaults to murder, attempts to murder." "Collection Method: Number of Homicides divided by current San Francisco population and multiplied by 100,000.  Population FY 2008: 829,848, FY 2009 & FY 2010: 842,265 (Source: CA Department of Finance E-2 Report)." 10.7 9.1 8.2 9 8 7 Below target is positive POLICE PATROL Reduce crime;  UCR numbers UCR:  Number of UCR Part I property offenses reported "UCR Part I property crimes are burglary, larceny-theft, motor vehicle theft, and arson. UCR = Uniform Crime Reporting, a program of the FBI.  UCR reports are of OFFENSES, not CRIMES." "Collection Method:   Data is obtained from CABLE Reports. ""Crimes and Clearances Report"" is used.    Timing:  Monthly.  " 34189 36943 35052 34189 35000 35178 Below target is positive POLICE PATROL Reduce crime;  UCR numbers "UCR:  Number of UCR Part I property offenses reported per 100,000 population" "Number of crimes divided by 100,000 population.  " "Collection Method: Number of Part I Property crimes divided by current San Francisco population and multiplied by 100,000.  Population FY 2008: 829,848, FY2009 & FY2010: 842,625 (Source: CA Department of Finance, E-2 Report).  Timing:  Monthly." 4184 4451.8 4159.7 4183.9 4217.6 4174.8 Below target is positive POLICE PATROL Reduce crime;  UCR numbers "UCR:  Number of UCR Part I violent offenses reported per 100,000 population" "Number of offenses divided by 100,000 population." "Collection Method: Number of UCR Violent Part I crimes divided by current San Francisco population and multiplied by 100,000.  Population FY 2008: 829,848, FY 2009 & FY 2010: 842,625 (CA Dept of Finance E-2 Report).  Population:  842,625. Timing:  Monthly." 745.5 822.2 746.2 737.4 747.2 709.1 Below target is positive POLICE PATROL Reduce crime;  UCR numbers UCR:  Number UCR Part I violent offenses reported "UCR = Uniform Crime Reporting, a program of the FBI.   UCR Part I violent crimes are:  homicide, forcible rape, robbery and aggravated assault. For violent crimes only, offenses are crimes multiplied by the number of victims. UCR reports are of OFFENSES, not CRIMES." Collection Method:   Data is obtained from CABLE Reports and input to the automated ECARS system for reporting to the Department of Justice. Timing:  Monthly. 6093 6823 5722 6026 6200 5975 Below target is positive POLICE PATROL Respond timely to calls for emergency assistance Response time:  Priority A calls (in seconds) "Average time from dispatch of Priority A call to arrival on scene, in seconds. Priority ""A"" calls are those emergency / in-progress requests for service received by the Department of Emergency Management (DEM) and dispatched to police officers.  Time from dispatch of the call to the officer's notification of arrival on scene is computed.  An average time in seconds is computed." Collection Method: Several time stamps are placed into the dispatch file.  The Department of Emergency Management (DEM) dispatcher stamps the time when the call is dispatched over the air;  the dispatcher also stamps the time the officer notifies dispatch of arrival on the scene.  Delays may occur between officer's arrival on scene and time stamp of arrival. Timing:  DEM updates this data in real time. DEM produces reports for SFPD  monthly. 272 248 229 265 265 265 Below target is positive POLICE PATROL Respond timely to calls for emergency assistance Response time:  Priority B calls (in seconds) "Average time from dispatch of Priority B call to arrival on scene, in minutes and seconds Priority ""B"" calls are those "" just occurred"" or urgent requests for service received by the Department of Emergency Management (DEM) and dispatched to police officers. Time from dispatch of the call to the officer's notification of arrival on scene is computed.  An average time in minutes and seconds is computed." Collection Method: Several time stamps are placed into the dispatch file.  The Department of Emergency Management (DEM) dispatcher stamps the time when the call is dispatched over the air;  the dispatcher also stamps the time the officer notifies dispatch of arrival on the scene.  Delays may occur between officer's arrival on scene and time stamp of arrival. Timing:  DEM updates this data in real time. DEM produces reports for SFPD  monthly. 490 464 452 540 540 500 Below target is positive POLICE PATROL Respond timely to calls for emergency assistance Response time:  Priority C calls (in seconds) "Average time from dispatch of Priority C call to arrival on scene, in minutes and seconds.  Priority C"" calls are those non-emergency and non-urgent requests for service received by the Department of Emergency Management (DEM)  and dispatched to police officers.  These are the lowest priority calls for which a response is expected. Time from dispatch of the call to the officer's notification of arrival on scene is computed.  A median time in seconds is computed.  Half of all arrival times occur prior to this time;  half of all arrival times occur after this time." Collection Method: Several time stamps are placed into the dispatch file.  The Department of Emergency Management (DEM) dispatcher stamps the time when the call is dispatched over the air;  the dispatcher also stamps the time the officer notifies dispatch of arrival on the scene.  Delays may occur between officer's arrival on scene and time stamp of arrival. Timing:  DEM updates this data in real time. DEM produces reports for SFPD  monthly. 667 641 650 700 675 650 Below target is positive POLICE SFPD-INVESTIGATIONS Reduce the amount of violence in San Francisco Reduce the number of firearms on the street The number of firearms collected by SFPD.  A major goal of SFPD is to remove all firearms off the street. "Collection Method: Every firearm seized is collected, tracked, and recorded by Crime Scene Investigation (CSI).  Paper forms are used for this record keeping. Timing:  Crime Scene Investigation prepares a monthly spreadsheet , by District, displaying the types of firearms seized.  Data is available at the end of each month." 1100 1148 814 1500 1150 1200 Above target is positive POLICE SPECIAL OPERATIONS Reduce traffic accidents and ensure pedestrian safety Number of 'driving under the influence' arrests "This is the number of arrests made for ""driving under the influence"" ( this includes DUI-Alcohol or Drugs, as primary or subsequent charge).." Collection Method: Traffic Company hand-counts  reports and maintains a master file involving DUI charges. Timing:  Aggregate data is available at the end of each month. 463 791 876 610 550 550 Above target is positive POLICE SPECIAL OPERATIONS Reduce traffic accidents and ensure pedestrian safety Number of moving citations issued Number of moving citations issued. Collection Method: Data is hand counted .  A summary report is received from each district station counting issuances for a given period by selected violations and entered into a master worksheet maintained by traffic company. Timing:  Monthly. 110025 118495 145031 126000 111000 115000 Above target is positive POLICE SPECIAL OPERATIONS Reduce traffic accidents and ensure pedestrian safety Number of traffic accidents that result in fatalities The number of traffic accidents that result in fatalities. Collection Method: Selective data from traffic collision reports are entered into an Accident Record Management System (RMS) database maintained by the Traffic Company. Timing:  Monthly. 34 35 27 37 30 29 Below target is positive POLICE SPECIAL OPERATIONS Reduce traffic accidents and ensure pedestrian safety Number of traffic accidents that result in injuries The number of traffic accidents that result in injuries. Collection Method: All traffic collision reports are hand counted by Traffic Company.  Selective data from traffic collision reports are entered into an Accident Record Management System (RMS) database maintained by the SFPD Traffic Company. Timing:  Monthly. 2785 3030 2891 3110 3000 2700 Below target is positive POLICE THE OFFICE OF CITIZEN COMPLAINTS Address civilian complaints of police misconduct professionally and efficiently Number of citizen complaints sustained "The measure identifies the number of completed investigations  which contain at least one sustained allegation of police misconduct.  Sustained is one of ten findings that could be reached by the Office of Citizen Complaints.  A sustained finding is one in which a preponderance of the evidence proved that the conduct complained of did occur, and that  using as a standard the applicable regulations of the San Francisco Police Department, the conduct was improper." "Collection Method: OCC maintains statistics and provides reports (from OCC?s database and from reports of OCC?s staff attorneys) annually to the Police Commission pursuant to City Charter 4.127 and Police Commission Resolution 19-91, concerning numbers of sustained complaints submitted by OCC and dispositions of said complaints by SFPD, through the Chief and/or the SF Police Commission. OCC?s quarterly and annual statistical reports are on file with OCC, 25 Van Ness Avenue, Suite 700, SF CA 94102, with the Police Commission office, 5th floor, Hall of Justice, 850 Bryant St. SF 94103, and with the SF Public Library, Larkin and Grove Sts. SF 94102. Timing:  Public reports are generated quarterly and annually, and can be found on the agency website: sfgov.org/occ." 51 46 46 Below target is positive POLICE THE OFFICE OF CITIZEN COMPLAINTS Address civilian complaints of police misconduct professionally and efficiently Number of complaints closed during the year per FTE Investigator The measure is calculated by dividing the total number of complaints closed by OCC in the relevant period by the number of fully trained 8124 Investigators serving in the period.  The overall agency objective is to close as many or more complaints than the number of new complaints filed annually. "Collection Method: OCC maintains statistics and provides quarterly reports on the number of complaints closed.  The reports are presented to the SF Police Commission and are a matter of public record.  OCC personnel rosters, including numbers of 8124 Investigators employed in given time periods, are on record with OCC?s Senior Account Clerk.  OCC?s quarterly and annual statistical reports, which also contain general staffing information, are on file with OCC, 25 Van Ness Avenue, Suite 700, SF CA 94102, with the Police Commission office, 5th floor, Hall of Justice, 850 Bryant St. SF 94103, and with the SF Public Library, Larkin and Grove Sts., SF 94102. Timing:  The Office of Citizen Complaints generates public reports quarterly and annually.  The reports can be found on the website: sfgov.org/occ." 70 78 64 60 60 60 Above target is positive POLICE THE OFFICE OF CITIZEN COMPLAINTS Address civilian complaints of police misconduct professionally and efficiently Percentage of sustained complaints completed in a timely manner "This measure is defined by dividing the total number of sustained complaints sent by OCC to SFPD during the relevant period into the number of sustained complaints that are sent within Government Code section 3304?s one-year limitation period or other time specified by Government Code Section 3304. A complaint may be against personnel, policy or procedure.  ?Sustained? is one of ten findings that could be reached as a result of an investigation by the OCC.  A sustained finding is one in which a preponderance of the evidence proved that the conduct complained of did occur, and that using as a standard the applicable regulations of the Department, the conduct was improper." "Collection Method: OCC maintains statistics and provides reports (from OCC?s database and from reports of OCC?s staff attorneys) annually to the Police Commission pursuant to City Charter 4.127 and Police Commission Resolution 19-91, concerning numbers of sustained complaints submitted by OCC and dispositions of said complaints by SFPD, via Chief and /or SF Police Commission.  OCC?s quarterly and annual statistical reports are on file with OCC, 25 Van Ness Avenue, Suite 700, SF CA 94102, with the Police Commission office, 5th floor, Hall of Justice, 850 Bryant St. SF 94103, and with the SF Public library, Larkin and Grove Sts. SF 94102. Timing:  Public reports are generated quarterly and annually, and are posted on the agency website: sfgov.org/occ" 0.8625 0.82386 0.9285 0.99 1 1 % Above target is positive POLICE THE OFFICE OF CITIZEN COMPLAINTS Facilitate corrective action in response to complaints "Percentage of identified cases in which policy, procedure, and practice recommendations are presented to SFPD or Police Commission" "This measure is calculated by dividing the number of policy, procedure and practice recommendations presented to the Police Commission or SFPD during the relevant time period, divided by the number of findings of policy, procedure, or practice failure identified in the OCC caseload." "Collection Method: OCC files statistical reports containing all policy recommendations made to SFPD and the Police Commission on a quarterly basis.  Special reports are prepared by the OCC as warranted and presented to the SFPD and/or the Police Commission.  The reports to the Police Commission are public record.  OCC?s reports containing policy recommendations are on file with OCC, 25 Van Ness Avenue, Suite 700, SF CA 94102, on the OCC website: www.sfgov.org/occ, with the Police Commission, Room 505, Hall of Justice, 850 Bryant St. SF 94103 and with the SF Public Library, Larkin and Grove Sts., SF 94102. Timing:  The Office of Citizen Complaints generates public reports quarterly and annually. The reports can be found on the website: sfgov.org/occ." 0.8525 0.85454 0.5 0.95 0.9 0.9 % Above target is positive POLICE THE OFFICE OF CITIZEN COMPLAINTS Facilitate corrective action in response to complaints Percentage of sustained cases that resulted in corrective or disciplinary action by the Chief or Police Commission "This measure is calculated by dividing the number of cases in which disciplinary action was imposed by the Chief of Police, by the number of cases that were actually submitted by the OCC and were taken into consideration by the Chief.  This measure does not include those cases in which no action was taken by the SFPD because the officer was no longer within the jurisdiction of the SFPD or Commission (the officer resigned or retired) or in which no action was taken by the SFPD within the one-year statute of limitations period (see Goal 01 for explanation and information on those cases)." "Collection Method: OCC is notified by the SFPD of its adjudication and disposition of OCC sustained cases.  OCC keeps records of those notices and generates a report of the adjudication of those cases.  The OCC presents a report of its sustained cases and their SFPD dispositions, with confidential information redacted, as part of its quarterly and annual reports presented to the Police Commission.  Those reports are on file with the OCC, 25 Van Ness Avenue, Suite 700, SF CA 94102, with the Police Commission office, 5th floor, Hall of Justice, 850 Bryant St. SF 94103, and with the SF Public Library, Larkin and Grove Sts., SF 94102. Timing:  Public reports are generated quarterly and annually, and can be found on the agency website: sfgov.org/occ. The Police Department also generates monthly reports on discipline imposed, and those reports can be found on sfgov.org/police." 0.745 0.71 0.87379 0.9 0.9 0.9 % Above target is positive PORT ADMINISTRATION Economic Impact - Increase economic impact to city and region Growth in possessary interest taxes collected from Port tenants Total annual possessary interest tax receipts collected from Port tenants Collection Method: Based on tax receipts as reported by the San Francisco Tax Collector. Timing:  Reported by tax payers on December 15 and April 15 Above target is positive PORT ADMINISTRATION Economic Impact of Port Capital Program Annual Capital Budget Total Annual Budget Collection Method: Data drawn from annual capital budget submission Timing:  Date is available on an annual basis. 9353500 9612800 10715901 9612800 6941000 $ Above target is positive PORT ADMINISTRATION Financial Stability - Improve utilization of maintenance resources Percentage of preventative maintenance of sewer pumps performed on schedule. New measure:  Percentage of routine scheduled preventative maintenance to be performed on sewer pumps and backflow devices. Above target is positive PORT ADMINISTRATION Financial Stability - Improve utilization of maintenance resources Reduce the number of unscheduled repairs of sewer pumps New measure:  Total number of unscheduled sewer pump maintenance events. Below target is positive PORT ADMINISTRATION Financial Stability - Maintain a strong financial postion Outstanding receivables as a percent of annual billed revenue Outstanding net receivables as percent of annual billed revenues. Collection Method: Summary Aging Report and Monthly Revenue Analysis. Pier 1 Offices Timing:  Revenue report and summary aging report are done on a monthly basis and are available approximately 30 days after month end.  This measure is calculated using the most recent receivable report and the total billed revenues for the last 12 months.  Net Receivables are used and include advance payments and credits. 0.0365 0.033 0.021 0.013 0.013 0.013 % Below target is positive PORT ADMINISTRATION Financial Stability - Maintain or improve the Port's access to the capital markets The Port's debt service coverage ratio Net revenues available for debt service divided by debt services for the 2004 refunding bonds. "Collection Method: From the Port's Audited Annual Financial Statements and other related financial documents from the Finance Department. Timing:  Data needed to calculate the debt service coverage ratio is available only annually.  Data is typically available by mid-October, after the completion of the Port's annual financial statement audit." 3.48 2.8 2.23 3.3 3 2.4 Above target is positive PORT DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom performance appraisals were scheduled "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal is to be conducted.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months. Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." "Collection Method: New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal is to be conducted.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months. Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion. Timing:  Data collected throughout the year and is tracked by Port HR" 137 168 209 204 213 219 Above target is positive PORT DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom scheduled performance appraisals were completed "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of applicable employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal was conducted and completed during the fiscal year.  ""Completed"" means an appraisal form has been filled out and is in the employee's personnel file.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months.   Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." "Collection Method: Supervisors and managers send the original performance appraisal document to the Port?s Human Resources Office where it is clocked in and recorded in DHRs PeopleSoft system that contains information about each Port employee, such as contact information, social security number, dates of services, etc.  After recording, the documents are filed at the front of the employee?s personnel folder. Timing:  Data collected throughout the year and is tracked by Port HR" 168 178 177 204 219 219 Above target is positive PORT MAINTENANCE Financial Stability - Improve utilization of maintenance resources Percentage of preventative maintenance of sewer pumps performed on schedule Percentage of routine scheduled preventative maintenance to be performed on sewer pumps and backflow devices. Rate based on records maintained by the Port?s Maintenance Division 0.98 0.98 0.91 1 1 1 % Above target is positive PORT MAINTENANCE Financial Stability - Improve utilization of maintenance resources Reduce the number of unscheduled repairs of sewer pumps Total number of unscheduled sewer pump maintenance events. Records maintained by the Port?s Maintenance Division 39 6 4 0 12 12 Below target is positive PORT MARITIME OPERATIONS & MARKETING Economic Impact - Increase cruise volume Total number of cruise ship calls Total number of cruise ship calls Collection Method: Projected is based on passenger cruise schedule.  Actuals are based on the Port's billing system Timing:  Bookings 6 - 12 months in advance but are subject to change 72 48 63 84 47 48 Above target is positive PORT MARITIME OPERATIONS & MARKETING Economic Impact - Increase cruise volume Total number of cruise ship passengers "Combined total of embark, transit and debark passengers" Collection Method: Projected is based on passenger cruise schedule.  Actuals are based on the Port's billing system Timing:  Monthly on the 30th of the following month 209715 137077 187067 145000 150000 160000 Above target is positive PORT MARITIME OPERATIONS & MARKETING Economic Impact - Increase the volume of cargo shipping Total cargo tonnage - Breakbulk Total cargo tonnage from breakbulk cargo. Collection Method: Data collected and maintained by Maritime division staff. Timing:  Monthly on the 30th of the following month 194910 115897 46280 250000 250000 200000 Above target is positive PORT MARITIME OPERATIONS & MARKETING Economic Impact - Increase the volume of cargo shipping Total cargo tonnage - Bulk Total cargo tonnage from bulk cargo. Collection Method: Data collected and maintained by Maritime division staff. Timing:  Monthly on the 30th of the following month 1425325 1246800 1050256 1600000 1600000 1600000 Above target is positive PORT MARITIME OPERATIONS & MARKETING Economic Impact - Track ferry passenger volume Total number of ferry passengers transiting though Port managed facilities. "Total number of ferry passengers transiting though Port managed facilities. (includes China Basin terminal, excludes Golden Gate Ferries)" "Collection Method: Data depends on reporting from ferry operations Timing:  Presently finalizing new ferry operator agreement by the end of FY 06/07, and expect this agreement  to  include a monthly or quarterly reporting requirement." 1469080 1388794 1279097 1470000 1475000 1500000 Above target is positive PORT PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT Economic Impact - Enhance Economic Activity on Waterfront Total number of projects in defined development process "Total number of projects currently in development process on Port property. A project is deemed to be in the development process only after Port Commission action designating it as such; for example, Commission approval to release development request for proposal or authorization for Port staff to manage development project in-house." Collection Method: Commission Resolutions or other relevant documentation available at Pier 1. Timing:  Data maintained in project files on continuous basis; reporting will be as of January 1 each year 5 6 4 5 5 Above target is positive PORT PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT Quality of Life - Improve Public's experience within Port's existing Open Spaces Completion of Improvements to public/open space along waterfront "Number of major public/open space improvement projects completed on Port property. The Port develops and maintains a series of open spaces along the waterfront. Each of the various open spaces requires continued improvements to enhance the user experience of the spaces. Enhancements may include installation of additional seating areas, new or improved signage, lighting and landscape improvements, accessibility (ADA) improvements, and installation of public art." "Collection Method: Documentation of completion of improvement projects/programs - such as Port Commission Resolutions adopting design/signage guidelines, photos of completed improvements, etc. - located at Pier 1 Timing:  As of January 1st with bi-annual review of planning progress" Above target is positive PORT PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT Quality of Life - Public participation in implementation of Waterfront Land Use Plan Total number of community meetings held to discuss ongoing Port projects and programs "Each of the Port?s major planning projects and programs is vetted through a community process, which requires significant staff support. The community planning process typically uses the Port?s existing advisory groups as the primary community outreach venue." "Collection Method: Advisory Group/Committee meeting notices, agendas, and minutes available at Pier 1. Timing:  Data on advisory group/committee meetings, including meeting notices, agendas, and minutes, are maintained in project files located at Pier 1 on continuous basis; reporting will be as of January 1 each year." 35 30 26 25 25 Above target is positive PORT REAL ESTATE & MANAGEMENT Economic Impact - Achieve maximum revenue from leasing activities "Amount of revenue earned from commercial/industrial rent and parking, in millions" Collected revenues in commercial/industrial and parking revenue. Collection Method: Based on actual per Port Accounts Receivables records as balanced to FAMIS. Port receivables records and FAMIS. Timing:  Accounting generates the Statement of Revenues report on the monthly basis.  Report is available around 15th or 16th of the following month. 46.3 50.3 52.7 43.9 46.4 49.7 $ Above target is positive PORT REAL ESTATE & MANAGEMENT Economic Impact - Achieve maximum revenue from leasing activities Overall Port Vacancy Rate Vacant property that is ready and available to lease. Collection Method: Data derived from Rent Roll Report and Vacancy Report. Timing:  Analysis of data is performed upon request. 0.03 0.03 0.109 0.03 0.025 % Below target is positive PUBLIC DEFENDER CRIMINAL AND SPECIAL DEFENSE Provide alternatives to incarceration Number of clients participating in drug court Clients charged with certain offenses (primarily drug charges) and who have an underlying substance abuse problem may participate in this very structured drug treatment program.  If they successfully complete this program -- which typically lasts at least a year -- they will have their charges dismissed. Collection Method: Superior Court Coordinator for Drug Court Timing:  Upon request to DPH and Drug Court staff. 1518 1323 1343 1020 1328 1500 Above target is positive PUBLIC DEFENDER CRIMINAL AND SPECIAL DEFENSE Provide alternatives to incarceration Number of Drug Court participants completing treatment and obtaining dismissal of their cases "Number of Drug Court participants completing treatment, ""graduating"" from Drug Court and obtaining dismissal of their cases." Collection Method: Superior Court Coordinator for Drug Court Timing:  Upon request to DPH and Drug Court staff. 390 261 450 200 390 390 Above target is positive PUBLIC DEFENDER CRIMINAL AND SPECIAL DEFENSE Provide expungement services Number of clients provided expungement services to clear their criminal records or to seek certificates of rehabilitation from the Governor under Clean Slate "The Public Defender's Office assists people in clearing their records by helping them get expungements, certificates of rehabilitation from the Governor and by getting their records sealed.  The ""Clean Slate"" program attorney gives a monthly presentation to Job Readiness workshop enrollees at the DHS ""Express to Employment"" Center.  She also provides information and brochures to the SF Bar Association's Legal Resource Service, the Coalition on Homelessness, DHS' s Food Stamps Program and Benefits Rights Advocates." Collection Method: Ongoing hand count by Clean Slate program and staff. Timing:  When needed upon request to the Clean Slate program unit. 9341 9763 7273 5925 9341 9341 Above target is positive PUBLIC DEFENDER CRIMINAL AND SPECIAL DEFENSE Provide expungement services Number of clients seeking Clean Slate expungement program consultation via drop-in service "The Clean Slate Program staff meets with prospective and current clients without appointments on a ""drop-in"" basis each Tuesday from 9:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m.  The department also has three satellite locations in Visitation Valley, Bayview and the Western Addition.  This measure tracks the number of individuals utilizing the ""drop-in"" service." Collection Method: Ongoing hand count by Clean Slate program and staff. Timing:  When needed upon request to the Clean Slate program unit 1725 1921 1674 950 1800 1800 Above target is positive PUBLIC DEFENDER CRIMINAL AND SPECIAL DEFENSE Provide expungement services Number of motions filed on behalf of the clients under Clean Slate "Number of motions filed on behalf of the clients under the Clean Slate impingement, sealing and certificates of rehabilitation program" Collection Method: Ongoing hand count by Clean Slate program and staff. Timing: When needed upon request to the Clean Slate program unit 1711 1108 1592 1020 1050 1220 Above target is positive PUBLIC DEFENDER CRIMINAL AND SPECIAL DEFENSE Provide Re-entry Services to Clients Number of clients referred for services "This measure tracks the number of requests by attorneys to the Re-entry Unit to have clients evaluated for and/or provided services for drug treatment and supportive services including housing, job skills, and vocational training, community mental health and education programs." Collection Method: Ongoing hand count by Re-entry Unit staff. Timing:  Upon request by unit manager. 516 602 846 734 940 Above target is positive PUBLIC DEFENDER CRIMINAL AND SPECIAL DEFENSE Provide Re-entry Services to Clients Number of services provided The Public Defender's Re-entry Unit prepares and presents re-entry plans for clients in court outlining services in place for a client encompassing the range of life skills needed to reduce recidivism.  The Unit also facilitates substance abuse treatment placements for clients. Collection Method: Ongoing hand count by Re-entry Unit staff. Timing:  Upon request by unit manager. 262 308 385 336 430 Above target is positive PUBLIC DEFENDER CRIMINAL AND SPECIAL DEFENSE Provide Services for Children of Incarcerated Parents Number of  services provided "The Public Defender's CIP program assists clients with parenting classes, arranges child/parent visits, notifies family courts of incarcerated client's inability to be present for hearings and addresses other issues that affect the needs of children of incarcerated parents." Collection Method: Ongoing hand count by CIP staff. Timing:  Upon request by unit manager. 183 226 156 183 183 Above target is positive PUBLIC DEFENDER CRIMINAL AND SPECIAL DEFENSE Provide Services for Children of Incarcerated Parents Number of clients referred "This measure tracks the number of requests by attorneys to the Children of Incarcerated Parents (CIP) program for services.  The PDR CIP program assists clients with parenting classes, arranges child/parent visits, notifies family courts of incarcerated client's inability to be present for hearings and addresses other issues that affect the needs of children of incarcerated parents." Collection Method: Ongoing hand count by CIP staff. Timing:  Upon request by unit manager. 136 107 163 136 170 Above target is positive PUBLIC DEFENDER CRIMINAL AND SPECIAL DEFENSE Provide training to staff Number of training programs offered to staff "Number of training programs offered to both new and experienced  attorneys, investigators, interns and support staff." Collection Method: Ongoing hand count by training staff Timing:  The department maintains current number of trainings offered each month. 125 126 105 60 140 100 Above target is positive PUBLIC DEFENDER CRIMINAL AND SPECIAL DEFENSE Represent defendants effectively Number of felony matters handled "Number of felony cases in which the PDR appeared in court at least once. A felony is an offense carrying a possible state prison sentence, generally exceeding one year.  (examples: drug sales, robbery, sexual assault).  Measure includes both unadjudicated cases and Motions to Revoke Probation." Collection Method: CCSF CMS Report #5029 Timing:  Upon request to CMS 10860 12420 12615 9780 12548 12548 Above target is positive PUBLIC DEFENDER CRIMINAL AND SPECIAL DEFENSE Represent defendants effectively Number of juvenile matters handled Number of juvenile matters handled in delinquency cases: Total court appearances. "Collection Method:  Juvenile Court caseload statistic, YGC, and departmental hand count. Timing:  Since this data is maintained by our department, it can be accessed upon request when needed." 3940 3216 4606 3800 2606 2606 Above target is positive PUBLIC DEFENDER CRIMINAL AND SPECIAL DEFENSE Represent defendants effectively Number of mental health clients represented The number of clients represented by the PDR in conservatorship and involuntary psychiatric hospitalization proceedings. "Collection Method:  Ongoing hand count by PDR Mental Health Unit staff. Timing:  Since this data is maintained by our department, it can be accessed upon request, when needed, by hand count." 3096 3172 2874 3096 3038 3038 Above target is positive PUBLIC DEFENDER CRIMINAL AND SPECIAL DEFENSE Represent defendants effectively Number of misdemeanor matters handled "Number of misdemeanor cases in which the PDR appeared in court at least once. A misdemeanor is an offense carrying a possible sentence of one year or less local confinement in the county jail.  (examples: prostitution, driving under the influence, vandalism)." Collection Method: CCSF CMS Report #5029 Timing:  Upon request to CMS 10198 10454 10192 8946 10787 10787 Above target is positive PUBLIC DEFENDER DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom performance appraisals were scheduled "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal is to be conducted.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months. Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." "Collection Method: New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal is to be conducted.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months. Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion. Timing:  Evaluations are done yearly and available by the end of the fiscal.   New employees are provided 90 day and 6 month evaluations." 165 228 161 165 242 161 Above target is positive PUBLIC DEFENDER DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom scheduled performance appraisals were completed "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of applicable employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal was conducted and completed during the fiscal year.  ""Completed"" means an appraisal form has been filled out and is in the employee's personnel file.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months.   Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." Collection Method: The department's unit managers are responsible for completing performance evaluations for all employees in their units. The Chief Attorney oversees the evaluation process.  All evaluations are maintained in the employee's personnel file. Timing:  Refer to previous measure. 165 223 151 161 242 161 Above target is positive PUBLIC FINANCE AND BUSINESS AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom performance appraisals were scheduled "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal is to be conducted.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months. Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." Collection Method: Evaluations tracked by the managing deputy director for OEWD. Timing: OEWD conducts performance evaluations on an annual year basis.  35 58 56 18 58 56 Above target is positive PUBLIC FINANCE AND BUSINESS AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom scheduled performance appraisals were completed "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of applicable employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal was conducted and completed during the fiscal year.  ""Completed"" means an appraisal form has been filled out and is in the employee's personnel file.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months.   Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." Collection Method: Evaluations tracked by the managing deputy director for OEWD. Timing: OEWD conducts performance evaluations on an annual year basis.  35 58 56 18 58 56 Above target is positive PUBLIC FINANCE AND BUSINESS AFFAIRS ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT "Develop, assist, and promote film activities" Dollar amount of rebates given to film productions "Total amount of dollars refunded to film productions that have applied and received rebates from ""Scene in San Francisco,"" the Film Rebate Program." Collection Method: Data collected and supplied by staff of the Film Commission and Treasurer's Office. Timing:  Data will be collected on an annual basis. 0 109579 61470 200000 200000 $ Above target is positive PUBLIC FINANCE AND BUSINESS AFFAIRS ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT "Develop, assist, and promote film activities" Number of commercial shoot days "Number of shoots assisted via phone, on site, and in-office meetings." Collection Method: Data collected and supplied by staff of the Film Commission. Timing:  Data will be collected on an annual basis. 44 85 82 150 100 Above target is positive PUBLIC FINANCE AND BUSINESS AFFAIRS ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT "Develop, assist, and promote film activities" Number of film and tv shoot days "Number of shoots assisted via phone, on site, and in-office meetings." Collection Method: Data collected and supplied by staff of the Film Commission. Timing:  Data will be collected on an annual basis. 53 217 168 200 250 Above target is positive PUBLIC FINANCE AND BUSINESS AFFAIRS ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT "Develop, assist, and promote film activities" Number of film productions taking advantage of film incentive rebate program "Number of film productions that have applied and received rebates from ""Scene in San Francisco,"" the Film Rebate Program." Collection Method: Data collected and supplied by staff of the Film Commission and Treasurer's Office. Timing:  Data will be collected on an annual basis. 0 2 1 4 2 Above target is positive PUBLIC FINANCE AND BUSINESS AFFAIRS ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT "Develop, assist, and promote film activities" Number of permits issued "Number of permits issued for filming, including still photography, commercials, web, industrial, short and feature film/television series." Collection Method: Data collected and supplied by staff of the Film Commission. Timing:  Data will be collected on an annual basis. 193 497 372 450 425 Above target is positive PUBLIC FINANCE AND BUSINESS AFFAIRS ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT "Develop, assist, and promote film activities" Number of still photo shoot days "Number of shoots assisted via phone, on site, and in-office meetings." Collection Method: Data collected and supplied by staff of the Film Commission. Timing:  Data will be collected on an annual basis. 184 434 292 375 350 Above target is positive PUBLIC FINANCE AND BUSINESS AFFAIRS ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT "Develop, assist, and promote film activities" Other shoot days "Number of shoots assisted via phone, on site, and in-office meetings." Collection Method: Data collected and supplied by staff of the Film Commission. Timing:  Data will be collected on an annual basis. 66 293 202 225 80 Above target is positive PUBLIC FINANCE AND BUSINESS AFFAIRS ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT "Develop, assist, and promote film activities" Revenues collected from film permits Total amount of revenue collected from the number of film permits issued. Collection Method: Data collected and supplied by staff of the Film Commission and Treasurer's Office. Timing:  Data will be collected on an annual basis. 49700 159050 122447 125000 85000 $ Above target is positive PUBLIC FINANCE AND BUSINESS AFFAIRS ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT To foster international trade "Number of international businesses and business associations that benefited from OEWD services, as identified through surveys" "Number of businesses located in other countries that responded to survey questions indicating benefit from OEWD international programs.  Survey question (e.g., ""did you find your experience with OEWD to be helpful?"") rated on a 1 to 5 scale, with one being ""not helpful at all"" and 5 being ""extremely helpful,"" and measure includes all survey responses scored either 4 or 5.  Surveys will be sent to all businesses and organizations that have substantive contact with OEWD." Collection Method: Data will be collected by OEWD through surveys available via the web and email. Timing:  Data collection will be ongoing. 12 80 Above target is positive PUBLIC FINANCE AND BUSINESS AFFAIRS ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT To foster international trade Number of international trade delegations hosted or co-hosted Number of meetings and forums between international officials and/or international business associations and city officials designed to increase trade. Collection Method: Data will be collected in a spreadsheet by the Director of International Trade and Commerce Timing:  Data collection will be ongoing and will be reported on an annual basis. 57 99 96 110 110 Above target is positive PUBLIC FINANCE AND BUSINESS AFFAIRS ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT To grow and support quality workforce opportunities for all San Francisco residents Average wage increase of individuals receiving workforce services The average difference between wage at program intake to wage at placement from the program for all individuals over 18 placed in unsubsidized and either part-time or full-time employment. "Collection Method: There is currently no common or centralized workforce data system that cuts across all City departments, nor do we have common definitions of services, and outcomes. MOEWD plans to develop a comprehensive, real time workforce development data collection system, which will allow us to look at common performance measures across city agencies and contractors. OEWD has began to engage city agencies with workforce portfolios to define outcome measures, data collection techniques, process of developing contracts. For FY2008, data reflects only OEWD, MOCD, HSA and DCYF. Timing: To be determined" $ Above target is positive PUBLIC FINANCE AND BUSINESS AFFAIRS ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT To grow and support quality workforce opportunities for all San Francisco residents Number of individuals engaged in workforce training programs "Number of individuals (youth and adults) receiving workforce training (any hard or soft skills training programs e.g., CityBuild Academy, soft skills/life skills training, certified nursing assistant programs, certificate programs, etc.) Workforce training numbers will be a subset of workforce service numbers. The data will be broken down by race, gender, industry, wage level and residential location." "Collection Method: There is currently no common or centralized workforce data system that cuts across all City departments, nor do we have common definitions of services, and outcomes. MOEWD plans to develop a comprehensive, real time workforce development data collection system, which will allow us to look at common performance measures across city agencies and contractors.  MOEWD has began to engage city agencies with workforce portfolios to define outcome measures, data collection techniques, process of developing contracts. Timing:  To be determined." Above target is positive PUBLIC FINANCE AND BUSINESS AFFAIRS ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT To grow and support quality workforce opportunities for all San Francisco residents Number of individuals placed in jobs Number of job placement in subsidized and unsubsidized employment for youth and adults. "Collection Method: There is currently no common or centralized workforce data system that cuts across all City departments, nor do we have common definitions of services, and outcomes. MOEWD plans to develop a comprehensive, real time workforce development data collection system, which will allow us to look at common performance measures across city agencies and contractors. OEWD has began to engage city agencies with workforce portfolios to define outcome measures, data collection techniques, process of developing contracts. For FY2008, data reflects only OEWD, MOCD, HSA and DCYF. Timing: To be determined" 1859 9062 4000 Above target is positive PUBLIC FINANCE AND BUSINESS AFFAIRS ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT To grow and support quality workforce opportunities for all San Francisco residents Number of individuals receiving workforce development services "Number of individuals (youth and adults) receiving workforce services (any ""touch"" e.g.,  job searches at one stop centers, career counseling (one time or on-going), engagement in a job training program, attending a job search workshop, etc.). The data will be broken down by race, gender, industry, wage level and residential location." "Collection Method: There is currently no common or centralized workforce data system that cuts across all City departments, nor do we have common definitions of services, and outcomes. OEWD plans to develop a comprehensive, real time workforce development data collection system, which will allow us to look at common performance measures across city agencies and contractors.  OEWD has began to engage city agencies with workforce portfolios to define outcome measures, data collection techniques, process of developing contracts. For FY2008, data reflects OEWD, DCYF, HSA and MOCD. Timing:  To be determined." 4938 14953 10000 Above target is positive PUBLIC FINANCE AND BUSINESS AFFAIRS ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT To grow and support quality workforce opportunities for all San Francisco residents "Number of individuals, once placed, who retained jobs" "Number of individuals (youth and adults) who, once placed, retained jobs during the preceding year. For a given time period, retention numbers will not necessarily be a subset of those placed in jobs. The data will be broken down by race, gender, industry, wage level and residential location." "Collection Method: There is currently no common or centralized workforce data system that cuts across all City departments, nor do we have common definitions of services, and outcomes. MOEWD plans to develop a comprehensive, real time workforce development data collection system, which will allow us to look at common performance measures across city agencies and contractors.  MOEWD has began to engage city agencies with workforce portfolios to define outcome measures, data collection techniques, process of developing contracts. Timing:  To be determined." Above target is positive PUBLIC FINANCE AND BUSINESS AFFAIRS ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT To grow and support quality workforce opportunities for all San Francisco residents Placement rate of individuals in jobs Placement rate of individuals 18 and older who complete a program in jobs that are either full-time or part-time. "Collection Method: Data is collected once annually, at the end of the fiscal year, to more accurately capture those who have completed a program. Departments (OEWD, DCYF, HSA, PUC, Airport, DPH and DOE) submit client-level data to OEWD according to a data collection template, who compiles the data. Timing: Collect data for people who exited in the one year period that is 2 quarters prior." 0.64 % Above target is positive PUBLIC FINANCE AND BUSINESS AFFAIRS ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT "To improve the business climate in San Francisco in order to attract and retain businesses, with specific focus on targeted industries and including small business" Number of businesses receiving one-on-one technical assistance "Number of businesses receiving substantive assistance will be tracked by business name, size, type, location, description of problem or issue, assistance provided and outcome." "Collection Method: OEWD and SBC will track each organization and business assisted in a database. As of February 1, 2007 OEWD and SBC is collecting data manually and is not yet able to track all relevant data. We are currently tracking number of calls and referrals. Timing:  Data collection will be ongoing." 382 910 933 900 800 Above target is positive PUBLIC FINANCE AND BUSINESS AFFAIRS ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT "To improve the business climate in San Francisco in order to attract and retain businesses, with specific focus on targeted industries and including small business" Number of businesses taking advantage of incentive programs including local payroll tax exemptions and state enterprise zone benefits "Number of businesses that apply for and receive the biotechnology payroll tax exclusion, the clean technology payroll tax exclusion and the local enterprise zone payroll tax exclusion, as well as the  number of businesses that received state enterprise zone income tax credits vouchers." Collection Method: Data will be collected from a Treasurer and Tax Collector database and OEWD data. Businesses are counted by unique address. Timing:  Data will be collected on an annual basis. 280 725 1027 450 800 Above target is positive PUBLIC FINANCE AND BUSINESS AFFAIRS ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT "To improve the business climate in San Francisco in order to attract and retain businesses, with specific focus on targeted industries and including small business" "Number of businesses that benefited from Office of Economic and Workforce Development (OEWD) and Small Business Commission (SBC) programs, as identified through business surveys" "Number of businesses that responded to survey questions indicating benefit from OEWD and/or SBC programs.  Survey question (e.g., ""did you find your experience with OEWD and/or SBC to be helpful?"") rated on a 1 to 5 scale, with one being ""not helpful at all"" and 5 being ""extremely helpful,"" and measure includes all survey responses scored either 4 or 5.  Surveys will be sent to all businesses and organizations that have substantive contact with OEWD and/or SBC. Substantive contact is defined as having received grants, attended trainings or workshops, received one-on-one technical assistance or consultations with OEWD and/or SBC." Collection Method: Data will be collected by OEWD through surveys available via the web and email. Timing:  Data will be updated and available on an ongoing basis. 34 800 600 Above target is positive PUBLIC FINANCE AND BUSINESS AFFAIRS ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT "To improve the business climate in San Francisco in order to attract and retain businesses, with specific focus on targeted industries and including small business" Number of state and local enterprise zone vouchers issued "Number of vouchers issued for buisnesses that hired qualified workers with multiple barriers to employment.  Those eligible for or enrolled in Workforce Investment Act (WIA) job training, CalWORKs, or Work Opportunity Tax Credits; economically disadvantaged individuals age 14 years or older; Native Americans; ex-offenders; disabled; those eligible for or receiving Food Stamps, Supplemental Security Income, state or local County Adult Assistance Program (CAAP) (formerly General Assistance or GA); service-connected disabled veterans, veterans of the Vietnam era or a Veteran separated from military service within the last 48 months; dislocated workers; and residents of recognized target employment areas." Collection Method: Data will be collected from an OEWD database. Timing:  Data will be collected on an ongoing basis 2000 5173 7364 4000 5000 Above target is positive PUBLIC FINANCE AND BUSINESS AFFAIRS ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT To strengthen the economic vitality of neighborhoods and commerical corridors Annual Community Benefit District (CBD) revenue Total assessment revenue generated in CBDs throughout the City. "Collection Method: Data collected from CBD plans (projections), in annual report from the CBD management Board and the Treasure and Tax Collector database. Timing:  Data will be collected on an annual basis." 2105540 4265324 9138695 6000000 6965000 $ Above target is positive PUBLIC FINANCE AND BUSINESS AFFAIRS ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT To strengthen the economic vitality of neighborhoods and commerical corridors Number of commercial vacancies in targeted commercial corridors "Number of vacant retail spaces in the seven commercial corridors that OEWD is working to revitalize.  These corridors include Leland Avenue in Visitacion Valley, San Bruno in Portola, 3rd Avenue in Bayview, Ocean Avenue in OMI, Mission Street in Excelsior, Lower Polk Street, and Divisadero Avenue in Western Addition. OEWD will also present this number as a percentage of all commercial space in each corridor." Collection Method: Data will be collected from commercial corridor managers that work for nonprofit organizations that will provide reports. Timing:  Data will be collected on an annual basis 0.049 0.068 0.082 0.068 % Below target is positive PUBLIC FINANCE AND BUSINESS AFFAIRS ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT "To support and catalyze major City development projects, including public-private partnerships and military base conversions" Number of public-private development projects proceeding on time and on budget Review of major public-private real estate development projects to determine if they are proceeding on time and on budget based upon preset targets. OEWD will also present this number as a percentage of all projects. Collection Method: Information will be collected in a spreadsheet by the Director of the Base Reuse and Development. Timing:  Data will be updated on an quarterly basis. 0.89 0.86 1 1 % Above target is positive PUBLIC FINANCE AND BUSINESS AFFAIRS OFFICE OF SMALL BUSINESS AFFAIRS "Foster, promote and retain small businesses in San Francisco" "Number of ordinances, resolutions, motions and policies initiated by or reviewed by the Small Business Commission" Pieces of legislation and policy items addressed by the Office of Small Business. Collection Method: Data will be collected by OSB staff. Timing: Data will be updated and available on an ongoing basis. 27 34 59 30 30 40 Above target is positive PUBLIC FINANCE AND BUSINESS AFFAIRS OFFICE OF SMALL BUSINESS AFFAIRS "Foster, promote and retain small businesses in San Francisco" Number of outreach events Increase visibility and public relations exposure with small business customers Collection Method: Data will be collected by OSB staff. Timing: Data will be updated and available on an ongoing basis. 34 70 65 40 40 60 Above target is positive PUBLIC FINANCE AND BUSINESS AFFAIRS OFFICE OF SMALL BUSINESS AFFAIRS "Foster, promote and retain small businesses in San Francisco" Number of small businesses assisted "Number of small businesses assisted via phone/walk-in/appointments/sfbizinfo website and phone referrals, merchant walk contacts." Collection Method: Data will be collected by OSB staff. Timing: Data will be updated and available on an ongoing basis. 2299 4144 3158 2000 2500 2800 Above target is positive PUBLIC HEALTH COMM HLTH - COMM SUPPORT - HOUSING Increase attention to social and economic factors that affect health status Number of unduplicated clients served by housing and housing-related programs "An unduplicated client is one new client per FY in each HUH program.  It measures the number of individuals using the HUH services rather than just duplicated count based on the number of times an individual uses a service.  Services include transitional housing, permanent housing, emergency stabilization, respite, medication adherence and other support to previously homeless individuals." Collection Method: Units of Service and Unduplicated Clients as reported by Program Service Providers DPH Urban Health & Housing Services Timing:  The data are reported monthly by the program service providers (contractors) and are due to HUH by the 15th of the following month. 6480 6613 6682 6400 6600 6700 Above target is positive PUBLIC HEALTH COMM HLTH - COMM SUPPORT - HOUSING Increase the number of supportive housing units Number of bed slots in housing programs "Number of bed slots available for clients in DPH?s Housing and Urban Health programs, including transitional housing, permanent housing, emergency, and respite beds.  Slots include those that are available (unfilled) and those that are filled.  However, most slots are permanent and are full.  Other slots (e.g., transitional) experience minimal turnover time." Collection Method: Client bed slots are measured based on the housing programs contracting with DPH Housing and Urban Health. Timing:  The data are readily available since they are constant unless new bed slots are added or deleted through new or revised contracts with our program service providers. 2211 2385 2217 2132 2388 2337 Above target is positive PUBLIC HEALTH COMM HLTH - COMM SUPPORT - HOUSING Increase the number of supportive housing units Number of encounters at Housing & Urban Health Clinics "Number of encounters at DPH?s Housing and Urban Health?s (HUH) clinics.  An encounter is defined as a primary care visit with a licensed staff member. Patients must live in a participating supportive housing program to utilize clinic services.  Clinics provide primary medical and psychiatric care, substance abuse counseling and detox referral, HIV and STD screening and treatment, health education, GYN services, medication adherence, and phlebotomy." Collection Method: Data will be collected by Eligibility Worker at Housing and Urban Health clinics. Timing:  The data are collected on a monthly basis and are available a month after they occurred. 10289 10381 8704 7200 10500 10800 Above target is positive PUBLIC HEALTH COMM HLTH - COMM SUPPORT - HOUSING Increase the number of supportive housing units Number of unduplicated clients served in supportive housing An unduplicated client is one new client per fiscal year served by Housing and Urban Health's Supportive Housing Program.  It measures the number of individuals served by Housing and Urban Health's Supportive Housing Program rather than just a duplicated count based on the number of times an individual uses a supportive housing service.  Supportive housing is permanent housing for formerly homeless clients with support services on-site and 24-hour property management trained to serve this population.  The combination of these services was developed to stabilize and maintain the client's health and housing. Collection Method: The data are reported by the service providers of DPH's Housing and Urban Health programs. Timing:  The data are reported monthly by the program service providers (contractors) and are due to HUH by the 15th of the following month. 1332 1408 1240 1315 1396 1420 Above target is positive PUBLIC HEALTH COMM HLTH - PREV - MATERNAL & CHILD HLTH "Increase the number of breastfed infants in the Women, Infants and Children (WIC) program" Percentage of breastfed infants participating in the WIC program per month "Percentage of the total number of infants participating in the Special Supplemental Nutrition Plan for Women, Infants & Children (WIC) who are being breastfed.  Breastfeeding promotes improved nutrition and develops the immune system for infants." Collection Method: WIC Staff enter this data in the Integrated Statewide Information System (ISIS). Timing:  This information can be accessed from ISIS database (WIC Program database) on the 10th day of the month for the previous month. 0.68 0.695 0.695 0.5 0.65 0.7 % Above target is positive PUBLIC HEALTH COMM HLTH - PREVENTION - AIDS Strengthen primary and secondary prevention activities Number of contacts made by HIV prevention providers "This number represents the number of contacts made by HIV prevention providers.  It is not an unduplicated count, but instead shows the overall number of HIV tests, outreach contacts and syringe program contacts.  These reported contacts are made by DPH staff & contractors who perform outreach in the community with the goal of educating SF residents, with an emphasis on those at high risk of HIV transmission, about HIV prevention. In Jan 2009, DPH deleted two measures, including ""# of HIV testing sites using rapid testing technology,"" and ""% of HIV prevention funds spent on prevention for positives"" because these measures did not reflect the work done by this Section, nor did they capture quality or variability from year to year.  This measure is one of the replacement measures." "The number includes the following: # of HIV tests conducted at funded sites, excluding known positives; # of core variables contacts in main and outreach tables; # of syringe program contacts as reported by agencies.  This data is provided by the providers to DPH staff." 285880 228812 250000 Above target is positive PUBLIC HEALTH COMM HLTH - PREVENTION - AIDS Strengthen primary and secondary prevention activities Percentage of clients testing HIV+ who are successfully linked to medical care "This represents those clients who receive a confirmed HIV+ test result at one of DPH's confidential testing sites and are then documented as having been linked to medical care.  The medical care is defined as having made and kept a medical appointment, either as reported by the client or as documented by a medical facility or medical data. DPH deleted two measures in Jan. 2009, including ""# of HIV testing sites using rapid testing technology"" & ""% of HIV prevention funds spent on prevention for positives."" This was done b/c these measures do not reflect the work done by the Section, nor do they capture variability from year to year.  This measure is one of three that replace the deleted measures. " "The HIV Prevention Section provides the names of persons testing positive at funded sites to the Surveillance Section who then provides a report on the percent of those persons who are in the database as having a CD4 or viral load, which indicates they have had a medical visit. " 0.6 0.69 0.65 % Above target is positive PUBLIC HEALTH COMM HLTH - PREVENTION - AIDS Strengthen primary and secondary prevention activities Percentage of HIV positive tests "This percentage represents those contacts who test as newly positive at any of DPH's funded HIV testing sites. DPH  deleted two measures in Jan. 2009, including ""# of HIV testing sites using rapid testing technology"" & ""% of HIV prevention funds spent on prevention for positives."" This was done b/c these measures do not reflect the work done by the Section, nor do they capture variability from year to year.  This measure is one of three that replace the deleted measures. " Includes only funded test sites.  Numerator = number of test results that are positive minus the number of known positives; Denominator = number of tests from indicator 1 (excluding known positives).   0.0198 0.0149 0.02 % Above target is positive PUBLIC HEALTH COMM HLTH - PREVENTION - BEHM Protect and respond to the environmental health of San Francisco residents Number of complaint investigations performed by the public services program "Number of complaint investigations (site visits) performed by the Environmental Health Section?s Public Services Program.  Complaints include garbage accumulation, rodents, overgrown weeds, dog and pigeon waste, flies and odors, mosquitoes, bed bugs, cockroaches, mold, etc." "Collection Method: EHS Agency internal database at 1390 Market St / Fox Plaza. Timing:  The EHD database is the primary source of the complaint and inspection statistics provided.  The database is updated on a daily basis and is reliable from day to day and month to month for monthly stat reports.  Inspection staff enter their ""dailies"" every day and post their inspections on a daily basis." 3190 3775 3686 4000 3300 3800 Above target is positive PUBLIC HEALTH COMM HLTH - PREVENTION - BEHM Protect and respond to the environmental health of San Francisco residents Number of routine hazardous materials inspections "Number of routine Hazardous Materials Inspections conducted by DPH?s Environmental Health Section.  Businesses that store over the threshold amount of hazardous materials are legally required to enroll in the hazardous materials program.   Inspections are done for 1) new enrollees initially to verify the information contained in their application; 2) current enrollees annually or every 3 years (depending on type of business/materials used, sold and/or stored); and 3) on a complaint basis.  Program rules are based on local ordinance, Article 21, which mirrors state and federal law." "Collection Method: Internal database at Environmental Health Services at 1390 Market St. (Fox Plaza). Timing:  The EHD database is the primary source of the complaint and inspection statistics provided.  The database is updated on a daily basis and is reliable from day to day and month to month for monthly stat reports.  Inspection staff enter their ""dailies"" every day and post their inspections on a daily basis." 1192 1159 1130 900 1000 1100 Above target is positive PUBLIC HEALTH COMM HLTH - PREVENTION - BEHM Protect and respond to the environmental health of San Francisco residents Percentage of environmental health complaints abated "Percentage of complaints that are abated within 30 days through the Environmental Health Section?s Public Services Program (Code Enforcement Program).  Staff works with property owners, tenants, tourists, hotels, business owners and employees, other government agencies and the Office of the City Attorney to correct Health code violations." "Collection Method: EHS Agency internal database at 1390 Market St / Fox Plaza. Timing:  The EHD database is the primary source of the complaint and inspection statistics provided.  The database is updated on a daily basis and is reliable from day to day and month to month for monthly stat reports.  Inspection staff enter their ""dailies"" every day and post their inspections on a daily basis." 0.64 0.8 0.805 0.7 0.68 0.75 % Above target is positive PUBLIC HEALTH COMM HLTH - PREVENTION - HLTH EDUCATION Decrease injury and disease among San Francisco residents "Number of children who receive dental screening, education or sealant" "Number of children in San Francisco who receive dental screenings, education or sealants through DPH?s Dental Services Program.  The Dental Services Program works with children at elementary schools where more than 50 percent of the student body qualifies for the Free and Reduced School Lunch Program and at numerous preschools throughout the City that serve lower income families." "Collection Method: Patient dental records as reported by service providers DPH - Health Promotion and Prevention.  This same information is collected for the State in order to report on the progress of grant projects. Timing:  Dental program data is entered into Excel and is prepared for semi-annual and annual reports to the grantor, and other interested parties." 8595 8667 8682 10000 8600 9000 Above target is positive PUBLIC HEALTH COMM HLTH - PREVENTION - HLTH EDUCATION Decrease injury and disease among San Francisco residents Number of immunizations provided to adults "Number of immunizations provided at DPH?s community clinics to adults over 18 years old.  Vaccinations for adults include, but are not limited to, Pneumococcal polysaccharide, Hepatitis B, etc.  This does not include influenza vaccinations." Collection Method: CHN Web Report Registry Timing:  Immunization data is collected through LCR/Invision/CVE database.  A  report that lists immunizations given through DPH's community clinics is produced each month. 6500 8053 11261 5000 6600 7000 Above target is positive PUBLIC HEALTH COMM HLTH - PREVENTION - HLTH EDUCATION Decrease injury and disease among San Francisco residents Number of immunizations provided to children "Number of immunizations (doses) provided at DPH's community clinics and other outstations (e.g., SFUSD) to children and adolescents 18 years old and younger.  This captures pediatric vaccine usage for CHN health centers (excluding SFGH).  This does not include influenza vaccinations." Collection Method: CHN Web Report Registry Timing:  Immunization data is collected through LCR/Invision/CVE database.  A  report that lists immunizations given through DPH's community clinics is produced each month (vaccines given at SFGH are not included in this measure due to historical difficulty obtaining these data). 6720 6443 5011 6000 6400 6400 Above target is positive PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom performance appraisals were scheduled "Number of DPH employees for whom a performance appraisal is to be conducted.  City policy requires that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months.  Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." "Collection Method: The data is tracked on HR2000 database (Oracle).  When managers complete and submit the performance appraisal, they are clocked in and entered in the database.  The location and copies of the actual PAs are in the employee personnel files located in the HR offices (Central Office, LHH, and SFGH. Timing:  HR data is updated daily. It is considered reliable within one month." 6098 5684 5813 6263 6113 6100 Above target is positive PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom scheduled performance appraisals were completed "Number of DPH employees for whom a performance appraisal was completed.  ?Completed? means that the appraisal form was completed and is in the employee?s personnel file.  City policy requires that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months.  Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." "Collection Method: The data is tracked on HR2000 database (Oracle).  When managers complete and submit the performance appraisal, they are clocked in and entered in the database.  The location and copies of the actual PAs are in the employee personnel files located in the HR offices (Central Office, LHH, and SFGH. Timing:  HR data is updated daily. It is considered reliable within one month." 4813 4536 4082 5636 4960 5000 Above target is positive PUBLIC HEALTH FORENSICS - AMBULATORY CARE Provide continuity of care for recipients of DPH services Number of jail health screenings "Number of jail health screenings at the San Francisco County Jail conducted by DPH/Community Health Network nurses. Jail Health Services (JHS) provides a comprehensive and integrated system of medical, psychiatric and substance abuse care to the inmates in the San Francisco County Jail system.  After triage, inmates needing further assistance are sent for a screening.  In FY 05-06, 100% of inmates were triaged, and 75% were screened." Collection Method: Jail Health Encounter data (CHART System) Timing:  Jail data is entered into a database daily through normal patient charting.  Jail Health Services run reports monthly. 23731 23710 23147 25000 24000 24000 Above target is positive PUBLIC HEALTH LAGUNA HONDA - LONG TERM CARE Improve health outcomes among San Francisco residents Number of long-term patient days at LHH "Number of long term care patient days at LHH.  LHH provides a residential setting for physically or cognitively impaired individuals who require continuous nursing assistance, rehabilitation services, medical care, and monitoring.  LHH has sufficient staff to provide long-term care for 1,055 individuals and receives reimbursement for services based, for the most part, on the number of patient days." Collection Method: Patient Utilization Statistics Laguna Honda Hospital. Timing:  Data is input daily into Invision and is accurate within one day.  Admission statistics are reviewed weekly. 359497 357923 294893 385000 360000 341275 On target is positive PUBLIC HEALTH LAGUNA HONDA - LONG TERM CARE Improve health outcomes among San Francisco residents Percentage of new admissions to LHH who are homeless Percentage of initial admissions to LHH?s Skilled Nursing Units who are reported to have no record of a permanent residence by the transferring agency. "Collection Method: Admissions Data at LHH where ""Homeless SF"" appears in the City portion of the Home Address. This data is particularly difficult to control because it depends on data collected by staff outside of LHH. However, due to improved data collection methodologies, this percentage increased from 7 percent in past years to 13 percent. Timing:  Data is input daily into Invision and is accurate within one day.  Admission statistics are reviewed weekly." 0.125 0.1285 0.11 0.13 0.12 0.12 % On target is positive PUBLIC HEALTH LAGUNA HONDA - LONG TERM CARE Improve health outcomes among San Francisco residents Percentage of new admissions to LHH who are Medi-Cal clients "Percentage of patients newly admitted to LHH who are on Medi-Cal at the time of admission.  Because nearly all patients admitted to LHH are Medi-Cal eligible, those who are not enrolled before admission will be enrolled after." Collection Method: Hospital Admissions Data Timing:  Data is input daily into Invision and is accurate within one day.  Admission statistics are reviewed weekly. 0.69 0.686 0.69 0.75 0.7 0.75 % On target is positive PUBLIC HEALTH LAGUNA HONDA HOSP - ACUTE CARE Provide acute care services Number of patient days at Laguna Honda acute care and rehabilitation facilities Number of acute care inpatient days at LHH acute care and rehabilitation facilities.  The acute care unit operates to improve the quality of care provided to residents of the skilled nursing facility and is budgeted at licensure.  Maintenance of an acute unit on site allows substantially enhanced reimbursement rates for the associated skilled nursing services. Collection Method: Patient Utilization Statistics at Laguna Honda Hospital Timing:  Data is input daily into Invision and is accurate within one day.  Admission statistics are reviewed weekly. 1222 1363 895 1500 1300 1300 On target is positive PUBLIC HEALTH MENTAL HEALTH - CHILDREN'S PROGRAM Increase the number of high-risk children served in mental health treatment settings San Francisco residents under 19 years of age receiving services provided by Children's Mental Health Services "Unduplicated number of clients who access DPH?s mental health care through its Community Behavioral Health Services programs (including contractors). The San Francisco Behavioral Health Plan offers a full range of specialty Behavioral health services provided by a culturally diverse network of community Behavioral health programs, clinics and private psychiatrists, psychologists, and therapists. Most people seeking behavioral health services need only basic counseling services. For those who are in need of more extensive treatment, the S.F. Behavioral Health Plan offers an array of services." "Collection Method: The data used for this projection comes from the CMHS Billing and Information system (INSYST) which is service data entered by contract and civil service agencies. (In some cases, the data is collected via reports submitted by contract agencies). Timing:  The majority of the Insyst and eCura data tables in the Data Warehouse are refreshed nightly or weekly.  Due to the data entry lag, it is reasonable to wait at least three months after the fact before considering the data complete." 5331 5070 5321 5000 4000 4500 Above target is positive PUBLIC HEALTH MENTAL HEALTH - COMMUNITY CARE Provide clinical services to target populations Number of unique mental health clients in treatment "Number of mental health clients in treatment through DPH?s Community Behavioral Health Services.  This includes all modes of treatment for mental health disorders, with the top three diagnosis categories being mood disorders, schizophrenia/psychotic disorder, and anxiety disorder." "Collection Method: Indicator collection from the BIS (Insyst) and either a simple count for the UDCs or a calculation that turns time entries into appropriate billing units for the service units indicator. Number of unique mental health registrants/clients in treatment.  Includes all modes of treatment. Timing:  The majority of the Insyst and eCura data tables in the Data Warehouse are refreshed nightly or weekly.  Due to the data entry lag, it is reasonable to wait at least three months after the fact before considering the data complete." 24148 24170 24772 20000 23000 24000 Above target is positive PUBLIC HEALTH MENTAL HEALTH - COMMUNITY CARE Provide clinical services to target populations Percentage of new mental clients who are homeless Percentage of new mental health clients who self-report being homeless at time of intake. "Collection Method: Indicator collection from the BIS (Insyst) and either a simple count for the UDCs or a calculation that turns time entries into appropriate billing units for the service units indicator.  Changes on data capture requirements from the State have made collecting housing status mandatory, so DPH expects to have a more accurate figure in the future. Timing:  The majority of the Insyst and eCura data tables in the Data Warehouse are refreshed nightly or weekly.  Due to the data entry lag, it is reasonable to wait at least three months after the fact before considering the data complete." 0.15 0.20417 0.13 0.18 0.17 0.17 % On target is positive PUBLIC HEALTH MENTAL HEALTH - COMMUNITY CARE Provide clinical services to target populations Total units of mental health services provided "Number of mental health services provided, including four modes of treatment: 1) inpatient residential measured in 24-hour increments; 2) day treatment crisis measured by half-day, full-day, or hour; 3) outpatient measured in hours; and 4) conservatorship measured in contacts." "Collection Method: Indicator collection from the BIS (Insyst) and either a simple count for the UDCs or a calculation that turns time entries into appropriate billing units for the service units indicator. Timing:  The majority of the Insyst and eCura data tables in the Data Warehouse are refreshed nightly or weekly.  Due to the data entry lag, it is reasonable to wait at least three months after the fact before considering the data complete." 851479 886851 905347 750000 750000 898000 Above target is positive PUBLIC HEALTH PRIMARY CARE - AMBU CARE - HEALTH CNTRS Provide clinical services to target populations Number of Healthy San Francisco participants "This number represents enrollees in the Healthy San Francisco program (HSF).  HSF is a comprehensive health coverage program for uninsured San Francisco residents, age 18 through 64 years old.  Enrollment first began in July 2007 for lower income residents and has grown as more health clinic sites joined and as enrollment requirements expanded.   This measure was added to the system in January 2009." The enrollment number is derived from the One-E-App program.  One-E-App is a web-based eligibility and enrollment application and system of record for Healthy San Francisco.  Reports are run monthly and ad hoc. 24392 43225 35000 Above target is positive PUBLIC HEALTH PRIMARY CARE - AMBU CARE - HEALTH CNTRS Provide clinical services to target populations Percentage of Healthy San Francisco participant complaints resolved within 60 days "This percentage represents complaints from participants  received through the Healthy San Francisco (HSF) customer service line that are then resolved within a 60-day time frame.  Participant complaints are usually related to enrollment, access, and pharmacy.  HSF has a participant complaints process that is overseen by the San Francisco Health Plan (3rd Party Administrator)." Healthy San Francisco (HSF) customer service agents log complaints received through the healthysanfrancisco.org website and via phone at the program's designated Participant Services Call Center.  These complaints are logged in an internal tracking system at the San Francisco Health Plan and shared with HSF administration. 0.98 0.85 % Above target is positive PUBLIC HEALTH PRIMARY CARE - AMBU CARE - HEALTH CNTRS Provide clinical services to target populations Percentage of outpatient visits by homeless patients Percentage of visits to community based health centers (non SFGH) UDCs by homeless patients. Collection Method: Patient utilization statistics as tracked by clinical data system (INVISION) Timing:  The reporting database is updated daily and is current within 24 hours and 95% reliable within three months.  Reports are run on an ad hoc basis. 0.07 0.08 0.08 0.05 0.07 0.07 % On target is positive PUBLIC HEALTH PRIMARY CARE - AMBU CARE - HEALTH CNTRS Provide clinical services to target populations Percentage of outpatient visits by uninsured patients "Percentage of visits to  community-based health centers (excluding SFGH clinics) by uninsured patients. Uninsured status is determined by eligibility staff at intake and is self-reported by the patient (defined as lacking public or private health insurance). Patients who are assisted, as appropriate, to enroll in any and all public programs for which they may be eligible." Collection Method: Patient utilization statistics as tracked by clinical data system (INVISION). All community based health centers (non SFGH) UDCs. Timing:  The reporting database is updated daily and is current within 24 hours and 95% reliable within three months.  Reports are run on an ad hoc basis. 0.4 0.402 0.35 0.4 0.4 0.4 % On target is positive PUBLIC HEALTH PRIMARY CARE - AMBU CARE - HEALTH CNTRS Provide clinical services to target populations Percentage of patients who are homeless Percentage of homeless patients who have visited DPH community-oriented primary care health centers.  (This excludes the outpatient clinics at SFGH.) Collection Method: Patient utilization statistics as tracked by clinical data system (INVISION). All community based health centers (non SFGH) UDCs. Timing:  The reporting database is updated daily and is current within 24 hours and 95% reliable within three months.  Reports are run on an ad hoc basis. 0.09 0.09 0.11 0.06 0.09 0.09 % On target is positive PUBLIC HEALTH PRIMARY CARE - AMBU CARE - HEALTH CNTRS Provide clinical services to target populations Percentage of patients who are uninsured "Percentage of uninsured patients who have visited DPH community-based health centers.  (This excludes the outpatient clinics at SFGH.)  Uninsured status is determined by eligibility staff at intake and is self-reported by the patient (defined as lacking public or private health insurance). Patients who are assisted, as appropriate, to enroll in any and all public programs for which they may be eligible." Collection Method: Patient utilization statistics as tracked by clinical data system (INVISION). All community based health centers (non SFGH) UDCs. Timing:  The reporting database is updated daily and is current within 24 hours and 95% reliable within three months.  Reports are run on an ad hoc basis. 0.46 0.48 0.425 0.45 0.45 0.5 % On target is positive PUBLIC HEALTH SFGH - ACUTE CARE - HOSPITAL Decrease rate of ambulance diversions Percentage of time on ambulance diversion "Percentage of time that SFGH's Emergency Room is on ambulance diversion.  Ambulance diversion means that SFGH?s emergency department is full and unable to accept certain lower-priority emergencies, including Code 2 (defined as non life-threatening).  During ambulance diversion, SFGH continues to accept patients needing trauma care, specialty services (SFGH?s top ten specialty services) and walk-ins." Collection Method: Hospital Administration Resource Tool (HART) Timing:  Diversion data are extracted from the Hospital Administration Resource Tool (HART) logs and reported in a monthly memo to EMS System Participants. 0.1875 0.20583 0.225 0.1 0.15 0.2 % Below target is positive PUBLIC HEALTH SFGH - ACUTE CARE - HOSPITAL Provide clinical services to target populations Homeless outpatient visits as a percentage of total visits Visits made by homeless individuals to SFGH?s outpatient clinics and emergency department (when there is no admission) as a percentage of the total outpatient visits at these same sites. Collection Method: Patient utilization statistics as tracked by clinical data system (INVISION). Homeless outpatient visits includes those to all SFGH clinics and non-admit ED. Timing:  The reporting database is updated daily and is current within 24 hours and 95% reliable within three months.  Reports are run on an ad hoc basis. 0.05 0.052 0.04 0.05 0.05 0.05 % On target is positive PUBLIC HEALTH SFGH - ACUTE CARE - HOSPITAL Provide clinical services to target populations Number of hospital medical/surgical inpatient days at SFGH Number of hospital medical/surgical inpatient days at SFGH.  An inpatient day occurs when a patient occupies a bed at the time the official census is taken; one patient occupying one bed for two nights translates to two inpatient days.  (This measure excludes patients receiving psychiatric treatment and non-acute skilled nursing care and includes newborns.) "Collection Method: Patient Utilization Statistics as tracked by SMS Invision Clinical Data System; maintained by DPH Community Health Network / San Francisco General Hospital. Measure excludes SFBHC, Acute Psych, and 4A SNF. Timing:  The reporting database is updated daily and is current within 24 hours and 95% reliable within three months.  Reports are run on an ad hoc basis." 84229 84134 82541 78000 80000 80000 On target is positive PUBLIC HEALTH SFGH - ACUTE CARE - HOSPITAL Provide clinical services to target populations Uninsured medical/surgical inpatient days as a percentage of total medical/surgical inpatient days "Number of uninsured medical/surgical inpatient days at SFGH as a percentage of the total medical/surgical inpatient days.  This percentage will be higher for SFGH and other safety net hospitals due to the higher number of uninsured cared for at this type of facility. (This measure excludes patients receiving acute psychiatric treatment and non-acute skilled nursing care.)  Uninsured status is determined by SFGH's eligibility staff at intake and is self-reported by the patient (defined as lacking public or private health insurance). Patients are assisted, as appropriate, to enroll in any and all public programs for which they may be eligible." "Collection Method: Patient utilzation statistics as tracked by Invision Clinical Data system maintained by SFGH. Measure excludes SFBHC, Acute Psych, and 4A SNF. Timing:  The reporting database is updated daily and is current within 24 hours and 95% reliable within three months.  Reports are run on an ad hoc basis." 0.35 0.31 0.202 0.35 0.35 0.35 % Below target is positive PUBLIC HEALTH SFGH - ACUTE CARE - PSYCHIATRY Provide appropriate psychiatric hospital care Number of hospital acute psychiatric days Number of SFGH?s acute psychiatric inpatient days.  An inpatient day occurs when a patient occupies a bed at the time the official census is taken; one patient occupying one bed for two nights translates to two inpatient days. Collection Method: Patient utilization statistics as tracked by SMS Invision Clinical data system. (Patient Type P.) Timing:  The reporting database is updated daily and is current within 24 hours and 95% reliable within three months.  Reports are run on an ad hoc basis. 30973 28876 22801 32000 29000 29000 On target is positive PUBLIC HEALTH SUBSTANCE ABUSE - COMMUNITY CARE Ensure a high level of customer satisfaction Percentage of client satisfaction surveys completed Percentage of outpatient substance abuse service clients who are in attendance on targeted survey days and complete and return client satisfaction surveys. "Collection Method: Completed satisfaction surveys as reported by Program Service Providers. DPH Community Behavioral Health Services.  Surveys are collected only once a year in April; however, billing details not final until the end of August. Also survey collection moving to November in 2006. Thus, data will be available for 05-06 in January 2007, and for 06-07 in August 2007. Timing:  See above." 0.51 0.7156 0.7 0.35 0.4 0.65 % Above target is positive PUBLIC HEALTH SUBSTANCE ABUSE - COMMUNITY CARE Ensure a high level of customer satisfaction Percentage of clients responding to surveys that report satisfaction with quality of services "Percentage of substance abuse service clients who complete surveys on targeted days and report satisfaction with the quality of all services including all programs, outpatient, residential, etc.  The clients are asked to assess services on a 5-point scale (from strongly agree to strongly disagree).  Survey includes overall satisfaction with services, access to services, appropriateness of service and satisfaction with client outcomes." "Collection Method: Completed satisfaction surveys as reported by Program Service Providers. DPH Community Behavioral Health Services.  Surveys are collected only once a year in April; however, billing details not final until the end of August. Also survey collection moving to November in 2006. Thus, data will be available for 05-06 in January 2007, and for 06-07 in August 2007. Timing:  See above" 0.87 0.925 0.89 0.85 0.8 0.83 % Above target is positive PUBLIC HEALTH SUBSTANCE ABUSE - COMMUNITY CARE Provide substance abuse treatment in accordance with Proposition 36 Percent of Proposition 36 clients engaged in treatment "Proposition 36 (also known as the Substance Abuse and Crime Prevention Act) was approved by the California voters in 2000.  Prop 36 requires probation and drug treatment in lieu of incarceration for convictions of possession, use, transportation for personal use, or being under the influence of a controlled substance and related parole violations.  This measure is the percentage of Prop 36 clients assessed and referred who engage in treatment.  Treatment includes supportive housing with outpatient services, family counseling, drug education, primary care, and literacy and vocational training." "Collection Method: Referral and treatment statistics as reported by Program Service Providers, maintained by DPH Community Behavioral Health Services. Timing:  Prop. 36 is a State funded and mandated program that requires quarterly data dumps to the Department of Alcohol and Drug Programs (ADP) by way of SRIS (SACPA Reporting Information System) .  Data parameters include total patient admissions, assessments, treatment completions, and pertinent demographic data.    This system was developed for counties to use in submitting and updating county plans, expenditure and client count reports, and financial status reports.  ADP utilizes this information to authorize the release of annual allocations to counties and to track and report program activity. Additionally, all Prop. 36 admissions are entered in real time into the DPH BIS (Billing and Information System) and INSYST where treatment status, outcome, and compliance are tracked in accordance with performance measures." 0.68 0.61 0.92 0.9 0.65 0.65 % Above target is positive PUBLIC HEALTH SUBSTANCE ABUSE - COMMUNITY CARE Provide substance abuse treatment in accordance with Proposition 36 Percentage of Proposition 36 clients completing treatment Percentage of Prop 36 clients who complete treatment.  Successful completion is defined as satisfactorily completed treatment aftercare programs and ancillary service programs consistent with treatment recommendations and treatment plans. "Collection Method: Clients successfully completing treatment as reported by Program Service Providers; maintained by DPH Community Substance Abuse Services. Timing:  Prop. 36 is a State funded and mandated program that requires quarterly data dumps to the Department of Alcohol and Drug Programs (ADP) by way of SRIS (SACPA Reporting Information System) .  Data parameters include total patient admissions, assessments, treatment completions, and pertinent demographic data.    This system was developed for counties to use in submitting and updating county plans, expenditure and client count reports, and financial status reports.  ADP utilizes this information to authorize the release of annual allocations to counties and to track and report program activity. Additionally, all Prop. 36 admissions are entered in real time into the DPH BIS (Billing and Information System) and INSYST where treatment status, outcome, and compliance are tracked in accordance with performance measures." 0.37 0.53 0.25 0.3 0.5 0.5 % Above target is positive PUBLIC HEALTH SUBSTANCE ABUSE - COMMUNITY CARE Provide substance abuse treatment services Number of unique substance abuse clients in treatment "Number of clients receiving substance abuse treatment service units through DPH?s Community Behavioral Health Services programs, including licensed and certified residential, day treatment, outpatient, methadone maintenance and detoxification.  DPH provides access to a comprehensive array of quality, culturally competent, and cost-effective alcohol and other drug treatment programs plus prevention, outreach and education programs recorded elsewhere." "Collection Method: Providers collect standard set of data on every treatment client and enter data into Billing Information System (BIS database).  DPH CBHS pulls data from that database. Timing:  Semi-annual with 20-day lag time, annual with 65-day lag time.  Could be made available monthly and/or quarterly with 20-day lag." 9697 10058 9793 10000 10000 11000 Above target is positive PUBLIC HEALTH SUBSTANCE ABUSE - COMMUNITY CARE Provide substance abuse treatment services Percentage of homeless clients among substance abuse treatment admissions Percentage of clients being admitted to substance abuse treatment through DPH?s Community Behavioral Health Services programs who self-report being homeless. "Collection Method: Providers collect standard set of data on every treatment client and enter data into Billing Information System (BIS database).  DPH CBHS pulls data from that database. Timing:  Semi-annual with 20-day lag time, annual with 65-day lag time.  Could be made available monthly and/or quarterly with 20-day lag." 0.525 0.4975 0.57 0.35 0.5 0.5 % On target is positive PUBLIC HEALTH SUBSTANCE ABUSE - COMMUNITY CARE Provide substance abuse treatment services Total units of substance abuse treatment services provided "Number of substance abuse treatment service units provided including licensed and certified residential, day treatment and outpatient (measured in treatment days) and methadone maintenance and detoxification (measured in counseling and dosing units).  DPH provides access to a comprehensive array of quality, culturally competent, and cost-effective alcohol and other drug treatment programs plus prevention, outreach and education programs (recorded elsewhere)." "Collection Method: Providers collect standard set of data on every treatment client and enter data into Billing Information System (BIS database).  DPH CBHS pulls data from that database. Timing:  Semi-annual with 20-day lag time, annual with 65-day lag time.  Could be made available monthly and/or quarterly with 20-day lag." 1189200 1168911 1251902 1100000 1100000 1200000 Above target is positive PUBLIC LIBRARY BRANCH PROGRAM Ensure customer satisfaction with services at the branch libraries How patrons rate the quality of library staff assistance in the branch libraries on a scale of 1-10 How patrons rate the quality of library staff assistance in the branch libraries on a scale of 1-10 Collection Method: Survey posted on the Library's web site since February 2008.  Chief of Branches Office.  Timing: Survey conducted 24/7 throughout the year.  Results immediately available. 8.39 8.35 8.5 8.25 Above target is positive PUBLIC LIBRARY BRANCH PROGRAM Ensure customer satisfaction with services at the branch libraries Number of questions answered annually Number of questions answered by staff using library resources. Collection Method: Survey on  number of questions asked at service desks during sample time periods; Chief of Branches Office. Timing:  Survey conducted semi-annually in September and March.  Results available in October and April. 1197432 1216701 1398732 1002562 1100000 1200000 Above target is positive PUBLIC LIBRARY BRANCH PROGRAM Ensure customer satisfaction with services at the branch libraries Percentage of San Franciscans who rate the quality of assistance from staff as good or very good "Percentage of San Francisco residents who reported ""good"" or ""very good"" to question ""In general, how do you rate the City's libraries on assistance from library staff"" as part of a mail and telephone citizen survey." "Collection Method: Annual citizen survey conducted by the Controller's Office.  Mail and telephone surveys are conducted between January-February of each year and results are reported in early spring. 5,500 mail surveys are sent out and roughly 400 telephone interviews are conducted each year.  Documentation is located within the Controller's Office. Timing:  To be determined by Controller's Office (currently done every 2 years. " 0.75 0.79 0.78 0.78 % Above target is positive PUBLIC LIBRARY BRANCH PROGRAM "Ensure that all library facilities are safe, accessible and sustainable public spaces" "Percentage of branch libraries that are seismically upgraded, moved from leased to permanent spaces, and made ADA compliant" "Percentage of all branch libraries that are seismically upgraded, moved from leased to permanent spaces, and made ADA compliant.  This is being accomplished as a result of the Branch Library Inprovement Program (BLIP) and other state and city funded programs.  Refreshed furniture and fixtures are also included." Collection Method: Count in determined based on date new and renovated facilities are open to the public.  Chief of Branches Office. Timing:  Reports are generated semi-annually. 0.258 0.41 0.48 0.41 0.48 % Above target is positive PUBLIC LIBRARY BRANCH PROGRAM Meet citizens' needs in quantity and availability of library collections at the branch libraries Circulation of materials at branch libraries "Number of items (books and other materials) circulated to the public (children, youth & adults) from all branch libraries." Collection Method: Statistics generated from the Library's automated circulation system; Information Technology Division. Timing:  Reports are generated monthly. 5567735 6116233 6849515 5270000 5400000 5400000 Above target is positive PUBLIC LIBRARY BRANCH PROGRAM Meet citizens' needs in quantity and availability of library collections at the branch libraries In-library use of materials at branch libraries Use of books and other materials within the branch libraries that are not checked out. Collection Method: Sample survey conducted semi-annually; Chief of Branches Office. Timing:  Survey conducted during October and March every year.  Results available in November and April. 2064068 2156971 2076051 2000000 2000000 2000000 Above target is positive PUBLIC LIBRARY BRANCH PROGRAM Provide hours of operation at the branch libraries that respond to user demand Number of persons entering branch libraries Number of persons entering the branch libraries. Collection Method: Sample survey results plus people counter tabulations are combined to determine the number of persons entering the branch libraries. (People counters are located at approximately half of the branches); Chief of Branches Office. Timing:  Sample surveys are  conducted semi-annually in October and April for those branches without people counters.  People counter results are tabulated in January and July. 3134709 3885975 4072757 3300555 3000500 3300000 Above target is positive PUBLIC LIBRARY BRANCH PROGRAM Provide hours of operation at the branch libraries that respond to user demand Weekly hours of operation in the branch libraries "Number of hours that all branch libraries are open per week.  Base number of hours per location were established by the Library Commission in December 2004, for five years ending in December 2009.  Base number of hours does not apply to a branch when it is closed for renovation." Collection Method: Sum of hours of operation for each open branch library and bookmobile service per week; Chief of Branches Office. Timing:  Hearings are held every 5 years to determine library hours. (Hearings were held in 2004 and will be held again in 2009.)   Data reports are generated monthly. 1072 1091 1075 1020 1020 1035 Above target is positive PUBLIC LIBRARY CHILDREN'S BASELINE Provide high quality programs for children and youth Number of children and youth attending programs "Number of particpants who attend library programs for children and youth (birth through 18 years).  Includes story times, media programs, special programs, and teen programs." Collection Method: Staff count; Office of Children & Youth Services. Timing:  Reports are generated twice yearly in August and January. 133177 156938 205212 100000 130000 137000 Above target is positive PUBLIC LIBRARY CHILDREN'S BASELINE Provide high quality programs for children and youth Number of programs provided "Number of programs provided by the library for children (birth through 18 years) and their families and care providers.  Includes story times, media programs, special programs, and teen programs." Collection Method: Staff count; Office of Children & Youth Services. Timing:  Reports are generated twice yearly in August and January. 3466 4354 4545 3200 3400 3500 Above target is positive PUBLIC LIBRARY CHILDREN'S BASELINE Provide high quality programs for children and youth Percentage of San Franciscans who rate the library's programs and activities for children under 18 as good or very good "Percentage of San Francisco residents who reported ""good"" or ""very good"" to question ""In general, how do you rate the City's libraries on programs and activities for children?"" as part of a mail and telephone citizen survey." "Collection Method: Annual citizen survey conducted by the Controller's Office.  Mail and telephone surveys are conducted between January-February of each year and results are reported in early spring. 5,500 mail surveys are sent out and roughly 400 telephone interviews are conducted each year.  Documentation is located within the Controller's Office. Timing:  To be determined by Controller's Office (currently done every 2 years). " 0.61 0.72 0.72 0.72 0.72 % Above target is positive PUBLIC LIBRARY CHILDREN'S BASELINE "Support early literacy through ""Every Child Ready to Read"" (ECRR) program" Number of caregiver/parent participants in ECRR trainings and workshops "Number of caregiver/parent participants in ""Every Child Ready to Read"" (national early literacy program)  trainings and workshops." Collection Method: Staff count; Office of Children & Youth Services. Timing:  Reports compiled annually and available in July. 931 1379 1375 1100 1200 Above target is positive PUBLIC LIBRARY CHILDREN'S BASELINE "Support early literacy through ""Every Child Ready to Read"" (ECRR) program" Percentage of caregiver/parent participants who rate ECRR trainings and workshops as important in fostering early literacy "Percentage of caregiver/parent participants who rate ""Every Child Ready to Read"" (national early literacy program) trainings and workshops as important in fostering early literacy." Collection Method: Survey conducted by staff; Office of Children & Youth Services. Timing:  Reports will be generated annually with results available in June. 0.99 0.98 0.98 0.99 0.99 0.99 % Above target is positive PUBLIC LIBRARY CHILDREN'S BASELINE Support education of children and youth through instruction on library resources and how to use them Number of children and teens receiving instruction via school visits or library visits Number of children and teens receiving instruction on use of library resources by either a librarian visiting their class at school or their class coming to the library. Collection Method: Staff count; Office of Children & Youth Services. Timing:  Reports are generated twice yearly in August and January. 77100 75265 81208 55000 75000 76000 Above target is positive PUBLIC LIBRARY CHILDREN'S BASELINE Support education of children and youth through instruction on library resources and how to use them Number of instructional visits or programs for school classes Visits by children's and teen librarians to area schools or visits by school classes to libraries for instruction on library resources and how to use them in support of homework and research. Collection Method: Staff count; Office of Children & Youth Services. Timing:  Reports are generated twice yearly in August and January. 2641 2952 2819 2300 2650 2700 Above target is positive PUBLIC LIBRARY CHILDREN'S BASELINE Support education of children and youth through instruction on library resources and how to use them Percentage of participants who rate instructional visits or programs for school classes as good or very good "Percentage of participants (school teachers and students) who reported ""good"" or ""very good"" to the question ""How do you rate the instructional visits or programs for school classes?"" as part of the Office of Children and Youth Services survey." Collection Method: Survey conducted by staff; Office of Children & Youth Services. Timing:  Reports generated annually in March and available in April. 0.95 0.94 0.95 0.95 0.95 % Above target is positive PUBLIC LIBRARY "COMMUNICATIONS, COLLECTIONS & ADULT SERV" Ensure access to materials and services for patrons who speak/read a language other than English Attendance at public programs and trainings offered for speakers of languages other than English Number of people attending public programs offered in languages other than English. Collection Method: Staff count of attendees; Public Affairs Office within the CCAS Division. Timing:  Program evaluation forms are filled out by the sponsoring librarian following a public program. Public Affairs office collects the data and compiles it monthly. 1411 1548 2153 1500 1500 Above target is positive PUBLIC LIBRARY "COMMUNICATIONS, COLLECTIONS & ADULT SERV" Ensure access to materials and services for patrons who speak/read a language other than English Number of uses of the Library's subscription databases in languages other than English Number of searches done by staff and users on licensed databases purchased by the library in languages other than English. "Collection Method: Vendor-supplied database usage reports are used to summarize total number of searches for all databases in languages other than English .  For vendors who do not supply statistics on ""searches,"" the total number of ""retrievals"" or ""access"" is used instead.  Collection Development Office Database Librarian gathers statistics from vendors, enters statistics into spreadsheet, and summaries are posted on the Library's staff website, Staffnet. Timing:  Reports are generated  monthly." 24606 31917 32056 31000 33500 Above target is positive PUBLIC LIBRARY "COMMUNICATIONS, COLLECTIONS & ADULT SERV" Provide access to quality online computer resources and databases How patrons rate the quality of library databases on a scale of 1-10 How patrons rate the quality of library databases on a scale of 1-10 "Collection Method: Survey posted on the Library's web site since February 2008; Communications, Collections & Adult Services Office.  Timing: Survey conducted 24/7 throughout the year.  Results immediately available." 8.63 8.09 9 Above target is positive PUBLIC LIBRARY "COMMUNICATIONS, COLLECTIONS & ADULT SERV" Provide access to quality online computer resources and databases Number of uses of the Library's subscription databases by staff and public Number of searches done by staff and users on licensed database purchased by the library. "Collection Method: Vendor-supplied database usage reports are used to summarize total number of searches for all databases.  For vendors who do not supply statistics on ""searches,"" the total number of ""retrievals"" or ""access"" is used instead.  Collection Development Office Database Librarian gathers statistics from vendors, enters statistics into spreadsheet, and summaries are posted on the Library's staff website, Staffnet. Timing:  Reports are generated  monthly." 1689242 1629766 1846483 1900000 1600000 1850000 Above target is positive PUBLIC LIBRARY "COMMUNICATIONS, COLLECTIONS & ADULT SERV" Provide beneficial uses for materials no longer needed by the library Number of books and library materials distributed to community groups for public benefit purposes Number of books and library materials distributed to community groups. Collection Method: Hand count of boxes of materials distributed to community groups.  Adult Services/Redistribution Program. Timing:  Redistributed books are logged as they are picked up.   Statistics are generated quarterly. 64636 56066 27296 65000 60000 65000 Above target is positive PUBLIC LIBRARY "COMMUNICATIONS, COLLECTIONS & ADULT SERV" Provide for and inform the public on high quality educational and cultural programs and services offered by the library Number of people attending adult programs Number of people attending adult programs "Collection Method: Staff count of attendees; Communications, Collections & Adult Services Office. Timing:  Statistics reported after each program.  Compiled monthly." 46065 45499 46210 34000 45000 65000 Above target is positive PUBLIC LIBRARY "COMMUNICATIONS, COLLECTIONS & ADULT SERV" Provide for and inform the public on high quality educational and cultural programs and services offered by the library Percentage of San Franciscans who rate the library's programs and activities for adults as good or very good "Percentage of San Franciscans who rate the library's programs and activities for adults as ""good"" or ""very good""" "Collection Method: Annual citizen survey conducted by the Controller's Office.  Mail and telephone surveys are conducted between January-February of each year and results are reported in early spring. 5,500 mail surveys are sent out and roughly 400 telephone interviews are conducted each year.  Documentation is located within the Controller's Office. Timing:  To be determined by Controller's Office (currently done every 2 years). " 0.55 0.62 0.64 0.64 0.62 % Above target is positive PUBLIC LIBRARY "COMMUNICATIONS, COLLECTIONS & ADULT SERV" Provide high quality collections and resources How patrons rate the quality of library collections on a scale of 1-10 How patrons rate the quality of library collections on a scale of 1-10 "Collection Method: Survey posted on the Library's web site since February 2008.  Communications, Collections & Adult Services Office.  Timing: Survey conducted 24/7 throughout the year.  Results immediately available." 7.91 7.88 7.9 Above target is positive PUBLIC LIBRARY "COMMUNICATIONS, COLLECTIONS & ADULT SERV" Provide high quality collections and resources Percentage of San Franciscans who rate the quality of the library's collections as good or very good "Percentage of San Francisco residents who reported ""good"" or ""very good"" to question ""In general, how do you rate the City's libraries on quality of collections of books, tapes, etc?"" as part of a mail and telephone citizen survey." "Collection Method: Annual citizen survey conducted by the Controller's Office.  Mail and telephone surveys are conducted between January-February of each year and results are reported in early spring. 5,500 mail surveys are sent out and roughly 400 telephone interviews are conducted each year.  Documentation is located within the Controller's Office. Timing:  To be determined by Controller's Office (currently done every 2 years). " 0.66 0.71 0.74 0.7 0.7 % Above target is positive PUBLIC LIBRARY DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom performance appraisals were scheduled "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal is to be conducted.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review shold be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months. Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." "Collection Method: New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal is to be conducted.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months. Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion. Timing:  Data is provided daily; reports may be generated upon request." 668 714 723 668 714 793 Above target is positive PUBLIC LIBRARY DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom scheduled performance appraisals were completed "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of applicable employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal was conducted amd completed during the fiscal year.  ""Completed"" means an appraisal form has been filled out and is in the employee's personnel file.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months.   Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." Collection Method: Performance Appraisals (PA) are maintained in the Library's HR Division PA database.  PA database tracks by worksite and anniversary date. Timing:  Data is provided daily; reports may be generated upon request. 407 376 336 668 500 525 Above target is positive PUBLIC LIBRARY INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY Ensure access to materials and services for patrons who speak/read a language other than English Number of uses (or hits) to the Library's web pages in Chinese and Spanish "The number of times library users access pages in Chinese and Spanish within the Library's web site for information. The page and its embedded files counts as a single page view.  This statistic includes only hits to the Library's web server and not to the catalog, which is on a different server. Statistics are not yet available for catalog searching." Collection Method: WebTrends software on the Library's web server; Information Technology Division. Timing:  Reports are generated monthly. 665193 470998 547102 430000 450000 450000 Above target is positive PUBLIC LIBRARY INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY Meet patron needs for access to technology Number of public computers available for use Number of public computers available for use.  Expanded definition of computers to include all categories available to the public. Collection Method: Staff count; Information Technology Division. Timing:  Reports generated in December and June. 493 621 675 500 550 607 Above target is positive PUBLIC LIBRARY INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY Meet patron needs for access to technology Number of web pages viewed (or hits) to the Library's web server "The number of times library users access pages within the Library's web site for information. The page and its embedded files counts as a single page view.  This statistic includes only hits to the Library's web server and not to the catalog, which is on a different server. Statistics are not yet available for catalog searching." Collection Method: WebTrends software on the Library's web server; Information Technology Division. Timing:  Reports are generated monthly. 12252028 13354169 15594408 18000000 12000000 12000000 Above target is positive PUBLIC LIBRARY INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY Meet patron needs for access to technology Percentage of available time (booking slots) reserved by patrons at public computer terminals Measure explains how much of available public computer time is reserved by patrons for use. Collection Method: Report generated by booking software system; Information Technology Division. Timing:  Reports will be generated quarterly. 0.79 0.83 0.8 0.8 % Above target is positive PUBLIC LIBRARY INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY Meet patron needs for access to technology "Percentage of available time used by patrons at public computer terminals, including both reserved and walk-in use" Measure explains how much available public computer time is actually used by patrons. Collection Method: Report generated by booking software system; Information Technology Division. Timing:  Reports will be generated quarterly. 0.59 0.58 0.6 0.6 % Above target is positive PUBLIC LIBRARY MAIN PROGRAM Ensure customer satisfaction with services at the Main Library How patrons rate the quality of library assistance at the Main Library on a scale of 1-10 How patrons rate the quality of library assistance at the Main Library on a scale of 1-10. Collection Method: Survey posted on the Library's web site since February 2008; Chief of Main Office.  Timing: Survey condcuted 24/7 throughout the year.  Results available immediately. 8.24 8.47 Above target is positive PUBLIC LIBRARY MAIN PROGRAM Ensure customer satisfaction with services at the Main Library Number of attendees at public trainings and instructional classes provided at the Main Library The number of library patron participants who attend classes at the Main Library. Collection Method: Count by library staff after each training session; Chief of Main Office.  Timing: Reports are generated quarterly. 3894 3359 5238 3570 3600 Above target is positive PUBLIC LIBRARY MAIN PROGRAM Ensure customer satisfaction with services at the Main Library Number of questions answered annually at the Main Library Number of questions answered by staff using library resources. "Collection Method: Survey of questions asked and responded to electronically, by mail, telephone and at service desks; Chief of Main Office. Timing:  Surveys are conducted in the Fall and Spring every year. Results are available in the following month." 984886 920500 927194 950000 1000000 1000000 Above target is positive PUBLIC LIBRARY MAIN PROGRAM Ensure customer satisfaction with services at the Main Library Percentage of participants who rate public trainings and classes at the Main Library as good  or very good "Percentage of library users who rate their satisfaction with public trainings and classes at the Main Library as ""good"" or ""very good,"" as part of regular exit surveys." Collection Method: Exit surveys conducted by Information Services library staff after each training/class; Chief of Main Office. Timing:  Reports will be generated quarterly. 0 0 0.98 0.85 0.9 % Above target is positive PUBLIC LIBRARY MAIN PROGRAM Ensure customer satisfaction with services at the Main Library Percentage of San Franciscans who rate the quality of staff assistance as good or very good "Percentage of San Francisco residents who reported ""good"" or ""very good"" to question ""In general, how do you rate the City's libraries on assistance from library staff"" as part of a mail and telephone citizen survey." "Collection Method: Annual citizen survey conducted by the Controller's Office.  Mail and telephone surveys are conducted between January-February of each year and results are reported in early spring. 5,500 mail surveys are sent out and roughly 400 telephone interviews are conducted each year.  Documentation is located within the Controller's Office. Timing:  To be determined by Controller's Office (currently done every 2 years). " 0.75 0.79 0.78 0.78 % Above target is positive PUBLIC LIBRARY MAIN PROGRAM "Ensure that all library facilities are safe, accessible and sustainable public spaces" "Percent completion on Main Library renovation project, improving direct customer service, maintenance and mechanical systems, restrooms, and access to popular materials" "Percent completion on Main Library renovation project, improving direct customer service, maintenance and mechanical systems, restrooms, and access to popular materials" Collection Method: Construction schedule from contractor; Chief of Main Office and Bureau of Architecture. Timing:  Reports are generated weekly at construction project meetings. 0.5 1 1 % Above target is positive PUBLIC LIBRARY MAIN PROGRAM Meet citizens' needs in quantity and availability of library collections at the Main Library Circulation of materials at Main Library "Number of items (books and other materials) circulated to the public (children, youth and adults) from the Main Library." Collection Method: Statistics generated from the Library's automated circulation system; Information Technology Division. Timing:  Reports are generated monthly. 2118157 2218158 2788645 2221407 2225000 2250000 Above target is positive PUBLIC LIBRARY MAIN PROGRAM Meet citizens' needs in quantity and availability of library collections at the Main Library In-library use of materials at Main Library Use of library books and other materials within the Main Library that are not checked out. Collection Method: Sample survey conducted semi-annually; Chief of Main Office. Timing:  Survey conducted during last week of October and last week of March every year.  Results available in November and April. 1373186 1361000 1146502 1360000 1360000 1360000 Above target is positive PUBLIC LIBRARY MAIN PROGRAM Provide hours of operation at the Main Library that respond to user demand Number of persons entering the Main Library Number of persons entering the Main Library. "Collection Method: People counters at all entrances and exit gates; Communications, Collections, & Adult Services Office. Timing:  Reports are generated  monthly." 1973281 2077222 2265209 2000000 2100000 2100000 Above target is positive PUBLIC LIBRARY MAIN PROGRAM Provide hours of operation at the Main Library that respond to user demand Weekly hours of operation at the Main Library Total number of hours that the Main Library is open to the public per week. Collection Method: Established hours of operation; Chief of Main Office. Timing:  Hearings are held every 5 years to determine library hours.  (Hearings were held in 2004 and will be held again in 2009.)  Data reports are available at any time. 60 60 60 60 60 60 Above target is positive PUBLIC LIBRARY OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE "Ensure that all library facilities are safe, accessbile and sustainable public spaces" Number of training sessions provided to Library Security staff members "Training sessions provided to Library Security staff members include detailed instruction to enhance staff preparedness, safety skills and proper use of equipment.  These sessions are offered in agreement with the San Francisco Police Department." Collection Method: Staff count; Operations & Maintenance Division. Timing:  Statistics are logged daily.  Reports are generated monthly. 32 30 49 24 30 30 Above target is positive PUBLIC LIBRARY OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE "Ensure that all library facilities are safe, accessbile and sustainable public spaces" Percentage of San Franciscans who rate the overall quality of Library facilites as good or very good "Percentage of San Franciscans who rate the overall quality of Library facilites as ""good"" or ""very good""" "Collection Method: Annual citizen survey conducted by the Controller's Office.  Mail and telephone surveys are conducted between January-February of each year and results are reported in early spring. 5,500 mail surveys are sent out and roughly 400 telephone interviews are conducted each year.  Documentation is located within the Controller's Office. Timing:  Department requests addition of this question on citizen survey conducted by Controller's Office." 0 Above target is positive PUBLIC LIBRARY TECHNICAL SERVICES "Acquire, prepare and maintain library materials for public use" Number of items bound and repaired for public use Number of library materials (books and periodicals) bound and repaired for public use. Collection Method: Statistics compiled by Technical Services staff. Timing:  Reports are generated monthly. 22153 25351 26668 20000 25000 25000 Above target is positive PUBLIC LIBRARY TECHNICAL SERVICES "Acquire, prepare and maintain library materials for public use" Number of new materials made available to the public "Number of library materials (books and audiovisual materials) cataloged, processed, and inventoried." Collection Method: Statistics compiled by Technical Services staff. Timing:  Reports are generated monthly. 308971 262753 406852 250000 310000 338000 Above target is positive PUBLIC LIBRARY TECHNICAL SERVICES Ensure access to materials and services for patrons who speak/read a language other than English Number of items in languages other than English added to the library's collection Number of library materials (books and audiovisual materials) in languages other than English added to the library's collection. Collection Method: Statistics compiled by Technical Services staff. Timing:  Reports are generated twice a year. 47810 50394 65132 50000 58500 Above target is positive PUBLIC UTILITIES COMMISSION DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom performance appraisals were scheduled "This is the number of employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal is to be conducted.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months. Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." "Employee Roster from December 2008; subtracted out number of temporary employees who we would do appraisals for at our discretion as well as long term leave employees (approximately 10%).  We have approximately 20 different work locations and all appraisals are due August 1; appraisal period is fiscal year July 1 to June 30.  All appraisals are sent to Employee Relations and EEO Programs, 1155 Market St, 8th Floor for input into internal system and tracking.     " 1910 1451 1540 2181 1825 1857 Above target is positive PUBLIC UTILITIES COMMISSION DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom scheduled performance appraisals were completed "This is the number of applicable employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal was conducted amd completed during the fiscal year.  ""Completed"" means an appraisal form has been filled out and is in the employee's personnel file.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months.   Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." "Employee Roster from December 2008; subtracted out number of temporary employees who we would do appraisals for at our discretion as well as long term leave employees (approximately 10%).  We have approximately 20 different work locations and all appraisals are due August 1; appraisal period is fiscal year July 1 to June 30.  All appraisals are sent to Employee Relations and EEO Programs, 1155 Market St, 8th Floor for input into internal system and tracking.     " 1690 1451 1540 2181 1825 1857 Above target is positive PUBLIC UTILITIES COMMISSION HETCH HETCHY POWER Develop and implement renewable energy projects Increase in kilowatts per year of renewable capacity and energy (non-Hetch Hetchy generated) Capacity (kW-kilowatts) and energy (kilowatt-hours) produced at new solar sites.  Photovoltaic (solar) energy from meters on systems. Collection Method: The amount of renewable energy resources (kilowatts-peak) added to Hetch Hetchy (Power Enterprise) power portfolio. Timing:  Data is collected by meter and transmitted to database.  Vendor provides report of actual energy produced. 245 845 0 200 200 400 Above target is positive PUBLIC UTILITIES COMMISSION HETCH HETCHY POWER Maintain the City's power assets in a state of good repair Percent of customer-funded projects (work orders for other departments) performed within cost estimates Customer-funded projects (work orders for other City departments) completed within cost estimates compared to total customer-funded projects.  Examples of projects include move and add streetlights for developers and perform work for departments. Collection Method: Project estimates are prepared by technical and field staff with the records being maintained by administrative staff at 1155 Market Street. Data is calculated for reporting period.  Actual costs are tracked via Index Codes in Famis. Timing: Quarterly. 0.88 0.83 0.5 1 1 1 % Above target is positive PUBLIC UTILITIES COMMISSION HETCH HETCHY POWER Maintain the City's power assets in a state of good repair Percent of maintenance work on Hetch Hetchy high voltage equipment performed within manufacturer-recommended intervals Each piece of equipment has a manufacturer-recommended maintenance schedule.  This measure compares the recommended maintenance schedule with the actual maintenance schedule. "Collection Method: Information is maintained by Field Services Operations at Treasure Island.  Data is calculated for reporting period.  Maintained in spreadsheet format. Timing:  Timing: Once Power Enterprise-owned high voltage equipment assets have been properly identified and placed in Maximo, performance measures can be more accurately calculated.  This process is estimated to take until December 2009 to complete.  Reporting would then be calculated quarterly each FY." 0.95 0.75 0 0.8 0.8 0 % Above target is positive PUBLIC UTILITIES COMMISSION HETCH HETCHY POWER Manage the City's power supply effectively and efficiently Actual municipal power load falls within 90% to 110% of forecast load (megawatt hours) "Ensure Municipal Load Forecast, compared to actuals, (metered load) falls within (not to exceed) 10 Percent + band, monthly.  Achieved through enhanced load forecasting, tools, timely load data and proactive changes to schedules as required. Under forecasting or under scheduling of energy results in financial exposures, imposed by the CA Independent System Operator (CAISO).  Over forecasting creates a positive deviation, settled with balancing entity. Data collected daily by PG&E and the Meter Data Management Agent, based on Schedules and Metered Data (Muni Load); stored by MDMA and in the Data Mart, (SF).  Documentation of this process is maintained by MDMA located in Retail Services.  At the end of each month, calculation is performed by Scheduling Coordinator, validated by Retail Services and Power Purchasing & Scheduling and settled with Energy Balancing Entity (MID).  Load forecast developed monthly based on historical interval meter demands and patterns (weather, etc.). " "Collection Method: The data is collected daily by PG&E and the City?s Meter Data Management Agent (First Point / APX), based on Schedules and Metered Data (Muni Load) and stored by our MDMA and in the Data Mart, located in San Francisco.  Timing:  Monthly" 832963 842347 836060 801830 845000 848253 On target is positive PUBLIC UTILITIES COMMISSION HETCH HETCHY POWER Manage the City's power supply effectively and efficiently "Number of days per month the balance of Deferred Delivery Account (DDA) accounts exceeds 110,000 megawatt hours" "Excess energy from the Hetch Hetchy Project is defined as energy available after serving City?s Municipal Load, Districts Class 1 obligation (Raker Act Power) and any remaining energy which may be offered to the Districts as excess, serving City Airport Tenants and sales to other municipalities, and government agencies (not for resale)." "Collection Method: The Deferred Delivery Account (DDA) balance calculation, a provision under the amended Interconnection Agreement with PG&E, is performed by both the City and PG&E.  The data is collected daily, based on our Schedules (Load Obligations / Generation) and stored in our Scheduling Application, as well as the Data Mart, located at 1155 Market San Fransicco.  Timing:  Validated Monthly with Schedules and PG&E Accounting." 0 0 0 0 0 0 Below target is positive PUBLIC UTILITIES COMMISSION HETCH HETCHY POWER Manage utilities on Yerba Buena Island / Treasure Island effectively and efficiently Percent of technical and engineering services for TIDA design activities provided on schedule This measure shows the level of responsiveness by tracking the designated date of completion of services in support of Treasure Island redevelopment compared with the actual date of completion.  CON:  TIDA = Treasure Island Development Authority. "Collection Method: Information is maintained at 1155 Market Street, 4th floor.  Information is calculated for reporting period. Timing:  Based on utility outages that are unscheduled events." 1 1 1 1 1 1 % Above target is positive PUBLIC UTILITIES COMMISSION HETCH HETCHY POWER Manage utilities on Yerba Buena Island / Treasure Island effectively and efficiently Percent of technical and engineering services for TIDA operation activities provided on schedule This measure shows the level of responsiveness by tracking the designated date of completion of services in support of Treasure Island daily utility operations compared with the actual date of completion. CON:  TIDA = Treasure Island Development Authority "Collection Method: Data files are maintained by the Utility Manager at Treasure Island.  Information is compiled using MS Excel and calculated for reporting period.  The log contains the date of service, description of service required, description of the response provided, Timing:  Based on utility outages that are unscheduled events." 1 1 1 1 1 1 % Above target is positive PUBLIC UTILITIES COMMISSION HETCH HETCHY POWER Manage utilities on Yerba Buena Island / Treasure Island effectively and efficiently "Percent of Treasure Island / Yerba Buena Island service (electric, natural gas) requests responded to within 48 hours" "Service requests are placed to the Treasure Island Utility Site Manager on a 24-hour, seven days a week basis.  The type of requests range from utility outages to pipe breaks.  All requests are logged and responded to within 48 hours." Collection Method: Responses within 48 hours compared to total number of service requests.  Data files are maintained by the Utility Manager at Treasure Island.  Information is compiled using MS Excel and calculated for reporting period.  Log has date of service. Timing: Based on utility outages that are unscheduled events. 1 1 1 1 1 1 % Above target is positive PUBLIC UTILITIES COMMISSION HETCH HETCHY POWER Promote energy conservation Total number of kilowatt hours reduced "Amount of kwh ""reduced"" through conservation and energy efficiency programs." "Collection Method: Reduction is calculated through standard engineering methods and analysis.  Data is compiled in Excel for reporting purposes.  Documentation located at 1155 Market Street, 4th Fl Power Enterprise. Timing:  Quarterly" 1500000 2339000 3035387 350000 1500000 3000000 Above target is positive PUBLIC UTILITIES COMMISSION HETCH HETCHY POWER Promote energy conservation Total number of peak kilowatts reduced The reduction in kilowatts during peak demand periods. Collection Method: Reduction is calculated through standard engineering methods and analysis.  Data is compiled In Excel for reporting purposes.  Documentation located at 1155 Market Street. Timing:  Quarterly 26 87 528 350 140 350 Above target is positive PUBLIC UTILITIES COMMISSION HETCH HETCHY POWER Respond to streetlight and pole needs promptly Percent of SFPUC pole knockdown/replacements (with concrete foundation repairs) completed within twenty-one business days Comparison of pole replacements with concrete foundation repairs completed within twenty-one business days compared to total pole replacements with concrete foundation repairs. Collection Method: Field staff collects data when work orders requiring concrete work are requested and repairs are performed.  Data is then submitted to an engineering associate at 1155 Market Street who maintains this data for reporting.  Information is calculated for rep. Timing:  Information will be calculated quarterly each FY. 0.86 0.39 0.85 0.9 0.9 0.7 % Above target is positive PUBLIC UTILITIES COMMISSION HETCH HETCHY POWER Respond to streetlight and pole needs promptly Percent of SFPUC pole knockdown/replacements (without concrete foundation repairs) completed within three business days Comparison of pole replacements without concrete foundation repairs completed within three business days compared to total pole replacements without concrete foundation repairs. Collection Method: Field staff collects data work orders are completed.  Data is then submitted to an engineering associate at 1155 Market Street who maintains this data for reporting.  Information is calculated for reporting period. Timing:  Information is calculated for reporting period. 1 0.19 0.65 1 1 0.85 % Above target is positive PUBLIC UTILITIES COMMISSION HETCH HETCHY POWER Respond to streetlight and pole needs promptly Percent of SFPUC streetlight malfunctions (as reported by customers) repaired within two business days Comparison of customer-reported streetlight malfunctions repaired within two business days compared to total number of customer-reported streetlight repairs. Collection Method: Data is collected when field staff returns completed work orders.  An engineering associate at 1155 Market Street maintains a log in MS Excel. Timing:  Information will be calculated quarterly by staff. 0.82 0.7 0.65 1 1 0.85 % Above target is positive PUBLIC UTILITIES COMMISSION WASTEWATER OPERATIONS Collect wastewater in an efficient and effective fashion Linear feet of main collection system sewer lines inspected Linear feet of main sewer collection system sewer lines inspected.  Note that lines are flushed to improve operation when inspection findings calls for it.  Inspections also identify when repairs or replacements are needed. Collection Method: Review of hard copy daily work logs kept by Sewer Ops Supervisors based on field crew work.  Kept on hard drive of Sewer Ops office in Cesar Chavez yard. Timing:  Available end of day/next day. 441081 399565 587928 369600 500000 528000 Above target is positive PUBLIC UTILITIES COMMISSION WASTEWATER OPERATIONS Collect wastewater in an efficient and effective fashion Number of catch basins inspected and cleaned "Number of catch basins inspected and cleaned (Note that while there are about 19,000 catch basins in the City, some need very intermittent cleaning while others need constant attention)" Collection Method: Review of daily hard copy work logs kept by Sewer Ops Supervisors based on daily work done by their crews.  Kept in Sewer Ops offices Cesar Chavez yard. Timing:  Available end of subsequent weekday. 6193 7009 7361 6300 7500 7500 Above target is positive PUBLIC UTILITIES COMMISSION WASTEWATER OPERATIONS Collect wastewater in an efficient and effective fashion Number of dental office inspections performed (to control source of mercury discharge) "Number of dental office inspections performed (to control source of mercury discharge). Inspections are part of permit compliance of dental offices and confirm installation of pre-treatment systems, employee training, and implementation of BMPs and proper dental amalgam disposal." Collection Method: Review of Oracle Ecosystem electronic database that contains findings from onsite dental office inspections done by BERM staff.  Documentation includes field verification of compliance or deficiencies with dental amalgam management best management practices.   Hard copies of inspections also kept on file. Timing:  Available end of next day. 201 130 6 200 200 150 Above target is positive PUBLIC UTILITIES COMMISSION WASTEWATER OPERATIONS Collect wastewater in an efficient and effective fashion "Number of Fats, Oils, & Grease (FOG) inspections (to reduce sewer blockages and control odor problems)" "Number of Fats, Oils, & Grease (FOG) inspections (to reduce sewer blockages and control odor problems).   Inspections are at food service establishments with high-potential to contribute grease to sewer system and confirm installation of grease traps, employee training and proper grease handling and disposal." Collection Method: Review of Oracle Ecosystem electronic database that contains findings from onsite inspections at food service establishments done by BERM staff. Documentation includes field verification of compliance or deficiencies with FOG control best management practices.   Hard copies of inspections also kept on file. Timing:  Available end of next day. 706 862 767 750 750 750 Above target is positive PUBLIC UTILITIES COMMISSION WASTEWATER OPERATIONS Foster Constructive Relationships with Neighborhoods and Contribute to the Community Number of confirmed treatment plant odor complaints made by the public Number of treatment plant odor complaints made by the public that are confirmed by staff as originating from treatment plant operations. "Collection Method: Odor complaints (from the public or employees) have been manually logged as they come for many years at the Plant.  They are  investigated immediately by staff to confirm whether the Plant is the origin.  Complaints are then entered into an electronic log with details on findings of investigation.  To get the data for this performance measure, staff pulls from this log the number of complaints made by the public that were confirmed and found to be originating from the plant. Timing:  Available end of day/next day." 8 12 9 12 12 13 Below target is positive PUBLIC UTILITIES COMMISSION WASTEWATER OPERATIONS Foster Constructive Relationships with Neighborhoods and Contribute to the Community Percent of sewer complaints responded to in person within 8 hours Percent of sewer complaints responded to in person within 8 hours "Collection Method: Review of electronic database log of sewer complaints called in by public or staff, as entered by Sewer Ops Supervisors.  Database kept in local server in Sewer Ops office Chesar Chavez yard. Timing:  Available end of day/next weekday." 1 1 1 0.99 1 1 % Above target is positive PUBLIC UTILITIES COMMISSION WASTEWATER OPERATIONS Maintain the wastewater system in a state of good repair Percent maintenance work done that is planned vs unplanned "This measures how well the Enterprise Maintenance Planning Unit is planning its work through the pre-allocation of labor hours before work is started, which helps in planning and allocating maintenance staff resources in the field." "Collection Method: Computerized Maintenance Management System (CMMS) reports (ie., Maximo). ?Planned? work is work tracked in work orders where labor hour estimates are included in the ?Labor Hour Estimate at Approval? field.  The report is run to include only work orders with ?Actual Labor Hours? > 0 and with the first date of hours charged to work orders falling within the ?Date Range? specified for the reporting time period." 0.53 0.64 0.84 0.76 0.76 0.76 % Above target is positive PUBLIC UTILITIES COMMISSION WASTEWATER OPERATIONS Maintain the wastewater system in a state of good repair Percent of preventive maintenance (PM) tasks completed "Percent of preventive maintenance (PM) tasks completed.  PMs are done to maintain equipment in a state of reliable condition. PM work is based on manufacturer recommendations, modified by historical experience with equipment." "Collection Method: Computerized Maintenance Management System (CMMS) Reports in Maximo.  PM work is scheduled into the CMSS with a set frequency (monthly, quarterly, etc) by maintenance planners.  Percent completed is calculated based on reports that show PM jobs that have work hours logged against them as compared to those showing zero hours. Timing:  Reports can be run daily when requested." 0.27 0.38 0.77 0.8 0.8 0.8 % Above target is positive PUBLIC UTILITIES COMMISSION WASTEWATER OPERATIONS Maintain the wastewater system in a state of good repair Percent of scheduled maintenance jobs completed within 10% of initial estimate for staff hours required "Percent of scheduled maintenance jobs completed within 10% of initial estimate of staff hours required.  Reflects the efficiency of job time estimates made by maintenance planners, which impacts the Maintenance Division's ability to schedule and effectively allocate workforce time to maintain assets." "Collection Method: Computerized Maintenance Management System (CMMS) Reports in Maximo. Based on planned job estimates entered into Maximo by maintenance planners prior to job start, as compared to actual time spent on job, as entered in e-time. Timing:  Reports can be run as requested.  Report format has been developed now using Cognos to compare e-time information with Maximo data on employee time that was estimated for each job." 0.28 0.29 0.38 0.8 0.8 0.4 % Above target is positive PUBLIC UTILITIES COMMISSION WASTEWATER OPERATIONS Operate the treatment plants efficiently and effectively Kilowatt-hours of electric power consumed per million gallons treated (includes plants & pump stations) Kwh of electric power consumed per million gallons treated (includes plants & pump stations) Collection Method: Monthly review of flow and power meter data kept at Southeast Plant.  Power consumption data is provided by Hetch Hetchy Power monthly. Plant flow data is consistent with the Discharge Monitoring Report data submitted monthly to the Regional Water Quality Control Board. Timing:  Monthly. 1976 1981 2065 1800 1800 900 Above target is positive PUBLIC UTILITIES COMMISSION WASTEWATER OPERATIONS Operate the treatment plants efficiently and effectively Major National Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Permit violations per year "Major National Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Permit violations per year (relative to 3 permits that regulate operation of 4 facilities).  The SFPUC has 2 permits issued by the Regional Water Quality Control Board -- one for operation of the Oceanside Treatment Plant and one for Bayside operations (which include the Southeast Treatment Plant and the Northpoint Wet Weather Facility).  There is also a 3rd permit issued by the Regional Board to the Navy for the Treasure Island treatment plant, which the SFPUC operates and could receive a violation for operational errors/failures (but not equipment failures)." "Collection Method: In almost all cases permit violations would be issued based on the results of compliance sampling  done as required by the permits.  Sampling data is maintained primarily at Southeast Plant and Oceanside Plant labs, Timing:  Available end of day/next day, with the exception of some lab tests that take 14 days to get results.  Also, every month, the Wastewater Enterprise submits a Discharge Monitoring Report (DMR) to the Regional Water Quality Control Board. This report has lab analysis results for each facility.  Hard copies kept at Southeast Plant." 1 0 2 2 2 2 Below target is positive PUBLIC UTILITIES COMMISSION WASTEWATER OPERATIONS Operate the treatment plants efficiently and effectively Percent of solids in dewatered (post-centrifuge) cake  "Percent of solids in dewatered (post-centrifuge) cake.  Higher % of solids is better, showing effectiveness at removing water." Collection Method: Daily laboratory analysis -- sludge cake samples are taken by operator and sent to the lab for analysis at the Plant. Timing:  Daily. Data availble at the end of the day/next day. 0.235 0.234 0.2365 0.23 0.23 0.23 % Above target is positive PUBLIC UTILITIES COMMISSION WATER DISTRIBUTION Deliver high quality drinking water to our customers California Department of Health and Safety (DHS) violations in the Local Water System "DHS evaluates SFPUC compliance with reference to drinking water standards, treatment performance, reporting, and public notification requirements.  Our goal is to comply with these standards 100% of the time, with no violations." Collection Method: Routine Regulatory Reports/Violation Letters from California Dept of Health Services (DHS).  Data stored in Laboratory Information Management System (LIMS) Timing:  On demand. 0 0 0 0 0 0 Below target is positive PUBLIC UTILITIES COMMISSION WATER DISTRIBUTION Deliver high quality drinking water to our customers California Department of Public Health (DPH) violations in the Regional Water System "DHS evaluates SFPUC compliance with reference to drinking water standards, treatment performance, reporting, and public notification requirements.  Our goal is to comply with these standards 100% of the time, with no violations." Collection Method: Routine Regulatory Reports/Violation Letters from California Dept of Health Services (DHS).  Data stored in Laboratory Information Management System (LIMS) Timing:  On demand. 0 0 0 0 0 0 Below target is positive PUBLIC UTILITIES COMMISSION WATER DISTRIBUTION Deliver high quality drinking water to our customers Number of unplanned service interruptions to wholesale customers and to the retail service area (San Francisco) It is a goal of the SFPUC to have no service interruptions from the Regional Water System to either our regional customers or to the City Distribution System of San Francisco. "Collection Method: Unplanned service interruptions are not tracked in a computerized system because they are an unplanned and undesired event.  However, when they occur, customers are notified by emergency pages, and these page records are stored in a data base. Timing:  On demand." 0 0 0 0 0 0 Below target is positive PUBLIC UTILITIES COMMISSION WATER DISTRIBUTION Generate power to help meet the needs of the City and County of San Francisco "Power generated to meet San Francisco's needs, in gigawatt hours (annual target set assuming average annual hydrology)" "Hetch Hetchy power generation meets 100% of the Municipal load for San Francisco and about 50% of demand for Airport Tenants and Norris, a Raker Act tenant." Collection Method: Hetch Hetchy Power archives the daily generation scheduled each day on servers in Moccasin and on the Data Mart servers in SF.  It also records monthly total net generation by taking meter reads on the revenue meters between the powerhouses and the transmission lines.  The electronic records are stored both in Moccasin and SF. Timing:  Daily. 1388.42 2046 1527.2 3200 3200 1600 On target is positive PUBLIC UTILITIES COMMISSION WATER DISTRIBUTION Maintain and improve customer service Percent of customer inquiries or complaints responded to within 2 business hours of initial contact "The complaint system is a 24-hour, toll free number for our customers established 10 years ago to handle water quality complaints.  Calls are routed to appropriate staff within the Water Quality Bureau or City Distribution Division for response.  Our policy is to respond to the consumer within two hours of the initial call, and Inspectors often show up at the consumer?s location within that same time frame." "Collection Method: Consumer complaints are entered into the Laboratory Information Management System (LIMS), which generates a consumer complaint form. Monthly reports are compiled out of LIMS and sent to the regulatory agency. Timing:  Monthly." 1 1 1 0.99 1 0.99 % Above target is positive PUBLIC UTILITIES COMMISSION WATER DISTRIBUTION Maintain and improve customer service "Unplanned disruptions of greater than 12 hours in San Francisco (per 1,000 customer accounts)" "All water systems experience main breaks that, at times, can cause unplanned disruptions in service.  With this metric, we are measuring our unplanned disruptions of more than twelve hours against the American Water Works Association benchmark for utilities our size." Collection Method: Report and Investigate (R&I) tags and the MAXIMO maintenance planning and scheduling tool. Timing:  On demand. 0 0.02 0.005 0.07 0.07 0.01 Below target is positive PUBLIC UTILITIES COMMISSION WATER DISTRIBUTION Maintain and improve customer service "Unplanned disruptions of less than 4 hours in San Francisco (per 1,000 customer accounts)" "All water systems experience main breaks that, at times, can cause unplanned disruptions in service.  With this metric, we are measuring our unplanned disruptions of less than four hours against the American Water Works Association benchmark for utilities of our size." Collection Method: Report and Investigate (R&I) tags and the MAXIMO maintenance planning and scheduling tool. Timing:  On demand. 1.1 1.06 0.63 2.2 2.2 1.1 Below target is positive PUBLIC UTILITIES COMMISSION WATER DISTRIBUTION Maintain infrastructure to keep water system in a state of good repair and operation Miles of water conveyance facilities inspected in the Hetch Hetchy system (Hetch Hetchy to Tesla Portal) "HHP has approximately 250 miles of conveyance facilties to inspect, including tunnels, penstocks and pipelines.  For the San Joaquin Pipe Lines, the inspection interval  is once every ten years, and during that inspection all 47 miles are inspected.  This was the case in 05-06, when all 47 miles of SJPL 2 were inspected.  On average, however, a total of 10 miles of conveyance facilities are inspected annually, as is projected for 2006-07." "Collection Method: This information is tracked in the MAXIMO system, a computerized maintenance scheduling and tracking data base used across the PUC. Timing:  On demand." 16.88 47 16.27 20 61.29 16 Above target is positive PUBLIC UTILITIES COMMISSION WATER DISTRIBUTION Maintain infrastructure to keep water system in a state of good repair and operation Miles of water main replaced in San Francisco "San Francisco has over 1200 miles of water mains of various sizes beneath its streets.  Some of these date back to the 19th century, others have been replaced in recent years.  We currently estimate approximately 195 miles of water main require replacement in the next ten years." Collection Method: Collected at City Distribution Division in GIS form with hard copies in the engineering office. Timing:  On demand. 6.24 6.03 8.05 6 12 12 Above target is positive PUBLIC UTILITIES COMMISSION WATER DISTRIBUTION Maintain infrastructure to keep water system in a state of good repair and operation Number of residential and commercial water meters replaced in San Francisco "There are approximately 180,000 meters in San Francisco, of which approximately 57,000 have been replaced to date.  As older meters tend to underestimate water use, the meter replacement program generates increased revenue." "Collection Method: Meter readers from the City Distribution Division record meter replacements on Excel spreadsheet, pending full MAXIMO implementation at CDD. Timing:  On demand." 4053 3561 1115 4800 4200 4200 Above target is positive PUBLIC UTILITIES COMMISSION WATER DISTRIBUTION Maintain infrastructure to keep water system in a state of good repair and operation Percent of maintenance that is scheduled rather than unscheduled in the Hetch Hetchy system Utilities generally want to increase their ratio of scheduled maintenance conducted as a percentage of total maintenance conducted.  A higher percentage of scheduled maintenance indicates greater proactive maintenance activities as opposed to corrective or emergency maintenance activities. "Collection Method: Maintenance activities are tracked in our MAXIMO system under various categories, some considered scheduled and some defined as unscheduled.  This data resides in this system and may be queried. Timing:  On demand." 0.461 0.515 0.48 0.54 0.54 0.45 % Above target is positive PUBLIC UTILITIES COMMISSION WATER DISTRIBUTION Maintain infrastructure to keep water system in a state of good repair and operation Percent of maintenance that is scheduled rather than unscheduled in the Regional system (Tesla to CDD) Utilities generally want to increase their ratio of scheduled maintenance conducted as a percentage of total maintenance conducted.  A higher percentage of scheduled maintenance indicates greater proactive maintenance activities as opposed to corrective or emergency maintenance activities. "Collection Method: Maintenance activities are tracked in our MAXIMO system under various categories, some considered scheduled and some defined as unscheduled.  This data resides in this system and may be queried. Timing:  On demand." 0.63 0.66 0.56 0.54 0.54 0.54 % Above target is positive PUBLIC UTILITIES COMMISSION WATER DISTRIBUTION Maintain infrastructure to keep water system in a state of good repair and operation Percent of transmission line valves exercised Exercising transmission lines is vital to ensure that valves are operable so pipelines can be isolated for repair in the event of a leak and water from the entire system is not lost through the leak. It is also critical to ensure that pipelines can be isolated when there is a need for inspection or upgrade of the pipeline. "Collection Method: The data is collected using our MAXIMO computerized work order system, and documentation on the activity is located on this computerized data base. Timing:  On demand." 0.17 0.13 0.32 0.5 0.5 0.33 % Above target is positive PUBLIC UTILITIES COMMISSION WATER DISTRIBUTION Maintain infrastructure to keep water system in a state of good repair and operation Percent of wholesale water meters calibrated "Calibration of customer meters is necessary in order to make sure that wholesale customers, who use more than half of our system's water, are billed correctly for their usage." "Collection Method: The data is collected using our MAXIMO computerized work order system, and documentation on the activity is located on this computerized data base. Timing:  On demand." 0.46 0.67 0.33 0.5 0.5 0.5 % Above target is positive PUBLIC WORKS ARCHITECTURE Develop accurate construction cost estimates for City projects Percentage of awarded contracts that are within 10% of the architect's estimate Ensure lowest responsible bid is no more than 10% above the Architect's estimate for at least 75% of contracts awarded. Lowest responsible bid is the best measure of those elements within the control of architects. "Collection Method: Data is derived from the Tabulation of Bids received for each construction project from the lowest responsive and responsible bidder. Documentation is stored in a Excel database maintained by the Bureau of Architecture, 30 Van Ness Avenue Timing:  Data is available on a quarterly basis.   {Notes: This measure has been replaced with another measure.  Old data should be maintained for historical purposes.}" 0.5 0.5 0.75 0.75 % Above target is positive PUBLIC WORKS ARCHITECTURE Develop accurate construction cost estimates for City projects Percentage of construction contracts advertised wherein the lowest bid received is within a range of 80% to 110% of the architect's estimate "Our goal is to be accurate in our cost estimating such that for each project advertised, where 2 or more bids are received, the lowest responsive, responsible bid is within a range of 80% minimum to 110% maximum of the architect?s probable construction cost estimate." "Collection Method: Data is derived from the Tabulation of Bids received for each construction project from the lowest responsive and responsible bidder.  DPW Contract Administration prepares a Tabulation of Bid for each construction contract awarded.  Documentation is stored in an Excel database (Capital Project database?) maintained by BOA, 30 Van Ness Ave.  Frequency: Data is available on a quarterly basis.   {Note: New measure for FY10.}" 0.53 % Above target is positive PUBLIC WORKS ARCHITECTURE Develop accurate construction cost estimates for City projects Percentage of lowest bid received for each advertised project that is within 10% of the architect's estimate "For every construction contract advertised, there is an architect?s cost estimate prepared prior to advertising for bids.  Our goal is to be accurate in our cost estimating such that for each project advertised, where 2 or more bids are received, the lowest bid received does not exceed 110% of the architect?s estimate. " Data Collection Method: Data is derived from the Tabulation of Bids received for each construction projects advertised.  These documents are stored at DPW Contract Administration Division.  Frequency:  BOA will calculate the actual percentages on a quarterly basis based on the information provided by DPW Contract Administration Division.   {Notes: This measure has been replaced with another measure.  Old data should be maintained for historical purposes.} 0.786 0.94 0.75 % Above target is positive PUBLIC WORKS ARCHITECTURE Improve quality of service provided to customers Average Score of Architecture customers that rated their overall satisfaction 7 or above Survey to be developed and administered by City Administrator central office covering the the quality of service from the Bureau of Architecture at DPW. Collection Method: Data collected from GSA Customer Service Survey Timing:  Data not yet available.  Survey due date is January 19.   Survey to be conducted annually.    {Note: This measure has been discontinued since FY08.} 6.3 7 Above target is positive PUBLIC WORKS BUILDING REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE Improve quality of service provided to customers Average Score of Building Repair and Maintenance customers that rated their overall satisfaction 7 or above Survey to be developed and administered by City Administrator central office covering the the quality of service from the Bureau of Building Repair at DPW. Collection Method: Data collected from GSA Customer Service Survey Timing:  Data not yet available.  Survey due date is January 19.  Survey to be conducted annually.   {Note: This measure has been discontinued since FY08.} 7.3 7 Above target is positive PUBLIC WORKS BUILDING REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE "Provide high quality and cost-efficient repair, maintenance and cleaning of City buildings" Percentage of customers satisfied or very satisfied with service "Rating of ""good"" or ""excellent"" on Quarterly Customer Satisfaction Survey. The average of the percentage of customers responding positively to five work performance questions covering satisfactory completion, on-time completion, completion within budget, Bureau response and, quality of work." "Collection Method: Quarterly Customer Satisfaction Survey. BBR files, 72 customers surveyed annually. 2323 Cesar Chavez St., Bldg. A. Surveys were sent to 72 different departments and divisions, including SFPD, Candlestick Park, SFUSD, Tax Collector, Museums, and many others (full list is available). The questions asked are: What kind of work did we do for you? Was your work completed satisfactorily? Was your work completed on time? Was the work done within budget? Was BBR response during the job good? Was the quality of work OK? What do you think about the bill? Customers are asked to rate whether they received good value for the price and whether the price was fair and competitive on a scale of 1-5. Customers are asked to rank in order of importance on time performance, uality work, reliability, communications. Finally customers are asked an open ended question of how BBR can serve them better. Timing: quarterly basis    {Note: This measure has been discontinued since FY08.}" 1 0.93 % Above target is positive PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT SERVICES Improve quality of service provided to customers Average score of Construction Management customers that rated their overall satisfaction 7 or above Survey to be developed and administered by City Administrator central office covering the the quality of service from the Bureau of Construction Management Services at DPW. Collection Method: Data collected from GSA Customer Service Survey Timing:  Data not yet available.  Survey due date is January 19.  Survey to be conducted annually.    {Note: This measure has been discontinued since FY08.} 6.5 7 Above target is positive PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT SERVICES Track City construction project costs "Percentage change order cost to original contracts, for projects exceeding $2 million" Contracts are awarded for a certain bid amount. This measures the change in the original cost of contracts due to contract change orders. "Collection Method: The information comes from a report which is regularly updated by the Bureau.  Each ongoing project provides the data on a monthly basis, and the MIS staff collates the information and makes it available on the BCM network. The original documentation is maintained in the project files which are located at various jobsites during the construction as well as at 1680 Mission Street.  A summary of this documentation which includes percentages and cost data is kept and updated by BCM?s MIS Division. Timing:  Data is available on a monthly basis." 0.0631 0.0646 0.0937 0.071 0.071 0.071 % Below target is positive PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT SERVICES Track City construction project costs "Percentage change order cost to original contracts, for projects not exceeding $2 million" Contracts are awarded for a certain bid amount. This measures the change in the original cost of contracts due to contract change orders. "Collection Method: The information comes from a report which is regularly updated by the Bureau.  Each ongoing project provides the data on a monthly basis, and the MIS staff collates the information and makes it available on the BCM network. The original documentation is maintained in the project files which are located at various jobsites as well as at 1680 Mission Street.  A summary of this documentation,  which includes percentages and cost data, is kept and updated by BCM?s MIS Division. Timing:  Data is available on a monthly basis." 0.0695 0.0896 0.077 0.1 0.1 0.1 % Below target is positive PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All city employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom performance appraisals were scheduled "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal is to be conducted.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review shold be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months. Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." Collection Method: Collection based on managers reporting in to the Personnel Division. Timing:  Data is available on a monthly basis. 1036 1079 1086 1036 1036 1058 Above target is positive PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All city employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom scheduled performance appraisals were completed "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of applicable employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal was conducted amd completed during the fiscal year.  ""Completed"" means an appraisal form has been filled out and is in the employee's personnel file.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months.   Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." Collection Method: Collection based on managers reporting in to the Personnel Division. Timing:  Data is available on a monthly basis. 752 923 1115 1036 1036 1058 Above target is positive PUBLIC WORKS ENGINEERING Develop accurate construction cost estimates for City projects Percentage of bids that do not exceed 105% of the engineers estimate "For every construction contract advertised, there is an engineer's cost estimate prepared prior to advertising for bids.  Our goal is to be accurate in our cost estimating such that the awarded bid will be equal to or less than 105% of the engineer's estimate for 65% the construction contracts awarded." "Collection Method: Data are derived from the Tabulation of Bids documents prepared by Contract Administration for each construction contract awarded. Documentation is stored in the MIS Section office of the Bureau of Engineering at 30 Van Ness Avenue, 5th Floor. Timing:  Data is available on a quarterly basis.    {Notes: This measure has been replaced with another measure.  Old data should be maintained for historical purposes.}" 0.647 0.882 0.65 0.65 % Above target is positive PUBLIC WORKS ENGINEERING Develop accurate construction cost estimates for City projects Percentage of construction contracts advertised wherein the lowest bid received is within a range of 80% to 110% of the engineer's estimate "Our goal is to be accurate in our cost estimating such that for each project advertised, where 2 or more bids are received, the lowest responsive, responsible bid is within a range of 80% minimum to 110% maximum of the engineer?s probable construction cost estimate." "Collection Method: Data is derived from the Tabulation of Bids received for each construction project from the lowest responsive and responsible bidder.  DPW Contract Administration prepares a Tabulation of Bid for each construction contract awarded.  Documentation is stored in an Excel database (Capital Project database?) maintained by BOA, 30 Van Ness Ave.  Frequency: Data is available on a quarterly basis.    {Note: New measure for FY10.}" 0.5 0.8 % Above target is positive PUBLIC WORKS ENGINEERING Develop accurate construction cost estimates for City projects Percentage of lowest bid received for each advertised project that is within 10% of the engineer's estimate "For every construction contract advertised, there is an engineer?s cost estimate prepared prior to advertising for bids.  Our goal is to be accurate in our cost estimating such that for each project advertised, where 2 or more bids are received, the lowest bid received does not exceed 110% of the engineer?s estimate. " Data Collection Method: Data is derived from the Tabulation of Bids received for each construction projects advertised.  These documents are stored at DPW Contract Administration Division.  Frequency:  BOE will calculate the actual percentages on a quarterly basis based on the information provided by DPW Contract Administration Division. {Notes: This measure has been replaced with another measure.  Old data should be maintained for historical purposes.} 0.783 0.947 0.75 % Above target is positive PUBLIC WORKS ENGINEERING Improve quality of service provided to customers Average score of Engineering customers that rated their overall satisfaction 7 or above Survey to be developed and administered by City Administrator central office covering the the quality of service from the Bureau of Engineering at DPW. Collection Method: Data collected from GSA Customer Service Survey Timing:  Data not yet available.  Survey due date is January 19.  Survey to be conducted annually.   {Note: This measure has been discontinued since FY08.} 7.2 7 Above target is positive PUBLIC WORKS ENGINEERING Maintain quality of City streets through repaving program Number of blocks of City streets repaved Number of blocks of city streets repaved through construction contracts and City forces. Collection Method: Data on the number of blocks repaved is extracted from the Bureau of Street Use and Mapping's computerized report on paving moratorium  streets.  The information resides in BSM's server located at 875 Stevenson Street and is accessible via the Department's intranet. Timing:  Data is available on a quarterly basis. 243 334 310 300 300 300 Above target is positive PUBLIC WORKS STREET AND SEWER REPAIR SERVICES  Maintain City streets in good repair Number of locations pothole repairs performed Number of locations to which pothole crews are dispatched. Each location may have a number of separate potholes. Collection Method: Crews enter the number of dispatch locations into the BSSR database on a daily basis. Timing:  Data is available on a monthly basis.   {Note: This measure has been discontinued since FY08 and replaced with new measures for FY09.} 3153 1813 4000 4000 Above target is positive PUBLIC WORKS STREET AND SEWER REPAIR SERVICES  Maintain City streets in good repair Number of potholes repaired "A count of the number of potholes repaired.  New for FY09.  Replaces previous measure, ""locations"" of pothole repairs.  More than one pothole may be repaired in one location. " Collection Method:  Crews enter the number of potholes filled into the BSSR database on a daily basis.  Timing: Data is available on a monthly basis. 13513 14631 12000 Above target is positive PUBLIC WORKS STREET AND SEWER REPAIR SERVICES  Maintain City streets in good repair Percentage of potholes repaired within 72 hours of request DPW receives calls from the public reporting potholes.  Our goal is to repair these potholes within 72 hours. Collection Method:  Dated service requests and action taken data is entered into SSR's Pothole database daily.  Timing:  Data is available on a monthly basis. 0.6 0.68 0.8 % Above target is positive PUBLIC WORKS STREET AND SEWER REPAIR SERVICES  Maintain City streets in good repair Percentage of San Franciscans who rate the condition of the pavement of their neighborhood streets as good or very good "Percentage of San Francisco residents that rate the pavement condition, or smoothness, of City streets as ""good"" or ""very good"" in annual (mail and telephone) survey." "Collection Method: Annual citizen survey conducted by the Controller's Office.  Mail and telephone surveys are conducted between January-February of each year and results are reported in early Spring. 5,500 mail surveys are sent out and roughly 400 telephone interviews are conducted each year. Documentation is located within the Controller's Office. No survey in Jan 2006, next expected survey in Jan 2007. Timing:  Pending the Controller's Office decision on conducting the bi-annual City Survey." 0.34 0.37 0.45 0.45 % Above target is positive PUBLIC WORKS STREET ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES "Maintain cleanliness of City streets/sidewalks, through direct services as well as regulations and education" Number of curb miles mechanically swept Number of miles of streets mechanically swept. "Collection Method: Time keeping records for Class 7355 drivers of mechanical sweeping trucks. On an eight hour shift, an average of 5 hours are broom down sweeping, with the other three hours for deadhead hours to and from routes and in between routes. An average of 25 miles is actually swept on each 8 hour route assignment. The bureau plans to continued use of Flusher trucks to clean the streets of bodily fluids and stench. Timing:  Data is available on a monthly basis." 189941 185452 167573 180000 194000 180000 On target is positive PUBLIC WORKS STREET ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES "Maintain cleanliness of City streets/sidewalks, through direct services as well as regulations and education" Percentage of graffiti requests abated within 48 hours (public property) "DPW receives calls from the public to report graffiti, primarily through 311. DPW crews respond to these calls and abate the graffiti on public property.  Our goal is to abate within 48 hours.  If the graffiti is on private property, the  property owner is notified to abate.  This metric only measures abatements on public property." Collection Method:  Dated service requests and action taken data is logged into SES's 28 Clean Access database. Timing:  Data is available on a daily basis. 0.651 0.511 0.8 % Above target is positive PUBLIC WORKS STREET ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES "Maintain cleanliness of City streets/sidewalks, through direct services as well as regulations and education" Percentage of San Franciscans who rate cleanliness of neighborhood sidewalks as good or very good "Percentage of San Francisco residents that rate the cleanliness of their neighborhood sidewalks as ""good"" or ""very good"" in annual (mail and telephone) survey." "Collection Method: Annual citizen survey conducted by the Controller's Office.  Mail and telephone surveys are conducted between January-February of each year and results are reported in early spring. 5,500 mail surveys are sent out and roughly 400 telephone interviews are conducted each year. Documentation is located within the Controller's Office.  No survey in Jan 2006, next expected survey in Jan 2007. Timing:  Pending the Controller's Office decision on conducting the bi-annual City Survey." 0.45 0.45 0.46 0.46 % Above target is positive PUBLIC WORKS STREET ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES "Maintain cleanliness of City streets/sidewalks, through direct services as well as regulations and education" Percentage of San Franciscans who rate cleanliness of neighborhood streets as good or very good "Percentage of San Francisco residents that rate the cleanliness of their neighborhood streets as ""good"" or ""very good"" in annual (mail and telephone) survey." "Collection Method: Annual citizen survey conducted by the Controller's Office.  Mail and telephone surveys are conducted between January-February of each year and results are reported in early spring. 5,500 mail surveys are sent out and roughly 400 telephone interviews are conducted each year. Documentation is located within the Controller's Office.  No survey in Jan 2006, next expected survey in Jan 2007. Timing:  Pending the Controller's Office decision on conducting the bi-annual City Survey." 0.49 0.51 0.52 0.52 % Above target is positive PUBLIC WORKS STREET ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES "Maintain cleanliness of City streets/sidewalks, through direct services as well as regulations and education" Percentage of street cleaning requests abated within 48 hours DPW receives requests to address street cleaning issues primarily through 311.  Our goal is to resolve these issues within 48 hours of receiving the request. Collection Method:  Dated services requests and action taken data is entered into SES's 28 Clean Access database.  Timing:  Data is available on a daily basis. 0.823 0.89 0.8 % Above target is positive PUBLIC WORKS STREET ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES "Maintain cleanliness of City streets/sidewalks, through direct services as well as regulations and education" Percentage of supervisorial district inspections where evaluated streets met street cleanliness standards "Results of the street sweeping portion of the street cleanliness standards developed pursuant to Proposition C (2003).   This measure takes the number of supervisorial district inspections that met the standard after street sweeping has occurred, and divides by the total number of district inspections to get the %.  The streets inspected are just a sample of the total routes in the City.  See the Streets Standards Manual for the methodology of how sampled streets are rated (e.g. currently a scale of 1 to 3 is used)." Collection Method: Streets Standards database reports. Timing:  Data is available on a quarterly basis. 1 0.364 0.18 0.95 1 1 % Above target is positive PUBLIC WORKS STREET ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES "Maintain cleanliness of City streets/sidewalks, through direct services as well as regulations and education" Percentage of supervisorial district inspections where evaluated trash receptacles met street cleanliness standards "Results of the trash receptacles portion of the street cleanliness standards developed pursuant to Proposition C (2003).  This measure takes the number of supervisorial district inspections that met the trash receptacle standards, and divides by the total number of district inspections to get the %.  The streets inspected are just a sample of the total routes in the City. See the Streets Standards Manual for methodology of how each route is rated for trash receptacles (e.g., currently 5 out of 6 of the trash standards must meet 90% compliance)." Collection Method: Streets Standards database reports. Timing:  Data from measure is available on a quarterly basis. 0.86 0.7 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 % Above target is positive PUBLIC WORKS STREET USE MANAGEMENT Provide approval for street use permits Percentage of approved decisions rendered on street use permit total requests within established time frames changed "Percentage of decisions rendered on street use permits (street improvements, minor sidewalk encroachments, general street excavation, excavation side sewer, temporary occupancy, display merchandise, tables & chairs, underground tank removal)." Collection Method: Applicants submit applications requesting street use permits which are entered on website or over the counter and input into Permit section computer database as part of the BSM database Timing:  Data is available on a quarterly basis. 0.8823 0.85 0.8 0.9 0.9 0.9 % Above target is positive PUBLIC WORKS STREET USE MANAGEMENT Reduce the Subdivision Mapping Backlog Percent of Maps reduced in the Backlog Number of maps reduced from the Subdivision Mapping Backlog.  Number of maps in backlog will be determined at the close of the prior fiscal year (June 30).  Goal is to eliminate the backlog each year by 10%. Collection Method: BSM Subdivision and Mapping Database Timing:  Monthly 0.14 0.28 0.08 0.1 0.1 0.1 % Above target is positive PUBLIC WORKS STREET USE MANAGEMENT Respond to street construction-related complaints on a timely basis Percentage of complaints responded to within 24 hours "The department receives complaints about street construction projects (poor patching, improper use of plates to cover excavations, night noise, etc.). This is a measure of how many of these complaints Department staff respond to within a 24-hour period of receiving the complaint." "Collection Method: As complaints are received, information is entered into a database, a hard copy printed and given to the appropriate inspector for inspection and action.  The inspector reports back the date of inspection, the condition found and what action was taken and the date of action.  The information is updated on a weekly basis.  Monthly reports are distributed to inspectors to update and/or follow-up on any outstanding complaints. The database is located on the bureau's network.  Hard copies of the original documents are filed in a central street file and are retained for five years. Timing:  Data is available on a quarterly basis." 0.61 0.569 0.47 0.65 0.65 0.65 % Above target is positive PUBLIC WORKS STREET USE MANAGEMENT To process map actions in a timely manner Percentage of all maps approvals issued  within 50 days Percent of map approvals issued within 50 days of application deemed submittable (excluding time in other City agencies possession) - 50 days in DPW's possession only - does not measure map actions in other city agencies. Collection Method: BSM Mapping Database Timing:  Reviewed on a monthly basis 0.79 0.83 0.88 0.75 0.75 0.75 % Above target is positive PUBLIC WORKS URBAN FORESTRY Expand the Urban Forest in San Francisco Number of new street trees planted by DPW "NEW measure for FY07.  The number of new street trees planted by DPW.  Number of trees planted includes all trees funded through appropriations to the Bureau of Urban Forestry.  In FY 2006-07, this includes trees planted by BUF using sales tax and adopt - a - tree funds, FUF, through a gas tax appropriation, and by a contractor through a CIP appropriation." "Collection Method: The number, location, and species of new street trees planted are entered into the bureau's computerized tree inventory and work history database.  Printed database reports are used to give an accounting for tree planting activities for a given time period Timing:  Data is available on a quarterly basis." 2125 2727 1354 2406 2256 1968 Above target is positive RECREATION AND PARK COMMISSION DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom performance appraisals were scheduled "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05 - please note that RPD has refined the measure wording.  This is the number of employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal is to be conducted.  It is measured by the number of active regularly assigned employees as of the end of the fiscal year, 6/30/xx.   DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months. Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." "Collection Method: This information is obtained from a report generated from PFS (RPD Personnel Management application) showing all active regularly scheduled employees.   HR issues a memo to all supervisors regarding the timeline with deadlines noted and indicates Department wide performance goals within the memo. Timing:  The data is available on an annual basis within one quarter of fiscal year end.  The report indicating all active employees will be generated as of 6/30/07 and the evaluation process will be completed as of September 30, 2007." 782 854 771 783 Above target is positive RECREATION AND PARK COMMISSION DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom scheduled performance appraisals were completed "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05 - please note that RPD has refined the measure wording.    This is measured by the number of completed performance appraisals of active regularly assigned employees completed during the fiscal year.  ""Completed"" means an appraisal form has been filled out and is in the employee's personnel file.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months.   Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." "Collection Method: Hard copies are manually collected & filed in each employee's personnel file. Results of the evaluations are entered into PFS. Timing:  The data is available on an annual basis within one quarter of fiscal year end.  The report indicating all active employees for whom a performance appraisal was conducted will be generated as of 6/30/07 and the evaluation process will be completed as of September 30, 2007." 596 740 549 782 854 783 Above target is positive RECREATION AND PARK COMMISSION DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal % of employees for whom annual performance appraisals were completed for the fiscal year Measured by dividing the number of completed evaluations by the number of evaluations due for the fiscal year.  This is the new measure RPD has previously suggested; noted in comments section of related measures. Collection Method: This percentage will be calculated annually by RPD HR staff using the PFS system. Timing:  This data is available on annual basis within one quarter of fiscal year end.  0.76 0.87 0.72 1 1 1 % Above target is positive RECREATION AND PARK COMMISSION NEIGHBORHOOD and CITYWIDE SERVICES Demonstrate and promote the Department's environmental stewardship Number of gallons of liquid pesticide used "Measures number of gallons of liquid pesticides used by Department.  All pesticides used by the Department conform with all regulations and follow IPM practices using a thought out approach to each specific issues, with an emphasis on environmentally-friendly products.  " Collection Method: Data maintained by the Integrated Pest Management unit of the Department. Timing:  This data is collected on a monthly basis and is available at the end of the month following the month being reported. 42 184 62.7 100 80 120 Below target is positive RECREATION AND PARK COMMISSION NEIGHBORHOOD and CITYWIDE SERVICES Demonstrate and promote the Department's environmental stewardship Number of pounds of dry pesticides used "Measures number of pounds of dry pesticides used by Department.  The vast majority of dry pesticides used by the Department are rodenticides used throughout our facilities.  All pesticides used by the Department conform with all regulations and follow IPM practices using a thought out approach to each specific issues, with an emphasis on environmentally-friendly products.  " Collection Method: Data maintained by the Integrated Pest Management unit of the Department. Timing:  This data is collected on a monthly basis and is available at the end of the month following the month being reported. 1266 1624 1514.35 1200 1200 1000 Below target is positive RECREATION AND PARK COMMISSION NEIGHBORHOOD and CITYWIDE SERVICES Demonstrate and promote the Department's environmental stewardship Number of tons of diverted material "During FY 02-03, the Department initiated a recycling program.  This measure tracks the amount of material forwarded to recycling service providers." "Collection Method: Ronnie Scott, NSA 8 Manager, collects the data and maintains it in spreadsheet format. Timing:  This data is collected on a monthly basis and is available at the end of the second month following the month being reported.  Part of this data comes from Sunset Scavenger." 431 519 509.2 385 400 440 Above target is positive RECREATION AND PARK COMMISSION NEIGHBORHOOD and CITYWIDE SERVICES Improve RPD insfrastructure in both buildings and grounds Percentage of capital projects completed as scheduled "Measurement of  Capital projects is based on meeting given established milestones (i.e., planning, design, construction completion).  The trigger for these milestones is when the RPD Commission approves design conception - once received, the time line begins." Collection Method: Data regarding milestones is maintained in a spreadsheet by Capital Division Staff. Timing:  Data is available twice a year.   0.27 0.6 0.23 1 0.5 0.75 % Above target is positive RECREATION AND PARK COMMISSION NEIGHBORHOOD and CITYWIDE SERVICES Improve RPD insfrastructure in both buildings and grounds Percentage of capital projects completed on or under budget The budget for a capital project is based upon the bid amount awarded. Collection Method: Data regarding capital project budgets and expenditures is maintained in a spreadsheet by Capital Division Staff. Timing:  Data is available twice a year.   0.82 0.63 1 0.85 0.9 0.75 % Above target is positive RECREATION AND PARK COMMISSION NEIGHBORHOOD and CITYWIDE SERVICES Improve RPD insfrastructure in both buildings and grounds Percentage of capital projects started as scheduled "RPD Commission approval of conceptual design qualifies a project as an official capital project.  Subsequently, project commencement is measured from the approval to award a contract by the Commission." Collection Method: Capital Division tracks the RDP Commission resolution approval date and records it as the official start for the capital project. Timing:  Data is available twice a year.   0.45 0.61 0.13 1 0.8 0.75 % Above target is positive RECREATION AND PARK COMMISSION NEIGHBORHOOD and CITYWIDE SERVICES Improve RPD insfrastructure in both buildings and grounds Percentage of emergency work orders completed Measure indicates the overall percentage of all emergency work orders completed by the Structural Maintenance Yard within a Quarter of being reported. "Collection Method: Work orders are tracked through TMA, Total Managed Assets program.  Work orders are entered into TMA via department-wide, decentralized Web-based access.  Structural Maintenance Yard staff manage the TMA system. Timing:  This data is collected on a monthly basis and is available at the end of the month following the month being reported.  " 0.91 1 0.86 1 1 1 % Above target is positive RECREATION AND PARK COMMISSION NEIGHBORHOOD and CITYWIDE SERVICES Improve RPD insfrastructure in both buildings and grounds Percentage of health and safety work orders completed Measure indicates the overall percentage of all health and safety work orders completed by the Structural Maintenance Yard within a Quarter of being reported. "Collection Method: Work orders are tracked through TMA, Total Managed Assets program.  Work orders are entered into TMA via department-wide, decentralized Web-based access.  Structural Maintenance Yard staff manage the TMA system. Timing:  This data is collected on a monthly basis and is available at the end of the month following the month being reported. " 0.76 0.81 0.77 0.85 0.85 0.85 % Above target is positive RECREATION AND PARK COMMISSION NEIGHBORHOOD and CITYWIDE SERVICES Improve RPD insfrastructure in both buildings and grounds Percentage of routine maintenance work orders completed Measure indicates the overall percentage of all routine maintenance work orders completed by the Structural Maintenance Yard within a Quarter of being reported. "Collection Method: Work orders are tracked through TMA, Total Managed Assets program.  Work orders are entered into TMA via department-wide, decentralized Web-based access.  Structural Maintenance Yard staff manage the TMA system. Timing:  This data is collected on a monthly basis and is available at the end of the month following the month being reported. " 0.73 0.63 0.55 0.85 0.85 0.75 % Above target is positive RECREATION AND PARK COMMISSION NEIGHBORHOOD and CITYWIDE SERVICES Improve RPD insfrastructure in both buildings and grounds Percentage of work orders completed "Measure indicates the overall percentage of all types of work orders completed by the Structural Maintenance Yard within a Quarter of being reported.  (Routine maintenance, emergency, and health & safety.)" "Collection Method: Work orders are tracked through TMA, Total Managed Assets program.  Work orders are entered into TMA via department-wide, decentralized Web-based access.  Structural Maintenance Yard staff manage the TMA system. Timing:  This data is collected on a monthly basis and is available at the end of the month following the month being reported. " 0.73 0.64 0.56 0.85 0.85 0.85 % Above target is positive RECREATION AND PARK COMMISSION NEIGHBORHOOD and CITYWIDE SERVICES "Improve the quality of park maintenance and create safe, welcoming parks and facilities" Citywide percentage of lawn standards met in parks  The citywide compliance rate for this specific feature of the parks standards  (lawn). "Collection Method: RPD staff conducts quarterly park evaluations.  Hard copies turned in to clerical staff for data entry into Park Evaluations database.  Hard copies kept on file by clerical staff. Data Location:  Park Evaluations Database.  Lawn is a specific feature of the Parks Standards and the compliance rate for this feature is broken out in the current database reports  (BY PARK FEATURE BY DISTRICT report). Timing:  This data is available quarterly, no more than 30 days after the previous quarter end." 0.83 0.83 0.84 0.9 0.9 0.9 % Above target is positive RECREATION AND PARK COMMISSION NEIGHBORHOOD and CITYWIDE SERVICES "Improve the quality of park maintenance and create safe, welcoming parks and facilities" Citywide percentage of park features meeting cleanliness ratings The citywide compliance rate for park features inspected for cleanliness as part of the parks standards inspections.  THIS IS A NEW MEASURE that supports the Clean and Green Policy Area. "Collection Method: RPD staff conducts quarterly park evaluations.  Hard copies turned in to clerical staff for data entry into Park Evaluations database.  Hard copies kept on file by clerical staff. Data Location:  Park Evaluations Database.  Cleanliness is a specific quality rated for most park features as part of the Parks Standards and the compliance rate for this quality is presented in an application report. Timing:  This data is available quarterly, no more than 30 days after the previous quarter end." 0.84 0.86 0.89 0.8 0.9 0.9 % Above target is positive RECREATION AND PARK COMMISSION NEIGHBORHOOD and CITYWIDE SERVICES "Improve the quality of park maintenance and create safe, welcoming parks and facilities" Citywide percentage of park maintenance standards met for all parks inspected "NEW for FY07:  This is the average rating for all parks inspected in terms of percentage of standards met (i.e. the percentage for all standards being met, all types of parks, is averaged into a citywide percentage rating)." "Collection Method: RPD staff conduct quarterly park evaluations.  Hard copies turned in to clerical staff for data entry into Park Evaluations database.  Hard copies kept on file by clerical staff. Timing:  This data is available quarterly, no more than 30 days after the previous quarter end." 0.86 0.88 0.89 0.9 0.9 0.9 % Above target is positive RECREATION AND PARK COMMISSION NEIGHBORHOOD and CITYWIDE SERVICES "Improve the quality of park maintenance and create safe, welcoming parks and facilities" Citywide percentage of park maintenance standards met in neighborhood parks "The average rating for neighborhood parks category only (i.e. an average of the neighborhood parks' percentages for meeting parks standards).  The ratings for Neighborhood Parks have been chosen to be included as a performance measure as they represent the majority of RPD property types, include almost all park features rated, and are geographically dispersed throughout the City." "Collection Method: RPD staff conducts quarterly park evaluations.  Hard copies turned in to clerical staff for data entry into Park Evaluations database.  Hard copies kept on file by clerical staff. Data Location:  Park Evaluations Database.  ""Neighborhood Parks"" is an established category of City parks and broken out in the current database reports (BY PARK TYPE BY DISTRICT REPORT). Timing:  This data is available quarterly, no more than 30 days after the previous quarter end." 0.85 0.88 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 % Above target is positive RECREATION AND PARK COMMISSION NEIGHBORHOOD and CITYWIDE SERVICES "Improve the quality of park maintenance and create safe, welcoming parks and facilities" Citywide percentage of restroom standards met in parks The citywide compliance rate for this specific feature of the parks standards  (restrooms). "Collection Method: RPD staff conducts quarterly park evaluations.  Hard copies turned in to clerical staff for data entry into Park Evaluations database.  Hard copies kept on file by clerical staff. Data Location:  Park Evaluations Database.  Restrooms is a specific feature of the Parks Standards and the compliance rate for this feature is broken out in the current database reports. Timing:  This data is available quarterly, no more than 30 days after the previous quarter end." 0.88 0.91 0.92 0.9 0.9 0.9 % Above target is positive RECREATION AND PARK COMMISSION NEIGHBORHOOD and CITYWIDE SERVICES "Improve the quality of park maintenance and create safe, welcoming parks and facilities" Citywide percentage of turf athletic field standards met in parks The citywide compliance rate for this specific feature of the parks standards  (turf athletic fields). "Collection Method: RPD staff conducts quarterly park evaluations.  Hard copies turned in to clerical staff for data entry into Park Evaluations database.  Hard copies kept on file by clerical staff. Data Location:  Park Evaluations Database.  Turf athletic fields is a specific feature of the Parks Standards and the compliance rate for this feature is broken out in the current database reports (BY PARK FEATURE BY DISTRICT report). Timing:  This data is available quarterly, no more than 30 days after the previous quarter end." 0.85 0.86 0.91 0.9 0.9 0.9 % Above target is positive RECREATION AND PARK COMMISSION NEIGHBORHOOD and CITYWIDE SERVICES "Improve the quality of park maintenance and create safe, welcoming parks and facilities" Number of neighborhood service areas with a rating of 80% for standards compliance This is the number of the neighborhood service areas that have an average rating of 80% or better for standards compliance for parks in that service area "Collection Method: New neighborhood service areas being developed (N=9) in Spring of 2006 and expected to be implemented starting July 1, 2006.  Data source is the Park Evaluations Application.  Question/Issue:   Current reports by district in database will need to be revised? And TMA system changed to new service areas?  RPD:  Yes to both - the Parks Evaluations Application will be the data source (BY PARK TYPE BY DISTRICT REPORT). Timing:  This data is available quarterly, no more than 30 days after the previous quarter end." 8 9 9 9 9 9 Above target is positive RECREATION AND PARK COMMISSION NEIGHBORHOOD and CITYWIDE SERVICES "Improve the quality of park maintenance and create safe, welcoming parks and facilities" Number of park volunteer hours The measure indicates the amount of physical work hours donated to the parks by volunteers. "Collection Method: Kristin Bowman, Director of Volunteer Services, collects hours donated by volunteers and maintains the records in a spreadsheet. Timing:  This data is collected on a monthly basis and is available at the end of the month following the month being reported." 60181 58279.45 64340 50000 60000 60000 Above target is positive RECREATION AND PARK COMMISSION NEIGHBORHOOD and CITYWIDE SERVICES "Improve the quality of park maintenance and create safe, welcoming parks and facilities" Number of repeat graffiti work orders This measure tracks the number of repeat graffiti work orders by RPD property.  It indicates those RPD properties most often hit by graffiti.  The number reported is for that property most often hit by graffiti. Collection Method: Graffiti work orders are tracked through RPD's TMA application (Total Managed Assets).  Data is entered in the Paint Shop of the Structural Maintenance Yard. Timing:  This data  is collected on a monthly basis and is available at the end of the month following the month being reported.   454 1246 741 Above target is positive RECREATION AND PARK COMMISSION NEIGHBORHOOD and CITYWIDE SERVICES "Improve the quality of park maintenance and create safe, welcoming parks and facilities" Number of street-scape trees planted "This measure tracks trees planted within the street-scape zone of a park.  A street-scape zone is the 100' area parallel to a right-of-way within or adjacent to a park.  It is a subset of the ""trees planted"" measure (EAE-01-19)  This measure was developed in support of the Mayor's goal to plant more street trees." Collection Method: Urban forestry staff manually documents all trees planted.  Totals are maintained in a spreadsheet by administrative staff at McLaren Lodge. Timing:  This data is collected on a monthly basis and is available at the end of the month following the month being reported.   122 154 118 Above target is positive RECREATION AND PARK COMMISSION NEIGHBORHOOD and CITYWIDE SERVICES "Improve the quality of park maintenance and create safe, welcoming parks and facilities" Number of trees planted Measure tracks number of trees planted by RPD Urban Forestry Division. Collection Method: Urban forestry staff manually documents all trees planted.  Totals are maintained in a spreadsheet by administrative staff at McLaren Lodge. Timing:  This data is collected on a monthly basis and is available at the end of the month following the month being reported. 2023 2220 1141 2100 2100 2100 Above target is positive RECREATION AND PARK COMMISSION NEIGHBORHOOD and CITYWIDE SERVICES "Improve the quality of park maintenance and create safe, welcoming parks and facilities" Percentage of Emergency urban forestry work orders completed within 24 hours. "This measure tracks urban forestry work order completion rate  in response to emergency calls to the urban forestry staff.  The 24 hours includes weekends, as tree emergencies can occur at anytime.  An urban forestry emergency work order, such as a tree failure, is considered completed when an area is made safe." Collection Method: Urban forestry emergency work orders are tracked through RPD's TMA application (Total Managed Assets).  Data is entered into TMA in the Urban Forestry Offices. Timing:  This data  is collected on a monthly basis and is available at the end of the month following the month being reported.   1 1 1 1 1 1 % Above target is positive RECREATION AND PARK COMMISSION NEIGHBORHOOD and CITYWIDE SERVICES "Improve the quality of park maintenance and create safe, welcoming parks and facilities" Percentage of FTE labor hours devoted to graffiti abatement This measure indicates the percentage of FTE labor hours in the Paint Shop of the Structural Maintenance Yard devoted to graffiti abatement versus the total FTE labor hours available in the Paint Shop.  This measure will allow the Department to compare the allocation of resources within the Paint Shop to graffiti abatement versus other activities. Collection Method: Graffiti work orders are tracked through RPD's TMA application (Total Managed Assets).  Data is entered in the Paint Shop of the Structural Maintenance Yard.  The labor hours in graffiti work orders will be compared to total non-leave payroll labor hours. Timing:  This data  is collected on a monthly basis and is available at the end of the month following the month being reported.  0.12 0.17 0.2 % On target is positive RECREATION AND PARK COMMISSION NEIGHBORHOOD and CITYWIDE SERVICES "Improve the quality of park maintenance and create safe, welcoming parks and facilities" Percentage of graffiti work orders completed within 48 hours "This measures the percentage of reported graffiti abated within 2 business days, as per the Mayor's executive order." Collection Method: Graffiti work orders are tracked through RPD's TMA application (Total Managed Assets).  Data is entered in the Paint Shop of the Structural Maintenance Yard. Timing:  This data  is collected on a monthly basis and is available at the end of the month following the month being reported.   0.79 0.81 0.835 1 1 1 % Above target is positive RECREATION AND PARK COMMISSION NEIGHBORHOOD and CITYWIDE SERVICES "Improve the quality of park maintenance and create safe, welcoming parks and facilities" Percentage of San Franciscans who rate the cleanliness of park buildings and structures as good or very good "THIS IS A NEW MEASURE to be negotiated with the Controller's Office to be added to the Citizen Survey.  Percentage of San Francisco residents who reported ""good"" or ""very good"" to question: ""In general, how do you rate the cleanliness of the City's park buildings and structures?"" as part of Controller's (mail and telephone) City Survey." "Collection Method: Annual City Survey conducted by the Controller's Office.  Mail and telephone surveys are conducted between January-February of each year and results are reported in early spring. 5,500 mail surveys are sent out and roughly 400 telephone interviews are conducted each year. Documentation is located within the Controller's Office. Timing:  To be determined by Controller's Office." % Above target is positive RECREATION AND PARK COMMISSION NEIGHBORHOOD and CITYWIDE SERVICES "Improve the quality of park maintenance and create safe, welcoming parks and facilities" Percentage of San Franciscans who rate the cleanliness of the City's park grounds (landscaping) as good or very good "THIS IS A NEW MEASURE to be negotiated with the Controller's Office to be added to the Citizen Survey.  This new measure would monitor the public's perception of park cleanliness and has been proposed to support the Clean and Green Policy Area.  Percentage of San Francisco residents who reported ""good"" or ""very good"" to question: ""In general, how do you rate the cleanliness of the City's parks in grounds (landscaping, plantings)?"" as part of Controller's (mail and telephone) City Survey." "Collection Method: Annual City Survey conducted by the Controller's Office.  Mail and telephone surveys are conducted between January-February of each year and results are reported in early spring. 5,500 mail surveys are sent out and roughly 400 telephone interviews are conducted each year. Documentation is located within the Controller's Office. Timing:  To be determined by Controller's Office." % Above target is positive RECREATION AND PARK COMMISSION NEIGHBORHOOD and CITYWIDE SERVICES "Improve the quality of park maintenance and create safe, welcoming parks and facilities" Percentage of San Franciscans who rate the cleanliness of the City's park restrooms as good or very good "THIS IS A NEW MEASURE to be negotiated with the Controller's Office to be added to the Citizen Survey.  This new measure would monitor the public's perception of park restroom cleanliness and has been proposed to support the Clean and Green Policy Area.  Percentage of San Francisco residents who reported ""good"" or ""very good"" to question: ""In general, how do you rate the cleanliness of the City's park restrooms?"" as part of Controller's (mail and telephone) City Survey." "Collection Method: Annual City Survey conducted by the Controller's Office.  Mail and telephone surveys are conducted between January-February of each year and results are reported in early spring. 5,500 mail surveys are sent out and roughly 400 telephone interviews are conducted each year. Documentation is located within the Controller's Office. Timing:  To be determined by Controller's Office." Above target is positive RECREATION AND PARK COMMISSION NEIGHBORHOOD and CITYWIDE SERVICES "Improve the quality of park maintenance and create safe, welcoming parks and facilities" Percentage of San Franciscans who rate the quality of park buildings or structures as good or very good "Percentage of San Francisco residents that responded ""good "" or ""very good"" to question ""In general, how do you rate the quality of the City's parks in condition of facilities (cleanliness, maintenance}?"" as part of annual (mail and telephone) City survey." "Collection Method: Annual citizen survey conducted by the Controller's Office.  Mail and telephone surveys are conducted between January-February of each year and results are reported in early spring. 5,500 mail surveys are sent out and roughly 400 telephone interviews are conducted each year. Documentation is located within the Controller's Office. Timing:  To be determined by Controller's Office." 0.35 0.46 0.75 0.75 % Above target is positive RECREATION AND PARK COMMISSION NEIGHBORHOOD and CITYWIDE SERVICES "Improve the quality of park maintenance and create safe, welcoming parks and facilities" Percentage of San Franciscans who rate the quality of the City's park grounds (landscaping) as good or very good "Percentage of San Francisco residents who reported ""good"" or ""very good"" to question: ""In general, how do you rate the quality of the City's parks in grounds (landscaping, plantings)?"" as part of annual (mail and telephone) City Survey." "Collection Method: Annual City Survey conducted by the Controller's Office.  Mail and telephone surveys are conducted between January-February of each year and results are reported in early spring. 5,500 mail surveys are sent out and roughly 400 telephone interviews are conducted each year. Documentation is located within the Controller's Office. Timing:  To be determined by Controller's Office." 0.57 0.66 0.75 0.75 % Above target is positive RECREATION AND PARK COMMISSION NEIGHBORHOOD and CITYWIDE SERVICES "Improve the quality of park maintenance and create safe, welcoming parks and facilities" Percentage of scheduled restroom cleanings completed The measure determines to what extent scheduled restroom cleanings take place.  This measure supports the Clean and Green Policy Area. "Collection Method: Each quarter, RPD supervisory staff will conduct an inspection of a representative sample of restrooms within 1 hour of the time that their scheduled cleaning should have occurred.  The representative sample will rotate each quarter.  Hard copy will be noted YES or NO for each specific restroom inspected.  This data will be entered into a spreadsheet. Timing:  This data will be available quarterly, no more than 30 days after the previous quarter end." 0.8 0.93 1 1 1 1 % Above target is positive RECREATION AND PARK COMMISSION NEIGHBORHOOD and CITYWIDE SERVICES "Increase access to, and improve quality of, Recreational Programming" Number of adults 55+ registered in recreation courses (new registration system metric)  "Measure indicates number of program participants age 55 and older.  This calculation helps to understand the market share of the programs offered to the age group. When compared with the market share of other like programs offered by other agencies, we will be able to understand what our baseline standard is and if it can be penetrated further. We will also be able to determine gaps in program offerings based on the program mix.  " "Collection Method: CLASS recreation management software records all individuals  (termed clients within the CLASS system) registered for any kind of program RPD offers. Timing:  CLASS implementation will launch in January 2007, with preliminary data available in May 2007.  Data will then be available quarterly, based on RPD's implementation of a new annual program calendar with 4 sessions (Spring, Summer, Fall, Winter).   Baseline data will be captured in FY 08 and 09 and the Department will begin to set targets in FY 10." 444 3379 Above target is positive RECREATION AND PARK COMMISSION NEIGHBORHOOD and CITYWIDE SERVICES "Increase access to, and improve quality of, Recreational Programming" Number of adults registered in recreation courses (new registration system metric) "Measure indicates number of program participants by age category.  Adult is 18 and older.  This calculation helps to understand the market share of the programs offered to the age group. When compared with the market share of other like programs offered by other agencies, we will be able to understand what our baseline standard is and if it can be penetrated further. We will also be able to determine gaps in program offerings based on the program mix.  " "Collection Method: CLASS recreation management software records all individuals  (termed clients within the CLASS system) registered for any kind of program RPD offers. Timing:  CLASS implementation launched in January 2007, with preliminary data available in May 2007.  Data is now available quarterly, based on RPD's new annual program calendar with 4 sessions (Spring, Summer, Fall, Winter).   Baseline data will be captured in FY 08 and 09 and the Department will begin to set targets in FY 10." 551 6865 Above target is positive RECREATION AND PARK COMMISSION NEIGHBORHOOD and CITYWIDE SERVICES "Increase access to, and improve quality of, Recreational Programming" Number of children aged 6-12 registered in recreation courses (new registration system metric) "Measure indicates number of program participants by age category.  Child is 6-12 years of age.  This calculation helps to understand the market share of the programs offered to the age group. When compared with the market share of other like programs offered by other agencies, we will be able to understand what our baseline standard is and if it can be penetrated further. We will also be able to determine gaps in program offerings based on the program mix.  " "Collection Method: CLASS recreation management software records all individuals  (termed clients within the CLASS system) registered for any kind of program RPD offers. Timing:  CLASS implementation will launch in January 2007, with preliminary data available in May 2007.  Data will then be available quarterly, based on RPD's implementation of a new annual program calendar with 4 sessions (Spring, Summer, Fall, Winter). The Department will use FY09 as baseline data. " Above target is positive RECREATION AND PARK COMMISSION NEIGHBORHOOD and CITYWIDE SERVICES "Increase access to, and improve quality of, Recreational Programming" Number of individuals registered in aquatics courses "Measure indicates number of individuals of all ages registered in aquatics courses.  The CLASS system will track use of the Rec and Park system. Use will be associated with participation in programs, success of program delivery and use of facilities." "Collection Method: CLASS recreation management software records all individuals  (termed clients within the CLASS system) registered for any kind of program RPD offers. Timing:  CLASS implementation launched in January 2007, with preliminary data available in May 2007.  Data is now available quarterly, based on RPD's new annual program calendar with 4 sessions (Spring, Summer, Fall, Winter).   Baseline data will be captured in FY 08 and 09 and the Department will begin to set targets in FY 10." 512 4234 Above target is positive RECREATION AND PARK COMMISSION NEIGHBORHOOD and CITYWIDE SERVICES "Increase access to, and improve quality of, Recreational Programming" Number of individuals registered in recreation courses (new registration system metric) Measure indicates number of program participants for all age categories.  It includes all recreation programs except aquatics programs.This number will establish a baseline standard that needs to be tracked in order to understand participation trends in programs overall. We will also be able to calculate the proportion of program participants by each age category.   "Collection Method: CLASS recreation management software records all individuals  (termed clients within the CLASS system) registered for any kind of program RPD offers. Timing:  CLASS implementation launched in January 2007, with preliminary data available in May 2007.  Data is now available quarterly, based on RPD's new annual program calendar with 4 sessions (Spring, Summer, Fall, Winter).   Baseline data will be captured in FY 08 and 09 and the Department will begin to set targets in FY 10." 10400 36396 Above target is positive RECREATION AND PARK COMMISSION NEIGHBORHOOD and CITYWIDE SERVICES "Increase access to, and improve quality of, Recreational Programming" Number of pre-school age children registered in recreation courses (new registration system metric) "Measure indicates number of program participants by age category.  Pre-school age  is 0-5 years of age.  This calculation helps to understand the market share of the programs offered to the age group. When compared with the market share of other like programs offered by other agencies, we will be able to understand what our baseline standard is and if it can be penetrated further. We will also be able to determine gaps in program offerings based on the program mix." "Collection Method: CLASS recreation management software records all individuals  (termed clients within the CLASS system) registered for any kind of program RPD offers. Timing:  CLASS implementation launched in January 2007, with preliminary data available in May 2007.  Data is now available quarterly, based on RPD's new annual program calendar with 4 sessions (Spring, Summer, Fall, Winter).   Baseline data will be captured in FY 08 and 09 and the Department will begin to set targets in FY 10." 792 4566 Above target is positive RECREATION AND PARK COMMISSION NEIGHBORHOOD and CITYWIDE SERVICES "Increase access to, and improve quality of, Recreational Programming" Number of recreation volunteer hours This measure represents the total number of service hours donated to recreation programming. "Collection Method: Kristin Bowman, Director of Volunteer Services, collects donated hours and enters in excel spreadsheet.  Volunteers are instructed to register hours of volunteer service in a volunteer service log.  Log sheets from each unit are returned to the Volunteer Office on a monthly basis. Timing:  This data is collected on a monthly basis and is available at the end of the month following the month being reported." 28148 51450 39815 24000 30000 30000 Above target is positive RECREATION AND PARK COMMISSION NEIGHBORHOOD and CITYWIDE SERVICES "Increase access to, and improve quality of, Recreational Programming" Number of teens registered in recreation courses (new registration system metric) "Measure indicates number of program participants by age category.  Teen is 13-17 years of age.  This calculation helps to understand the market share of the programs offered to the age group. When compared with the market share of other like programs offered by other agencies, we will be able to understand what our baseline standard is and if it can be penetrated further. We will also be able to determine gaps in program offerings based on the program mix.  " "Collection Method: CLASS recreation management software records all individuals  (termed clients within the CLASS system) registered for any kind of program RPD offers. Timing:  CLASS implementation will launch in January 2007, with preliminary data available in May 2007.  Data will then be available quarterly, based on RPD's implementation of a new annual program calendar with 4 sessions (Spring, Summer, Fall, Winter). The Department will use FY09 as baseline data. " Above target is positive RECREATION AND PARK COMMISSION NEIGHBORHOOD and CITYWIDE SERVICES "Increase access to, and improve quality of, Recreational Programming" Number of youths aged 6-17 registered in recreation courses "Measure indicates number of program participants by age category. Youth is 6-17 years of age. This calculation helps to understand the market share of the programs offered to the age group. When compared with the market share of other like programs offered by other agencies, we will be able to understand what our baseline standard is and if it can be penetrated further. We will also be able to determine gaps in program offerings based on the program mix. " "Collection Method: CLASS recreation management software records all individuals  (termed clients within the CLASS system) registered for any kind of program RPD offers. Timing:  CLASS implementation launched in January 2007, with preliminary data available in May 2007.  Data is now available quarterly, based on RPD's new annual program calendar with 4 sessions (Spring, Summer, Fall, Winter).   Baseline data will be captured in FY 08 and 09 and the Department will begin to set targets in FY 10." 19468 Above target is positive RECREATION AND PARK COMMISSION NEIGHBORHOOD and CITYWIDE SERVICES "Increase access to, and improve quality of, Recreational Programming" Percentage of households receiving 50% activity fee scholarships "Measure indicates portion of eligible households (termed family accounts in CLASS registration system) accessing programs at a 50% discounted cost, and based on financial need.  Department has established a scholarship program using the CLASS system, and families apply to qualify for the scholarships.  Individuals in eligible families will be allocated up to $250 on an annual basis to apply to department program fees." "Collection Method: CLASS recreation management software will track scholarship use by household (termed family account in CLASS). Timing:  Scholarship program launched in September 2007, with data first available in September 2008.  Data available on an annual basis. " 0.01 0.031 0.01 0.01 0.01 % Above target is positive RECREATION AND PARK COMMISSION NEIGHBORHOOD and CITYWIDE SERVICES "Increase access to, and improve quality of, Recreational Programming" Percentage of recreation courses with 70% enrollment (new registration system metric) 70% is the trial registration threshold RPD is testing in order to determine if a course will take place or not.  RPD is in the process of implementing CLASS recreation management software.  The CLASS system tracks the use of the Rec and Park programs. Use is associated with participation in programs and success of program delivery. "Collection Method: CLASS recreation management software records all individuals  (termed clients within the CLASS system) registered for any kind of program RPD offers. Timing:  CLASS implementation launched in January 2007, with preliminary data available in May 2007.  Data is now available quarterly, based on RPD's new annual program calendar with 4 sessions (Spring, Summer, Fall, Winter).   Baseline data will be captured in FY 08 and 09 and the Department will begin to set targets in FY 10." 0.2836 0.73 % Above target is positive RECREATION AND PARK COMMISSION NEIGHBORHOOD and CITYWIDE SERVICES "Increase access to, and improve quality of, Recreational Programming" Percentage of users who rate RPD's customer service as good or very good "Percentage of San Francisco residents that responded ""good "" or ""very good"" to question ""How do you rate the interaction with recreation and Park staff?"" as part of annual (mail and telephone) survey.  RPD 11/06:  this measure also supports the Department's goal to ""Improve the quality of park maintenance and create safe, welcoming parks and facilities.""" "Collection Method: Annual citizen survey conducted by the Controller's Office.  Mail and telephone surveys are conducted between January-February of each year and results are reported in early spring. 5,500 mail surveys are sent out and roughly 400 telephone interviews are conducted each year. Documentation is located within the Controller's Office. FY 01-02 actual was less than previous year because in 2001, the question was asked by telephone only and asked only to respondents that had interacted with staff.  In 2002, the question was asked by mail and telephone which allowed respondents that may not have had an interaction with staff to respond to the question.  Also, people tend to give higher ratings on the phone, perhaps in order to please the interviewer. Timing:  To be determined by the Controller's Office." 0.69 0.57 0.9 0.9 % Above target is positive RECREATION AND PARK COMMISSION NEIGHBORHOOD and CITYWIDE SERVICES "Increase access to, and improve quality of, Recreational Programming" Percentage of users who rate the quality of the City's adult recreation programs as good or very good "Percentage of San Francisco residents that responded ""good "" or ""very good"" to question: ""How do you rate the quality of programs and activities for adults (age 18 and over)"" as part of annual (mail and telephone) City Survey." "Collection Method: Annual City Survey conducted by the Controller's Office.  Mail and telephone surveys are conducted between January-February of each year and results are reported in early spring. 5,500 mail surveys are sent out and roughly 400 telephone interviews are conducted each year. Documentation is located within the Controller's Office. Timing:  To be determined by Controller's Office." 0.36 0.47 0.75 0.75 % Above target is positive RECREATION AND PARK COMMISSION NEIGHBORHOOD and CITYWIDE SERVICES "Increase access to, and improve quality of, Recreational Programming" Percentage of users who rate the quality of the City's children and youth recreation programs as good or very good "Percentage of San Francisco residents that responded ""good "" or ""very good"" to question ""How do you rate the quality of programs and activities for children and youth (under 18)"" as part of annual (mail and telephone) citizen survey." "Collection Method: Annual citizen survey conducted by the Controller's Office.  Mail and telephone surveys are conducted between January-February of each year and results are reported in early spring. 5,500 mail surveys are sent out and roughly 400 telephone interviews are conducted each year. Documentation is located within the Controller's Office. Timing:  To be determined by Controller's Office." 0.39 0.56 0.75 0.75 % Above target is positive RECREATION AND PARK COMMISSION NEIGHBORHOOD and CITYWIDE SERVICES "Increase access to, and improve quality of, Recreational Programming" Retention rate for registered households "This measure determines the proportion of participants who registered for a program in the previous session.  Retention rates help determine levels of satisfaction among users. The higher the rate, the more participants are apt to be pleased with program." "Collection Method: CLASS recreation management software records all households (termed family accounts within the CLASS system) registered for any kind of program RPD offers.  Staff then reviews family accounts and calculates repeat users from the previous session in a spreadsheet. Timing:  CLASS implementation launched in January 2007, with preliminary data available in May 2007.  Data is now available quarterly, based on RPD's implementation of a new annual program calendar with 4 sessions (Spring, Summer, Fall, Winter)." % Above target is positive RECREATION AND PARK COMMISSION NEIGHBORHOOD and CITYWIDE SERVICES "Increase access to, and improve quality of, Recreational Programming" Satisfaction rate among recreation activity users "This measure indicates recreation user satisfaction.  It is the response to the survey question:  ""Would you recommend this program to someone else?""." "Collection Method: Data is collected through a post-program user survey conducted immediately upon completion of a recreation course.  Data is entered into a database at McLaren Lodge. Timing:  Data will first be available in May 2007 and will be available quarterly, based on RPD's implementation of a new annual program calendar with 4 sessions (Spring, Summer, Fall, Winter)." 0.97 0.98 0.98 0.9 0.9 0.9 % Above target is positive RECREATION AND PARK COMMISSION NEIGHBORHOOD and CITYWIDE SERVICES "Increase access to, and improve quality of, Recreational Programming" "Total number of park facility bookings (picnic tables, recreational centers, fields, etc)" Measure indicates number of park facilities being booked.   "Collection Method:  CLASS recreation management software currently only has the capacity to measure field permitting.  Information about picnic table rentals, indoor recreation center bookings, and other types of facility rentals will be available in CLASS beginning in 2010. " 21628 Above target is positive RENT ARBITRATION BOARD DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom performance appraisals were scheduled "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal is to be conducted.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months. Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." "At a mid-fiscal year senior staff meeting, usually held in December, the program managers are surveyed regarding scheduling of performance appraisals which are to occur before the end of the fiscal year." 29 28 28 29 28 28 Above target is positive RENT ARBITRATION BOARD DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom scheduled performance appraisals were completed "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of applicable employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal was conducted and completed during the fiscal year.  ""Completed"" means an appraisal form has been filled out and is in the employee's personnel file.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months.   Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." "At a fiscal year-end senior staff meeting, usually held in June, the program managers are surveyed regarding completion of performance appraisals during the fiscal year." 29 28 28 29 28 28 Above target is positive RENT ARBITRATION BOARD DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER Preserve affordable rental housing stock Number of rent-controlled housing units "Total amount of Rent Board fees actually collected in each fiscal year, divided by the amount of the per unit Rent Board fee for that fiscal year. The result is the number of rental units subject to the Rent Ordinance in that fiscal year. Results are compared with the prior fiscal year to determine the percentage change in the number of rent-controlled housing units over time." Collection Method: Obtain from the Tax Collector the total amount of Rent Board fees actually collected in each fiscal year. Divide that figure by the amount of the per unit Rent Board fee for that fiscal year. The result is the number of rental units subject to the Rent Ordinance in that fiscal year. Compare the result with the prior fiscal year to determine the percentage change in the number of rent-controlled housing units over time. Timing:  The data is available annually from the Tax Collector after the end of the Fiscal Year. Target: Note that no target can be set for this measure because this is a non-program performance measure. 179170 175337 172886 Above target is positive RENT ARBITRATION BOARD RENT BOARD Provide a timely resolution for all allegations of wrongful eviction filings Average number of days needed to process allegations of wrongful evictions This measure tracks the number of days from filing to first staff action on allegations of wrongful eviction filings to improve client confidence in our responsiveness. We run a database report that shows the date of filing of all Reports of Alleged Wrongful Eviction for a six-month period (July through December for the mid-year reporting period and January through June for the year-end reporting period). The database report also includes the date of the first staff action taken after receipt of the Reports of Alleged Wrongful Eviction. A manual calculation is then performed to determine the number of work days between the two dates. The number of work days is totaled and then divided by the number of Reports of Alleged Wrongful Eviction filed during the six month reporting period. The resulting figure is the average number of days  to process allegations of wrongful eviction.  1.6 1.25 1.1 2 2 2 Below target is positive RENT ARBITRATION BOARD RENT BOARD Provide a timely resolution of all petitions Average number of days for Administrative Law Judges to submit decisions for review "Days from close of record to when decision is submitted for review so that cases are adjudicated more quickly, clients get closure sooner and the department gets closer to meeting legal mandate of 30 days." "The ALJs ?close the record? when the hearing is finished and no other papers or files need to be submitted. Then the ALJ enters a date for that event in our database. When the decision is submitted to the Sr. ALJ for review, there is a field for entering that information as well, which is entered by the legal secretary. The number of days between the two events is calculated for each decision submitted. In order to determine the average number of days for the ALJs to submit decisions for review, the total number of days for all decisions submitted during the six-month reporting period (July through December for mid-year reporting period and January through June for year-end reporting period) is summed, then divided by the total number of decisions submitted. This results in the average number of days for administrative law judges to submit decisions for review." 24 24 19 28 25 25 Below target is positive RENT ARBITRATION BOARD RENT BOARD Provide an improved web site that is easy to use and informative Percentage of users satisfied with website This will measure user satisfaction with the Rent Board?s website format. "We use an online client survey tool which is available to the public by clicking a prominent link on the main (home) page of the department's web site. The survey asks, among other things, ""How would you rate the website overall?? The responses are downloaded from the site and manually tabulated to determine the percentage of respondents who said it was excellent, good, below average or poor. Responses of ""excellent"" or ""good"" are added together to determine the percentage of users satisfied with the website." 0.75 0.87 0.74 0.8 0.8 0.8 % Above target is positive RENT ARBITRATION BOARD RENT BOARD Provide translations of documents and make available through multiple sources Number of discrete documents in languages other than English "Provide multiple language translations of signage, documents, informational pamphlets (Fact Sheets), petition/appeal forms and phone scripts and make them available at our office, through our 24-hour Fax Back system, through our 24-hour Info-to-Go automated phone system, as attachments to mailed documents, and on our website." "The Information Management team consists of the Deputy Director and the Sr. ALJ. They are responsible for obtaining translations of documents and phone scripts and for making them available in our office and publishing them on our website, 24-hour Fax Back system, and 24-hour Info-to-Go phone system. A list of all translated items is maintained and updated regularly by the Sr. ALJ. The list is used to determine the number of discrete documents in languages other than English." 191 222 243 218 222 230 Above target is positive RENT ARBITRATION BOARD RENT BOARD Provide translations of documents and make available through multiple sources Number of locations where translated documents are available "Provide multiple language translations of signage, documents, informational pamphlets (Fact Sheets), petition/appeal forms and phone scripts and make them available at our office, through our 24-hour Fax Back system, through our 24-hour Info-to-Go automated phone system, as attachments to mailed documents, and on our website." "The Information Management team consists of the Deputy Director and the Sr. ALJ. They are responsible for obtaining translations of documents and phone scripts and for making them available in our office and publishing them on our website, 24-hour Fax Back system and 24-hour Info-to-Go phone system. A list of all translated items is maintained and updated regularly by the Sr. ALJ, including the location(s) where the translated item can be found. The list is used to determine the number of locations where translated documents are available." 361 542 629 656 656 678 Above target is positive RETIREMENT SYSTEM DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom performance appraisals were scheduled "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal is to be conducted.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review shold be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months. Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." "Collection Method: New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal is to be conducted.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months. Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion. Data collection method will be status report from department HR Manager. Timing:  Data is available as of June 30 for the preceding Plan Year." 69 66 78 69 66 74 Above target is positive RETIREMENT SYSTEM DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom scheduled performance appraisals were completed "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of applicable employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal was conducted amd completed during the fiscal year.  ""Completed"" means an appraisal form has been filled out and is in the employee's personnel file.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months.   Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." Collection Method: Data collection method will be status report from department HR Manager. Timing:  Data is available as of June 30 for the preceding Plan Year. 60 52 63 69 66 74 Above target is positive RETIREMENT SYSTEM EMPLOYEE DEFERRED COMP PLAN Provide effective administration of the Deferred Compensation Plan Percentage of eligible City employees who participate in the Deferred Compensation Plan Plan participants as a percentage of total Plan-eligible City employees "Collection Method: Plan participant data collected and provided by Plan Administrator; plan-eligible population data was expanded by the TPA (ING) in 2006 to include the retiree population - with a resulting decrease in participation from 64% in 2004-2005 to the current 54% as of June 30, 2006.  Plan-eligible population data collected and provided through TPA (ING) will be maintained at the office of SFERS Timing:  Data is available as of June 30 for the preceding Plan Year." 0.55 0.54 0.52 0.6 0.55 0.55 % Above target is positive RETIREMENT SYSTEM INVESTMENT Maximize investment returns at an acceptable risk level for Plan participants "Return on investment ranking of 50th percentile or better among public pension plans with assets in excess of $1 billion, using 5-year average return (1 equals yes)" "The target return on investment will be 50 percentile ranking or better among the TUCS universe of public pension funds with $1 billion or more in assets (5 Year Average returns).  Wilshire's Trust Universe Comparison Service (TUCS) is a cooperative effort between Wilshire Associates and custodial organizations. Custodians submit asset positions and performance data to be pooled into universes of managed tax-exempt portfolios. TUCS is the most widely accepted benchmark for the performance of institutional assets. It provides comprehensive information on the effects of risk, allocation, and style, creating powerful decision-making tools based on accurate and timely information." "Collection Method: Using TUCS quarterly survey of public pensions with more than $1 billion in fund assets, the report will indicate the percentile ranking of the SFERS trust.  Published TUCS surveys are maintained at the offices of SFERS. Timing:  Data is available on a quarterly basis; Target is measured as of June 30 for the preceding Plan Year." 1 1 1 1 1 1 On target is positive RETIREMENT SYSTEM RETIREMENT SERVICES Provide accurate account and retirement benefit information to members in a timely manner Average number of individualized communications per active Retirement Plan member "The number of communications provided to active Plan members which contain individualized or targeted information related to SFERS account and/or benefits (e.g. annual member statements, retirement counseling sessions, pre-retirement seminars, pretax buyback counseling, targeted newsletters]" Collection Method: Counts of each of the measures will be collected and maintained as part of the on-going performance/productivity reporting to the Retirement Board. Documentation will be maintained at the offices of SFERS Timing:  Data is available as of June 30 for the preceding Plan Year. 2.58 3.2 3.2 3 3.12 3.12 Above target is positive SHERIFF COURT SECURITY AND PROCESS "Provide inmate escort and security to the courts and prevent physical harm to any person or property in, or in the vicinity of, any courthouse in San Francisco" Number of court staff or public who have been harmed while in or in the vicinity of any courthouse in San Francisco Sheriff's Court Services Unit is responsible for escorting inmates to and from court appearances.  The Sheriff's Court Division provides protection and maintains order in the courts when they are in session.  In many court appearances  there is always the danger that one or more persons may attempt to harm others.  Court staff referred to are sheriff's deputies and officers and employees of the court.  This measure refers to all Court facilities secured by the Sheriff's Department.  In the vicinity includes the interior and entrances to the buildings which house the Courts. Collection Method: Incident reports completed by the department's court services unit and forwarded to Sheriff's administration in Room 456 City Hall. Timing:  Reports completed within 24 hours of incident. 0 6 0 0 0 0 Below target is positive SHERIFF CUSTODY Provide for the secure and safe detention of persons arrested or under court order ADP as a percentage of rated capacity of jails The State Corrections Standards Authority rates the capacity of each housing facility based on certain standards.  Housing in excess of rated capacity creates overcrowding. "Collection Method: Percentage denominator is based on the Corrections Standards Authority rated capacity of 2,366 inmates effective August 19, 2006. However, several housing units were closed for FY 2008-09, resulting in a  staffed capacity of 2,184.  Current plans are to keep those housing units closed during 2009-10 as well.  Timing:  Count taken at 5:00 am each day. Rated capacity changes when there is a facililty change." 0.985 1.05 0.85 1 0.97 1 % On target is positive SHERIFF CUSTODY Provide for the secure and safe detention of persons arrested or under court order Average daily population (ADP) "Overcrowding creates security and safety issues for the Department and drives costs in many directions. Approximately 75% of those jailed are pretrial felony prisoners, who either cannot be released or cannot make bail.  Housing such prisoners can require greater security precautions.  An average daily population above the rated capacity can also drive demand for additional facilities." "Collection Method: ADP is compiled by Sheriff's staff from reports issued daily from each jail.  Records are located in City Hall, Room 456. Timing:  Data available 5am daily." 1996 2117 1851 1995 1975 2053 On target is positive SHERIFF CUSTODY Provide for the secure and safe detention of persons arrested or under court order Cost per jail day calculated according to State guidelines for Daily Jail Rate State-allowable costs for basic custodial and medical services.  This does not reflect the total cost of medical services or program services (counseling and education) provided in jails. "Collection Method: Based on allowable costs compiled according to State guidelines for the Daily Jail Rate required to bill for housing State prisoners in local facilities.  Administration Division- City Hall, Room 456 Timing:  Usually filed by March 1 of each year for the following fiscal year." 124.53 128 143 120 147 126 $ Below target is positive SHERIFF CUSTODY Provide for the secure and safe detention of persons arrested or under court order Number of deaths Sheriff contributes to the safety of all San Francisco residents by confining in a humane and secure manner individuals accused or convicted of violations of law. "Collection Method: All deaths are documented in an incident report on file at City Hall, Room 456. Timing:  Reported at time of incident.  Available in real time." 0 6 3 0 0 0 Below target is positive SHERIFF CUSTODY Provide for the secure and safe detention of persons arrested or under court order Number of inmate vs. inmate altercations Sheriff contributes to the safety of all San Francisco residents by confining in a humane and secure manner individuals accused or convicted of violations of law.  One of the Department's main duties is to protect inmates and staff from injury or death that would result from violent altercation. "Collection Method: All inmate/inmate and inmate/staff altercations are documented in an incident report on file at City Hall, Room 456. Timing:  Reports filed with 2-3 days of altercations." 288 226 366 0 0 0 Below target is positive SHERIFF CUSTODY Provide for the secure and safe detention of persons arrested or under court order Number of inmate vs. staff altercations Sheriff contributes to the safety of all San Francisco residents by confining in a humane and secure manner individuals accused or convicted of violations of law.  One of the Department's main duties is to protect inmates and staff from injury or death that would result from violent altercation. "Collection Method: All inmate/inmate and inmate/staff altercations are documented in an incident report on file at City Hall, Room 456. Timing:  Reports filed with 2-3 days of altercations." 121 100 87 0 0 0 Below target is positive SHERIFF CUSTODY Provide for the secure and safe detention of persons arrested or under court order Number of successful escapes Sheriff contributes to the safety of all San Francisco residents by confining in a humane and secure manner individuals accused or convicted of violations of law. "Collection Method: Any successful escape is documented in an incident report on file at City Hall, Room 456. Timing:  Reported at time of incident.  Available in real time." 0 0 1 0 0 0 Below target is positive SHERIFF CUSTODY Provide for the secure and safe detention of persons arrested or under court order Number of suicide attempts prevented Documented suicide attempts by a prisoner which are prevented by jail staff. "Collection Method: Reports to Sheriff's Administration, Room 456, City Hall Timing:  Data is updated whenever an attempt is reported" 40 56 30 21 35 40 Above target is positive SHERIFF DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom performance appraisals were scheduled "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal is to be conducted.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months. Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." "Collection Method: Personnel Unit sends out appraisals based on employee's date of hire - Personnel Unit, City Hall, Room 456. Timing:  Data entered within one week of appraisal completion and available in real time." 533 963 1071 450 900 1018 Above target is positive SHERIFF DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom scheduled performance appraisals were completed "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of applicable employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal was conducted and completed during the fiscal year.  ""Completed"" means an appraisal form has been filled out and is in the employee's personnel file.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months.   Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." "Collection Method: Count of completed appraisals filed in employees personnel file.  Personnel Unit, City Hall, Room 456. Timing:  Data entered within one week of appraisal completion and available in real time." 533 780 811 450 900 1018 Above target is positive SHERIFF SHERIFF ADMINISTRATION Execute criminal and civil warrants and court orders Founded complaints received regarding service of civil process "Service of process is frequently highly emotional; careful and diplomatic work by deputies and professional staff makes for a safer environment.  Complaints are examined and determined ""founded"" by the Sheriff's Department Investigative Unit and/or the Courts." "Collection Method: Data maintained by Sheriff's Civil Division, Room 456 City Hall. Timing:  Records updated monthly." 3 4 3 0 0 2 Below target is positive SHERIFF SHERIFF ADMINISTRATION Execute criminal and civil warrants and court orders Number of attempts to serve/execute civil process All warrants and orders based on court decisions. "Collection Method: Data  maintained by Sheriff's Civil Division, Room 456 City Hall. Timing:  Files updated within 24 hours and available in real-time." 12514 11331 11503 15474 13250 10000 Above target is positive SHERIFF SHERIFF ADMINISTRATION Execute criminal and civil warrants and court orders Number of eviction day crisis interventions "Crisis interventions made by the Eviction Assistance Team that require transporting clients involved in eviction proceedings to various resource agencies.  Evictions are conducted on Wednesdays, excepting the weeks of Thanksgiving and Christmas." "Collection Method: Data maintained by Sheriff's Civil Division, Room 456 City Hall. Timing:  Data compiled weekly." 146 175 134 101 111 180 Above target is positive SHERIFF SHERIFF ADMINISTRATION Execute criminal and civil warrants and court orders Number of evictions executed "The Sheriff's Department receives documents from the courts authorizing the Civil Division to execute an eviction. These documents represent the number of evictions executed by the Sheriff's Department.  Evictions are conducted on Wednesdays, excepting the weeks of Thanksgiving and Christmas." "Collection Method: Data  maintained by Sheriff's Civil Division, Room 456 City Hall. Timing:  Data compiled weekly." 1327 1254 1011 1338 1000 1000 Above target is positive SHERIFF SHERIFF ADMINISTRATION Execute criminal and civil warrants and court orders Number of pre-eviction home visits "The department offers pre-eviction services in collaboration with various resource agencies (i.e., Family Services Agency, HIV Hospice agencies, Eviction Defense Collaborative, mental and social workers, and temporary housing agencies).  These agencies assist the pre-eviction client with housing, vocational and medical services.  Pre-eviction home visits are conducted throughout the week as outreach to potential or prospective evictees." "Collection Method: Data maintained by Sheriff's Civil Division, Room 456 City Hall. Timing:  Data compiled weekly." 510 544 453 415 415 500 Above target is positive SHERIFF SHERIFF ADMINISTRATION Maintain full employment capacity Attrition rate "Vacant positions divided by authorized positions.  Currently reflects deaths, retirements, resignations, and terminations.  It takes a considerable amount of time and resources to recruit, hire and train the department's employees." "Collection Method: Number of vacant positions, Personnel Unit database- Sheriff's administrative offices, City Hall, Room 456 Timing:  Currently reported monthly; available in real time." 0.0979 0.05 0.01 0.07 0.09 0.09 % Below target is positive SHERIFF SHERIFF FIELD SERVICES Safely transport prisoners Number of major transport incidents "Transports completed without incident assure safety of prisoners, deputies and community.  Major transport incidents are those that disrupt the transport or cause a significant delay in execution of the transport, as opposed to a minor incident that can be dealt with routinely." "Collection Method: Percent calculated based on incident reports maintained at CJ 9 - 425 7th Street, San Francisco, CA. Timing:  Reports completed within 24 hours of incident." 0 0 0 0 0 0 Below target is positive SHERIFF SHERIFF FIELD SERVICES Safely transport prisoners Number of prisoners transported "Workload analysis provides assistance to Sheriff in determining staffing and vehicle needs for this function.  This includes daily court transports from San Bruno facilities, Hall of Justice and Youth Guidance Center transports, and San Francisco General Hospital transports." "Collection Method: Counts maintained by Sheriff's Field Services Division, 120 14th St., San Francisco. Includes court transport, out-of-county transport, SFGH transport, and CA Dept. of Corrections transport. Timing:  Available from facilitiy at end of each day." 39188 45550 37657 34000 37000 42000 On target is positive SHERIFF SHERIFF PROGRAMS Provide alternative sentencing options and crime prevention programs. Average daily number of participants in community programs "Provide alternatives to jail for appropriate prisoners.  Participants are either sentenced or paroled to these programs.  If they don't participate, they serve their sentence in jail.  Examples of programs include Sherriff's Work Alternative Program (SWAP), home detentions, drug and anger management counseling programs, and other education programs." "Collection Method: Statistics are maintained by Alternative Programs staff at 70 Oak Grove, San Francisco. Timing:  Data available 5am daily." 232 243 282 230 245 245 Above target is positive SHERIFF SHERIFF PROGRAMS Provide alternative sentencing options and crime prevention programs. Hours of work performed in the community Community service through the Sheriff's Work Alternative Program (SWAP) is a sentencing alternative used by the courts and the Sheriff to reduce jail usage. "Collection Method: Statistics maintained by Alternative Programs staff at the Post Release Education Program (PREP) 70 Oak Grove, San Francisco, CA Timing:  Available daily at end of day from SWAP facility." 76152 99464 75504 60000 68000 90000 Above target is positive SHERIFF SHERIFF PROGRAMS Provide alternative sentencing options and crime prevention programs. Number of clients enrolled in community antiviolence programs "Community antiviolence program participation is on a voluntary basis.  Number of clients in the No Violence Alliance (NoVA) Project indicates success of reentry program.  Clients are required to have a criminal history of violence, and must live in Mission, Western Addition, or Bayview Hunters Point." Collection Method: Database maintained by Pre-Trial Diversion Project. Timing:  Data provided by vendor in real time. 185 418 492 200 175 200 Above target is positive SHERIFF SHERIFF PROGRAMS Provide alternative sentencing options and crime prevention programs. Re-arrest rate for antiviolence program clients Re-arrest rate for any offense and returning to county jail.  Recidivism rate for general population is estimated at 55%; goal for the No Violence Alliance (NoVA) Project is 25% during first six months of enrollment. Collection Method: Database maintained by Pre-Trial Diversion Project and booking records of Sheriff's Department. Timing:  Data available in real time. 0.28 0.31 0.26 0.25 0.25 % Below target is positive SHERIFF SHERIFF PROGRAMS Provide alternative sentencing options and crime prevention programs. Re-arrest rate for participants in alternative programs (compared to 55% for non-participants) "Alternative programs allow prisoners to work, live at home and/or attend drug treatment programs, so that they are engaged productively, with less risk of re-arrest.  Examples of programs include Sherriff's Work Alternative Program (SWAP), home detentions, drug and anger management counseling programs, and other education programs." "Collection Method: Rearrest rate based on review of prisoner records Alternative Programs - 555 7th Street, San Francisco, CA. Participants are generally tracked for one full year from the date of release from custody. The ""base"" is the target group of participants who have completed, at the time of the study, one full year subsequent to release from custody. Records are reviewed and statistics are calculated only at the time a study is conducted, usually once a year. The ""control"" (prisoners who do not participate in programs) rearrest rate is 55% Timing:  Data previously available once per year with manual count.  Will revisit with implementation of Jail Management System (JMS) which is expected in February 2009." 0.36 % Below target is positive SHERIFF SHERIFF PROGRAMS Provide alternative sentencing options and crime prevention programs. Value of work performed by participants Nonviolent inmates are able in certain circumstances to serve part or all of their sentences through the Sheriff's Work Alternative Program.  The cost equivalent in labor provided through this program is a substantial savings to the City. "Collection Method: SWAP Unit Records, 70 Oak Grove. Value is calculated at the City's Minimum Compensation rates (currently $9.36 per hour). Timing:  Available daily at end of day from SWAP facility." 679185 930947 721668 540000 632400 842400 $ Above target is positive SHERIFF SHERIFF PROGRAMS "Provide education, skill development, and counseling programs in jail" Average daily attendance of participants enrolled in charter school Average daily attendance of participants enrolled in charter school that are eligible to graduate. Measure changed to prisoners enrolled in charter schools rather than the number of prisoners taking the GED (which is prior years' data up to 2001-2002). "Collection Method: Average daily attendance of participants enrolled in charter school is based on attendance records kept by program and education staff at 70 Oak Grove, San Francisco. Timing:  Data available 5am daily." 217 212 282 315 250 225 Above target is positive SHERIFF SHERIFF PROGRAMS "Provide education, skill development, and counseling programs in jail" Average daily number of prisoners in substance abuse treatment and violence prevention programs. "To the extent that prisoners can be productive while incarcerated, it can result in a better jail environment, as well as a reduced rearrest rate.  This measure captures the ADP at 2 Pods at CJ5 (the new San Bruno jail), and D & E Pods at CJ 8, which provide substance abuse treatment and prevention programs.  As of Oct. 2007, the 2 Pods are A & B Dorms at CJ5 West.  As of now,  the Pods at CJ8 are B & D." "Collection Method: Documentation of daily jail count for Program Dorms in County Jails kept by Public Information Officer, Sheriff's Administrative Offices, City Hall Room 456. Timing:  Data available 5am daily." 230 286 264 446 360 360 Above target is positive SHERIFF SHERIFF PROGRAMS "Provide education, skill development, and counseling programs in jail" Percentage of students that pass the California High School Exit Exam. Mar 2006:  Definition change.  Percentage of students that pass the California High School Exit Exam.  The eligible population is defined as students who take the California Exit Exam. "Collection Method: Percentage of students that pass the California Exit Exam statistics are maintained by program staff at 70 Oak Grove, San Francisco. Timing:  Annually following completion of exam." 0.33 0.19 0.19 0.7 0.5 0.3 % Above target is positive SHERIFF SHERIFF PROGRAMS "Provide education, skill development, and counseling programs in jail" Re-arrest rate for prisoners in jail programs "Re-arrest for all participants in jail programs.  Prisoners are taught skills while participating in jail programs, which are designed to reduce likelihood of re-arrest.  Compare to 55% re-arrest in general population." "Collection Method: Rearrest rates based on review of prisoner records Jail Program -425 7th Street, CJ#8, San Francisco, CA.  Currently collected manually. Timing:  Data previously available once per year with manual count.  Will revisit with implementation of Jail Management System (JMS) which is expected in February 2009." 0.28 0 % Below target is positive SHERIFF SHF-RECRUITMENT & TRAINING "Hire, train and retain sworn staff" Number of new sworn staff hired New hires in the Deputy classification are needed to ensure filling posts/positions that have been vacated due to attrition/retirement or promotion.  Includes only  sworn hires. "Collection Method: Personnel unit database, Sheriff's administrative office in Suite 456, City Hall Timing:  Currently reported monthly; available in real time." 61 69 72 60 60 60 Above target is positive SHERIFF SHF-RECRUITMENT & TRAINING "Hire, train and retain sworn staff" Percentage of hired sworn staff who successfully complete probation after 18 months New hires in the Deputy classification are needed to ensure filling posts/positions that have been vacated due to attrition/retirement or promotion.  All newly hired deputies must pass an 18-month probation period. Collection Method: Personnel unit database. Timing:  Available in real time. 0.93 0.86 0.96 0.95 0.95 0.95 % Above target is positive STATUS OF WOMEN COMMISSION ON THE STATUS OF WOMEN "Advance the human rights of women and girls in the workforce, services, and budget of city government" Number of City programs and agencies monitored under the Women's Human Rights Ordinance (CEDAW) "NEW FEB 2006. Gender analysis is specified in the CEDAW Ordinance (based on the United Nations' Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Discrimination Against Women Treaty) as a means of implementation. The method involves examining workforce, budget, and services for gender inequities. Since 1998, numerous City Departments have undergone department-wide gender analyses that resulted in recommendations by the CEDAW Commitee of the Commission on the Status of Women. The CEDAW Committee is charged with monitoring these departments and initiating new gender analyses.  The Department is also mandated by City Charter to analyze the gender and ethnic diversity of City policy bodies every 2 years. Additionally, the Department has trained key budget staff about Gender Responsive Budgeting, and seeks to use disaggregated data to analyze departmental and City-wide budget allocation decisions to ensure an equitable distribution of funds. " "Collection Method: COSW minutes will document the monitoring process. Minutes are posted to the Department website. Timing:  The Department will conduct a Gender Analysis of Boards, Commissions, and Task Forces every 2 years, per City Charter.  Monitoring of City departments will occur at COSW meetings.  Programs to be monitored include entire City departments or programs within City departments.  Programs also include meeting bodies, such as commissions, boards or task forces.  Monitoring involves a self-evaluation of the program based on a gender analysis tool provided by the Department.  Programs provide a written and verbal report on the findings to the Department and the Commission.  Monitoring may also involve an external evaluation and analysis conducted by DOSW staff. " 4 4 8 6 3 3 Above target is positive STATUS OF WOMEN COMMISSION ON THE STATUS OF WOMEN "Advance the human rights of women and girls in the workforce, services, and budget of city government" Number of sexual harrassment cases against the City and County of San Francisco. "The number of new complaints filed on the basis of sex against the City and County of San Francisco either through the CA Dept.of Fair Employment and Housing or through an internal process.  This measure shows the status of women in city government, as well as the effectiveness of the sexual harrassment trainings mandated for City managers." Collection Method: Quarterly reports released by the Department of Human Resources. Timing:  Department of Human Resources releases quarterly reports. 35 88 41 35 35 35 Below target is positive STATUS OF WOMEN COMMISSION ON THE STATUS OF WOMEN Conduct outreach to underserved communities on the right to adequate healthcare Number of people reached on policies and programs impacting healthcare for women NEW FEB 2006.  A key CEDAW principle is the right to adequate healthcare. The CEDAW Ordinance is based on the United Nations' Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Discrimination Against Women.  The Department is committed to reaching a diverse array of individuals to inform them of policies and programs impacting healthcare for women. "Collection Method: Staff maintains a count of directories distributed. Staff counts individuals reached during in-person outreach efforts. Timing:  Currently, we only have a count of hand-delivered directories. We are planning a re-release of an updated directory in FY2009, and after its release, we will upload the revised directory to our website and track directory page visits.  Data collection also includes sign-in sheets and head counts of individuals reached during outreach tabling events and meetings with the community or other City departments.    " 2800 555 180 400 500 100 Above target is positive STATUS OF WOMEN COMMISSION ON THE STATUS OF WOMEN Monitor city-wide programs and policies that address violence against women Number of criminal justice personnel trained as part of the Domestic Violence Response Cross-Training Institute "The Domestic Violence Response Cross-Training Institute is a new initiative implemented during FY06-07, currently funded through October 2008.  The Institute will train criminal justice staff from 5 agencies about effective domestic violence response." Collection Method: Sign-in sheets at each Institute session. Timing:  8-10 sessions will occur between March 2007 and September 2007 and 8-10 more sessions will occur in the same timeframe during 2008. Sign-in sheets will be collected by the DOSW after each session. 102 335 0 150 350 250 Above target is positive STATUS OF WOMEN COMMISSION ON THE STATUS OF WOMEN Monitor city-wide programs and policies that address violence against women Number of domestic violence calls made to 911 annually "As a method of tracking the status of women in San Francisco, the Department will track the number of calls made to 911 that dispatchers code for domestic violence.  There are 13 standard codes and a number of miscellaneous codes for domestic violence, including assault, assault with a weapon, harassment, etc. By documenting the number of calls made to 911, we can see longitudinal results of the policy work the Department undertakes.  " Data Collection: The Department of Emergency Management sends monthly status reports of 911 domestic violence calls to the Department.  Timing: Monthly. Above target is positive STATUS OF WOMEN COMMISSION ON THE STATUS OF WOMEN Monitor city-wide programs and policies that address violence against women Number of domestic violence cases reported to the San Francisco Police Department "NEW FEB 2006.  Context / input measure as well as measure of the desired outcome of the efforts of multiple depts and agencies, but will be located in WOM.  In 2002, the Department launched the Justice & Courage Project in an effort to promote a seamless City response to incidence of domestic violence. A number of reforms have been undertaken to address this preventable form of death." "Collection Method: The Police Department is in the process of deploying a new records management system to provide automated crime statistics, including number of domestic violence homicides (currently this is a very time consuming hand count). By 2010, it is expected that our Department will have access to this data from a terminal housed here. The 12-month actual for 2005-2006 comes from SFPD Domestic Violence Response Unit. Timing:  The Police Department collects this information on a monthly basis. The Department receives the data on a quarterly basis." 4799 4588 4218 4500 4500 4500 Below target is positive STATUS OF WOMEN COMMISSION ON THE STATUS OF WOMEN Promote access to education and social services for girls Number of people reached on policies and programs that promote access to education and social services for girls NEW FEB 2006.  A key CEDAW principle is the right of girls to education and social services.  The CEDAW Ordinance is based on the United Nations' Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Discrimination Against Women.  The Department is committed to reaching a wide array of individuals to inform them of policies and programs that promote access to education and social services for girls. Collection Method: Staff will keep a written record of all outreach activity. Timing:  Event-based data collection. 3500 1925 200 300 1500 1000 Above target is positive STATUS OF WOMEN COMMISSION ON THE STATUS OF WOMEN Promote gender equality in the workplace and community Number of people educated and trained about gender equality and San Francisco's Women's Human Rights Ordinance (CEDAW) "NEW FEB 2006.  The CEDAW (Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Discrimination Against Women) Ordinance was adopted in 1998 to promote gender equity based a human rights framework. Already, San Francisco has gained national and international attention for the groundbreaking work of the Department in implementing the CEDAW Ordinance. There is a critical need to train the wider community, both the San Francisco private sector, and other City Governments, on how to use the primary tool of gender analysis to proactively address gender inequities. San Francisco received the 2006 National Association of Counties Achievement Award for its CEDAW work." "Collection Method: The CEDAW Policy Analyst will record and maintain dates, venues, and attendance of all public education workshops and trainings. Timing:  Data are available from each of the training sessions which are scheduled as needed." 150 492 675 100 150 200 Above target is positive STATUS OF WOMEN COMMISSION ON THE STATUS OF WOMEN Promote gender equality in the workplace and community Number of private sector entities engaged in the San Francisco Gender Equality Principles (GEP) Initiative "The Department started the GEP Initiative in 2008 to address the issue of economic independence of women in San Francisco.  The private sector is the largest employer, and when women are able to support themselves, and their families, there are positive outcomes for the community as a whole and women specifically.  The GEP Initiative is a partnership between the Department and Calvert Asset Management, a private socially-responsible investing firm, and Verite, a human rights monitoring group.  Private sector entities involved in the Initiative include for-profit companies, foundations, and non-governmental organizations based in or around San Francisco.  " "Collection Method: Initially, the Department will track engagement at quarterly roundtable and on an ongoing basis as new companies sign on to the Initiative.  Once a website has been established for companies to use to track their progress and access tools, the Department will use that website to track company involvement.  Timing: Quarterly.  " Above target is positive STATUS OF WOMEN DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All city employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom performance appraisals were scheduled "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal is to be conducted.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review shold be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months. Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." "Collection Method: The Department keeps an updated organization chart. The Executive Assistant will maintain a calendar of performance appraisals. Timing:  Appraisals occur annually in December, prior to the Executive Director's Appraisal." 6 4 6 6 4 6 Above target is positive STATUS OF WOMEN DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All city employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom scheduled performance appraisals were completed "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of applicable employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal was conducted amd completed during the fiscal year.  ""Completed"" means an appraisal form has been filled out and is in the employee's personnel file.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months.   Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." "Collection Method: The Department uses the template provided by the Department of Human Resources. Completed appraisals are kept in staff personnel files. Timing:  Appraisals occur annually in December, prior to the Department Head's appraisal by the Commission.  " 6 4 6 6 4 6 Above target is positive STATUS OF WOMEN VIOLENCE AGAINST WOMEN PREVENTION AND INTERVENTION (VAW) GRANTS PROGRAM Monitor direct services in violence against women prevention and intervention "Hours of supportive services by department-funded shelters, crisis services, transitional housing, advocacy, prevention and education annually" "Number of service hours provided to survivors for accompaniment, advocacy, case management, individual and group counseling sessions. Initial 6-month actuals based on projections of 1st quarter reports, with true actuals updated by March of the current fiscal year." Collection Method: Partner Agencies provide quarterly service reports to the Department. Timing:  The Department collects quarterly reports from the Partner Agencies. 25505 38521 45765 8250 30071 30071 Above target is positive STATUS OF WOMEN VIOLENCE AGAINST WOMEN PREVENTION AND INTERVENTION (VAW) GRANTS PROGRAM Monitor direct services in violence against women prevention and intervention Number of calls to crisis lines annually "NEW FEB 2006.  Input / context measure.  Combined number of calls to the domestic violence and sexual assault crisis lines. 6-month actuals are initially a projection of 1st quarter reports from agencies, and are updated to represent actuals by March of the current fiscal year." Collection Method: Partner Agencies provide quarterly reports to the Department. Timing:  The Department collects quarterly reports from the Partner Agencies. 17806 14837 19387 15524 14440 14400 Above target is positive STATUS OF WOMEN VIOLENCE AGAINST WOMEN PREVENTION AND INTERVENTION (VAW) GRANTS PROGRAM Monitor direct services in violence against women prevention and intervention Number of individuals turned away from shelters annually "NEW FEB 2006.  Number of individuals turned away annually from the domestic violence shelters funded by the Department.  This may include duplicate counts, e.g., one woman turned away from several shelters. There is currently no method for determining an unduplicated number, as this would require certain collaborative technology between shelters that does not currently exist.  As the Violence Against Women Prevention and Intervention (VAW) Grants Program only funds services, we cannot fund this more extensive type of data collection.  Initial 6-month actual based on projections of 1st quarter reports, with true actual updated by March of the current fiscal year. " Collection Method: Partner agencies provide quarterly reports to the Department. Timing:  The Department collects quarterly reports from the Partner Agencies.  650 630 1034 1000 650 650 Below target is positive STATUS OF WOMEN VIOLENCE AGAINST WOMEN PREVENTION AND INTERVENTION (VAW) GRANTS PROGRAM Monitor direct services in violence against women prevention and intervention Number of shelter bed-nights annually "NEW FEB 2006.  Combined number of bed nights from the 3 domestic violence shelters funded by the Department (cumulative from quarterly reports). Initial 6-month actuals reflect projection based on 1st quarter reports from agencies, and true actuals will be updated by March of the current fiscal year." Collection Method: Partner agencies provide quarterly reports to the Department. Timing:  The Department collects quarterly reports from the Partner Agencies. 23125 5927 3950 9500 4795 4795 Above target is positive STATUS OF WOMEN VIOLENCE AGAINST WOMEN PREVENTION AND INTERVENTION (VAW) GRANTS PROGRAM Monitor direct services in violence against women prevention and intervention Number of transitional housing bed nights annually "Transitional housing is long-term shelter with supportive services.  Residents often pay a percentage of their income in rent, and can reside in their unit for up to 2 years.  Transitional housing is a critical tool in providing stability and safety for women escaping a domestic violence situation.  This measure tracks the combined number of bednights from the domestic violence transitional housing programs funded by the Department (cumulative from quarterly reports).  Initial 6-month actuals reflect projection based on 1st quarter reports from agencies, and true actuals will be updated by March of the current fiscal year.  " Collection Method:  Partner agencies provide quarterly reports to the Department.  Timing: Quarterly. Above target is positive STATUS OF WOMEN VIOLENCE AGAINST WOMEN PREVENTION AND INTERVENTION (VAW) GRANTS PROGRAM Monitor direct services in violence against women prevention and intervention "Number of unduplicated individuals served in shelters, crisis services, transitional housing, advocacy, prevention, and education annually" "REVISED APR 2006:   Number of UNDUPLICATED  individuals served across all service areas annually. 6-month actuals initially reflect a projection based on 1st quarter reports from Partner Agencies, and are updated to true 6-month actuals by March of the current fiscal year. Though the Department's overall goal is to reduce the number of incidents of domestic violence in San Francisco, the goal of the Violence Against Women Prevention and Intervention (VAW) Grants Program is to provide services for survivors and the community at large.  Though it would seem that an increase in women accessing shelters might be a negative trend, the need in the community for crisis intervention and shelter services far outweighs the supply, and the Department considers an increase in the number of individuals served in all areas (which is related to an increase in funding for such services) to be a positive trend. " Collection Method: Partner Agencies provide quarterly reports to the Department. Timing:  The Department collects quarterly reports from the Partner Agencies. Targets are based on contracted amounts from grant agreements with Partner Agencies.  15308 22944 29388 15000 9868 9868 On target is positive STATUS OF WOMEN VIOLENCE AGAINST WOMEN PREVENTION AND INTERVENTION (VAW) GRANTS PROGRAM Monitor direct services in violence against women prevention and intervention Percent of people accessing services for which English is not a primary language. "The percent of individuals using services at Partner Agencies that have a primary language other than English.  6-month actual is a percentage, based on the number of individuals with a non-English primary language divided by the total individuals served. This was a new measure in FY2007.  Of the individuals served by partner agencies in FY2007, 23% had a primary language other than English.  Census data shows that about 37% of San Francisco's population is foreign born, and about 46% of San Francisco's population speaks a language other than English in the home.  With language access a priority for the Department, but acknowledging limited resources, the Department hopes to show a steady growth in this measure, as seen by an increase in the percentage over time to align more closely with the City's demographics and needs.  " Collection Method: Partner Agencies provide quarterly service reports to the Department. Timing:  The Department collects quarterly reports from Partner Agencies. 23 41 26 28 28 On target is positive TECHNOLOGY CITY ADMINISTRATOR - ADMINISTRATION Provide timely and quality information to the public Availability of 24-hour government informational programming on Cable Channel 26 Number of hours of uninterrupted government programming on channel 26 vs. the total number of available hours (24/7). "Collection Method: Channel schedule and programming logs minus channel downtime (blank screen).  Compare total number of ""uptime"" programmed hours vs. available 24/7 hours.  Program logs track this time. Timing:  Real time.  PM:JChin" 0.98 1 0.99 0.99 0.99 0.99 % Above target is positive TECHNOLOGY CITY ADMINISTRATOR - ADMINISTRATION Provide timely and user-friendly accounting and billing services and information to client departments Average number of days from the end of the prior month to complete interdepartmental project billing "Length of time it takes DTIS to deliver  bills to  client departments, measured from the last day of the billing month.  We bill client departments monthly.  This goal refers to IT and Telecom billing only.  It does not apply to telephone billing." Collection Method: We record the data each month when the billing is distributed.  Data is kept by the manager of billing.  The Finance team has a billing schedule database - in this they track the date the billing is distributed against the target date.  The bill is run as of the 27th day and is distributed to departments within 3 days. Timing:  Monthly following billing distribution. 26 26 28 27 26 25 Above target is positive TECHNOLOGY CITY ADMINISTRATOR - ADMINISTRATION Provide timely and user-friendly accounting and billing services and information to client departments Average number of days to respond to client requests for information on telephone billing "Response time in number of days from the time we receive a  request for a specialized, detailed telephone billing report to when it is completed. To be deleted in 07/08. Redundant and measured by average number of days from the end of the prior month to complete interdepartmental project billing." To be deleted in 07/08.  Redundant and measured by average number of days from the end of the prior month to complete interdepartmental project billing. 8 9 Below target is positive TECHNOLOGY CITY ADMINISTRATOR - ADMINISTRATION Provide timely and user-friendly accounting and billing services and information to client departments Payment of  vendor invoices Total number of invoices received from project managers and processed for payment within 30 days. Collection Method: TBD Timing:  TBD 0.93 0.9 0.93 0.95 % Above target is positive TECHNOLOGY CITY ADMINISTRATOR - ADMINISTRATION Provide timely and user-friendly accounting and billing services and information to client departments Percentage revenue variance by service Finance will produce a quarterly report showing the revenue DTIS has billed out by cost category compared to the revenues that were anticipated based on the rates as well as on the budget.  The report will be produced within 30 days of the last day of each quarter and will be distributed to the executive Staff and anyone else who requests it.  The total YTD revenue will be compared to the revenue received for the same service in the prior year by percentage variance. The rates are complex and there are many variables that make up pricing for our services.  DTIS needs to decide whether to set an overall goal for increased revenue or whether to concentrate on specific services that we want to promote.  PM Kathryn Hile 0.81 1 % Above target is positive TECHNOLOGY GOVERNANCE AND OUTREACH Provide timely and quality information to the public Maximize the use of Technology Grants/Number of projects with grant funding DTIS goal to ensure financial stewardship and gain new revenue sources. This is a new measure starting 07/08.  PM Brian Roberts/Emy Tseng 3 2 3 Above target is positive TECHNOLOGY GOVERNANCE AND OUTREACH Provide timely and quality information to the public Percentage of all franchise complaints by subscribers with a satisfactory resolution within 24 hours DTIS success in addressing resolution of cable subscribers complaints within 24 hours against franchised cable TV service providers and facilitating a resolution.  DTIS does not play a role in adjudicating disputes.  DTIS measures the number of complaints from cable subscribers that are referred to the provider and resolved in 24 hours. Collection Method: DTIS logs and tracks all complaints.  These logs are analyzed to determine cable TV service provider response time and measure performance and used to evaluate customer satisfaction with providers.  These logs monitor DTIS' responses to cable subscriber complaints. Timing:  Real time. PM Brian Roberts/Frank Augustine 0.85 0.98 0.7 0.99 0.97 % Above target is positive TECHNOLOGY GOVERNANCE AND OUTREACH Provide timely and quality information to the public Percentage of telecom and technology inquiries or recommendations delivered according to agreed upon target dates "Measure on time delivery of requests for policy decision material from the  Board of Supervisors, Mayor's Office, DTIS or City Departmental executive management." Measures  the number of requests that are completed. PM Brian Roberts 1 0.95 0.95 0.96 % Above target is positive TECHNOLOGY NON PROGRAM All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom scheduled performance appraisals were completed "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of applicable employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal was conducted amd completed during the fiscal year.  ""Completed"" means an appraisal form has been filled out and is in the employee's personnel file.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months.   Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." 114 274 0 318 300 300 Above target is positive TECHNOLOGY NON PROGRAM Deliver projects on budget Deliver application development/integration projects within budget DTIS will complete application development/system integration project within the work order budget approved. Task Tracking application used by Public Safety group track assignments.  Information includes Estimated Time and Actual Completion Time. PM:Walt Calcagno 0.91 0.95 1 0.99 % Above target is positive TECHNOLOGY NON PROGRAM Deliver projects on budget Deliver application video production projects within budget SFGTV will complete Video Projects within the workorder budget approved Collection Method: Data Available in SIMS (DTIS Accounting System) and manual records kept by SFGTV staff. Timing:  30 days after months end 0.9 0.9 0.95 0.9 0.96 % Above target is positive TECHNOLOGY NON PROGRAM Deliver projects on budget Deliver telecommunications projects within budget DTIS will complete application telecommunications  projects within the workorder budget approved. Collection Method: Data Available in SIMS (DTIS Accounting System) Timing:  30 days after months end 0.81 0.95 1 0.96 % Above target is positive TECHNOLOGY NON PROGRAM Deliver projects on time Application development/integration project delivery DTIS will deliver application development/system integration projects on a schedule as agreed to with the customer. Task tracking application used by Public Safety group tracks assignment.  Information includes Target Date and Completion Date. PM:WCalcagno 0.9 0.95 1 0.95 % Above target is positive TECHNOLOGY NON PROGRAM Deliver projects on time Telecommunications project delivery DTIS will deliver telecommunication projects on a schedule as agreed to with the customer. "Collection Method: TBD, there are various DTIS Project Management Systems which will be consolidated or interfaced into a consolidated reporting system.   Initially the project managers will maintain the data until DTIS develops a universal data tracking system.  Timing:  TBD PM Michael Levy" 0.95 0.95 1 0.95 % Above target is positive TECHNOLOGY NON PROGRAM Deliver projects on time Video production project delivery DTIS will deliver SFGTV or other Video Projects on a schedule as agreed to with the customer. Delivery dates are set in project proposals and estimates.  This metric will be tracked by completion dates. PM:JChin 0.95 0.9 0.95 0.9 0.95 % Above target is positive TECHNOLOGY NON PROGRAM Ensure customer driven skill sets Employee satisfaction rating on a 100 point scale Develop an employee satisfaction survey with a 100 point scale.  Survey employees.  Perform analysis on survey.  Develop satisfaction improvement interventions.  Implement interventions.  Survey employees every year. This is an annual measure so the figures will be reported at the end of the year.   This is a new measure starting 07/08.  PM Steve Nakajima 0 0.8 0.85 % Above target is positive TECHNOLOGY NON PROGRAM Ensure customer driven skill sets Percentage of Departmental Managers and Supervisors who receive formal leadership training Create a training database.  Database will be updated after each leadership course that a supervisor or manager completes.  Produce annual reports. HR will provide recommended courses for supervisors and managers.   This is an annual measure so the figures will be reported at the end of the year.  This is a new measure starting 07/08.  PM Steve Nakajima 0 0.75 0.75 % Above target is positive TECHNOLOGY NON PROGRAM Ensure customer driven skill sets Percentage of Staff trained "Develop a strategic skills development plan with measures.  Implement plan using employee development plan. As suggested, average training hours per employee will be measured.  This is an annual measure and will be reported at the end of the year." Track and measure percentage of staff trained in skills strategically important to the City via analysis of each employee's plan or another survey.    This is a new measure starting 07/08.  PM Steve Nakajima 0 0.7 0.85 % Above target is positive TECHNOLOGY NON PROGRAM Ensure customer driven skill sets Strategic skill coverage ratio Strategic skill coverage ratio (technical skills required vs. technical skills available).  Management will identify the strategic skills that staff should be trained in and management will issue the survey. This is an annual measure so the figures will be reported at the end of the year. Develop a strategic skills development plan with measures.  Implement plan using employee development plan.  Track and measure skill coverage ratio via analysis of each employee's plan or another survey.  This is a new measure starting 07/08.  PM Steve Nakajima 0 0.85 0.95 % Above target is positive TECHNOLOGY NON PROGRAM Ensure the Delivery of High Quality Systems and  Services Annual Customer Satisfaction Survey Rating Customer perception of how well DTIS is delivering services through results from the Annual Customer Satisfaction Survey.  This survey for for reproduction clients only. "Collection Method: Customer Satisfaction Survey - to be developed Timing:  TBD, Annual." 0.75 0.8 0.75 0.9 Above target is positive TECHNOLOGY NON PROGRAM Ensure the Delivery of High Quality Systems and  Services Produce Quarterly Newsletter Build relationship with target customers by communicating and educating customers.   A quarterly newsletter geared to educating DTIS clients.  The newsletter will be distributed online and will be done within 15 days of the end of each quarter based on the City's fiscal year.  This is a new measure starting 07/08.  PM Halili Knox 0 4 4 Above target is positive TECHNOLOGY NON PROGRAM Ensure the Delivery of High Quality Systems and  Services Service Descriptions and Measures will be in place for all DTIS Services "Each service that DTIS offers will be documented with the scope of the service, deliverables, and performance criteria." Collection Method: SD&M metodology and repository TBD Timing:  TBD 0.7 1 0.85 0.7 0.85 % Above target is positive TECHNOLOGY OPERATIONS Ensure high availability of the systems managed by DTIS Batch processing "Percentage of production batch jobs (typically, jobs which process information off-line (such as paychecks or financial reports). completed as scheduled" Collection Method: Mainframe logs Timing:  Real time 0.99 0.99 1 0.99 % Above target is positive TECHNOLOGY OPERATIONS Ensure high availability of the systems managed by DTIS E-mail System Electronic communication has become an important tool for organizational communication.  The goal is to provide hi-speed data access to departments throughout the City.     Collection Method: e-mail server logs; methodology tbd Timing:  TBD.  This measures the percentage of time the system was up and available for use (excluding scheduled downtime for system maintenance). PM Scott Melendez 0.99 0.999 0.99 0.99 % Above target is positive TECHNOLOGY OPERATIONS Ensure high availability of the systems managed by DTIS Fiber Network Maintenance of high speed data access to departments throughout the City via the City's fiber network.   This measure is the percentage of time the system was up and available for use (excluding scheduled downtime for system maintenance). Collection Method: Service Desk Trouble Ticket Report.  Industry Standard is not available for this measure. PM Will Goldberg/Herb Tong 1 0.99 0.999 0.999 1 1 % Above target is positive TECHNOLOGY OPERATIONS Ensure high availability of the systems managed by DTIS Mainframe Computer "DTIS runs a number of mission critical applications on a mainframe computer at its data center,   This measure is the percentage of time the system was up and available for use (excluding scheduled downtime for system maintenance)." Collection Method: TBD Timing:  TBD.  This measures network availability vs. network downtime. PM Will Goldberg/Herb Tong 1 0.999 0.995 1 0.995 % Above target is positive TECHNOLOGY OPERATIONS Ensure high availability of the systems managed by DTIS Mayors Emergency Telephone System The Mayor's Emergency Telephone System (METS) is a city owned system which makes use of copper infrastructure that is a backup to the City telephone system. The system provides hi-speed data access to departments throughout the City.   This measure is the percentage of time the system was up and available for use (excluding scheduled downtime for system maintenance). "Collection Method: Central Fire Alarm log books, Service Desk Trouble tickets report. Actual methodology TBD Timing:  TBD PM Joseph John" 0.98 0.99 0.98 0.99 0.98 % Above target is positive TECHNOLOGY OPERATIONS Ensure high availability of the systems managed by DTIS Number of Enterprise architecture enhancements Develop Innovative Services and deliver improved infrastructure that adds functionality to city made architecture. "This measure will be tracked by Tipping Point, Packet Motion, FiberWAN, Backup Net, Nagios.  PM Will Goldberg/Herb Tong" 5 2 8 5 Above target is positive TECHNOLOGY OPERATIONS Ensure high availability of the systems managed by DTIS Number of Enterprise security enhancements Develop Innovative Services and deliver security enhancements that adds functionality to city made architecture. "This measure will be tracked by Tipping Point, Packet Motion, FiberWAN, Backup Net, Nagios.  PM Will Goldberg/Herb Tong" 3 2 5 3 Above target is positive TECHNOLOGY OPERATIONS Ensure high availability of the systems managed by DTIS Number of new programs Develop Innovative Media Services. PM Jack Chin Develop Innovative Media Services. This is a new measure starting 07/08.  PM Jack Chin 40 16 2 3 Above target is positive TECHNOLOGY OPERATIONS Ensure high availability of the systems managed by DTIS Production critical server patches Computer manufacturers periodically release critical patches to ensure the integrity and security of the computer system.  It is important that the City protect its data assets through the implementation of these critical update of production servers. Collection Method: TBD Timing:  TBD  Goal is to have critical server patch servers up to latest release and or revisions. PM Will Goldberg/Herb Tong 0.75 1 0.95 0.98 0.97 % Above target is positive TECHNOLOGY OPERATIONS Ensure high availability of the systems managed by DTIS Reliability of Data Center backbone "Availability of data center backbone, which is made up of core routers and core switches.  The backbone supports all network connectivity for City departments." Use of Nagios in combination with Help Desk incidents. PM:HTong 0.9999 0.999 0.999 1 1 1 % Above target is positive TECHNOLOGY OPERATIONS Ensure high availability of the systems managed by DTIS Reliability of the PBX network managed by DTIS "Ensure maximum uptime of all voice networks and systems.  The PBX (Private Branch Exchange) is the enterprise communication server supporting all of the communication routes.  In providing dial tone to our 32,000 City employees, it is critical that the PBXs are up continuously." Percentage of time telephone network is available to all City staff. 1 0.99 1 1 1 1 % Above target is positive TECHNOLOGY OPERATIONS Ensure high availability of the systems managed by DTIS SFGOV Content Management System Updating the City's website is dependent upon accessibility to the contact management system by departments of the City. Collection Method: TBD Timing:  TBD.  This measures the up time vs. the down time of the system.   PM Darryl Yee 0.99 0.99 0.99 0.99 % Above target is positive TECHNOLOGY OPERATIONS Ensure that customers are satisfied with the services provided by DTIS Abandoned calls to the Help Desk Number calls not completed because the user hung up the phone.  This generally means the wait was too long and the user ended the call. "Collection Method: Telephone Call Distribution Records Timing:  Real time,  accumulated daily." 0.01 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.09 % Below target is positive TECHNOLOGY OPERATIONS Ensure that customers are satisfied with the services provided by DTIS Calls responded to within 1 business day Percentage of calls to the help desk that have been responded to within one business day.  Measures how quickly DTIS responds to a reported incident. "Collection Method: Service Desk collects this data Timing:  Real time, accumulated as transactions are entered.  An ""incident"" is a problem with function, access or use of technology which requires a follow-up call." 1 1 1 1 1 1 % Below target is positive TECHNOLOGY OPERATIONS Ensure that customers are satisfied with the services provided by DTIS Incident closed within agreed upon standards Composite tracking of various incidents reported to the help desk versus DTIS published incident resolution standards. Collection Method: STAMP/Service Desk database; reports will need to be developed. Timing:  Now but reports will need to be developed;  Data available as data is entered. 0.5 0.75 0.75 0.5 0.93 % Above target is positive TECHNOLOGY OPERATIONS Ensure that customers are satisfied with the services provided by DTIS Percentage of customer complaints resolved within 8 hours of receipt from customer Customer trouble tickets are entered into DTIS tracking system as soon as the customer calls/emails.  This measure tracks how quickly the Help Desk or support staff initially responds to customer to verify ticket information or gather more information. Changed 2/15/04 to be the number of tickets resolved in 8 hours rather than acknowledged.  It's a more industry-related metric and easier to verify with STAMP data. Prior year data not applicable. 0.39 0.4 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 % Above target is positive TECHNOLOGY OPERATIONS Ensure that customers are satisfied with the services provided by DTIS Reliability of the public safety radio and wireless data system Ensure the maximum uptime of the public safety radio and wireless data system. This measures the percentage of network availability vs. network down time.  Uptime reflects ability for public safety departments to access the network. 0.99 0.9999 0.999 0.99 0.99 0.99 % Above target is positive TECHNOLOGY OPERATIONS Manage trouble tickets effectively to avoid degrading customer service Percentage of repairs for mobile data terminals completed within the same day of the request Percentage of repairs for mobile data terminals completed within the same day of the request subject to availability of spares. Number of public safety mobile data terminal (laptop) brought in and repaired the same day. 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85 % Above target is positive TECHNOLOGY OPERATIONS Manage trouble tickets effectively to avoid degrading customer service Percentage of repairs for portable and mobile radios completed within the same day of the request Percentage of repairs for portable and mobile radios completed within the same day of the request subject to availability of spares. Measures the number of radios which require repair in one day. 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85 % Above target is positive TECHNOLOGY OPERATIONS Manage trouble tickets effectively to avoid degrading customer service Percentage of services that have internal escalation procedures in place "Help Desks, by industry standard, should have documented procedures in place to escalate issues, with all Support staff as participants in the process development.  Escalation is defined as prioritizing trouble tickets as 1, 2, 3, or 4 - 1 being the most critical." Measures services that DTIS provides clients exclusively or  general services such as e-mail that has problem escalation in place. 0.98 0.98 1 1 1 % Above target is positive TECHNOLOGY OPERATIONS Manage trouble tickets effectively to avoid degrading customer service Percentage of trouble tickets resolved by Help Desk - Industry standard of First Call Resolution "First call resolution is a Help Desk industry standard to measure how many trouble tickets Help Desks can resolve without having to escalate to the next tier of Support.  The higher the First Call Resolution rate, the better trained and prepared the Help Desk.  The industry standard is 30% - 55% depending on the training/skill level of the staff." This measure represents number of problems with first call to help desk that does not require level one or two services that DTIS provides. 0.37 0.37 0.5 0.5 0.5 % Above target is positive TECHNOLOGY OPERATIONS Provide effective disaster recovery and backup services to City departments Average customer rating of Hot Site effectiveness "Average customer rating of effectiveness. Objective is to ensure that we are providing services during the hot site tests that meet and exceed our customer expectations of testing for disaster recovery, a critical service to our customers." Measures from clients perspective the success of recovering applications in the event of a disaster.  Average customer rating of Hot Site effectiveness on a 5 point scale. 5 is the highest rating.  PM Joe Armenta 4.5 4.5 4.5 Above target is positive TECHNOLOGY OPERATIONS Provide effective disaster recovery and backup services to City departments Back up of mainframe applications and systems. Measurement of servers and applications routinely backed up. Successful recovery application systems as a result localized system failure or a natural disaster depends upon the restoration of timely and accurate system and/or data backups. 0.75 0.8 % Above target is positive TECHNOLOGY REPRODUCTION SERVICES Reproduction and Mail Services customer satisfaction Average customer satisfaction rating on an 5-point scale "Average customer satisfaction rating on a 5-point scale. 5 is the highest rating.  We are replacing this survey with a new survey to be developed and administered by City Administrator central office, covering all of the internal services functions of the department.  This survey will be conducted annually." Collection Method: Survey is an online form.  Job requesters are asked to complete the survey. Here's the link:  http://admweb/AdminServices/ReproMail/Survey.asp Timing:  Available annually following data analysis. 4.5 4 4.5 4.5 Above target is positive TECHNOLOGY REPRODUCTION SERVICES Reproduction and Mail Services customer satisfaction Percent of job orders completed by due date Percentage of reproduction job orders with on time completions. Collection Method: Export original deadline request date and compare to exported actual completion date.  Proprietary Mac-based system. Timing:  Routinely available. 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.98 0.98 % Above target is positive TECHNOLOGY REPRODUCTION SERVICES Reproduction and Mail Services customer satisfaction Percentage of survey respondents who rate satisfaction as above average or greater. "Average customer satisfaction rating on a 5-point scale.  Survey to be developed and administered by City Administrator central office, covering all of the internal services functions of the department.  This survey will be conducted annually." Collection Method: Online survey instrument to be developed. Timing:  Survey to be conducted annually in the 2nd quarter.  Data available within 30 days. 0.7 0.7 % Above target is positive TECHNOLOGY TECHNOLOGY Provide high quality services to departmental customers Number of Customer Assessments Build relationship with target customers and understand customer needs. DTIS will conduct fact to face meetings to determine how to best meet its goals. To be tracked by Sugar and Customer Relationship Management (CRM).  PM David German 54 100 90 Above target is positive TECHNOLOGY TECHNOLOGY Provide high quality services to departmental customers Number of existing services enhanced DTIS goal to provide outstanding customer service and build relationship with target customers. Data is collected by Customer Relationship Management (CRM).  This is a new measure starting 07/08.  PM Jay Nath 22 7 9 Above target is positive TECHNOLOGY TECHNOLOGY Provide high quality services to departmental customers Number of new projects delivered DTIS goal to provide outstanding customer service and build relationship with target customers.  This is a measurement of new projects to DTIS for project management support. Data will be collected  as a result of what is offered in the rate handbook. This is a new measure starting 07/08.  PM David German 5 5 9 Above target is positive TECHNOLOGY TECHNOLOGY Provide high quality services to departmental customers Percentage of service requests completed by the date agreed upon with the client "The service requests are tracked, logged, and prioritized with the client.  Work on the service requests are scheduled by priority and due date.  Estimates are given to the client for the length of time required to complete the tasks, and at times will take longer than the original estimate because of additional modifications or features requested after work has started." "Initially the data is being kept by the individual project managers, however DTIS is in the process of implementing a project management tool to gather this information. PM Walt Calcagno " 0.982 0.95 0.99 0.95 % Above target is positive TECHNOLOGY TECHNOLOGY Provide high quality services to departmental customers Percentage of service requests completed within the budget agreed upon with the client "The service requests are tracked, logged, and prioritized with the client.  Work on the service requests are scheduled by priority and due date.  Estimates are given to the client for the length of time required to complete the tasks, and at times will take longer than the original estimate because of additional modifications or features requested after work has started." 0.982 0.91 0.99 0.96 % Above target is positive TECHNOLOGY TECHNOLOGY Provide high quality services to departmental customers Reliability of enterprise systems: GIS DTIS goal to provide outstanding customer service.  This is a measure of the percentage of time the network is available to  the City and the public. Data is collected fromn ServersAlive.  This is a new measure starting 07/08.  PM Blair Adams/Jeff Johnson 1 0.992 1 1 % Above target is positive TREASURER/TAX COLLECTOR DEPARTMENTAL MANAGEMENT Expand access to City government by placing information and transactions online Number of web-enabled transactions completed online using the City's SFGOV Online Services portal Number of transactions completed online using the City's SFGOV Online Services portal. "Collection Method: Documentation available in report from service providers. The data collected is for business tax, property tax and dog licensing.  Timing:  Data is available as needed, and for mid year and end of year reports." 20804 14002 17702 25000 12000 12000 Above target is positive TREASURER/TAX COLLECTOR DEPARTMENTAL MANAGEMENT Provide superior customer service to all customers through the City Payment Center in City Hall Percentage of customers rating Overall Service as excellent or good. "The City Payment Center provides a consolidated information and payment facility where taxpayers conduct a multitude of City transactions in a user-friendly environment focused on providing premium levels of customer service.  This section makes Customer Surveys available to all taxpayers.  In addition to written comments, customers can give a qualitative rating (excellent, good, fair, poor) in each of five categories (speed of service, helpfulness, understanding of the issue, courtesy, and overall service) of any/all City Payment Center sections (Taxpayer Assistance, General Information Counter, Delinquent Revenue/Collections, Property Tax/License, Passport Services, Cashier, Other).  This measures the percentage of customers that rated the City Payment Center overall as excellent or good." "Collection Method: The calculation is based upon the total number of surveys that indicate a rating of Good or Excellent in the category of overall service (as described above), divided by the total number of surveys received.  Surveys are collected, recorded and tabulated by the Treasury/Taxpayer Assistance staff.   Completed surveys returned to the department are logged and tabulated using Access by the Administration section.  City Hall, Room 140. Timing:  Data is available daily." 0.95 0.93 0.8 0.9 0.9 0.9 % Above target is positive TREASURER/TAX COLLECTOR DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom performance appraisals were scheduled "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal is to be conducted.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review shold be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months. Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." "Collection Method: Documentation is located at DHR, and TTX Human Resources, City Hall, Room 140. Timing:  Data is available as needed.  Appraisal data is collected for Performance Measures only at the fiscal year end." 223 149 167 210 216 198 Above target is positive TREASURER/TAX COLLECTOR DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom scheduled performance appraisals were completed "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of applicable employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal was conducted amd completed during the fiscal year.  ""Completed"" means an appraisal form has been filled out and is in the employee's personnel file.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months.   Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." "Collection Method: Documentation is located at DHR, and TTX Human Resources, City Hall, Room 140. Timing:  Data is available as needed, and for mid year and end of year reports." 183 129 142 210 177 155 Above target is positive TREASURER/TAX COLLECTOR LEGAL SERVICE Maintain and increase the Legal Section's annual collection levels Amount of annual collections "Includes all amounts received by Legal Section on cases including bankruptcy referred by other sections plus amounts reported by Bureau of Delinquent Revenue (BDR) on third party hospital cost recovery liens.  Because the issues arising over these liens involve legal procedures asserted by the patient?s attorney, Legal Section personnel performs majority of negotiation and litigation associated with this program." "Collection Method: Payments received by Legal Section and posted to case file and section payment receipts database.  Payments received for BDR hospital liens are received by BDR and reported to Legal Section.  Timing:  Records are compiled and summarized monthly, quarterly and annually." 5834370 3587482 11501960.29 7500000 7500000 4000000 $ Above target is positive TREASURER/TAX COLLECTOR TTX-BUSINESS TAX Promote compliance with the Business Tax Ordinance Number of taxpayer audits completed Number of business tax audits performed in the fiscal year. "Collection Method: Business Tax Section, Performance Summary Report at 401 Van Ness Ave., SF. Timing:  Monthly Report." 556 943 922 600 700 740 Above target is positive TREASURER/TAX COLLECTOR TTX-DELINQUENT REVENUE Maximize revenue through intensive collection activity Amount of revenue generated through surveys conducted by Investigations Unit to find unregistered businesses Amount of revenue generated through surveys conducted by Investigations Unit to find unregistered businesses. "Collection Method: Investigators search the records of places of business in San Francisco against the records of businesses registered in San Francisco.  When a business is discovered to be delinquent in its taxes because they have not registered, they are given the information for registration and then tracked to ensure that not only do they register but that they pay any taxes due. Timing:  Data is available on a monthly basis." 16454579 21618076 21768032 10000000 12000000 9108683 $ Above target is positive TREASURER/TAX COLLECTOR TTX-DELINQUENT REVENUE Maximize revenue through intensive collection activity "Amount of total revenue collected on all delinquent debts, in millions" "This measure reflects the dollar amount of revenue, in millions, collected by the Delinquent Revenue section throughout the fiscal year for every type (business tax, property tax, etc.). Previously, the only measure was the dollar amount collected for Business taxes (data prior to 01-02)." "Collection Method: Data is maintained on a monthly basis by the Bureau of Delinquent Revenue (BDR), City Hall, Room 110. Timing:  Data is available on a monthly basis." 65 83.1 90.5 44 46 64.1 $ Above target is positive TREASURER/TAX COLLECTOR TTX-DELINQUENT REVENUE Maximize revenue through intensive collection activity Percentage actual collections to annual collection goals "CHANGED/NEW:   Measure comparing actual collections to collection goals.  (Formerly ""Percent increase in total revenue generated"" up till FY04-05)." Collection Method: System reports total revenue collected through the efforts of the collections and investigations units. Timing:  Monthly reports. 1.47 1.81 1.413 1 1 1 % Above target is positive TREASURER/TAX COLLECTOR TTX-INVESTMENT "Manage the City's investment portfolio to preserve capital, maintain liquidity and enhance yield" Accuracy rate of forecasting of cash in the bank "This measure is the reliability of the Investment Division's cash flow projections.  These projections are based on the analysis of historical data of all the City's revenue and expenditure with current dynamics of economic growth.  On a daily basis, the Investment Division forecasts the cash requirements of the City's operation.  An example would be that every other Tuesday we are required to fund payroll of approximately $55M and to do this requires an understanding of what revenues are expected from all sources and what other disbursements will be executed on that day. The following business day the variance to forecast are analyzed to determine the appropriate adjustments (if any) to the new day's forecast.  More precise cash flow projections allow the department to extract more monies from the Concentration Account.  This money is then invested, generating additional revenue in investments." "Collection Method: Percentage of accuracy is based on the monthly average of daily cash flow variances. Benchmark is set at 90% if the daily variance is within $4mm. Daily variances may appear to be more than $4mm but this does not mean that the cash flow projection model is always off since offsets for the variance sometimes occur on different days. This situation can merely represent delays or earlier collection/disbursements of revenues and expenses that are expected in previous or later days. With the absence of ACH disbursements, conversion of City deposits thru ACH file transmission, and lack of initiative from the State to convert all of their program payments thru electronic payments, it will be extremely difficult to eliminate the daily variances. Timing:  Internal source (Summary of Daily Variances in Cash Projection) is available on a daily basis." 0.98 0.89 0.94 0.98 0.98 0.98 % Above target is positive TREASURER/TAX COLLECTOR TTX-INVESTMENT "Manage the City's investment portfolio to preserve capital, maintain liquidity and enhance yield" "Average daily collected balances of demand deposit accounts, in millions" "The average collected balance in demand deposit/checking accounts (minus 10% reserve requirement) receives earnings allowance from the banks, net of FDIC insurance charges. Thus, the lower the collected balance, the more monies the Investment Division have invested ?in house? and the more interest income it can generate." Collection Method: Collected (Available) balances and Ledger balances are reported by the banks on a daily basis.  These data are summarized on a monthly basis and are calculated to arrive at an annualized $ amount. Timing:  Data are available on-line on a daily basis. Records are compiled and summarized monthly and annually. -2.8 23.6 92.6 1 1.1 1.1 $ On target is positive TREASURER/TAX COLLECTOR TTX-INVESTMENT "Manage the City's investment portfolio to preserve capital, maintain liquidity and enhance yield" The maximum number of standard deviations between the 12 month return of the city's investment portfolio and the average of the municipal peer group "Standard Deviation is a measure of variance around a central mean.  In this case, we expect the portfolio return over each 12 month period to fall between the performance of the best and worst peers 95% of the time.  Two standard deviations accounts for 95% of the possible outcomes in the area of a normal bell curve. " "Collection Method: The Chief Investment Officer tracks, collects, and maintains data and continually reassess them based on market conditions. Timing:  Kept in the unit and analyzed as needed.   This measure is revised 4/08 from basis points to standard deviation." 0.54 0.73 0.82 2 2 2 Above target is positive TREASURER/TAX COLLECTOR TTX-PROPERTY TAX/LICENSING "Effectively collect, process, and post all forms of secured and unsecured property taxes as well as license fees while maintaining high levels of customer satisfaction" Number of days to process refund requests for duplicate/overpayments of property taxes and license fees The turnaround time required of staff from the date of payment to completion of a request for a refund of duplicate/overpayment of taxes or license fees. Collection Method: The date of payment is recorded on our computer system as we process payment.  The completion date of a refund process is recorded on the FAMIS system. Timing:  Data is available in August each year. 25 25 25 25 25 25 Below target is positive TREASURER/TAX COLLECTOR TTX-PROPERTY TAX/LICENSING Improve service to customers while increasing collections by notifying all new property owners of their obligations and sending them a tax bill Percentage of new property owners who are mailed a property tax bill within one week of their information being updated in the Assessor?s computer system The percentage of new property owners who are sent a property tax bill within one week from the date their information appears on the assessment roll. Collection Method: A report is generated daily with information on new property owners as the Assessor/Recorder?s Office updates recorded deeds onto its AS400 computer system.  These reports with date of completion are maintained in the Property Tax Section. Timing:  Data is available in August each year. 0.98 0.98 0.98 0.98 0.97 0.98 % Above target is positive TREASURER/TAX COLLECTOR TTX-PROPERTY TAX/LICENSING Maintain low property tax delinquency rates Percentage of delinquency rate of secured property taxes Secured property is real property and land.  Taxes on secured property if unpaid can be satisfied by sale of property against which the taxes are levied. The delinquency rate of the secured property taxes is calculated based on the difference between the total amount charged to collect and the actual total collected amount. Secured and Unsecured property taxes are now handled separately. Collection Method: The total amount we are charged to collect is determined by the Controller?s Office; the total amount collected is provided by the Accounting Section of our department. Timing:  The data is available during the first week of August each year. 0.0142 0.0206 0.023 0.012 0.015 0.021 % Below target is positive TREASURER/TAX COLLECTOR TTX-PROPERTY TAX/LICENSING Maintain low property tax delinquency rates San Francisco's rank among California counties in property tax delinquency rate The ranking is based on the delinquency rate of the secured property taxes as compared among 58 counties in the State of California.  Highest ranking is #1; lowest is #58. Collection Method: The data is collected from the Annual Tax Delinquency Statistical Report prepared by the State Controller?s Office.  The period covered is the state's fiscal year; the rankings are usually not available until the fall.  2 2 2 5 5 5 Above target is positive TREASURER/TAX COLLECTOR TTX-TREASURY Maximize interest earnings for San Francisco by processing payments efficiently Percentage of all payments received that are processed/deposited during the same business day Tax payments received by mail and in person are received and processed by the end of each business day. "Collection Method: Data collection and tracking of all mail received and processed by Cashiers and Remittance Sections, as compared to number of items placed in Check Control. Timing:  Data available on a daily basis." 0.99 0.99 0.99 0.99 0.99 0.99 % Above target is positive WAR MEMORIAL DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom performance appraisals were scheduled "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal is to be conducted.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months. Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." Collection Method: Employee performance reviews completed and on file with War Memorial Department Personnel Officer. Timing:  Annual. 95 94 82 95 95 95 Above target is positive WAR MEMORIAL DEPARTMENT-WIDE/OTHER All City employees have a current performance appraisal # of employees for whom scheduled performance appraisals were completed "New measure requested by Mayor on 8/15/05.  This is the number of applicable employees in a department for whom a performance appraisal was conducted and completed during the fiscal year.  ""Completed"" means an appraisal form has been filled out and is in the employee's personnel file.  DHR policy is that all permanent and provisional employees must have an annual appraisal.  For new employees, the first review should be scheduled according to their applicable probationary period.  For other employees, reviews should be conducted every 12 months.   Departments can do appraisals for temporary employees at their discretion." "Collection Method: Annual Performance Planning and Appraisals for War Memorial employees are done on a calendar year: PPA Step 1 (initial review meeting) done annually 1/1-2/15; PPA Step 2 (mid-year review meeting) done annually 7/1-8/15; PPA Step 3 (completed PPA) done annually 1/1-2/15 of following year together with PPA Step 1 of subsequent year.  War Memorial DPO surveys all supervisors to confirm Step 1 and Step 2 meetings; DPO confirms receipt of completed and signed-off PPAs at the conclusion (Step 3) of the appraisal period.  The War Memorial's 2006 PPA cycle is the first PPA cycle under the department's new PPA procedures pursuant to the Mayor's 8/15/05 directive, with completed 2006 PPAs due 1/1/07-2/15/07. Timing:  Data of PPA progress is available from the War Memorial DPO at the end of each PPA step period:  For Step 1, data available 2/15 annually; for Step 2, data available 8/15 annually; for Step 3, data available annually on 2/15 of the following year." 90 94 69 95 95 95 Above target is positive WAR MEMORIAL OPERATIONS & MAINTENANCE Provide continued successful utilization of the facilities Davies Symphony Hall percentage of days rented "Percentage of available days per year that are rented for rehearsal, performance or other activities at Davies Symphony Hall." Collection Method: Based on War Memorial monthly rental reports for Davies Symphony Hall.  Percentage is computed by dividing number of rented days in the year by the number of available rental days in the year.  Total annual available rental days equals 365 minus number of days scheduled/held un-rented for maintenance and/or capital project work.  Total number of available days varies slightly from year to year based on time required for facilities maintenance/capital project. Documentation located in War Memorial and Performing Arts Center administrative offices. Timing:  Monthly rental reports available approximately 15 days after the end of each month. 0.78 0.81 0.79 0.83 0.82 0.82 % Above target is positive WAR MEMORIAL OPERATIONS & MAINTENANCE Provide continued successful utilization of the facilities Green Room percentage of days rented "Percentage of available days per year that are rented for rehearsal, performance or other activities at Green Room." Collection Method: Based on War Memorial monthly rental reports for the Green Room.  Percentage is computed by dividing the number of rented days in the year by the number of available rental days in the year.  Total annual available rental days equals 365 minus number of days scheduled/held un-rented for maintenance and/or capital project work.  Total number of available days varies slightly from year to year based on time required for facilities maintenance/capital project work. Documentation located in War Memorial and Performing Arts Center administrative offices. Timing:  Monthly rental reports available approximately 15 days after the end of each month. 0.56 0.49 0.54 0.54 0.56 0.52 % Above target is positive WAR MEMORIAL OPERATIONS & MAINTENANCE Provide continued successful utilization of the facilities Herbst Theatre percentage of days rented "Percentage of available days per year that are rented for rehearsal, performance or other activities at Herbst Theatre." Collection Method: Based on War Memorial monthly rental reports for Herbst Theatre.  Percentage is computed by dividing the number of rented days in the year by the number of available rental days in the year.  Total annual available rental days equals 365 minus number of days scheduled/held un-rented for maintenance and/or capital project work.  Total number of available days varies slightly from year to year based on time required for facilities maintenance/capital project work. Documentation located in War Memorial and Performing Arts Center administrative offices. Timing:  Monthly rental reports available approximately 15 days after the end of each month. 0.76 0.78 0.78 0.72 0.73 0.73 % Above target is positive WAR MEMORIAL OPERATIONS & MAINTENANCE Provide continued successful utilization of the facilities Opera House percentage of days rented "Percentage of available days per year that are rented for rehearsal, performance or other activities at Opera House." Collection Method: Based on War Memorial monthly rental reports for the Opera House.  Percentage is computed by dividing the number of rented days in the year by the number of available rental days in the year.  Total annual available rental days equals 365 minus number of days scheduled/held un-rented for maintenance and/or capital project work.  Total number of available days varies slightly from year to year based on time required for facilities maintenance/capital project work.  Documentation located in War Memorial and Performing Arts Center administrative offices. Timing:  Monthly rental reports available approximately 15 days after the end of each month. 0.94 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.95 % Above target is positive WAR MEMORIAL OPERATIONS & MAINTENANCE Provide continued successful utilization of the facilities Veterans' use of meeting rooms Number of annual meetings of veterans' organizations in nine Veterans Building meeting rooms allocated for veterans' use. "Collection Method: Monthly meeting room schedules prepared by War Memorial based on schedule data provided by American Legion War Memorial Commission (""ALWMC""), the organization which represents the San Francisco American Legion Posts (War Memorial Trust beneficiary) and administers veterans' use and occupancy of Veterans Building space allocated for veterans' use pursuant to the 1921 War Memorial Trust Agreement.  Monthly schedule data provided to War Memorial by ALWMC includes a list of historical standard monthly meetings (many of which ALWMC cannot confirm are valid or will take place), photocopies of handwritten requests from veterans' organizations -- submitted to and approved by ALWMC -- for other specific/one-time meeting room uses, and verbal notices of meeting roo uses or use changes. Timing:  War Memorial prepares monthly meeting room schedules approximately two weeks before the start of each month; War Memorial updates monthly schedules as necessary based on ALWMC notice of" 486 439 800 440 Above target is positive WAR MEMORIAL OPERATIONS & MAINTENANCE Provide maximum number of performances and events Davies Symphony Hall performances/events Number of annual performances and events having patron or guest attendance. Davies Symphony Hall performances are primarily those of the San Francisco Symphony. "Collection Method: Based on War Memorial monthly rental reports for Davies Symphony Hall, prepared from data in monthly Activity Schedules and license agreement schedules. Documentation located in War Memorial and Performing Arts Center administrative offices. Timing:  Monthly rental reports available approximately 15 days after the end of each month." 221 235 238 238 230 225 Above target is positive WAR MEMORIAL OPERATIONS & MAINTENANCE Provide maximum number of performances and events Green Room performances/events Number of annual performances and events having patron or guest attendance at Green Room. "Collection Method: Based on War Memorial monthly rental reports for the Green Room, prepared from data in monthly Activity Schedules and license agreement schedules.  Documentation located in War Memorial and Performing Arts Center administrative offices. Timing:  Monthly rental reports available approximately 15 days after the end of each month." 176 172 183 186 180 175 Above target is positive WAR MEMORIAL OPERATIONS & MAINTENANCE Provide maximum number of performances and events Herbst Theatre performances/events Number of annual performances and events having patron or guest attendance at Herbst Theatre. "Collection Method: Based on War Memorial monthly rental reports for Herbst Theatre, prepared from data in monthly Activity Schedules and license agreement schedules.  Documentation located in War Memorial and Performing Arts Center administrative offices. Timing:  Monthly rental reports available approximately 15 days after the end of each month." 263 317 297 240 240 260 Above target is positive WAR MEMORIAL OPERATIONS & MAINTENANCE Provide maximum number of performances and events Opera House performances/events Number of annual performances and events having patron or guest attendance. Opera House performances are primarily those of the San Francisco Opera and San Francisco Ballet. "Collection Method: Based on War Memorial Opera House monthly rental reports, prepared from data in monthly Activity Schedules and license agreement schedules.  Documentation located in War Memorial and Performing Arts Center administrative offices. Timing:  Monthly rental reports available approximately 15 days after the end of each month." 182 180 189 181 185 182 Above target is positive